richmahn_en_tn/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv

Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNote
ACT	front	intro	mw28			0		# Introduction to Acts<br><br>## Part 1: General Introduction<br><br>### Outline of the book of Acts<br><br>1. The apostles spread the good news about Jesus in Jerusalem (1:1–6:7)<br>2. The church expands into Judea and Samaria (6:8–9:31)<br>3. The church expands to include Gentiles (9:32–12:24)<br>4. Paul goes to Asia Minor as an apostle to the Gentiles (12:25–16:5)<br>5. The church expands into the middle Mediterranean area (16:6–19:20)<br>6. Paul reaches Rome, but as a prisoner and after several trials (19:21–28:31)<br><br>Luke makes transitional statements at 6:7, 9:31, 12:24, 16:5, and 19:20 to mark the movement from each major part of the book to the next part.<br><br>### What is the book of Acts about?<br><br>The book of Acts tells the story of the early church. It relates how more and more people, from different backgrounds and in different parts of the Roman Empire, became believers in Jesus. It shows the power of the Holy Spirit helping the early Christians. The events in this book begin with the return of Jesus to heaven and they end about 30 years later.<br><br>### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>Translators may choose to call this book by its traditional title, “The Acts of the Apostles.” Or translators may choose a different title, for example, “The Acts of the Holy Spirit through the Apostles.”<br><br>### Who wrote the book of Acts?<br><br>The author of this book does not give his own name. However, the book is dedicated to Theophilus, the same person to whom Luke dedicated his story of the life of Jesus, the Gospel of Luke. Also, in parts of this book, the author uses the word “we.” This indicates that the author traveled with Paul. Most scholars think that Luke was this person who traveled with Paul. Therefore, since early Christian times, most Christians have thought that Luke was the author of the book of Acts as well as the Gospel of Luke.<br><br>Luke was a medical doctor. His way of writing shows that he was an educated man. He was probably a Gentile. He personally witnessed many of the events that he describes in the book of Acts.<br><br>## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts<br><br>### What is the church?<br><br>The church is the community of people who believe in Jesus as their Lord and Savior. The church includes both Jewish and Gentile believers. The book of Acts shows God helping the church. It shows God doing signs and wonders to confirm the church’s testimony to Jesus, leading many people to have faith in Jesus, guiding the church about where and how to share the good news, and enabling believers to resolve conflicts and endure persecution.<br><br>### The kingdom of God<br><br>The “kingdom of God” is a major concept in the book of Acts, as it is in the Gospel of Luke. This concept is very rich in meaning. It includes the idea of eternal life in the presence of God, but it also includes the idea of what the earth will be like in the future when God rules everything, and the idea of life on earth right now, when and where God’s wishes are carried out fully. The unifying concept behind all of these ideas is that of God ruling and of people embracing God’s rule over their lives. Wherever the expression “the kingdom of God” occurs, translation notes will suggest communicating the idea behind the abstract noun “kingdom” with some phrase that uses the verb “rule.” UST models this approach consistently. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])<br><br>## Part 3: Important Translation Issues<br><br>### Figurative usages in the book of Acts<br><br>“arise/arising”<br><br>Luke often says “arise” or “arising” to mean taking action to get an enterprise under way, rather than to mean getting up from a sitting or lying position. Notes will indicate where this figurative usage occurs.<br><br>“brothers”<br><br>Luke often uses the term **brothers** to mean people who share the same faith. Although this term is masculine, Luke uses the word in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If you decide to retain this figurative usage in your translation, you could say “brothers and sisters” to indicate that the word has this generic sense. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])### Possible translation difficulties in the book of Acts<br><br>“to the same”<br><br>The phrase “to the same” occurs five times in this book (1:15, 2:1, 2:44, 2:47, 4:26). It is not entirely clear what this phrase means. In the first three instances it could mean “in the same place,” but it could also mean “in one accord,” that is, “in full agreement.” In 2:47 it seems to mean “to their group.” Paul uses the same phrase in 1 Corinthians 11:20 and 14:23, where it could mean “in the same place” or it could have the sense of full agreement and mean something like “in Christian fellowship.” That sense would fit Acts 2:47, where the phrase could be translated “to their Christian fellowship.” In 4:26 it could mean “to the same place,” but it could also mean “by agreement.” Notes will discuss the different possibilities in each case where the phrase could mean more than one thing.<br><br>“in/to/into the temple”<br><br>Luke uses this phrase many times in this book, but it does not refer to the temple building itself. Only priests were allowed to enter that building, so the phrase refers to the courtyard or area around the temple. The phrase “in the porch that is called Solomon’s” in 3:11 makes it clear that Peter and John and the crowd that gathered on the occasion that chapter describes were not inside the temple building. Notes will address this phrase to explain its meaning each time it occurs in the book.<br><br>### What are the major issues in the text of the book of Acts?<br><br>The following are the most significant textual issues in Acts. Notes will address them where they occur in the book.<br><br>First, there are some verses that are found in traditional versions of the Bible, but they are not found in the most accurate ancient manuscripts of the Bible. Some modern versions put these verses in square brackets \\[ \\]. The ULT and UST also put them in brackets. If a translation of the Bible already exists in your area, you could consider including these verses if that translation does. If there is not already a Bible translation in your area, we recommend that you indicate in some way that these verses may not be original. You could put them in brackets, for example, or in footnotes. These verses are:<br>- Acts 8:37, “Philip said, ‘If you believe with all your heart, you may be baptized.’ The Ethiopian answered, ‘I believe that Jesus Christ is the Son of God.’”<br>- Acts 15:34, “But it seemed good to Silas to remain there.”<br>- Acts 24:6-8, “And we wanted to judge him according to our law. But Lysias, the officer, came and forcibly took him out of our hands, sending him to you.”<br>- Acts 28:29, “When he had said these things, the Jews departed, having a great dispute among themselves.”<br><br>Second, in some verses, it is uncertain what the original text said. The ULT uses the first readings listed below, but it includes the second readings in footnotes. If a translation of the Bible already exists in your area, you could consider following the same reading that it does. If there is not already a Bible translation in your area, we recommend that you follow the same reading that ULT does. These verses are:<br>- Acts 3:22, “the Lord our God.” Some versions read “the Lord your God,” and other versions read “the Lord God.”<br>- Acts 7:46, “a dwelling for the house of Jacob.” Some versions read “for the God of Jacob.”<br>- Acts 10:19, “three men.” Some versions read “two men” or “some men.”<br>- Acts 10:30, “Four days ago, at this hour, I was praying at the ninth {hour} in my house.” Some versions read, “From the fourth day until this hour, I was fasting, and at the ninth hour I was praying in my house.”<br>- Acts 12:25, “They returned from Jerusalem.” Some versions read, “They returned to Jerusalem” (or “to there”).<br>- Acts 13:18, “he put up with them.” Some versions read, “he cared for them.”<br>- Acts 15:17-18, “This is what the Lord says, who has done these things that have been known from ancient times.” Some older versions read, “This is what the Lord says, to whom are known all his deeds from ancient times.”<br><br>(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
ACT	1	intro	vyg9			0		# Acts 1 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and Formatting<br><br>The UST has set the words “Dear Theophilus” apart from the other words. This is because English speakers often start letters this way. You may want to start this book in the way that people start letters in your culture.<br><br>Some translations set quotations from the Old Testament farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text. The ULT does this with the two quotations from the book of Psalms in 1:20.<br><br>## Special Concepts in this Chapter<br><br>### The Ascension<br><br>This chapter records an event that is commonly known as the “Ascension.” That word describes how Jesus returned to heaven after he became alive again. In the future he will come back to earth again, and his return to earth is known as his “Second Coming.” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/heaven]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/resurrection]])<br><br>### Baptism<br><br>Luke uses the word “baptize” with two different meanings in [1:5](../01/05.md). In the first instance, it refers literally to the water baptism of John. In the second instance, it refers to people being filled with the Holy Spirit. Luke uses the term “filled” to mean this same thing in [2:4](../02/04.md). (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/baptize]])<br><br>### “He spoke things concerning the kingdom of God”<br><br>Some scholars believe that when Jesus spoke “things concerning the kingdom of God,” as Luke describes in [1:3](../01/03.md), he explained to the disciples why the kingdom of God had not come while he was on earth the first time. Other scholars believe that the kingdom of God did begin while Jesus was on earth and that Jesus explained that it had come in a form different from the one the disciples had expected. Since Christians hold different views about the kingdom of God coming, translators should be careful to avoid letting how they understand that issue affect how they translate this verse.<br><br>## Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter<br><br>### Long sentence<br><br>As was common in compositions of this time, for stylistic purposes Luke begins this book with a very long sentence. It goes from the beginning of [1:1](../01/01.md) to the end of [1:3](../01/03.md). ULT represents all of this as a single sentence. It may be helpful to your readers to divide it into several sentences, as UST does.<br><br>### The details of the death of Judas<br><br>There are some differences in detail between the way Luke describes the death of Judas in the book of Acts and the way Matthew describes it in his gospel. Luke says that Judas used the money he got for betraying Jesus to buy a field; Matthew says that Judas returned the money to the Jewish leaders and that they bought the field with it. Luke says that Judas killed himself by falling onto the field from a height; Matthew says that Judas hanged himself. Luke says that the field was named the “Field of Blood” because Judas died a bloody death there; Matthew says the field was given that name because it was purchased with “blood money,” that is, money paid to ensure someone’s death.<br><br>It is possible to reconcile many of these details. For example, the body of Judas may have fallen and split open on the field if he fell when he tried to hang himself. Luke may say that Judas bought the field because the Jewish leaders would not take back the money that they had paid him, and so in a sense it was still his money when the field was purchased with it.<br><br>But it would probably be best to avoid trying to reconcile these details within your translation. For example, when Luke says in [1:18](../01/18.md) that Judas fell onto the field, instead of saying that he fell when he was trying to hang himself, you can let Luke and Matthew each tell the story the way they do. Then you can leave it up to preachers and teachers of the Bible to explain how their accounts are compatible.<br><br>### The 12 disciples<br><br>There is one small difference between the list of the 12 disciples that Matthew and Mark provide in their gospels and the list that Luke provides in his gospel and in the book of Acts.<br><br>All three writers list Simon Peter and his brother Andrew; James and John, the two sons of Zebedee; Philip, Bartholomew, Thomas, Matthew, James the son of Alphaeus, Simon the Zealot, and Judas Iscariot. But Matthew and Mark say that the twelfth disciple was Thaddeus, while Luke says he was Judas the son of James. However, it is quite likely that Thaddeus was another name by which this other Judas was known.<br><br>Once again it is not necessary to try to reconcile these details within your translation. Specifically, in [1:13](../01/13.md) instead of saying, “Judas the son of James, who was also known as Thaddeus,” you can let each of the biblical writers tell the story in the way that they do. Then you can leave it up to preachers and teachers of the Bible to explain how their accounts are compatible.
ACT	1	1	q9ep	figs-explicit	τὸν μὲν πρῶτον λόγον ἐποιησάμην	1	I made the first account	Luke assumes that Theophilus will know that by **the first account** he means the book that has become known as the Gospel of Luke. Since that book was not known by that title at this time, it would not be accurate to put the title in your translation as a name that Luke would have used to describe the book to Theophilus. However, you could explain this in a footnote and use another expression here. Alternate translation: “I wrote in my first volume” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ACT	1	1	a000		ὦ Θεόφιλε	1	O Theophilus	Here Luke is identifying and addressing the man for whom he complied this account of the early church. Since this is like the salutation of a letter, in your translation you may wish to follow your culture’s way of identifying and greeting the addressee of a letter. UST models this by saying “Dear Theophilus” and putting the phrase at the beginning of the sentence.
ACT	1	1	ryj5	translate-names	Θεόφιλε	1	Theophilus	**Theophilus** is the name of a man. It means “friend of God.” It may be his actual name, or it may describe what this man was like. Most translations treat it as his name. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
ACT	1	1	a001	figs-explicitinfo	περὶ πάντων&ὧν ἤρξατο ὁ Ἰησοῦς ποιεῖν τε καὶ διδάσκειν	1	all that Jesus began both to do and to teach	Luke is using the word **began** to indicate that Jesus had been doing something else (working as a carpenter) but then began to do something new when he started his ministry. In your language, it might not be necessary to translate the word **began**, since it might seem to convey redundant information that would be not be natural to express. Alternate translation: “all that Jesus both did and taught” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo]])
ACT	1	1	a002	figs-hyperbole	περὶ πάντων&ὧν ἤρξατο ὁ Ἰησοῦς ποιεῖν τε καὶ διδάσκειν	1	all that Jesus began both to do and to teach	This is a generalization for emphasis. Alternate translation: “about some of the most important things that Jesus did and taught” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
ACT	1	2	a003	figs-idiom	ἄχρι ἧς ἡμέρας	1	until that day when	While this did happen on a specific day, Luke is likely using the word **day** to mean a specific time. Alternate translation: “up to the time when” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
ACT	1	2	n435	figs-activepassive	ἀνελήμφθη	1	he was taken up	If it would be helpful in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “God took him up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ACT	1	2	a424	figs-explicit	ἀνελήμφθη	1	he was taken up	Luke is referring to Jesus being **taken up** into heaven. See the discussion of “Ascension” in the General Notes to this chapter. Alternate translation: “he was taken up into heaven” or “God took him up into heaven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ACT	1	3	a004		οἷς καὶ παρέστησεν ἑαυτὸν ζῶντα, μετὰ τὸ παθεῖν αὐτὸν, ἐν πολλοῖς τεκμηρίοις	1	to whom also, after he had suffered, he presented himself living with many proofs	As the General Notes to this chapter suggest, it be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “Jesus also presented himself alive with many proofs to his apostles after he had suffered”
ACT	1	3	dup3	figs-explicit	μετὰ τὸ παθεῖν αὐτὸν	1	after he had suffered	This refers to how Jesus suffered and died on the cross. Alternate translation: “after he had suffered and died on the cross” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ACT	1	3	a005	figs-explicit	ἐν πολλοῖς τεκμηρίοις	1	with many proofs	The word translated **proofs** describes items of evidence that are decisive and convincing. Alternate translation: “with many definitive proofs” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ACT	1	3	yc16	figs-explicit	δι’ ἡμερῶν τεσσεράκοντα, ὀπτανόμενος αὐτοῖς, καὶ λέγων	1	appearing to them for 40 days and speaking	While the antecedent of **whom** is “the apostles whom he had chosen” in the previous verse, Jesus actually appeared to many other disciples besides his apostles. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “For 40 days he appeared to his apostles and many of his other disciples, and he spoke” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ACT	1	3	a006	figs-abstractnouns	τὰ περὶ τῆς Βασιλείας τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	things concerning the kingdom of God	See the discussion of the concept of the **kingdom of God** in Part 2 of the General Introduction to Acts. If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **kingdom**, you could express this with a verb such as “rule,” as UST does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ACT	1	4	a007	figs-doublenegatives	ἀπὸ Ἱεροσολύμων, μὴ χωρίζεσθαι, ἀλλὰ	1	not to depart from Jerusalem, but	If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a positive expression to translate this double negative that consists of the negative particle **not** and the negative verb **depart**. Alternate translation: “to remain in Jerusalem and” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
ACT	1	4	vb7g	figs-quotemarks	ἀπὸ Ἱεροσολύμων, μὴ χωρίζεσθαι	1	not to depart from Jerusalem	The content of Jesus’ instructions to the apostles on this occasion begins here. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could translate and punctuate the material from here to the end of the verse as a direct quotation, as UST does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
ACT	1	4	a008	translate-names	Ἱεροσολύμων	1	Jerusalem	**Jerusalem** is the name of a city. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
ACT	1	4	sg4h	figs-metonymy	τὴν ἐπαγγελίαν τοῦ Πατρὸς	1	the promise of the Father	Jesus is referring to the Holy Spirit by association with the way God made a **promise** to send the Holy Spirit. Alternate translation: “the Holy Spirit, whom the Father promised” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ACT	1	4	a009	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τοῦ Πατρὸς	1	of the Father	**Father** is an important title for God. Alternate translation: “of God the Father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
ACT	1	4	tj6r	figs-quotations	ἣν ἠκούσατέ μου	1	which you heard from me	In keeping with his engaging storytelling style, Luke begins a quotation from Jesus here without introducing it with a formula such as “he said.” If it would be helpful to your readers, you could include an introductory formula in your translation. It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “He said, ‘You heard about this from me’” or “He said, ‘I told you about this’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
ACT	1	4	d3kr	figs-you	ἠκούσατέ	1	you heard	Here, **you** is plural because Jesus is speaking to the apostles, so use the plural form of “you” in your translation if your language marks that distinction. In [1:6](../01/06.md), “you” is singular because Jesus alone is being addressed, so the singular form would be accurate there. In general these notes will not discuss whether **you** is singular or plural when this should be clear from the context, but they will address ambiguous cases where this may not be clear. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
ACT	1	5	uu4k	translate-names	Ἰωάννης	1	John	**John** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
ACT	1	5	fnq5	figs-explicit	Ἰωάννης	1	John	Jesus is referring to the man who was known as John the Baptist because he baptized people. It may help to identify him if you use that title after his name in your translation. However, because the word “Baptist” is associated with a group of churches in many parts of the world, it may be helpful to your readers to use a different form of the word as a title, as UST does by saying “Baptizer.” Alternate translation: “John the Baptist” or “John the Baptizer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ACT	1	5	a075	figs-metaphor	ὑμεῖς&ἐν Πνεύματι βαπτισθήσεσθε Ἁγίῳ	1	you will be baptized in the Holy Spirit	After describing earlier in the verse how John baptized people literally, Jesus is using baptism in this second instance as a metaphor. See the discussion in the General Notes to this chapter. Alternate translation: “the Holy Spirit will come and empower you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ACT	1	5	dzj1	figs-activepassive	ὑμεῖς&βαπτισθήσεσθε	1	you will be baptized	You may wish to retain the metaphor of baptism in your translation. If you do, and If it would be helpful in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you can say who will do the action. Alternate translation: “God will baptize” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ACT	1	5	a010	figs-litotes	οὐ μετὰ πολλὰς ταύτας ἡμέρας	1	after these not many days	Jesus is using a figure of speech that expresses a positive meaning by using a negative word together with a word that is the opposite of the intended meaning. Alternate translation: “just a few days from now” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
ACT	1	6	n9wt	writing-pronouns	οἱ μὲν οὖν συνελθόντες, ἠρώτων αὐτὸν	1	They therefore having assembled, they were asking him	In the first instance, **they** describes Jesus and the apostles, while in the second instance, **they** refers to the apostles. (Other disciples could have been present on this occasion, but the instructions that Jesus gives about being “witnesses” in [1:8](../01/08.md) apply specifically to the apostles, so it would be good to name them directly.) Alternate translation: “When the apostles were together with Jesus, the apostles were asking him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
ACT	1	6	a011	figs-idiom	εἰ ἐν τῷ χρόνῳ τούτῳ, ἀποκαθιστάνεις τὴν βασιλείαν τῷ Ἰσραήλ	1	if you are restoring the kingdom to Israel at this time	This is an idiomatic way of asking a question. Alternate translation: “are you restoring the kingdom to Israel at this time” or “will you now restore the kingdom to Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
ACT	1	6	f7uj	figs-abstractnouns	εἰ&ἀποκαθιστάνεις τὴν βασιλείαν τῷ Ἰσραήλ	1	if you are restoring the kingdom to Israel	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **kingdom**, you could express the same idea with a noun such as “king.” Alternate translation: “are you going to give Israel its own king again” or “are you going to become the restored king of Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ACT	1	6	a252	translate-names	τῷ Ἰσραήλ	1	to Israel	**Israel** is the name of a nation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
ACT	1	7	a012	figs-explicit	οὐχ ὑμῶν ἐστιν γνῶναι	1	It is not for you to know	Jesus is saying implicitly by this response that he is not going to tell the apostles when the thing they are asking about will happen. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly in your translation. Alternate translation: “I am not going to tell you when that will happen, because it is not for you to know” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ACT	1	7	y1fu	figs-doublet	χρόνους ἢ καιροὺς	1	the times or the seasons	The words **times** and **seasons** could: (1) refer to different kinds of time. Alternate translation: “the general period of time or the specific date” (2) have similar meanings, being used together for emphasis. Alternate translation: “the exact time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
ACT	1	7	a013	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	ὁ Πατὴρ	1	the Father	**Father** is an important title for God. Alternate translation: “God the Father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
ACT	1	7	a014	figs-abstractnouns	ἐν τῇ ἰδίᾳ ἐξουσίᾳ	1	by his own authority	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **authority**, you could express the same idea with a verb such as “control.” Alternate translation: “as the one who controls all things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ACT	1	8	ld4k	grammar-connect-logic-result	λήμψεσθε δύναμιν, ἐπελθόντος τοῦ Ἁγίου Πνεύματος ἐφ’ ὑμᾶς, καὶ ἔσεσθέ μου μάρτυρες	1	you will receive power when the Holy Spirit has come upon you, and you will be my witnesses	Jesus is using the word translated **and** to describe a result. Alternate translation: “when the Holy Spirit comes upon you, then you will receive power to be my witnesses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
ACT	1	8	a015	figs-abstractnouns	δύναμιν	1	power	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **power**, you could express the same idea with an adjective such as “powerful.” Alternate translation: “powerful ability” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ACT	1	8	a016	translate-names	Ἰερουσαλὴμ&Ἰουδαίᾳ&Σαμαρείᾳ	1	Jerusalem … Judea … Samaria	**Jerusalem** is the name of a city, and **Judea** and **Samaria** are the names of regions. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
ACT	1	8	vb4m	figs-idiom	ἕως ἐσχάτου τῆς γῆς	1	to the end of the earth	This is a reference to place, not to time. Jesus does not mean “until the world ends.” Alternate translation: “all over the world” or “to the places on the earth that are farthest away from here” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
ACT	1	9	e1q1	figs-explicit	βλεπόντων αὐτῶν	1	as they were looking	Your language may require you to specify the object of **looking**. Alternate translation: “as they were looking at him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ACT	1	9	l1cq	figs-activepassive	ἐπήρθη	1	he was raised up	If it would be helpful in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. (See the discussion of “Ascension” in the General Notes to this chapter.) Alternate translation: “he rose up” or “God raised him up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ACT	1	9	ug58	figs-metonymy	ἀπὸ τῶν ὀφθαλμῶν αὐτῶν	1	from their eyes	Luke is using the **eyes** of the apostles to mean their capacity to see. Alternate translation: “from their sight” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ACT	1	10	enu1	figs-explicit	ἀτενίζοντες ἦσαν εἰς τὸν οὐρανὸν	1	they were looking intently into heaven	Since a cloud was able to block the apostles’ view, it is clear that Luke is using the word translated **heaven** here in one of its specific senses to mean “sky.” It would be good to make clear that the apostles were not seeing into heaven itself. Alternate translation: “gazing at the sky” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ACT	1	10	a017	figs-metaphor	καὶ ἰδοὺ ἄνδρες δύο	1	and behold, two men	Luke is using the term **behold** to focus readers’ attention on how suddenly these **two men** appeared. Your language may have a comparable expression that you can use in your translation. Alternate translation: “just then two men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ACT	1	10	a018	grammar-connect-time-sequential	καὶ	1	and	Luke uses the word translated **And** to indicate that the event of the men appearing happened after the event of Jesus going up. Alternate translation: “Then” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
ACT	1	10	a019	figs-explicit	ἄνδρες δύο	1	two men	These were actually angels. Luke calls them **men** because they appeared in human form. Alternate translation: “two angels” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ACT	1	10	a020		ἐσθήσεσι λευκαῖς	1	white clothes	In this context, the word **white** likely has the specific sense of “bright” or “shining.” Alternate translation: “bright clothes” or “shining clothes”
ACT	1	11	a021	figs-explicit	οἳ&εἶπαν	1	they said	This could mean: (1) one of the angels had spoken on behalf of both of them. Alternate translation: “one of them said” (2) the two angels had each said different parts of the quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ACT	1	11	a022	figs-verbs	οἳ&εἶπαν	1	they said	If you retain the word **they** in your translation and if your language uses dual forms for verbs, it would be accurate to use the dual form here, since two men are speaking. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-verbs]])
ACT	1	11	gpg3	figs-idiom	ἄνδρες, Γαλιλαῖοι	1	Men, Galileans	This is an idiomatic form of address. Alternate translation: “You Galileans” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
ACT	1	11	a023	translate-names	ἄνδρες, Γαλιλαῖοι	1	Men, Galileans	**Galileans** are people who are from the region of Galilee. Alternate translation: “You men from Galilee” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
ACT	1	11	a024	figs-rquestion	τί ἑστήκατε βλέποντες εἰς τὸν οὐρανόν?	1	why do you stand looking into heaven?	The angels are not looking for information. They are using the question form for emphasis. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate their words as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “there is no reason for you to stand looking into heaven!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
ACT	1	11	a025	figs-idiom	τί ἑστήκατε βλέποντες	1	why do you stand looking	The expression **stand** means to continue doing something. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “why do you keep looking” or “there is no reason for you to keep looking” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
ACT	1	11	a026	figs-explicit	ὁ ἀναλημφθεὶς ἀφ’ ὑμῶν εἰς τὸν οὐρανὸν&ἐθεάσασθε αὐτὸν πορευόμενον εἰς τὸν οὐρανόν	1	who has been taken up from you into heaven … you saw him going into heaven	In its second occurrence in this sentence, the term translated **heaven** likely means “the sky,” as in the previous sentence and in the previous verse. However, in its first occurrence in this sentence, the term likely means “heaven” itself. It would not be accurate to say that Jesus was just “taken up from you into the sky.” Alternate translation: “who has been taken up from you into heaven … you saw him going into the sky” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ACT	1	11	a027	figs-activepassive	ὁ ἀναλημφθεὶς	1	who has been taken up	If it would be helpful in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who has done the action. Alternate translation: “whom God has taken up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ACT	1	11	cue7		ὃν τρόπον	1	in which manner	Alternate translation: “in the same way in which”
ACT	1	12	x2nk	writing-pronouns	ὑπέστρεψαν	1	they returned	The word **they** refers to the apostles. Alternate translation: “the apostles returned” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
ACT	1	12	a028	figs-activepassive	ὄρους τοῦ καλουμένου Ἐλαιῶνος	1	the hill that is called Olivet	If it would be helpful in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “the hill that people call Olivet” or “the hill whose name is Olivet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ACT	1	12	a029	translate-names	ὄρους τοῦ καλουμένου Ἐλαιῶνος	1	the hill that is called Olivet	**Olivet** is the name of a hill. If your readers might recognize it better if you called it the Mount of Olives, you could use that name in your translation, as UST does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
ACT	1	12	a030	figs-idiom	Σαββάτου ἔχον ὁδόν	1	having a journey of a Sabbath	The expression **having a journey** refers to a distance. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “a Sabbath-day’s journey away” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
ACT	1	12	p19g	translate-unknown	Σαββάτου ἔχον ὁδόν	1	having a journey of a Sabbath	The **journey of a Sabbath** was the distance that interpreters of the law of Moses had determined people could walk on the Sabbath without that being “work.” If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express the distance in the measurement that your culture uses. Alternate translation: “about a kilometer away” or “about half a mile away” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
ACT	1	13	vis2	figs-explicit	ὅτε εἰσῆλθον	1	when they arrived	The previous verse explains that the apostles returned to Jerusalem. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that again explicitly here. Alternate translation: “when they arrived back in Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ACT	1	13	zt12	translate-unknown	εἰς τὸ ὑπερῷον, ἀνέβησαν οὗ ἦσαν καταμένοντες	1	they went up into the upper chamber where they were staying	In this culture, in some houses, rooms were built on top of other rooms. The expression **upper chamber** describes such a room, which was reached by stairs. If your culture does not have houses like that, it may be helpful to explain the meaning of the expression in your translation. Alternate translation: “they climbed the stairs to the room where they were staying, which had been built on top of other rooms in the house” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
ACT	1	13	a031	translate-names	Πέτρος&Ἰωάννης&Ἰάκωβος&Ἀνδρέας&Φίλιππος&Θωμᾶς&Βαρθολομαῖος&Μαθθαῖος	1	Peter … John … James … Andrew … Philip … Thomas … Bartholomew … Matthew	These are the names of eight men. The name **James** is the Greek form of the Hebrew name Jacob. Some translators prefer to use the Hebrew form of the name for this man and for other men in the New Testament with the same name. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
ACT	1	13	a032	figs-idiom	Ἰάκωβος Ἁλφαίου&Ἰούδας Ἰακώβου	1	James of Alphaeus … Judas of James	These are two occurrences of an idiom. Alternate translation: “James the son of Alphaeus … Judas the son of James” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
ACT	1	13	a033	translate-names	Ἰάκωβος&Ἁλφαίου&Ἰούδας&Ἰακώβου	1	James … Alphaeus … Judas … James	These are the names of four men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
ACT	1	13	a034	translate-names	Σίμων ὁ Ζηλωτὴς	1	Simon the Zealot	**Simon** is the name of a man, and **Zealot** is another name by which he was known. (1) **Zealot** could be a title that indicates that this man was part of the group of people who wanted to free the Jewish people from Roman rule. Alternate translation: “Simon the Patriot” (2) **Zealot** could also be a description that indicates that this man was zealous for God to be honored. Alternate translation: “Simon the Passionate One” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names)
ACT	1	14	z6cf		ὁμοθυμαδὸν	1	unanimously	The word **unanimously** indicates that the apostles and other believers shared a common commitment and purpose and that there was no strife among them. Alternate translation: “with one accord” or “harmoniously”
ACT	1	14	a035	figs-explicit	γυναιξὶν	1	the women	Luke assumes that his readers will know he is referring to the women who accompanied Jesus and his disciples during his ministry. These women provided for them out of their own means, and they had traveled with them to Jerusalem. These women are described in [Luke 8:2–3](../luk/08/02.md) and [23:49](../luk/23/49.md). Alternate translation: “the women who had helped Jesus and his disciples during his ministry” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ACT	1	14	a036	translate-names	Μαρία	1	Mary	**Mary** is the name of a woman. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
ACT	1	14	a037	translate-kinship	τοῖς ἀδελφοῖς αὐτοῦ	1	his brothers	These were Jesus’ younger brothers. They were the sons of Mary and Joseph. Since the Father of Jesus was God, and their father was Joseph, they were actually his half-brothers. That detail is not normally translated, but if your language has a specific word for “younger brother,” you may wish to use it here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship]])
ACT	1	15	il8w	writing-newevent	καὶ ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις ταύταις	1	And in those days	Luke uses this phrase to introduce a new event in the story. The phrase refers to the period of time after Jesus ascended, when the disciples were meeting in the upper chamber. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for introducing a new event. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
ACT	1	15	cup2	figs-idiom	ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις ταύταις	1	in those days	Luke is using the term **days** to refer to a specific time. Alternate translation: “during that time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
ACT	1	15	a038	translate-symaction	ἀναστὰς	1	having stood up	Peter **stood up** to indicate that he had something important to say. Alternate translation: “having stood up to show that he had something important to say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
ACT	1	15	liz1	figs-metaphor	τῶν ἀδελφῶν	1	the brothers	Luke is using the term **brothers** to mean people who share the same faith. Alternate translation: “his fellow believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ACT	1	15	a039	figs-gendernotations	τῶν ἀδελφῶν	1	the brothers	Although the term **brothers** is masculine, Luke is using the word in a generic sense that includes both men and women. As the General Introduction to Acts suggests, here and throughout the book, if you retain this figurative usage in your translation, you could say “brothers and sisters” to indicate that it has this generic sense. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
ACT	1	15	tl5m	writing-background	ἦν τε ὄχλος ὀνομάτων ἐπὶ τὸ αὐτὸ ὡς ἑκατὸν εἴκοσι	1	and the multitude of names to the same was about 120	Luke provides this background information to help readers appreciate what happens shortly afterwards in the story, when the church grows in one day to many times this size. It may be helpful to put this background information first in the verse as a separate sentence, in which case it would not have to be in parentheses. Alternate translation: “Now the number of people in that one place was about 120.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
ACT	1	15	a040	figs-metonymy	ὄχλος ὀνομάτων	1	the multitude of names	Luke is using the term **names** to mean “people,” by association with the way that people have names. Alternate translation: “the number of people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ACT	1	15	a041		ἐπὶ τὸ αὐτὸ	1	to the same	See the discussion of this phrase in Part 3 of the Introduction to Acts. Alternate translation: “in that one place” or “in their Christian fellowship”
ACT	1	16	a042	figs-idiom	ἄνδρες, ἀδελφοί	1	Men, brothers	This is an idiomatic form of address. Alternate translation: “My brothers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
ACT	1	16	a043	figs-metaphor	ἄνδρες, ἀδελφοί	1	Men, brothers	See how you translated the term **brothers** in [1:15](../01/15.md). Alternate translation: “My fellow believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ACT	1	16	a045	figs-infostructure	ἔδει πληρωθῆναι τὴν Γραφὴν, ἣν προεῖπε τὸ Πνεῦμα τὸ Ἅγιον διὰ στόματος Δαυεὶδ περὶ Ἰούδα, τοῦ γενομένου ὁδηγοῦ τοῖς συλλαβοῦσιν Ἰησοῦν	1	it was necessary for the scripture to be fulfilled that the Holy Spirit spoke before by the mouth of David concerning Judas, who became a guide to the ones who arrested Jesus	If it would be helpful in your language, you could put the information that Peter provides to identify this **scripture** before his statement that it had to be **fulfilled**. It may be helpful to make that statement a separate sentence. Alternate translation: “the Holy Spirit spoke before by the mouth of David concerning Judas, who became a guide to the ones who arrested Jesus. It was necessary for that scripture to be fulfilled” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
ACT	1	16	i8tl	figs-activepassive	ἔδει πληρωθῆναι τὴν Γραφὴν	1	it was necessary for the scripture to be fulfilled	If it would be helpful in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “the things needed to take place that the scripture described” or, if you put the background information first as a separate sentence, “What that scripture described needed to take place” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ACT	1	16	a046		προεῖπε	1	spoke before	Alternate translation: “spoke beforehand” or “spoke in advance”
ACT	1	16	f3um	figs-metonymy	διὰ στόματος Δαυεὶδ	1	by the mouth of David	Peter is using the word **mouth** to refer to words that David spoke or sang using his mouth and that he recorded in the book of Psalms, as Peter indicates in [1:20](../01/20.md). Alternate translation: “through the words of David” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ACT	1	16	a047	translate-names	Δαυεὶδ&Ἰούδα	1	David … Judas	**David** and **Judas** are the names of two men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
ACT	1	16	a048	figs-synecdoche	τοῦ γενομένου ὁδηγοῦ τοῖς συλλαβοῦσιν Ἰησοῦν	1	who became a guide to the ones who arrested Jesus	Peter is using the act of guiding **the ones arresting Jesus** to represent all of the things that Judas did to betray Jesus. This also included meeting beforehand with his enemies, receiving payment for the betrayal, and looking for the best opportunity to catch Jesus away from the crowds. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express this in more general terms. Alternate translation: “who betrayed Jesus to his enemies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
ACT	1	17	q73y	grammar-connect-logic-result	ὅτι	1	For	Peter uses the word **For** to introduce the reason for a result that is described in [1:21–22](../01/21.md), after Luke provides further background information and Peter quotes the scripture he referred to in [1:16](../01/16.md). The overall meaning is, “Since Judas was one of us apostles, we need to replace him with another witness of the ministry of Jesus.” But since so much material comes between the reason and the result, it may be helpful to give an indication here that Peter has a response in mind. Alternate translation: “There is something important we need to do in response to this scripture being fulfilled, since” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
ACT	1	17	a049	figs-parallelism	κατηριθμημένος ἦν ἐν ἡμῖν, καὶ ἔλαχεν τὸν κλῆρον τῆς διακονίας ταύτης	1	he was numbered with us and received a share of this ministry	These two phrases mean similar things. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could combine them. Alternate translation: “Jesus chose him to be an apostle along with us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
ACT	1	17	a050		κατηριθμημένος ἦν ἐν ἡμῖν	1	he was numbered with us	Peter is using the term **numbered** in one of its specific senses. Alternate translation: “he was considered to be one of us apostles”
ACT	1	17	a051	figs-activepassive	κατηριθμημένος ἦν ἐν ἡμῖν	1	he was numbered with us	If it would be helpful in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “he belonged to our group of apostles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ACT	1	17	tmv2	figs-exclusive	ἐν ἡμῖν	1	with us	Although Peter is addressing a larger group of people, he is using the word **us** to refer only to himself and the other apostles. So if your language distinguishes between exclusive and inclusive “us,” it would be accurate to use the exclusive form here. Other languages may have other ways of indicating that **us** is exclusive here. Alternate translation: “with us apostles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
ACT	1	17	a052	figs-quotemarks	τὸν κλῆρον τῆς διακονίας ταύτης	1	a share of this ministry	Luke temporarily ends his quotation from Peter after this phrase so that he can provide further background information about Judas in [1:18–19](../01/18.md). The quotation resumes in [1:20](../01/20.md). If you are identifying quotations in your translation by putting them within quotation marks or by using some other punctuation or convention that your language uses, there should be an ending quotation mark or the equivalent after this phrase. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
ACT	1	18	tmv1	writing-background	μὲν οὖν	1	Now indeed	Luke is using this expression to introduce further background information that he provides in this verse and the next one about how Judas died and about what people called the field where he died. This is not part of Peter’s speech. You may want to indicate that by putting these verses in parentheses or by using the equivalent convention in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
ACT	1	18	dd58	figs-nominaladj	οὗτος	1	this one	Luke is using the demonstrative adjective **this** as a noun to refer to a specific person, Judas. (ULT shows that by adding **one**.) Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could say “he” or use the name “Judas.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
ACT	1	18	a053	figs-abstractnouns	ἐκ μισθοῦ τῆς ἀδικίας	1	from the wage of unrighteousness	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **unrighteousness**, you could express the same idea with an adjective such as “unrighteous.” Alternate translation: “with the money that he received for doing an unrighteous deed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ACT	1	18	w83j	figs-metonymy	ἐκ μισθοῦ τῆς ἀδικίας	1	from the wage of unrighteousness	Luke is using the term **unrighteousness** to describe Judas betraying Jesus, by association with the way that was an unrighteous thing to do. Alternate translation: “with the money that he received for betraying Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ACT	1	18	kg3q	figs-explicit	πρηνὴς γενόμενος	1	having fallen headfirst	Be sure that it is clear in your translation that Judas did not fall down accidentally. Rather, he threw himself onto the field intentionally in order to kill himself. The implications are that he must have done this from a height. Alternate translation: “because he then threw himself down from a height onto that field” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ACT	1	18	a054		πρηνὴς γενόμενος	1	having fallen headfirst	The word **headfirst** describes someone falling forward, as opposed to falling backwards. Alternate translation: “having fallen forward”
ACT	1	18	a055	figs-activepassive	ἐξεχύθη πάντα τὰ σπλάγχνα αὐτοῦ	1	all his entrails were poured out	If it would be helpful in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “all his inward parts poured out” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ACT	1	19	a056		γνωστὸν ἐγένετο πᾶσι τοῖς κατοικοῦσιν Ἰερουσαλήμ	1	it became known to all those living in Jerusalem	The verb form is not passive here, since **known** is an adjective rather than a participle. Even so, it may be helpful to your readers to make **it** the object rather than the subject. Alternate translation: “all those living in Jerusalem heard about it”
ACT	1	19	a057	figs-hyperbole	γνωστὸν ἐγένετο πᾶσι τοῖς κατοικοῦσιν Ἰερουσαλήμ	1	it became known to all those living in Jerusalem	Luke says **all** as a generalization for emphasis. Alternate translation: “it became well known to those living in Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
ACT	1	19	a058	figs-activepassive	ὥστε κληθῆναι τὸ χωρίον ἐκεῖνο	1	Therefore that field was called	If it would be helpful in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “So they called that field” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ACT	1	19	mxf3	translate-transliterate	Ἁκελδαμάχ	1	Akeldama	**Akeldama** is an Aramaic word. Luke spells it out using Greek letters so his readers will know how it sounds, and then he says what it means, **Field of Blood**. In your translation you can spell it the way it sounds in your language and then explain its meaning. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]])
ACT	1	20	mz13	figs-quotemarks	γέγραπται γὰρ	1	For it is written	Luke now resumes his quotation of what Peter said on this occasion. If you are identifying quotations in your translation by putting them within quotation marks or by using some other punctuation or convention that your language uses, there should be an opening quotation mark or the equivalent before this phrase. It may also be helpful to indicate explicitly that the quotation resumes here. Alternate translation: “Peter went on to say, ‘For it is written’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
ACT	1	20	d7pk	figs-quotesinquotes	γέγραπται&ἐν βίβλῳ Ψαλμῶν, γενηθήτω ἡ ἔπαυλις αὐτοῦ ἔρημος, καὶ μὴ ἔστω ὁ κατοικῶν ἐν αὐτῇ; καί, τὴν ἐπισκοπὴν αὐτοῦ, λαβέτω ἕτερος	1	it is written in the book of Psalms, ‘Let his habitation be made desolate, and let not one dwelling be in it,’ and ‘Let another take his overseership.’	If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “it is written in the book of Psalms that his habitation should be made desolate, with no one dwelling in it, and that another should take his overseership” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
ACT	1	20	ip5w	figs-activepassive	γέγραπται&ἐν βίβλῳ Ψαλμῶν	1	it is written in the book of Psalms	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “David wrote in the book of Psalms” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ACT	1	20	g30d	figs-imperative3p	γενηθήτω ἡ ἔπαυλις αὐτοῦ ἔρημος, καὶ μὴ ἔστω ὁ κατοικῶν ἐν αὐτῇ	1		If your language does not use the third-person imperative in this way, you can state this in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “May his habitation become desolate, and may no one be dwelling in it” or “His habitation should become desolate, and no one should be dwelling be in it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative3p]])
ACT	1	20	crk3	figs-imperative	γενηθήτω ἡ ἔπαυλις αὐτοῦ ἔρημος, καὶ μὴ ἔστω ὁ κατοικῶν ἐν αὐτῇ	1		This is an imperative, but it communicates a request rather than a command. The psalmist is asking God to judge and punish the wicked. Use a form in your language that communicates a request. It may be helpful to add an expression such as “please” to make this clear. Alternate translation: “Please let his habitation become desolate, and please let no one be dwelling in it” or “Please may his habitation become desolate, and please may no one be dwelling in it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
ACT	1	20	hiul	figs-123person	γενηθήτω ἡ ἔπαυλις αὐτοῦ ἔρημος, καὶ μὴ ἔστω ὁ κατοικῶν ἐν αὐτῇ	1		It may be more natural in your language to use the second person for this imperative. Alternate translation: “God, please make his habitation desolate, and please make no one dwell in it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
ACT	1	20	mc45	figs-parallelism	γενηθήτω ἡ ἔπαυλις αὐτοῦ ἔρημος, καὶ μὴ ἔστω ὁ κατοικῶν ἐν αὐτῇ	1	Let his habitation be made desolate, and let not one dwelling be in it	These two phrases mean basically the same thing. The second emphasizes the meaning of the first by repeating the same idea with different words. Hebrew poetry was based on this kind of repetition, and it would be good to show this to your readers by including both phrases in your translation rather than combining them. However, if the repetition might be confusing, you could connect the phrases with a word other than **and** in order to show that the second phrase is repeating the first one, not saying something additional. Or you could combine the phrases if you think that would be the clearest thing to do. Alternate translation: “Let his habitation be made desolate, yes, let no one dwell in it” or “Let his habitation be made completely desolate” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
ACT	1	20	chq4	figs-metaphor	γενηθήτω ἡ ἔπαυλις αὐτοῦ ἔρημος, καὶ μὴ ἔστω ὁ κατοικῶν ἐν αὐτῇ	1	Let his habitation be made desolate, and let not one dwelling be in it	The word **habitation** likely refers to Judas’ home and is a metaphor for his family line. Alternate translation: “May he leave no descendants, none to continue his family line” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ACT	1	20	a059		τὴν ἐπισκοπὴν αὐτοῦ, λαβέτω ἕτερος	1	Let another take his overseership	The word **overseership** refers to a position of leadership and supervision. It is the same term that Paul uses for a spiritual leader in [1 Timothy 3:1](../1ti/03/01.md). Alternate translation: “Let someone else take his leadership position”
ACT	1	20	uctm	figs-imperative3p	τὴν ἐπισκοπὴν αὐτοῦ, λαβέτω ἕτερος	1		If your language does not use the third-person imperative in this way, you can state this in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “May another take his overseership” or “Another should take his overseership” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative3p]])
ACT	1	20	jdsg	figs-imperative	τὴν ἐπισκοπὴν αὐτοῦ, λαβέτω ἕτερος	1		This is an imperative, but it communicates a request rather than a command. The psalmist is continuing God to judge and punish the wicked. Use a form in your language that communicates a request. It may be helpful to add an expression such as “please” to make this clear. Alternate translation: “Please let another take his overseership” or “Please may another take his overseership” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
ACT	1	20	elz8	figs-123person	τὴν ἐπισκοπὴν αὐτοῦ, λαβέτω ἕτερος	1		It may be more natural in your language to use the second person for this imperative. Alternate translation: “God, make another take his overseership” or “God, please give his overseership to another” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
ACT	1	21	t916	translate-versebridge		0		To help your readers understand Peter’s main point in this verse and the next one, you could combine both verses into a verse bridge. You could put his main point in a first sentence and his further explanation in a second sentence. Alternate translation: “Therefore it is necessary for someone else to become a witness with us of Jesus’ resurrection. It should be one of the men who accompanied us during all the time that the Lord Jesus came in and went out among us, beginning from the baptism of John until the day that he was taken up from us.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-versebridge]])
ACT	1	21	xz69	figs-exclusive	ἡμῖν&ἡμᾶς	1	us … us	In the first instance of **us**, Peter means himself and his fellow apostles, not everyone to whom he is speaking, so use the exclusive form of the word if your language marks that distinction. However, in the second instance of **us**, Peter could well mean himself and his entire audience, so use the inclusive form in that instance. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
ACT	1	21	zuf7	figs-idiom	εἰσῆλθεν καὶ ἐξῆλθεν ἐφ’ ἡμᾶς ὁ Κύριος Ἰησοῦς	1	the Lord Jesus came in and went out among us	Peter is speaking in an idiomatic way. Alternate translation: “the Lord Jesus lived among us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
ACT	1	22	qb8j	figs-abstractnouns	ἀρξάμενος ἀπὸ τοῦ βαπτίσματος Ἰωάννου	1	beginning from the baptism of John	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **baptism**, you could express the same idea with a verb such as “baptize.” Alternate translation: “beginning from when John started baptizing people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ACT	1	22	a060	translate-names	Ἰωάννου	1	John	**John** is the name of a man. Peter means the man who was known as John the Baptist. See how you translated his name in [1:5](../01/05.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
ACT	1	22	a061	figs-idiom	τῆς ἡμέρας ἧς	1	the day on which	While Jesus was taken up to heaven on a specific **day**, Peter may be using the word **day** to mean a specific time. Alternate translation: “the time when” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
ACT	1	22	a062	writing-pronouns	ἀνελήμφθη&τῆς ἀναστάσεως αὐτοῦ	1	he was taken up … his resurrection	The pronoun **he** refers to Jesus, not to John the Baptist. The pronoun **his** also refers to Jesus. For clarity, you may want to use the name Jesus instead of one or both of these pronouns. Alternate translation: “Jesus was taken up … the resurrection of Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
ACT	1	22	yi3a	figs-activepassive	ἀνελήμφθη ἀφ’ ἡμῶν	1	he was taken up from us	If it would be helpful in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “God took him up from us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ACT	1	22	a063	figs-exclusive	ἀφ’ ἡμῶν&σὺν ἡμῖν	1	from us … with us	When Peter says **from us**, he is referring to God taking Jesus from everyone to whom he is speaking. But when Peter says **with us**, he means only himself and the other apostles. So the word “us” would be inclusive in the first instance and exclusive in the second instance, if your language marks that distinction. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
ACT	1	22	mrx7	figs-nominaladj	ἕνα τούτων	1	one of these is	Peter is using the demonstrative adjective **these** as a noun to refer to specific people, the men whose qualifications he has just described. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could add the term “men” to clarify the meaning. Alternate translation: “one of these men is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
ACT	1	22	g3n9	figs-abstractnouns	τῆς ἀναστάσεως αὐτοῦ	1	of his resurrection	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **resurrection**, you could express the same idea with an adjective such as “alive.” Alternate translation: “that God made him alive again after he died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ACT	1	23	lz7y	writing-pronouns	ἔστησαν δύο	1	they stood up two	The pronoun **they** refers to all of the believers who were present on this occasion. This is the group that Luke describes as “the brothers” in [1:15](../01/15.md). Alternate translation: “the believers stood up two” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
ACT	1	23	a064	figs-nominaladj	ἔστησαν δύο	1	they stood up two	Luke is using the adjective **two** as a noun to refer to specific people, two men who met the qualifications Peter described. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could add the term “men” to clarify the meaning, and you could also describe these men more specifically. Alternate translation: “the believers stood up two men” or “the believers stood up two men who met the qualifications that Peter described” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
ACT	1	23	a065	translate-symaction	ἔστησαν δύο	1	they stood up two	When the believers **stood up** these two men, that is, when they had them stand up within the group, this was a symbolic way of proposing them as candidates to replace Judas. Alternate translation: “the believers proposed two men who met the qualifications that Peter described” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
ACT	1	23	a066	translate-names	Ἰωσὴφ&Βαρσαββᾶν&Ἰοῦστος	1	Joseph … Barsabbas … Justus	**Joseph** is the name of a man, and **Barsabbas** and **Justus** are two other names by which he was known. **Barsabbas** is probably a patronymic, that is, an indication of who his father was. If your language and culture identify people by patronymics, it may be helpful to translate this name as “the son of Sabbas,” as UST does. **Justus** is a Roman name, and it may be a name that this man used for official purposes and in interactions with people who spoke Latin. (It would be like the name Paul, by which Saul of Tarsus was also known in the Roman Empire.) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
ACT	1	23	s1ff	figs-activepassive	τὸν καλούμενον Βαρσαββᾶν, ὃς ἐπεκλήθη Ἰοῦστος	1	the one called Barsabbas, who was named Justus	If it would be helpful in your language, you could say both of these things with active forms. Alternate translation: “whom people called Barsabbas and whose other name was Justus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ACT	1	23	a067	translate-names	Μαθθίαν	1	Matthias	**Matthias** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
ACT	1	24	a068	translate-versebridge		0		Judas betrayed Jesus and abandoned his position as an apostle. The person who is praying says that in the next verse. As a result, the believers are asking God to show them whom he has chosen to replace Judas, as the person praying says in this verse. You could put the reason before the result by creating a verse bridge. UST provides a model for doing that. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-versebridge]])
ACT	1	24	a069	figs-hendiadys	προσευξάμενοι, εἶπαν	1	praying they said	Together the words **praying** and **said** indicate that the believers said what they did while praying. Alternate translation: “they said in prayer” or “they prayed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
ACT	1	24	zd1f	figs-synecdoche	προσευξάμενοι, εἶπαν	1	praying they said	The pronoun **they** refers to all of the believers, but one of the apostles alone probably spoke these words on behalf of everyone. Alternate translation: “as the believers were all praying together, one of the apostles said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
ACT	1	24	a070		σὺ Κύριε, καρδιογνῶστα πάντων	1	You, Lord, heart-knower of all	Alternate translation: “You, Lord, who know the hearts of all people”
ACT	1	24	se6m	figs-metaphor	σὺ Κύριε, καρδιογνῶστα πάντων	1	You, Lord, heart-knower of all	Here, the **heart** represents the thoughts and motives. Alternate translation: “You, Lord, who know the thoughts and motives of all people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ACT	1	24	a071	figs-youformal	σὺ Κύριε	1	you, Lord	The word **you** is singular because the person who is praying is addressing God. If your language has a formal form of “you” that it uses to address a superior respectfully, you may wish to use that form in your translation. However, it might be more natural in your language for someone who has a good, close relationship with God to address God using the informal form of “you.” Use your best judgment about what form to use here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youformal]])
ACT	1	24	a072	figs-nominaladj	ὃν ἐξελέξω ἐκ τούτων τῶν δύο ἕνα	1	which one from these two	The person who is praying is using the adjective **two** as a noun to refer to specific people, the two men whom the believers have proposed. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could add the term “men” to clarify the meaning. Alternate translation: “which one of these two men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
ACT	1	25	mg47	figs-hendiadys	λαβεῖν τὸν τόπον τῆς διακονίας ταύτης καὶ ἀποστολῆς	1	to take this place of ministry and apostleship	The person who is praying is expressing a single idea by using two words connected with **and**. The word **apostleship** identifies what kind of **ministry** this is. Alternate translation: “to take this place of apostolic ministry” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
ACT	1	25	ryv6	figs-metaphor	ἀφ’ ἧς παρέβη Ἰούδας	1	from which Judas turned aside	The expression **turned aside** means that Judas stopped performing this ministry. Alternate translation: “which Judas stopped fulfilling” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ACT	1	25	tx6n	figs-euphemism	πορευθῆναι εἰς τὸν τόπον τὸν ἴδιον	1	to go to his own place	This phrase uses a mild expression to describe Judas’ death and likely also his judgment after death. Alternate translation: “and died under God’s judgment as a result” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
ACT	1	26	a073	grammar-connect-logic-result	καὶ	1	And	Luke uses the word translated **And** to introduce what the believers did as a result of Peter’s speech. Alternate translation: “So” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
ACT	1	26	r84c	writing-pronouns	ἔδωκαν κλήρους αὐτοῖς	1	they cast lots for them	The pronoun **they** refers to the believers and the pronoun **them** refers to Joseph and Matthias. You may want to specify that for clarity. (But if you decide to retain the pronoun **them** and if your language marks the dual form, **them** would be dual because it refers to those two men.) Alternate translation: “the believers cast lots to decide between Joseph and Matthias” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
ACT	1	26	a074	translate-unknown	ἔδωκαν κλήρους αὐτοῖς	1	they cast lots for them	The term **lots** describes objects with various markings on different sides that were used, most likely by dropping them on the ground, to select between possibilities. The belief was that God would control which way these objects fell and so guide the selection process. Alternate translation: “they threw marked objects on the ground, trusting that God would use these to guide them whether to choose Joseph or Matthias” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
ACT	1	26	w4ph	figs-idiom	ἔπεσεν ὁ κλῆρος ἐπὶ Μαθθίαν	1	the lot fell to Matthias	The word **fell** means “selected.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the lot selected Matthias” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
ACT	1	26	fk4x	figs-activepassive	συνκατεψηφίσθη	1	he was chosen	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “the believers chose him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ACT	2	intro	x8fr			0		# Acts 2 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and Formatting<br><br>Some translations set lines of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry that is quoted from the Old Testament in 2:17–21, 25–28, and 34–35.<br><br>Some translations set quotations from the Old Testament farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text. The ULT does this with the material that is quoted in 2:31.<br><br>## Special Concepts in this Chapter<br><br>### Pentecost<br><br>The events described in this chapter took place on the day of Pentecost. That was a festival that the Jews observed each year 50 days after Passover. It was a harvest festival that celebrated the first produce from the fields. That produce was known as “firstfruits.” Many people believe that the church began to exist when the Holy Spirit came to live inside believers on this particular day of Pentecost. Those believers were the “firstfruits” of all those who would become part of the church down through the years.<br><br>### Tongues<br><br>Luke uses the Greek word “tongues” to mean two different things in this chapter. In 2:3, Luke describes what came down from heaven as “tongues as if of fire.” A “tongue of fire” means a “flame of fire” (as in Isaiah 5:24, for example), so this means “something like flames of fire.” In 2:4, Luke uses the word “tongues” in the different sense of “languages” to describe the languages that the people spoke after the Holy Spirit filled them. For clarity, ULT translates the use in 2:3 as “tongues” and the use in 2:4 as “languages.”<br><br>### Last days<br><br>In 2:17–21, Peter quotes a prophecy from Joel that describes something that will happen in the “last days.” Some scholars understand the “last days” to mean a time in the future just before Jesus returns. Other scholars understand the “last days” to mean the entire time from when Jesus first came to when he will return. Translators should be careful not to let how they understand this issue affect how they translate this expression where it occurs in 2:17. It may be best not to say more about this than ULT does. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lastday]])<br><br>### The prophecy of Joel<br><br>In 2:17–21, Peter quotes a prophecy of Joel about what would happen in the “last days.” Some of the things that prophecy describes did happen on the day of Pentecost, for example, the pouring out of the Spirit (2:17–18). Some other things did not happen, at least not literally, for example, the sun turning to darkness (2:20). Depending on how scholars understand the “last days,” they may say either that these other things await a literal future fulfillment or that they were fulfilled in some spiritual sense on the day of Pentecost. Once again it may be best not to say any more than ULT does and to allow preachers and teachers of the Bible to interpret and explain the meaning of Peter’s statement in 2:16, “this is what was spoken through the prophet Joel.” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])<br><br>### Baptize<br><br>In this chapter, the word “baptize” refers to water baptism as an expression of faith in Jesus for the forgiveness of sins. That is how Luke uses the term in 2:38 and 2:41. Jesus did promise the disciples in 1:5 that they would be baptized in the Holy Spirit, and the events that Luke describes in 2:1-11 are the fulfillment of that promise. But Luke does not use the word “baptize” to describe those events in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/baptize]])<br><br>### Wonders and signs<br><br>These words refer to things that only God could do that showed that Jesus was who the disciples said he was. See the notes to this expression in 2:43.<br><br>## Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter<br><br>### “You killed” (2:23)<br><br>The Romans were the ones who killed Jesus, but they killed him because the Jews captured him, brought him to the Romans, and urged the Romans to kill him. For this reason Peter tells the people in the crowd on the day of Pentecost that they were guilty of killing Jesus. See the note to this phrase in 2:23 for suggestions about how to make clear in your translation what Peter means when he says this.<br><br>### Long sentences<br><br>There is a long sentence that goes from the beginning of 2:9 to the end of 2:11. ULT represents all of it as a single sentence. It may be helpful to your readers to divide it into several sentences, as UST does.<br><br>There is also a long sentence that goes from the beginning of 2:44 to the end of 2:47. Once again it may be helpful to your readers to divide it into several sentences, as UST does.<br><br>### Poetry<br><br>The quotations from the Old Testament in 2:17–21, 25–28, and 34–35 are poetry. For advice about how to represent this literary form in your translation, see: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]].
ACT	2	1	i4sa	writing-newevent	καὶ ἐν τῷ συνπληροῦσθαι τὴν ἡμέραν τῆς Πεντηκοστῆς	1	And when the day of Pentecost was completely filled	Luke uses this time reference to introduce a new event in the story. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for introducing a new event. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
ACT	2	1	a076	figs-idiom	ἐν τῷ συνπληροῦσθαι τὴν ἡμέραν τῆς Πεντηκοστῆς	1	when the day of Pentecost was completely filled	This is an idiomatic way of speaking about time. Alternate translation: “when the day of Pentecost had come” or, if your language does not speak of days “coming,” “on the day of Pentecost” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
ACT	2	1	a425	figs-activepassive	ἐν τῷ συνπληροῦσθαι τὴν ἡμέραν τῆς Πεντηκοστῆς	1	when the day of Pentecost was completely filled	Since this is an idiom, it would probably not be meaningful in most languages to use an active form of the verb “fill” in place of the passive form of that verb here. However, if your language does speak of someone or something “filling” days or times so that they arrive, but your language does not use passive verbal forms, you could use an active form of “fill” here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ACT	2	1	x075	translate-names	τὴν ἡμέραν τῆς Πεντηκοστῆς	1	the day of Pentecost	**Pentecost** is the name of a festival. It occurs 50 days after Passover. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
ACT	2	1	i4sb	writing-pronouns	ἦσαν πάντες ὁμοῦ	1	they were all together	Here the word **they** refers to the apostles and the other 120 believers whom Luke mentions in [1:15](../01/15.md). Alternate translation: “the apostles and all the other believers were together” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
ACT	2	1	a077		ἐπὶ τὸ αὐτό	1	to the same	See the discussion of this phrase in Part 3 of the Introduction to Acts. Alternate translation: “in the same place” or “in united Christian fellowship”
ACT	2	2	qjc3		ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ	1	from heaven	The word translated **heaven** could mean: (1) “the sky.” Alternate translation: “from the sky” (2) the sound came from **heaven** itself.
ACT	2	2	a078	figs-simile	ὥσπερ φερομένης πνοῆς βιαίας	1	as of a strong wind being borne along	Luke is using a simile to describe what this wind was like. You could use the same simile in your translation, or you could use a different comparison, to a similar loud sound that your readers would recognize. It may be helpful to start a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “It sounded like a strong wind being borne along” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
ACT	2	2	jec5	figs-metaphor	φερομένης πνοῆς βιαίας	1	a strong wind being borne along	Luke speaks of the wind as if it were being carried through the air. Alternate translation: “a mighty, rushing wind” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ACT	2	2	a079	figs-metaphor	ἐπλήρωσεν ὅλον τὸν οἶκον	1	it filled the whole house	Luke speaks of this sound as if it **filled** the **house**. Alternate translation: “it could be heard throughout the house” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ACT	2	2	t4y4		ὅλον τὸν οἶκον	1	the whole house	Luke may be using the word translated **house** in one of its specific senses to mean a building. So this could have been either a private home or a larger building. Alternate translation: “the entire building”
ACT	2	2	a080	figs-idiom	οὗ ἦσαν καθήμενοι	1	where they were sitting	Luke may be using the term **sitting** to mean “meeting.” Alternate translation: “in which they were meeting” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
ACT	2	3	re3t		γλῶσσαι ὡσεὶ πυρός	1	tongues as if of fire	This phrase means “something like tongues of fire,” and a “tongue of fire” means a “flame of fire.” (The expression is used with that meaning in [Isaiah 5:24](../isa/05/24.md), for example.) This is not a simile. Luke is describing what these objects looked like. Alternate translation: “objects that looked like flames of fire”
ACT	2	3	xtk4		διαμεριζόμεναι	1	distributing themselves	This means that the objects that looked like flames of fire spread out so that there was one on each person. Alternate translation: “spreading around”
ACT	2	3	a081	writing-pronouns	ἐκάθισεν ἐφ’ ἕνα ἕκαστον αὐτῶν	1	they sat upon each one of them	The pronoun **they** refers to the objects, and the pronoun **them** refers to the disciples. Alternate translation: “one of the objects sat upon each one of the disciples” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
ACT	2	3	a082	figs-metaphor	ἐκάθισεν ἐφ’ ἕνα ἕκαστον αὐτῶν	1	they sat upon each one of them	Luke is using the word **sat** to indicate that the objects remained in one place once they had spread around. Alternate translation: “one of the objects remained on each one of the disciples” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ACT	2	4	v7hi	figs-activepassive	ἐπλήσθησαν πάντες Πνεύματος Ἁγίου	1	they were all filled with the Holy Spirit	If it would be helpful in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “the Holy Spirit filled them all” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ACT	2	4	a251	figs-metaphor	ἐπλήσθησαν πάντες Πνεύματος Ἁγίου	1	they were all filled with the Holy Spirit	Luke is speaking as if the believers were containers that the Holy Spirit **filled**. Alternate translation: “they were all inspired by the Holy Spirit” or “the Holy Spirit inspired them all” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ACT	2	4	a083	figs-explicitinfo	ἤρξαντο λαλεῖν ἑτέραις γλώσσαις	1	they began to speak in other tongues	Luke is using the word **began** to indicate that the disciples had been doing something else (speaking in their own languages) but then began to do something new when the Holy Spirit filled them. It might not be necessary to translate the word **began**, since it may seem to convey redundant information that would be not be natural to express in your language. Alternate translation: “they spoke in other languages” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo]])
ACT	2	4	nr9f	figs-explicit	ἤρξαντο λαλεῖν ἑτέραις γλώσσαις	1	they began to speak in other tongues	The implication, as [2:6–11](../02/06.md) makes clear, is that the disciples were speaking languages that they did not know. Alternate translation: “they began to speak in languages that they did not know” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ACT	2	4	a084		καθὼς τὸ Πνεῦμα ἐδίδου ἀποφθέγγεσθαι αὐτοῖς	1	as the Spirit was giving them to speak out	Here, **giving** has the sense of enabling. Alternate translation: “as the Spirit was enabling them to speak out”
ACT	2	4	a085		καθὼς τὸ Πνεῦμα ἐδίδου ἀποφθέγγεσθαι αὐτοῖς	1	as the Spirit was giving them to speak out	The word translated **to speak out** means to speak clearly and articulately. To express this meaning, it may be helpful to make this a separate sentence. Alternate translation: “The Spirit was enabling them to speak these languages clearly and articulately”
ACT	2	5	dz1l	grammar-connect-time-background	δὲ	1	Now	Luke uses the word **Now** to introduce background information that will help readers understand what happens next. You can translate it with a word or phrase that serves the same purpose in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]])
ACT	2	5	yft2	figs-gendernotations	ἄνδρες εὐλαβεῖς	1	godly men	Luke is using the term **men** in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “godly people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
ACT	2	5	stq9	figs-hyperbole	παντὸς ἔθνους	1	every nation	The word **every** is a generalization that emphasizes that the people came from many different nations. Alternate translation: “many different nations” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
ACT	2	5	a086	figs-idiom	ὑπὸ τὸν οὐρανόν	1	under heaven	The expression **under heaven** is a way of referring to being on earth. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “on earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
ACT	2	6	bpj7	figs-activepassive	συνεχύθη	1	was confused	If it would be helpful in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say what did the action. Alternate translation: “what they heard confused them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ACT	2	6	u9hc	writing-pronouns	ἤκουον εἷς ἕκαστος τῇ ἰδίᾳ διαλέκτῳ λαλούντων αὐτῶν	1	each one was hearing them speaking in his own language	The pronoun **them** refers to the believers and the pronoun **his** refers to each person in the multitude. Alternate translation: “each person in the multitude could hear one of the disciples speaking in that person’s own language” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
ACT	2	7	m8kd	figs-doublet	ἐξίσταντο&καὶ ἐθαύμαζον	1	they were … amazed and were marveling	The terms **amazed** and **marveling** mean similar things. Luke may be using the two terms together for emphasis. Alternate translation: “they were … greatly amazed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
ACT	2	7	a087	figs-activepassive	ἐξίσταντο&πάντες καὶ ἐθαύμαζον	1	they were all amazed and were marveling	The expression **were … amazed** is not a passive verbal form. However, if your language does not use passive forms, it might be helpful to your readers to use an expression that does not seem to be a passive verbal form. Alternate translation: “this amazed all of them and they were marveling” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ACT	2	7	a088	figs-metaphor	ἰδοὺ	1	Behold	**Behold** is an expression that speakers use to focus the attention of their listeners on what they are about to say. Though it literally means “look” or “see,” the term can be used to get people to pay attention. Your language may have a comparable expression that you can use here in your translation. Alternate translation: “In fact” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ACT	2	7	wnk2	figs-rquestion	οὐχ&ἅπαντες οὗτοί εἰσιν οἱ λαλοῦντες Γαλιλαῖοι	1	are not all these who are speaking Galileans?	The speakers are not looking for information. They are using the question form to express their amazement. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate their words as an exclamation. Alternate translation: “all of these people who are speaking are Galileans!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
ACT	2	7	a089	translate-names	Γαλιλαῖοι	1	Galileans	See how you translated the name **Galileans** in [1:11](../01/11.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
ACT	2	8	hzm8	figs-rquestion	καὶ πῶς ἡμεῖς ἀκούομεν ἕκαστος τῇ ἰδίᾳ διαλέκτῳ ἡμῶν, ἐν ᾗ ἐγεννήθημεν?	1	And how are we hearing, each in our own language in which we were born?	The speakers do not expect someone to be able to answer this question for them. Rather, they are using the question form to express their amazement. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you can translate their words as an exclamation. Alternate translation: “So we should not each be hearing them speak in our own languages in which we were born!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
ACT	2	8	a090	grammar-connect-logic-result	καὶ	1	And	The speakers are using the word translated **And** to introduce the results of what the previous sentence described. Alternate translation: “So” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
ACT	2	8	a091	figs-explicit	πῶς ἡμεῖς ἀκούομεν ἕκαστος	1	how are we hearing, each	Your language may require you to specify the object of **hearing**. Alternate translation: “how are we each hearing them speak” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ACT	2	8	a092	figs-exclusive	ἡμεῖς&ἡμῶν	1	we … our	The speakers are using the words **we** and **our** to refer to themselves and to their listeners, so use the inclusive forms of those words if your language marks that distinction. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
ACT	2	8	wb5t	figs-metaphor	ἐν ᾗ ἐγεννήθημεν	1	in which we were born	The speakers say that they **were born** in these languages to mean that they learned them from birth. Alternate translation: “that we learned from birth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ACT	2	8	a093	figs-activepassive	ἐν ᾗ ἐγεννήθημεν	1	in which we were born	If it would be helpful in your language, you could say this with an active form. However, since this is a metaphor, it would be preferable to use another expression to explain its meaning, rather than to say something like “in which our mothers gave birth to us.” Alternate translation: “that we learned from birth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ACT	2	9	f1ve	translate-names	Πάρθοι&Μῆδοι&Ἐλαμεῖται	1	Parthians … Medes … Elamites	These are names of three people groups. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
ACT	2	9	dm23	translate-names	τὴν Μεσοποταμίαν, Ἰουδαίαν;&Καππαδοκίαν, Πόντον&Ἀσίαν	1	Mesopotamia, Judea … Cappadocia, Pontus … Asia	These are names of five areas. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
ACT	2	10	tmb4	translate-names	Φρυγίαν&Παμφυλίαν, Αἴγυπτον&Λιβύης	1	Phrygia … Pamphylia, Egypt … Libya	These are names of four areas. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
ACT	2	10	a094	translate-names	Κυρήνην	1	Cyrene	**Cyrene** is the name of a city. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
ACT	2	10	a095	translate-names	οἱ ἐπιδημοῦντες Ῥωμαῖοι	1	Romans visiting	Here, **Romans** is a name for people who are from the city of Rome. Alternate translation: “visitors from Rome” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
ACT	2	11	w8jy		Ἰουδαῖοί τε καὶ προσήλυτοι	1	both Jews and proselytes	The term **proselytes** describes converts to the Jewish religion. The phrase **both Jews and proselytes** could apply specifically to the visitors from Rome mentioned at the end of the previous verse, or it could apply to the whole list of people in [2:9–11](../02/09.md). Alternate translation: “both Jews and converts to the Jewish religion”
ACT	2	11	jnp7	translate-names	Κρῆτες&Ἄραβες	1	Cretans and Arabians	These are names of two people groups. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
ACT	2	11	a097	figs-nominaladj	τὰ μεγαλεῖα τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	the great things of God	The speakers are using the adjective **great** as a noun. (The term is plural; ULT adds **things** to show this.) Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “the great things that God has done” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
ACT	2	12	el2f	figs-doublet	ἐξίσταντο&πάντες καὶ διηποροῦντο	1	they were all amazed and were perplexed	The words **amazed** and **perplexed** mean similar things. Luke is using them together to emphasize that the people could not understand what was happening. Alternate translation: “they were very perplexed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
ACT	2	12	a098	figs-activepassive	ἐξίσταντο&πάντες καὶ διηποροῦντο&λέγοντες	1	they were all amazed and were perplexed, saying	These are not passive verbal forms. However, if your language does not use passive forms, it might be helpful to your readers to use an expression that does not seem to be a passive verbal form. Alternate translation: “this amazed and perplexed all of them, and they said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ACT	2	12	a099	figs-idiom	τί θέλει τοῦτο εἶναι	1	What does this want to be	The expression **want to be** is a way of referring to what something means. Your language may have a similar expression that you could use in your translation. Or, if it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “What does this mean?” or “What is the explanation for this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
ACT	2	13	a100	figs-activepassive	γλεύκους μεμεστωμένοι εἰσίν	1	They are filled with sweet wine	If it would be helpful in your language, you could say this with an active form. However, it would be preferable to use an equivalent expression that conveys the meaning rather than to say something like “sweet wine has filled them.” Alternate translation: “They have drunk their fill of sweet wine” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ACT	2	13	fg59	figs-explicit	γλεύκους μεμεστωμένοι εἰσίν	1	They are filled with sweet wine	The implications of this statement are that the disciples have gotten drunk and are babbling and that this is the explanation for the languages the people think they are hearing. Alternate translation: “They have gotten drunk on sweet wine, and so what we are hearing is just drunken babbling” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ACT	2	13	jj1n	translate-unknown	γλεύκους	1	with sweet wine	This refers to wine that is thicker and more intoxicating than ordinary wine. If your readers would not be familiar with this drink, you could use the name of another strong drink that they would recognize, or you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “with strong liquor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
ACT	2	14	k5hr	translate-symaction	σταθεὶς δὲ ὁ Πέτρος σὺν τοῖς ἕνδεκα, ἐπῆρεν τὴν φωνὴν αὐτοῦ	1	But Peter, having stood with the Eleven, raised up his voice	Peter **stood** to show that he had something important to say, and the other apostles **stood** with him to show their support for him as he spoke. You could indicate that in your translation, perhaps as a separate sentence, if it would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “But Peter stood up to show that he had something important to say, and the other apostles stood with him to show their support for him as he spoke. Peter raised up his voice” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
ACT	2	14	c919	figs-nominaladj	τοῖς ἕνδεκα	1	the eleven	Luke is using the adjective **eleven** as a noun in order to indicate a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “the other 11 apostles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
ACT	2	14	d9tb	figs-idiom	ἐπῆρεν τὴν φωνὴν αὐτοῦ καὶ ἀπεφθέγξατο αὐτοῖς	1	raised up his voice and spoke out to them	The idiom **raised up his voice** means that Peter spoke loudly. Alternate translation: “spoke out to them in a loud voice” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
ACT	2	14	a102	figs-idiom	ἄνδρες, Ἰουδαῖοι	1	Men, Jews	This is an idiomatic form of address. Alternate translation: “My fellow Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
ACT	2	14	a103	figs-gendernotations	ἄνδρες, Ἰουδαῖοι	1	Men, Jews	Peter is using the term **men** in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If you retain the idiomatic form of address in your translation, follow the convention in your language that indicates a mixed group of people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
ACT	2	14	a104	figs-explicit	οἱ κατοικοῦντες Ἰερουσαλὴμ πάντες	1	all who are inhabiting Jerusalem	This seems to mean implicitly people who are not Jews but who live in Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “all of you non-Jews who are residents of Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ACT	2	14	ei5j		τοῦτο ὑμῖν γνωστὸν ἔστω	1	let this be known to you	This expression means that Peter wants to explain the meaning of what the people are seeing and hearing. Alternate translation: “let me explain this to you” or “I am going to explain this to you”
ACT	2	14	hal2	figs-imperative3p	τοῦτο ὑμῖν γνωστὸν ἔστω	1		If your language does not use the third-person imperative in this way, you can state this in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “may this be known to you” or “this should be known to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative3p]])
ACT	2	14	brjc	figs-activepassive	τοῦτο ὑμῖν γνωστὸν ἔστω	1		The word translated **known** is an adjective, so this is not a passive verbal form. However, if your language does not use passive forms, it might be clearer for your readers if you use an expression that does not seem to be a passive verbal form. The adjective **known** expresses the result of action by a different agent (**you**), so you can use an active form with that agent as the implied subject. Alternate translation: “know this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ACT	2	14	a105	grammar-connect-logic-result	καὶ	1	and	Peter uses the word translated **and** to indicate what his listeners should do as a result of what he has just told them. Alternate translation: “so” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
ACT	2	14	qp16	figs-metonymy	ἐνωτίσασθε τὰ ῥήματά μου	1	take my words into your ears	Peter is using the term **words** to mean what he is about to say by using words, and he is using the term **ears** to mean the capacity for listening. Alternate translation: “listen carefully to what I am about to say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ACT	2	15	a106	grammar-connect-logic-result	γὰρ	1	For	Peter says **for** in this first instance to introduce the reason why the crowd should listen to him. Alternate translation: “You should listen to me because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
ACT	2	15	a107	writing-pronouns	οὗτοι	1	these	The demonstrative pronoun **these** refers to the disciples who are speaking different languages. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could add more information to clarify the meaning. Alternate translation: “these people who are speaking different languages” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
ACT	2	15	a108	grammar-connect-logic-result	γὰρ	2	For	Peter says **for** in this second instance to introduce the reason why the people speaking different languages are not drunk. It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “They are not drunk, because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
ACT	2	15	a109		ἔστιν&ὥρα τρίτη τῆς ἡμέρας	1	it is the third hour of the day	In this culture, people began counting the hours each day beginning around daybreak at six o’clock in the morning. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this in the way the people of your culture reckon time. Alternate translation: “it is nine o’clock in the morning”
ACT	2	15	h28q	figs-explicit	ἔστιν&ὥρα τρίτη τῆς ἡμέρας	1	it is the third hour of the day	Peter assumes that his listeners will know that people do not get drunk that early in the day. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “it is only nine o’clock in the morning, and people do not get drunk that early” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ACT	2	15	a110	translate-ordinal	ὥρα τρίτη τῆς ἡμέρας	1	the third hour of the day	If you decide to translate this in the way that the biblical culture reckoned time, but your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use a cardinal number here. Alternate translation: “hour three of the day” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
ACT	2	16	f9hz	figs-activepassive	τοῦτό ἐστιν τὸ εἰρημένον διὰ τοῦ προφήτου Ἰωήλ	1	this is what was spoken through the prophet Joel	If it would be helpful in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “this is what God said through the prophet Joel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ACT	2	16	ktw9	figs-explicit	τοῦτό ἐστιν τὸ εἰρημένον διὰ τοῦ προφήτου Ἰωήλ	1	this is what was spoken through the prophet Joel	The implication is that God is now making happen what he said through Joel. Alternate translation: “you are seeing God make happen what he announced earlier through the prophet Joel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ACT	2	17	a111	figs-quotesinquotes	καὶ ἔσται ἐν ταῖς ἐσχάταις ἡμέραις, λέγει ὁ Θεός, ἐκχεῶ ἀπὸ τοῦ Πνεύματός μου ἐπὶ πᾶσαν σάρκα	1	‘“And it will be in the last days,” God says, “I will pour out from my Spirit on all flesh”	The material in [2:17–21](../02/17.md) contains a quotation within a quotation within a quotation. Luke is quoting Peter, Peter is quoting Joel, and Joel is quoting God. You could avoid having a third-level quotation by moving the phrase **God says** to before the quotation from Joel. (The phrase itself does not occur in the passage from Joel that Peter quotes. It appears to be something that Peter supplies within the quotation to show that God is the speaker. Since that is the case, putting it before the quotation would not change the actual biblical text.) Alternate translation: “God said, ‘And it will be in the last days, I will pour out from my Spirit on all flesh’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
ACT	2	17	a112	figs-quotesinquotes	καὶ ἔσται ἐν ταῖς ἐσχάταις ἡμέραις, λέγει ὁ Θεός, ἐκχεῶ ἀπὸ τοῦ Πνεύματός μου ἐπὶ πᾶσαν σάρκα	1	‘“And it will be in the last days,” God says, “I will pour out from my Spirit on all flesh”	You could also avoid having a second-level quotation by turning the direct quotation into an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “God said that in the last days he would pour out his Spirit on all flesh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
ACT	2	17	ijl8		καὶ ἔσται	1	And it will be	Alternate translation: “This is what will happen” or “This is what I will do”
ACT	2	17	a113		ταῖς ἐσχάταις ἡμέραις	1	the last days	See the discussion of this phrase in the General Notes to this chapter, which recommend not interpreting or explaining it, but representing it simply as ULT does.
ACT	2	17	u2d1	figs-metaphor	ἐκχεῶ ἀπὸ τοῦ Πνεύματός μου	1	I will pour out from my Spirit	God says that he will **pour out** his Spirit, as if the Spirit were a liquid, to mean that he will give the Spirit generously and abundantly. Alternate translation: “I will lavish my Spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ACT	2	17	a114	figs-metonymy	ἐπὶ πᾶσαν σάρκα	1	on all flesh	God refers to **flesh** to mean people by association with the way that people are made of flesh. Alternate translation: “to all people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ACT	2	17	a115	figs-quotesinquotes	καὶ προφητεύσουσιν οἱ υἱοὶ ὑμῶν, καὶ αἱ θυγατέρες ὑμῶν; καὶ οἱ νεανίσκοι ὑμῶν ὁράσεις ὄψονται, καὶ οἱ πρεσβύτεροι ὑμῶν ἐνυπνίοις ἐνυπνιασθήσονται	1	and your sons and your daughters will prophesy, and your young men will see visions, and your old men will dream dreams	If you have decided to turn Peter’s quotation from Joel into an indirect quotation in order to avoid having a second-level quotation, also do that here in the rest of the verse. It may be helpful to make this a new sentence. Alternate translation: “God said that our sons and our daughters would prophesy and our young men would see visions and our old men would dream dreams” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
ACT	2	17	a116	figs-exclusive	ὑμῶν	-1	your	If you turn the direct quotation into an indirect quotation and translate these instances of **your** as “our,” use the inclusive form of the word “our” in each instance if your language marks that distinction, since Joel would be referring to himself and his listeners. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
ACT	2	17	a117	figs-gendernotations	οἱ νεανίσκοι&οἱ πρεσβύτεροι	1	young men … old men	God speaks separately of **sons** and **daughters** in this verse and of “male servants” and “female servants” in the next verse. But here the contrast is between **young** and **old**. So the word **men** could have a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “young people … old people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
ACT	2	18	uwd7	figs-quotations	καί γε ἐπὶ τοὺς δούλους μου, καὶ ἐπὶ τὰς δούλας μου, ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις ἐκείναις ἐκχεῶ ἀπὸ τοῦ Πνεύματός μου, καὶ προφητεύσουσιν	1	And even on my male servants and on my female servants in those days I will pour out from my Spirit, and they will prophesy	You may have decided to turn Peter’s quotation from Joel into an indirect quotation in order to avoid having a second-level quotation. Alternate translation: “God said that even on his male servants and on his female servants in those days he would pour out from his Spirit, and they would prophesy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
ACT	2	18	nd34		ἐπὶ τοὺς δούλους μου, καὶ ἐπὶ τὰς δούλας μου	1	on my male servants and on my female servants	If your language has masculine and feminine forms of the word “servant,” it would be accurate to use those forms here. Other languages can indicate this distinction in other ways, as ULT does with the adjectives “male” and “female.”
ACT	2	18	a118	figs-idiom	ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις ἐκείναις	1	in those days	Here, **days** means a specific time. Alternate translation: “at that time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
ACT	2	18	wz2i	figs-metaphor	ἐπὶ&ἐπὶ&ἐκχεῶ ἀπὸ τοῦ Πνεύματός μου	1	on … on … I will pour out from my Spirit	See how you translated this in [2:17](../02/17.md). Alternate translation: “to … to … I will give my Spirit abundantly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ACT	2	19	a119	figs-quotesinquotes	καὶ δώσω	1	And I will give	You may have decided to turn Peter’s quotation from Joel into an indirect quotation in order to avoid having a second-level quotation. Alternate translation: “God said that he would give” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
ACT	2	19	a120		δώσω τέρατα&καὶ σημεῖα	1	I will give wonders … and signs	Alternate translation: “I will show wonders … and signs”
ACT	2	19	a121		ἐν τῷ οὐρανῷ ἄνω	1	in the heaven above	Since God specifies in the next verse that these **wonders** will affect the sun and the moon, the word translated **heaven** likely has the specific sense of “sky.” Alternate translation: “in the sky above”
ACT	2	19	p5zi	figs-possession	ἀτμίδα καπνοῦ	1	vapor of smoke	Here the possessive form describes **vapor** that looks smoky or that has **smoke** in it. Alternate translation: “smoky vapor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
ACT	2	20	ylv7	figs-quotesinquotes	ὁ ἥλιος μεταστραφήσεται εἰς σκότος καὶ ἡ σελήνη εἰς αἷμα, πρὶν ἢ ἐλθεῖν ἡμέραν Κυρίου τὴν μεγάλην καὶ ἐπιφανῆ	1	The sun will be turned to darkness, and the moon to blood before the great and remarkable day of the Lord comes	You may have decided to turn Peter’s quotation from Joel into an indirect quotation in order to avoid having a second-level quotation. Alternate translation: “God said that sun would be turned to darkness, and the moon to blood before the great and remarkable day of the Lord came” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
ACT	2	20	a6yh	figs-activepassive	ὁ ἥλιος μεταστραφήσεται εἰς σκότος	1	The sun will be turned to darkness	If it would be helpful in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “I will turn the sun to darkness” or, if you are making this an indirect quotation, “God said that he would turn the sun to darkness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ACT	2	20	a122	figs-metaphor	ὁ ἥλιος μεταστραφήσεται εἰς σκότος	1	The sun will be turned to darkness	God is speaking as if he would change the **sun** into something else. Alternate translation: “The sun will become dark” or “The sun will no longer shine brightly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ACT	2	20	a123	figs-abstractnouns	ὁ ἥλιος μεταστραφήσεται εἰς σκότος	1	The sun will be turned to darkness	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **darkness**, you could express the same idea with an adjective such as “dark.” Alternate translation: “The sun will become dark” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ACT	2	20	a124	figs-ellipsis	καὶ ἡ σελήνη εἰς αἷμα	1	and the moon to blood	Here some words have been left out that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. You can supply these words from earlier in the sentence. Alternate translation: “and the moon will be turned to blood” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
ACT	2	20	a125	figs-activepassive	καὶ ἡ σελήνη εἰς αἷμα	1	and the moon to blood	If you decide to supply words as the previous note suggests, but your language does not use passive verbal forms, you can use an active form. Alternate translation: “and I will turn the moon to blood” or, if you are making this an indirect quotation, “and that he would turn the moon to blood” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ACT	2	20	f34k	figs-metaphor	καὶ ἡ σελήνη εἰς αἷμα	1	and the moon to blood	God is speaking as if he would change the **moon** into something else. Alternate translation: “and the moon will look like blood” or “and the moon will appear to be red” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ACT	2	20	swb2	figs-doublet	ἡμέραν&τὴν μεγάλην καὶ ἐπιφανῆ	1	the great and remarkable day	The words **great** and **remarkable** mean similar things. They are being used together for emphasis. Alternate translation: “the very great day” or “the truly remarkable day” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
ACT	2	20	lc4g	figs-idiom	ἐλθεῖν ἡμέραν Κυρίου	1	the day of the Lord comes	This is an expression that many of the prophets use. It refers to the time when God will judge and punish people for their sins. Alternate translation: “the time when the Lord judges and punishes people for their sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
ACT	2	20	a126	figs-123person	ἐλθεῖν ἡμέραν Κυρίου	1	the day of the Lord comes	In this expression, God is speaking of himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you can use the first person in your translation. Alternate translation: “time arrives when I judge and punish people for their sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
ACT	2	21	a127	figs-quotesinquotes	καὶ ἔσται, πᾶς ὃς ἂν ἐπικαλέσηται τὸ ὄνομα Κυρίου σωθήσεται	1	And it will be, everyone who may call on the name of the Lord will be saved	You may have decided to turn Peter’s quotation from Joel into an indirect quotation in order to avoid having a second-level quotation. Alternate translation: “And God said it would happen that everyone who called on the name of the Lord would be saved” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
ACT	2	21	a128		καὶ ἔσται, πᾶς	1	And it will be, everyone	Alternate translation: “And this is what will happen: Everyone”
ACT	2	21	vql5	figs-activepassive	πᾶς ὃς ἂν ἐπικαλέσηται τὸ ὄνομα Κυρίου σωθήσεται	1	everyone who may call on the name of the Lord will be saved	If it would be helpful in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “the Lord will save everyone who calls on his name” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ACT	2	21	a129	figs-idiom	πᾶς ὃς ἂν ἐπικαλέσηται	1	everyone who may call on	The expression **call on** means to make an appeal. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “everyone who may appeal to” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
ACT	2	21	a130	figs-123person	τὸ ὄνομα Κυρίου	1	the name of the Lord	God is speaking of himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you can use the first person in your translation. Alternate translation: “my name” or “me by name” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
ACT	2	21	a131	figs-metonymy	τὸ ὄνομα Κυρίου	1	the name of the Lord	Here, **name** represents a person by association with the way that each person has a name. Alternate translation: “the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ACT	2	21	a132	figs-explicit	τὸ ὄνομα Κυρίου	1	the name of the Lord	The implication is that people would appeal to God to show them mercy and save them. Alternate translation: “the Lord for mercy and salvation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ACT	2	21	a133	figs-quotemarks	σωθήσεται	1	will be saved	This is the end of Joel’s quotation of the Lord. If you chose to mark the Lord’s words as a third-level quotation, indicate that ending here with a closing third-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the end of a quotation within a quotation within a quotation. It is also the end of Peter’s quotation of Joel. If you chose to mark Joel’s words as a second-level quotation, similarly indicate the ending of that quotation within a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
ACT	2	22	sa78	figs-idiom	ἄνδρες, Ἰσραηλεῖται	1	Men, Israelites	This is an idiomatic form of address. Alternate translation: “My fellow Israelites” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
ACT	2	22	g6vj	figs-metonymy	ἀκούσατε τοὺς λόγους τούτους	1	hear these words	Peter is using the term **words** to mean what he is about to say. Alternate translation: “listen to what I am about to say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ACT	2	22	a134	translate-names	Ἰησοῦν τὸν Ναζωραῖον	1	Jesus the Nazarene	The word **Nazarene** describes someone who comes from the city of Nazareth. Alternate translation: “Jesus of Nazareth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
ACT	2	22	f2t1	figs-activepassive	ἀποδεδειγμένον ἀπὸ τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	attested to you by God	If it would be helpful in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “whom God proved he had sent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ACT	2	22	a135	figs-doublet	δυνάμεσι, καὶ τέρασι, καὶ σημείοις	1	with mighty deeds and wonders and signs	The terms **mighty works**, **wonders**, and **signs** mean similar things. Peter is using them together for emphasis. Alternate translation: “by means of many great miracles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
ACT	2	23	a136	figs-nominaladj	τοῦτον	1	This one	Peter is using the demonstrative adjective **this** as a noun to refer to a specific person, Jesus. (ULT shows that by adding **one**.) Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could specify whom Peter means. Alternate translation: “This Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
ACT	2	23	i6un	figs-activepassive	τῇ, ὡρισμένῃ βουλῇ καὶ προγνώσει τοῦ Θεοῦ, ἔκδοτον	1	given up by the determined counsel and foreknowledge of God	The term translated **given up** is an adjective, not a passive verbal form, but even so you may wish to translate it with an active verbal form. Alternate translation: “whom God gave up by his determined counsel and foreknowledge” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ACT	2	23	s38b	figs-abstractnouns	τῇ, ὡρισμένῃ βουλῇ καὶ προγνώσει τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	by the determined counsel and foreknowledge of God	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the ideas behind the words **counsel** and **foreknowledge**, you could express the same ideas with verbs. Alternate translation: “as God had planned in a determined way for things he knew about ahead of time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ACT	2	23	a137	figs-activepassive	τῇ, ὡρισμένῃ βουλῇ καὶ προγνώσει τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	by the determined counsel and foreknowledge of God	The word **determined** is a passive verbal form that you could express with an active form. Alternate translation: “in a way that God had determined as he planned for things he knew about ahead of time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ACT	2	23	f5kn	figs-synecdoche	ἀνείλατε	1	you killed	It was the Romans who literally killed Jesus, but Peter says that the Jewish people in the crowd killed him because their demands led to his death. Alternate translation: “you demanded to be killed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
ACT	2	23	e38a	figs-metonymy	διὰ χειρὸς ἀνόμων	1	of the lawless	Here, **hand** refers to actions. Alternate translation: “through the actions of the lawless” or “by what the lawless did” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ACT	2	23	a138	figs-nominaladj	ἀνόμων	1	the lawless	Peter is using the adjective **lawless** as a noun in order to indicate a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can supply the word “people” to show this. Alternate translation: “lawless people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
ACT	2	23	f6kd	figs-metonymy	ἀνόμων	1	of the lawless	By **lawless**, Peter does not mean people who disregard the law and break the law. He is describing Gentiles (that is, people who are not Jews) by association with the fact that they do not have the Jewish law. Alternate translation: “of the Gentiles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ACT	2	23	a197		προσπήξαντες	1	having fastened	This is a reference to the crucifixion of Jesus. Alternate translation: “having nailed him to a cross” or “by crucifying him”
ACT	2	24	a140		ὃν ὁ Θεὸς ἀνέστησεν	1	whom God raised up	It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “But God raised him up”
ACT	2	24	ei37	figs-idiom	ὃν ὁ Θεὸς ἀνέστησεν	1	whom God raised up	The idiom **raised up** means that God made Jesus alive again after he died. Alternate translation: “whom God brought back to life” or, as a new sentence, “But God brought him back to life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
ACT	2	24	s8j3	figs-metaphor	λύσας τὰς ὠδῖνας τοῦ θανάτου	1	having loosed the agonies of death	Peter speaks of the **agonies of death** as if they were ropes with which Jesus had been tied, and of God bringing Jesus back to life as if God had untied those ropes and set him free. Alternate translation: “delivering him from the agonies of death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ACT	2	24	a141	figs-possession	τὰς ὠδῖνας τοῦ θανάτου	1	the agonies of death	Peter uses the possessive form to describe **death** as something that is characterized by **agonies.** Alternate translation: “agonizing death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
ACT	2	24	a142	figs-explicit	καθότι οὐκ ἦν δυνατὸν κρατεῖσθαι αὐτὸν ὑπ’ αὐτοῦ	1	because it was not possible for him to be held by it	If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say explicitly why this was **not possible**. Alternate translation: “because God is so much stronger than death that it was not possible for him to be held by it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ACT	2	24	ykq4	figs-activepassive	κρατεῖσθαι αὐτὸν ὑπ’ αὐτοῦ	1	for him to be held by it	If it would be helpful in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “for death to hold him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ACT	2	24	vuf4	figs-personification	κρατεῖσθαι αὐτὸν ὑπ’ αὐτοῦ	1	for him to be held by it	Peter speaks of death as if it were a living thing that held Jesus captive. Alternate translation: “for him to remain dead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
ACT	2	25	dd5a	figs-quotesinquotes	Δαυεὶδ γὰρ λέγει εἰς αὐτόν, προορώμην τὸν Κύριον ἐνώπιόν μου διὰ παντός, ὅτι ἐκ δεξιῶν μού ἐστιν, ἵνα μὴ σαλευθῶ	1	For David says about him, ‘I saw the Lord always before me, for he is at my right so that I should not be moved	In order to avoid having a second-level quotation, you could turn Peter’s quotation from David into an indirect quotation. (Peter is quoting from [Psalm 16:8–11](../psa/16/08.md).) Alternate translation: “For David said about him that he saw the Lord before him through all, for he was at his right so that he should not be moved” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
ACT	2	25	a143	writing-pronouns	Δαυεὶδ γὰρ λέγει εἰς αὐτόν, προορώμην τὸν Κύριον ἐνώπιόν μου διὰ παντός, ὅτι ἐκ δεξιῶν μού ἐστιν, ἵνα μὴ σαλευθῶ	1	For David says about him, ‘I saw the Lord always before me, for he is at my right so that I should not be moved	The pronoun **him** refers to the Messiah, about whom David is prophesying. This means that within the quotation, the pronouns **I** and **my** are spoken by the Messiah. If you turn the direct quotation into an indirect quotation and change these pronouns to “he,” “him,” and “his,” it may be helpful to indicate the references in some cases so that your readers will recognize this. Alternate translation: “For David said about the Messiah that he saw the Lord before him through all, for the Lord was at the Messiah’s right so that he should not be moved” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
ACT	2	25	a144	grammar-connect-logic-result	γὰρ	1	For	Peter uses the word **For** to introduce a reason why the crowd should believe him when he says that God brought Jesus back to life. The reason is that the Scriptures predicted this. As a result, the crowd should be confident that it did happen. It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “You can be confident that God did bring Jesus back to life, because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
ACT	2	25	a145	figs-explicit	Δαυεὶδ&λέγει εἰς αὐτόν	1	David says about him	Peter assumes that the crowd will know that he is referring to what **David says** in one of the psalms that he wrote, and that David is prophesying what the Messiah would say. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “David says in one of his psalms that the Messiah will say” or “David wrote in one of his psalms that the Messiah would say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ACT	2	25	n2ls	figs-metaphor	ἐνώπιόν μου	1	before me	The phrase **before me**, which means “in front of me,” is a spatial metaphor. Alternate translation: “present with me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ACT	2	25	tqak	figs-ellipsis	διὰ παντός	1		The phrase **through all** is an ellipsis for “through all times.” It means “always.” Alternate translation: “at all times” or “always” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
ACT	2	25	a146	figs-nominaladj	ἐκ δεξιῶν μού	1	at my right	Here the adjective **right** is being used as a noun to indicate the right side. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could say that specifically. Alternate translation: “at my right side” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
ACT	2	25	l6xp	figs-metaphor	ἐκ δεξιῶν μού	1	at my right	In this context, to be at someone’s right side means to be in a position to help and sustain that person. Alternate translation: “there to help me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ACT	2	25	a147	figs-metaphor	μὴ σαλευθῶ	1	I should not be moved	Here, **moved** means to be taken out of a safe and secure position, and so it means to be harmed. Alternate translation: “I will not be harmed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ACT	2	25	s4yp	figs-activepassive	μὴ σαλευθῶ	1	I should not be moved	If it would be helpful in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “no one will harm me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ACT	2	26	a148	figs-quotesinquotes	διὰ τοῦτο ηὐφράνθη ἡ καρδία μου, καὶ ἠγαλλιάσατο ἡ γλῶσσά μου; ἔτι δὲ καὶ ἡ σάρξ μου κατασκηνώσει ἐπ’ ἐλπίδι	1	Because of this, my heart was glad and my tongue exulted. And indeed, my flesh will also dwell in hope	You may have decided to turn Peter’s quotation of David into an indirect quotation in order to avoid having a second-level quotation. Alternate translation: “Because of this, his heart was glad and his tongue exulted, and indeed his flesh would also dwell in hope” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
ACT	2	26	z8vw	figs-metaphor	ηὐφράνθη ἡ καρδία μου	1	my heart was glad	Here, the **heart** represents the emotions. Alternate translation: “I felt glad” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ACT	2	26	a149	figs-metonymy	ἠγαλλιάσατο ἡ γλῶσσά μου	1	my tongue exulted	Here, the **tongue** represents the capacity for speech. Alternate translation: “I said joyful things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ACT	2	26	zz6k	figs-metonymy	καὶ ἡ σάρξ μου κατασκηνώσει ἐπ’ ἐλπίδι	1	my flesh will also dwell in hope	Here, **flesh** means the human body by association with the way that is made of flesh. Alternate translation: “my body will also dwell in hope” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ACT	2	26	a150	figs-abstractnouns	καὶ ἡ σάρξ μου κατασκηνώσει ἐπ’ ἐλπίδι	1	my flesh will also dwell in hope	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **hope**, you could express the same idea with an adverb such as “hopefully.” Alternate translation: “my body will also live hopefully” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ACT	2	26	a151	figs-personification	καὶ ἡ σάρξ μου κατασκηνώσει ἐπ’ ἐλπίδι	1	my flesh will also dwell in hope	The Messiah is speaking as if his body itself would live hopefully. Alternate translation: “I will also have hope for my body” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
ACT	2	26	a152	figs-explicit	καὶ ἡ σάρξ μου κατασκηνώσει ἐπ’ ἐλπίδι	1	my flesh will also dwell in hope	If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say explicitly what **hope** the Messiah had for his body. Alternate translation: “I will also have hope that God will bring my body back to life after I die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ACT	2	27	m3ij	figs-quotesinquotes	ὅτι οὐκ ἐνκαταλείψεις τὴν ψυχήν μου εἰς ᾍδην, οὐδὲ δώσεις τὸν Ὅσιόν σου ἰδεῖν διαφθοράν	1	For you will not abandon my soul to Hades, nor will you allow your Holy One to see decay	You may have decided to turn Peter’s quotation from David into an indirect quotation in order to avoid having a second-level quotation. If so, it may be necessary to add some introductory material here. Alternate translation: “The Messiah knew that God would not abandon his soul to Hades and that God would not allow his Holy One to see decay” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
ACT	2	27	a153	figs-parallelism	οὐκ ἐνκαταλείψεις τὴν ψυχήν μου εἰς ᾍδην, οὐδὲ δώσεις τὸν Ὅσιόν σου ἰδεῖν διαφθοράν	1	you will not abandon my soul to Hades, nor will you allow your Holy One to see decay	These two statements mean similar things. Hebrew poetry was based on this kind of repetition, and it may be helpful to show that to your readers by including both phrases in your translation rather than combining them. However, if the repetition might be confusing, you could connect the phrases with a word other than **nor** in order to show that the second phrase is repeating the first one, not saying something additional. Alternate translation: “you will not abandon my soul to Hades, no, you will not allow your Holy One to see decay” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
ACT	2	27	whi3	figs-youformal	οὐκ ἐνκαταλείψεις&οὐδὲ δώσεις&σου	1	you will not abandon … nor will you allow your	The words **you** and **your** are singular, and they refer to God. See what you decided to do in your translation in [1:24](../01/24.md) in a similar case where God is addressed as “you.” You may have decided in such cases to use a formal form of “you” that your language may have, or you may have decided to use an informal form of “you.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youformal]])
ACT	2	27	a154	figs-synecdoche	οὐκ ἐνκαταλείψεις τὴν ψυχήν μου εἰς ᾍδην	1	you will not abandon my soul to Hades	The Messiah says **my soul** to mean himself, using one part of his being to represent his whole being. Alternate translation: “you will not abandon me to Hades” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
ACT	2	27	a155	translate-names	οὐκ ἐνκαταλείψεις τὴν ψυχήν μου εἰς ᾍδην	1	you will not abandon my soul to Hades	**Hades** is the name for the realm of the dead. If your readers would not be familiar with that name, you could express its meaning in your translation. Alternate translation: “you will not abandon me to the realm of the dead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
ACT	2	27	a156	figs-explicit	τὸν Ὅσιόν σου	1	your Holy One	The expression **Holy One** is a title for the Messiah. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “your Messiah” or “your holy Messiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ACT	2	27	rld3	figs-123person	τὸν Ὅσιόν σου	1	your Holy One	The Messiah is referring to himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you can use the first person in your translation. Alternate translation: “me, your Holy One” or “me, the Messiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
ACT	2	27	a157	figs-idiom	ἰδεῖν διαφθοράν	1	to see decay	Here the word **see** is being used to mean “experience.” Alternate translation: “to experience decay” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
ACT	2	27	l5cd	figs-explicit	ἰδεῖν διαφθοράν	1	to see decay	The term **decay** refers in this context to the decomposition of the body after death. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “to experience the decomposition of his body” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ACT	2	28	a158	figs-quotesinquotes	ἐγνώρισάς μοι ὁδοὺς ζωῆς; πληρώσεις με εὐφροσύνης μετὰ τοῦ προσώπου σου	1	You made known to me the paths of life; you will fill me with gladness with your face	You may have decided to turn Peter’s quotation of David into an indirect quotation in order to avoid having a second-level quotation. If so, it may be helpful to add some introductory material here. Alternate translation: “The Messiah said that God had made known to him the paths of life and that God would fill him with gladness with his face” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
ACT	2	28	a159	figs-youformal	ἐγνώρισάς&πληρώσεις&σου	1	You made known … you will fill … your	The words **you** and **your** are singular and they refer to God. See what you decided to do in the similar case in [1:24](../01/24.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youformal]])
ACT	2	28	xhi3	figs-metaphor	ἐγνώρισάς μοι ὁδοὺς ζωῆς	1	You made known to me the paths of life	The Messiah speaks of **life** as if it consisted of **paths** that a person walked along. Those represent the various pursuits and adventures that people have in life. The word **known** refers to experiential knowledge. Alternate translation: “You enabled me to experience the adventures of life once again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ACT	2	28	ej5m	figs-metaphor	πληρώσεις με εὐφροσύνης	1	you will fill me with gladness	The Messiah speaks as if he were a container that God could **fill** with **gladness**. Alternate translation: “you will give me great gladness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ACT	2	28	y7gf	figs-metaphor	μετὰ τοῦ προσώπου σου	1	with your face	Here, the word **face** represents the presence of a person. Alternate translation: “by your presence” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ACT	2	28	a161	figs-quotemarks	μετὰ τοῦ προσώπου σου	1	with your face	This is the end of Peter’s quotation of David. If you chose to mark David’s words as a second-level quotation, in your translation you can indicate this ending with a closing second-level quotation mark or whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
ACT	2	29	pv1x	figs-idiom	ἄνδρες, ἀδελφοί	1	Men, brothers	This is an idiomatic form of address. Alternate translation: “My brothers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
ACT	2	29	ps7c	figs-metaphor	ἄνδρες, ἀδελφοί	1	Men, brothers	See how you translated the term **brothers** in [1:15](../01/15.md). Alternate translation: “My fellow believers” or “My brothers and sisters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ACT	2	29	wh97	figs-metaphor	τοῦ πατριάρχου Δαυεὶδ	1	the patriarch David	A **patriarch** is literally the ancestor of a group of people. David was not the ancestor of all the Jews to whom Peter is speaking. So he is likely using the term to identify David as the king who established the Israelite kingdom as a lasting dynasty. Alternate translation: “David, the founder of our kingdom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ACT	2	29	vtc6	figs-activepassive	ἐτάφη	1	he was buried	If it would be helpful in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “people buried him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ACT	2	29	a162	figs-idiom	ἄχρι τῆς ἡμέρας ταύτης	1	to this day	Peter is using the word **day** to mean a specific time. Alternate translation: “at this time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
ACT	2	30	a163	grammar-connect-logic-result	οὖν	1	Therefore	Peter uses the word **Therefore** to introduce the logical result of what he has just said. Alternate translation: “We can therefore conclude that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
ACT	2	30	a164	figs-explicit	προφήτης&ὑπάρχων, καὶ εἰδὼς	1	being a prophet and having known	Peter is still speaking about David. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “because David was a prophet and he knew” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ACT	2	30	x11q	figs-metonymy	ἐκ καρποῦ τῆς ὀσφύος αὐτοῦ, καθίσαι ἐπὶ τὸν θρόνον αὐτοῦ	1	to set from the fruit of his loins upon his throne	Peter is using the word **loins** to represent David himself by association with the way the reproductive organs are in the loins. He is using the word **fruit** in a broad sense to mean what someone or something produces, in this case a descendant. Alternate translation: “to set one of his descendants upon his throne” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ACT	2	30	hq71	figs-synecdoche	ἐκ καρποῦ τῆς ὀσφύος αὐτοῦ, καθίσαι ἐπὶ τὸν θρόνον αὐτοῦ	1	to set from the fruit of his loins upon his throne	When Peter says that God promised to **set** one of David’s descendants **upon his throne**, he is using that one action to represent God’s promise to David that this descendant would succeed him as king. Alternate translation: “to make one of his descendants succeed him as king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
ACT	2	31	a165	writing-pronouns	ἐλάλησεν&ἐνκατελείφθη&αὐτοῦ	1	he spoke … was he abandoned … his	The first instance of **he** refers to David, and the second instance of **he** and the pronoun **his** refer to Christ. Alternate translation: “David spoke … was Christ abandoned … Christ’s” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
ACT	2	31	a166	figs-abstractnouns	ἐλάλησεν περὶ τῆς ἀναστάσεως τοῦ Χριστοῦ	1	he spoke about the resurrection of the Christ	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **resurrection**, you could express the same idea with an adjective such as “alive.” Alternate translation: “he described how God would make Christ alive again after he died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ACT	2	31	tn4b	figs-activepassive	οὔτε ἐνκατελείφθη εἰς ᾍδην	1	neither was he abandoned to Hades	If it would be helpful in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “neither did God abandon him to Hades” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ACT	2	31	a167	figs-explicit	τοῦ Χριστοῦ	1	the Christ	**Christ** is the Greek word for “Messiah.” If it would be helpful to your readers, you could use the term “Messiah” in your translation, as UST does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ACT	2	31	a168	translate-names	ᾍδην	1	Hades	See how you translated the term **Hades** in [2:27](../02/27.md). Alternate translation: “the realm of the dead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
ACT	2	31	a169	figs-idiom	οὔτε ἡ σὰρξ αὐτοῦ εἶδεν διαφθοράν	1	nor did his flesh see decay	Here the word **see** is being used to mean “experience.” Alternate translation: “nor did his flesh experience decay” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
ACT	2	31	a170	figs-metonymy	οὔτε ἡ σὰρξ αὐτοῦ εἶδεν διαφθοράν	1	nor did his flesh see decay	Peter is using the word **flesh** to mean the body of Jesus by association with the way the body is made of flesh. Alternate translation: “nor did his body experience decay” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ACT	2	31	up5x	figs-explicit	οὔτε ἡ σὰρξ αὐτοῦ εἶδεν διαφθοράν	1	nor did his flesh see decay	The term **decay** refers in this context to the decomposition of the body after death. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “nor did his body experience decomposition” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ACT	2	32	udn1	figs-idiom	ἀνέστησεν ὁ Θεός	1	God has raised up	As in [2:24](../02/24.md), the idiom **raised up** means that God made Jesus alive again after he died. Alternate translation: “God has brought back to life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
ACT	2	32	kw6a	figs-exclusive	ἡμεῖς	1	we	By **we**, Peter means himself and the other apostles, so use the exclusive form of that word if your language marks that distinction. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
ACT	2	33	a171	grammar-connect-logic-result	οὖν	1	Therefore	Peter is using the word **Therefore** to introduce a result. But it is not the immediate result of what he has just said. He is not saying that Jesus has done what the people see and hear because God raised him from the dead. Instead, this is an overall conclusion. Peter is saying that Jesus sending the Holy Spirit is the reason why the disciples are able to speak in other languages. The crowd should not conclude that they are babbling drunkenly, as some of them have suggested. UST models a way of expressing this sense of the word **Therefore**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
ACT	2	33	kij2	figs-activepassive	τῇ δεξιᾷ οὖν τοῦ Θεοῦ ὑψωθεὶς	1	having been exalted to the right of God	If it would be helpful in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “now that God has exalted Jesus to his right” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ACT	2	33	c9mr	figs-nominaladj	τῇ δεξιᾷ&τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	to the right of God	Peter is using the adjective **right** as a noun in order to indicate the right side. See how you translated the similar expression in [2:25](../02/25.md). Alternate translation: “to the right side of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
ACT	2	33	a172	figs-explicit	τῇ δεξιᾷ&τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	to the right of God	In this culture, the place at the right side of a ruler was a position of honor. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “to a place of honor next to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ACT	2	33	a173	figs-possession	τήν τε ἐπαγγελίαν τοῦ Πνεύματος τοῦ Ἁγίου	1	the promise of the Holy Spirit from the Father	Peter is using the possessive form to describe the Holy Spirit as someone whom God the Father promised to send. Alternate translation: “the promised Holy Spirit from the Father” or “the Holy Spirit whom the Father promised to send” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
ACT	2	33	a174	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τοῦ Πατρὸς	1	the Father	**Father** is an important title for God. Alternate translation: “God the Father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
ACT	2	33	c1dr	writing-pronouns	ἐξέχεεν	1	he has poured out	The pronoun **he** refers to Jesus. Alternate translation: “Jesus has poured out” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
ACT	2	33	wsg9	figs-metaphor	ἐξέχεεν	1	he has poured out	Peter says that Jesus has **poured out** the things that the people are seeing and hearing as if those things were a liquid. Peter means that Jesus has given these things generously and abundantly. See how you translated the similar statement in [2:17](../02/17.md), to which Peter is likely alluding here. Alternate translation: “he has generously given” or “he has abundantly given” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ACT	2	34	m7fy	figs-quotesinquotes	λέγει&αὐτός, εἶπεν Κύριος τῷ Κυρίῳ μου, κάθου ἐκ δεξιῶν μου	1	he himself says, ‘The Lord said to my Lord, “Sit at my right	The material in [2:34–35](../02/34.md) contains a quotation within a quotation within a quotation. Luke is quoting Peter, Peter is quoting another psalm by David ([Psalm 110:1](../psa/110/01.md)), and David is quoting God. You could avoid having second-level and third-level quotations by translating this as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “he himself says that the Lord told his Lord to sit at his right” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
ACT	2	34	i8wu	figs-explicit	εἶπεν Κύριος τῷ Κυρίῳ μου	1	The Lord said to my Lord	**The Lord** means God here, and **my Lord** means the Messiah. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “God said to the Messiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ACT	2	34	a175	figs-nominaladj	ἐκ δεξιῶν μου	1	at my right	Here the adjective **right** is used as a noun in order to indicate the right side. See how you translated the similar expression in [2:25](../02/25.md). Alternate translation: “at my right side” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
ACT	2	34	kvn8	figs-explicit	ἐκ δεξιῶν μου	1	at my right	In this culture, the place at the right side of a ruler was a position of honor. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “in a place of honor next to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ACT	2	35	nf1x	figs-metaphor	ἕως ἂν θῶ τοὺς ἐχθρούς σου ὑποπόδιον τῶν ποδῶν σου	1	until I make your enemies a stool for your feet	The psalm says that God would make the Messiah’s **enemies** a **stool** for his **feet** to mean that God would conquer those enemies and make them submit to the Messiah. Alternate translation: “until I conquer your enemies for you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ACT	2	35	a176	figs-quotemarks	τῶν ποδῶν σου	1	for your feet	This is the end of David’s quotation of the Lord and of Peter’s quotation of David. If you chose to mark these in your translation as a third-level and a second-level quotation, indicate that ending here with the appropriate closing quotation marks or the comparable punctuation or convention in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
ACT	2	36	a177	grammar-connect-logic-result	οὖν	1	Therefore	Peter is using the word **Therefore** to introduce the result of what he has just said. Alternate translation: “Since David was not talking about himself, but about the Messiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
ACT	2	36	msqt	figs-imperative3p	γινωσκέτω πᾶς οἶκος Ἰσραὴλ	1		If your language does not use the third-person imperative in this way, you can state this in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “may all the house of Israel know” or “all the house of Israel should know” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative3p]])
ACT	2	36	tgbf	figs-123person	γινωσκέτω πᾶς οἶκος Ἰσραὴλ	1		It may be more natural in your language to use the second person for this imperative, since to this point in his speech Peter has been addressing his audience in the second person. Alternate translation: “all you in the house of Israel, know” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
ACT	2	36	pnp5	figs-metaphor	πᾶς οἶκος Ἰσραὴλ	1	all the house of Israel	Here, **house** means all the people descended from a particular person. It envisions them as if they were one household living together. So **the house of Israel** means all the people descended from the patriarch Jacob, who was also known as Israel. Alternate translation: “the entire nation of Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ACT	2	37	s85q	figs-activepassive	ἀκούσαντες&κατενύγησαν τὴν καρδίαν	1	hearing this, they were pierced in the heart	If it would be helpful in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “what they heard Peter say pierced their heart” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ACT	2	37	xan1	writing-pronouns	κατενύγησαν τὴν καρδίαν	1	they were pierced in the heart	Here the word **they** refers to the people in the crowd to whom Peter spoke. Alternate translation: “the people in the crowd were pierced in the heart” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
ACT	2	37	w1ma		κατενύγησαν τὴν καρδίαν	1	they were pierced in the heart	Since Luke is referring to a group of people, it might be more natural in your language to use the plural form of **heart**. Alternate translation: “the people in the crowd were pierced in their hearts”
ACT	2	37	l15x	figs-metaphor	κατενύγησαν τὴν καρδίαν	1	they were pierced in the heart	Luke is speaking. The people were not literally **pierced in the heart** by anything. He means that the people felt guilty and became very sad. Alternate translation: “they felt guilty and became very sad” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ACT	2	37	zls6	figs-idiom	ἄνδρες, ἀδελφοί	1	Men, brothers	This is an idiomatic form of address. Alternate translation: “Our brothers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
ACT	2	37	a178	figs-metaphor	ἄνδρες, ἀδελφοί	1	Men, brothers	See how you translated the term **brothers** in [1:15](../01/15.md). Alternate translation: “Our fellow believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ACT	2	37	a179	figs-exclusive	τί ποιήσωμεν	1	what should we do	The people in the crowd are asking about themselves but not the apostles, so use the exclusive form of **we** in your translation if your language marks that distinction. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
ACT	2	38	a180	figs-you	μετανοήσατε&βαπτισθήτω ἕκαστος ὑμῶν&τῶν ἁμαρτιῶν ὑμῶν&λήμψεσθε	1	Repent … each of you be baptized … of your sins … you will receive	The words **you** and **your** are plural, **you will receive** is a plural verb form, and the implied “you” in the imperative **Repent** is also plural. But the implied “you” in the imperative **be baptized** is singular, since the subject is **each**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
ACT	2	38	cmb7	figs-activepassive	βαπτισθήτω	1	be baptized	If it would be helpful in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “allow us to baptize you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ACT	2	38	geb2	figs-metonymy	ἐπὶ τῷ ὀνόματι Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ	1	in the name of Jesus Christ	Here the **name** of Jesus represents his authority. By being baptized, these believers were acknowledging Jesus’ authority over their lives as their Lord and Savior. Alternate translation: “to express your allegiance to Jesus Christ as your Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ACT	2	38	a181	figs-abstractnouns	εἰς ἄφεσιν τῶν ἁμαρτιῶν ὑμῶν	1	for the forgiveness of your sins	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **forgiveness**, you could express the same idea with a verb such as “forgive.” Alternate translation: “to show that you want God to forgive your sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ACT	2	39	a182	figs-metonymy	ἐστιν ἡ ἐπαγγελία	1	the promise is	Peter is speaking of the Holy Spirit by association with the way God promised to send the Holy Spirit, as Peter says specifically in [2:33](../02/33.md). Alternate translation: “God has promised the Holy Spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ACT	2	39	a183	figs-explicit	ὑμῖν&καὶ τοῖς τέκνοις ὑμῶν	1	to you and to your children	Peter showed the people in [2:17](../02/17.md) that God’s promise through Joel to pour out his Spirit included their “sons” and “daughters.” So the implication could be that the people in the crowd should not think that any of them have to reach a certain age before professing faith in Jesus and being baptized. Alternate translation: “to all of you, no matter what your age,” or see the next note for a further possibility. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ACT	2	39	a184	figs-metaphor	ὑμῖν&καὶ τοῖς τέκνοις ὑμῶν	1	to you and to your children	Peter could also be using the word **children** in a figurative sense to mean “descendants.” In that case, he would be saying that faith in Jesus as the Messiah was not something just for the people living at this time, but also for people living at all times in the future. That would parallel what he says next about faith in Jesus not being just for those who are present in this place, but for people living in all places. Alternate translation: “to you and your descendants” or “to you and everyone who will live after you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ACT	2	39	v8vi	figs-explicit	πᾶσι τοῖς εἰς μακρὰν	1	to all who are at a distance	Since Peter is speaking to Jews as a fellow Jew, this is likely an implicit reference to the Jews who were living in other parts of the Roman Empire. However, this statement took on greater meaning when the church realized that “God has also given repentance unto life to the Gentiles,” as its leaders say in [11:18](../11/18.md). So you could either express the likely initial meaning here in your translation, or you could leave the statement more general. Alternate translation: “to the Jews living in faraway parts of the empire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ACT	2	39	a185	figs-exclusive	Κύριος, ὁ Θεὸς ἡμῶν	1	the Lord our God	By **the Lord our God**, Peter means the God of the Jews. He is speaking of himself and his fellow apostles and of the people in the crowd, so use the inclusive form of the word **our** in your translation if your language marks that distinction. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
ACT	2	39	a186	figs-idiom	ἂν προσκαλέσηται	1	may call	Peter is using the word **call** in an idiomatic sense here. Alternate translation: “may bring to salvation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
ACT	2	40	a187	figs-metonymy	ἑτέροις&λόγοις πλείοσιν	1	with many other words	Luke is using the term **words** to mean things that Peter said by using words. Alternate translation: “by saying many other things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ACT	2	40	v6ip	figs-hendiadys	διεμαρτύρατο, καὶ παρεκάλει αὐτοὺς	1	he testified and urged them	Here Luke is expressing a single idea by using two words connected with **and.** The word **urged** tells in what way Peter **testified** further about faith in Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this same idea with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “he testified urgently to them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
ACT	2	40	a188	figs-activepassive	σώθητε	1	Be saved	If it would be helpful in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who would do the action. Alternate translation: “Let God save you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ACT	2	40	wtd5	figs-explicit	ἀπὸ τῆς γενεᾶς τῆς σκολιᾶς ταύτης	1	from this perverse generation	The implication is that God is going to punish **this perverse generation**. Alternate translation: “from the punishment that this perverse generation will suffer if it does not repent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ACT	2	40	a189	figs-explicit	τῆς γενεᾶς τῆς σκολιᾶς ταύτης	1	this perverse generation	The word **perverse** describes things or actions that do not conform to what is right and expected. Peter may be referring implicitly to how the people of this **generation** rejected and killed Jesus. Alternate translation: “this wicked generation that rejected and killed Jesus” or “the wicked people of this time who rejected and killed Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ACT	2	41	k1kj	writing-endofstory	οὖν	1	Therefore	Luke uses the word **Therefore** to introduce information about what happened after the story of Pentecost as a result of the events within the story itself. Your language may have its own way of indicating how such information relates to a story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-endofstory]])
ACT	2	41	r9qz	figs-idiom	ἀποδεξάμενοι τὸν λόγον αὐτοῦ	1	having received his word	Here, **received** means that the people in the crowd accepted that what Peter said was true. Alternate translation: “because they believed his word” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
ACT	2	41	a190	figs-metonymy	τὸν λόγον αὐτοῦ	1	his word	Luke is using the term **word** to mean what Peter said by using words. Alternate translation: “what Peter said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ACT	2	41	kz64	figs-activepassive	οἱ&ἐβαπτίσθησαν	1	they were baptized	If it would be helpful in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. The apostles themselves may have baptized all these people, but because so many people repented and wanted to be baptized, it is possible that some of the other believers may have baptized some of them. Alternate translation: “the apostles baptized them” or “the believers baptized them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ACT	2	41	sv5j	figs-synecdoche	ψυχαὶ	1	souls	Luke is using one part of these people, their **souls**, to mean the people themselves. Alternate translation: “people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
ACT	2	41	a47f	figs-activepassive	προσετέθησαν	1	were added	If it would be helpful in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “became part of the church” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ACT	2	42	a191	figs-abstractnouns	ἦσαν&προσκαρτεροῦντες τῇ διδαχῇ τῶν ἀποστόλων, καὶ τῇ κοινωνίᾳ, τῇ κλάσει τοῦ ἄρτου, καὶ ταῖς προσευχαῖς	1	they were continuing in the teaching of the apostles and in fellowship, in the breaking of bread and in prayers	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the ideas behind the words **teaching** and **fellowship**, you could express the same ideas with equivalent expressions. Alternate translation: “they continued to learn from what the apostles taught and to share life with one another, and to break bread together and to pray together” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ACT	2	42	gc59	figs-synecdoche	τῇ κλάσει τοῦ ἄρτου	1	in the breaking of bread	Luke could be using the word **breaking** to mean “eating,” and he could be using the word **bread** to mean “food.” In each case he would be using one part of something to mean the whole thing. Breaking bread is one thing people do when they eat it, and bread is one kind of food. So this could be a reference to the believers sharing meals together. Alternate translation: “in sharing meals” or see the next note for a further possibility. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
ACT	2	42	a192	figs-explicit	τῇ κλάσει τοῦ ἄρτου	1	in the breaking of bread	By **the breaking of bread**, Luke could also mean remembering the death of Jesus in the way that Jesus commanded, by literally breaking a loaf of bread and sharing it and also sharing a cup of wine. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “in observing the Lord’s Supper” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ACT	2	43	a193	figs-personification	ἐγίνετο&πάσῃ ψυχῇ φόβος	1	fear was coming on every soul	Here the word **fear** describes a deep respect for God. Luke describes this **fear** as if it were a living thing that could come onto people. Alternate translation: “every soul began to feel a deep respect for God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
ACT	2	43	gi9v	figs-synecdoche	ἐγίνετο&πάσῃ ψυχῇ φόβος	1	fear was coming on every soul	Luke is using one part of a person, the **soul**, to mean the entire person. Alternate translation: “every person began to feel a deep respect for God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
ACT	2	43	a194	figs-hyperbole	ἐγίνετο&πάσῃ ψυχῇ φόβος	1	fear was coming on every soul	Luke says **every** as a generalization for emphasis. Alternate translation: “very many people began to feel a deep respect for God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
ACT	2	43	ys3y	figs-explicit	πολλά&τέρατα καὶ σημεῖα διὰ τῶν ἀποστόλων ἐγίνετο	1	many wonders and signs were happening through the apostles	Since Luke says that these things happened **through the apostles**, the implication is that God was doing them. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make God the subject of this sentence and **wonders and signs** the object. Alternate translation: “God performed many wonders and signs through the apostles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ACT	2	43	q6dm	figs-doublet	πολλά&τέρατα καὶ σημεῖα	1	many wonders and signs	The terms **wonders** and **signs** mean similar things. Luke is using them together for emphasis. See how you translated the similar expression in [2:22](../02/22.md). Alternate translation: “many great miracles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
ACT	2	44	u8qk		ἐπὶ τὸ αὐτὸ	1	to the same	See the discussion of this phrase in Part 3 of the Introduction to Acts. Alternate translation: “in the same place” or “united in Christian fellowship”
ACT	2	44	jy2w	figs-hyperbole	εἶχον ἅπαντα κοινά	1	had all things in common	Luke may be saying **all** as a generalization to emphasize the powerful spirit of generosity among the believers. The next verse explains more specifically how the believers showed this generosity, and you could give some indication of that here. Alternate translation: “shared their belongings with one another” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
ACT	2	45	h8tn	figs-doublet	τὰ κτήματα καὶ τὰς ὑπάρξεις ἐπίπρασκον	1	they were selling their properties and their possessions	The words **properties** and **possessions** mean similar things. Luke may be using these words together for emphasis. As the General Notes to this chapter suggest, it may be helpful to start a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “They were selling many valuable things that they owned” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
ACT	2	45	f74s	writing-pronouns	καὶ διεμέριζον αὐτὰ	1	they were distributing them	Here the pronoun **they** refers to believers who sold things they owned, and the pronoun **them** refers to the money they received from these sales. Alternate translation: “the believers who sold these things were distributing the money that they received” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
ACT	2	45	n9hi		πᾶσιν, καθότι ἄν τις χρείαν εἶχεν	1	to all, as anyone might have need	Alternate translation: “to everyone who needed help”
ACT	2	46	in43		καθ’ ἡμέραν τε προσκαρτεροῦντες ὁμοθυμαδὸν	1	and, continuing unanimously	The word **unanimously** indicates that the apostles and other believers shared a common commitment and purpose and that there was no strife among them. See how you translated the same expression in [1:14](../01/14.md). As the General Notes to this chapter suggest, it may be helpful to start a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “Continuing to meet with one accord” or “Continuing to meet harmoniously”
ACT	2	46	a427	figs-metonymy	ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ	1	in the temple	Only priests were allowed inside the temple building, so when Luke says **the temple** here, he means the courtyard associated with the temple. Alternate translation: “in the temple courtyard” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ACT	2	46	q1ge	figs-synecdoche	κλῶντές&κατ’ οἶκον ἄρτον	1	breaking bread in each house	See how you translated the similar expression in [2:42](../02/42.md). There were two possible meanings there, but here **breaking bread** seems to mean specifically sharing meals. Alternate translation: “having meals together in their homes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
ACT	2	46	i2yk	figs-metaphor	ἐν ἀγαλλιάσει καὶ ἀφελότητι καρδίας	1	with exultation and sincerity of heart	Here, the **heart** represents the emotions. Alternate translation: “with feelings of exultation and sincerity” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ACT	2	46	a195	figs-abstractnouns	ἐν ἀγαλλιάσει καὶ ἀφελότητι καρδίας	1	with exultation and sincerity of heart	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the ideas behind the words **exultation** and **sincerity**, you could express the same ideas with adverbs that would indicate feelings. Alternate translation: “joyfully and sincerely” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ACT	2	47	z6ig	figs-hyperbole	αἰνοῦντες τὸν Θεὸν καὶ ἔχοντες χάριν πρὸς ὅλον τὸν λαόν	1	praising God and having favor with the whole people	Luke says **the whole people** as a generalization to emphasize how widely the people favored the believers. As the General Notes to this chapter suggest, it may be helpful to start a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “They praised God and enjoyed wide favor with the people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
ACT	2	47	kc42	figs-activepassive	τοὺς σῳζομένους	1	those who were being saved	If it would be helpful in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “those whom he was saving” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ACT	2	47	a196		ἐπὶ τὸ αὐτό	1	to the same	See the discussion of this phrase in Part 3 of the Introduction to Acts. Alternate translation: “to their Christian fellowship”
ACT	3	intro	hpd9			0		# Acts 3 General Notes<br><br>## Special Concepts in this Chapter<br><br>### The covenant God made with Abraham<br><br>This chapter explains that Jesus came to the Jews in fulfillment of the covenant that God made with Abraham.<br><br>## Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter<br><br>### “Servant”<br><br>Twice in this chapter Peter uses the word “Servant” as a title to mean “Messiah” (3:13, 3:26). He and other believers use the word in the same sense twice in Chapter 4 as well (4:27, 4:30). The word takes on this meaning by allusion to the book of Isaiah, where Isaiah uses it to mean the person whom God has chosen for the special purpose of bringing salvation. In your translation, indicate in some way that “Servant” is a Messianic title. Jesus was not a servant of God in the more ordinary sense, in which the believers apply it to themselves in 4:29, for example. Jesus was fully the Son of God, sent to earth on a special mission. If you would not be able to make this clear by using the word “Servant,” you may wish to use the word “Messiah” instead.<br><br>### “You killed” (3:15)<br><br>For the same reasons as when he was speaking on the day of Pentecost (2:23), Peter tells people in this chapter that they were guilty of killing Jesus. But he also tells them that they are the first ones to whom God has sent Jesus’ followers to invite them to repent (3:26). For further information and suggestions for how to make clear in your translation what Peter means, see the discussion of this phrase in the General Notes to Chapter 2 and the notes to this phrase in 2:23 and 3:15. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]])
ACT	3	1	b5rm	grammar-connect-time-background	δὲ	1	Now	Luke uses the word **Now** to introduce background information that will help readers understand what happens next. You can translate it with a word or phrase that serves the same purpose in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]])
ACT	3	1	br7i	figs-metonymy	εἰς τὸ ἱερὸν	1	to the temple	Only priests were allowed inside the temple building, so when Luke says **the temple** here, he means the courtyard associated with the temple. Alternate translation: “to the temple courtyard” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ACT	3	1	a198		τὴν ἐνάτην	1	the ninth hour	In this culture, people began counting the hours each day beginning around daybreak at six o’clock in the morning. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this time in the way the people of your culture reckon time. Alternate translation: “three o’clock in the afternoon”
ACT	3	1	a199	translate-ordinal	τὴν ἐνάτην	1	the ninth hour	If you decide to translate this in the way that the biblical culture reckoned time but your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use a cardinal number here. Alternate translation: “hour nine” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
ACT	3	2	f227	figs-activepassive	καί τις ἀνὴρ, χωλὸς ἐκ κοιλίας μητρὸς αὐτοῦ ὑπάρχων, ἐβαστάζετο, ὃν ἐτίθουν καθ’ ἡμέραν πρὸς τὴν θύραν τοῦ ἱεροῦ	1	And a certain man, being lame from the womb of his mother, was being carried, whom each day they placed at the gate of the temple	If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an active verbal form instead of the passive form **was being carried**. Alternate translation: “And there was a certain man who had been lame since birth whom people would carry to the temple every day and place at the gate” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ACT	3	2	u6nu	writing-background	καί τις ἀνὴρ	1	And a certain man	In this verse, Luke provides background information about this man to help readers understand what happens next in the story. In your translation, present this information in a way that would be natural in your own language and culture. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
ACT	3	2	j68t	figs-metonymy	ἐκ κοιλίας μητρὸς αὐτοῦ	1	from the womb of his mother	Luke is describing the time of the lame man’s birth by association with the way he came from the **womb** of his **mother** when he was born. Alternate translation: “since birth” or “since he was born” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ACT	3	2	a200	figs-activepassive	τὴν λεγομένην	1	that is called	If it would be helpful in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “that people call” or “whose name is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ACT	3	2	a201	translate-names	Ὡραίαν	1	Beautiful	**Beautiful** is the name of one of the gates of the Jerusalem temple. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
ACT	3	2	a202	figs-metonymy	εἰς τὸ ἱερόν	1	into the temple	Only priests were allowed inside the temple building, so when Luke says **the temple** here, he means the courtyard associated with the temple. Alternate translation: “into the temple courtyard” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ACT	3	3	a203	figs-explicit	ἠρώτα ἐλεημοσύνην λαβεῖν	1	asked to receive alms	The man specifically asked Peter and John to give him **alms** (that is, a charitable gift). Alternate translation: “asked to receive alms from them” or “asked them to give him alms” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ACT	3	4	xq4u		ἀτενίσας&Πέτρος εἰς αὐτὸν σὺν τῷ Ἰωάννῃ εἶπεν	1	Peter, looking intently at him with John, said	This means that both Peter and John looked at the man. It does not mean that Peter looked at the man and at John, and it does not mean that both Peter and John spoke to the man. Alternate translation: “Peter and John looked intently at him, and Peter said”
ACT	3	4	e3c6	figs-exclusive	βλέψον εἰς ἡμᾶς	1	Look at us	Peter is asking the man to look at him and John, not to look at himself as well, so use the exclusive form of **us** in your translation if your language marks that distinction. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
ACT	3	6	x6bm	figs-metonymy	ἀργύριον καὶ χρυσίον	1	silver and gold	Peter is referring to money by association with the way that **silver** and **gold** were used for money at this time. Alternate translation: “money” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ACT	3	6	zi9t	figs-explicit	ὃ δὲ ἔχω, τοῦτό σοι δίδωμι	1	but what I have, this I give to you	What happens next in the story shows that by **what I have**, Peter implicitly means the authority that Jesus has given him to heal. Alternate translation: “but Jesus has given me the authority to heal, and I will use it on your behalf” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ACT	3	6	t2vf	figs-metonymy	ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ τοῦ Ναζωραίου	1	In the name of Jesus Christ the Nazarene	Here the **name** of Jesus represents his authority. Alternate translation: “By the authority of Jesus Christ the Nazarene, I command you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ACT	3	6	a204	translate-names	Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ τοῦ Ναζωραίου	1	of Jesus Christ the Nazarene	The word **Nazarene** describes someone who comes from the city of Nazareth. See how you translated it in [2:23](../02/23.md). Alternate translation: “of Jesus Christ of Nazareth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
ACT	3	6	a205	figs-imperative	περιπάτει	1	walk	This was not a command that the man was capable of obeying. Instead, it was a command that directly caused the man to be healed. Alternate translation: “I give you the ability to walk” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
ACT	3	7	ec6j	writing-pronouns	πιάσας αὐτὸν τῆς δεξιᾶς χειρὸς, ἤγειρεν αὐτόν; παραχρῆμα δὲ ἐστερεώθησαν αἱ βάσεις αὐτοῦ καὶ τὰ σφυδρά	1	seizing him by the right hand, he raised him up, and immediately his feet and ankles were made strong	In this verse, the pronoun **he** refers to Peter, while the pronouns **him** and **his** refer to the lame man. You could indicate that specifically in at least some of the cases if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “seizing the man by the right hand, Peter raised him up, and immediately the man’s feet and ankles were made strong” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
ACT	3	7	a206	figs-activepassive	ἐστερεώθησαν αἱ βάσεις αὐτοῦ καὶ τὰ σφυδρά	1	his feet and ankles were made strong	If it would be helpful in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “his feet and ankles became strong” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ACT	3	8	a207	grammar-connect-logic-result	καὶ	1	And	Luke is using the word translated **And** to indicate that the events in this verse happened as a result of the events in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “So” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
ACT	3	8	abc1	writing-pronouns	ἔστη καὶ περιεπάτει, καὶ εἰσῆλθεν σὺν αὐτοῖς	1	he stood and began to walk, and he entered with them	The pronoun **he** refers to the man who had been lame, and the pronoun **them** refers to Peter and John. You could indicate that specifically if it would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “the man stood and began to walk, and the man entered with Peter and John” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
ACT	3	8	q13i	figs-explicitinfo	ἔστη καὶ περιεπάτει, καὶ εἰσῆλθεν σὺν αὐτοῖς	1		Luke is using the word **began** to indicate that this man had been doing something else (sitting at the gate begging) but then began to do something new when was healed. It might not be necessary to translate the word **began**, since it may seem to convey redundant information that would be not be natural to express in your language. Alternate translation: “he stood and walked” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo]])
ACT	3	8	zp7x	figs-metonymy	εἰς τὸ ἱερὸν	1	into the temple	Only priests were allowed inside the temple building, so when Luke says **the temple** here, he means the courtyard associated with the temple. Alternate translation: “into the temple courtyard” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ACT	3	9	a208	figs-hyperbole	πᾶς ὁ λαὸς	1	all the people	The word **all** is a generalization for emphasis. Alternate translation: “the crowd that was in the courtyard” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
ACT	3	10	zy7h		ἐπεγίνωσκον&αὐτὸν, ὅτι αὐτὸς ἦν ὁ&καθήμενος	1	they recognized him, that he was the one sitting	Alternate translation: “they realized that he was the man who had been sitting”
ACT	3	10	p2zh	translate-names	τῇ Ὡραίᾳ Πύλῃ	1	the Beautiful Gate	This was the name of one of the entrances to the temple area. See how you translated the similar expression in [3:2](../03/02.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
ACT	3	10	a209	figs-activepassive	ἐπλήσθησαν θάμβους καὶ ἐκστάσεως ἐπὶ τῷ συμβεβηκότι αὐτῷ	1	they were filled with wonder and amazement at what had happened to him	If it would be helpful in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “what had happened to him filled them with wonder and amazement” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ACT	3	10	j6zf	figs-doublet	ἐπλήσθησαν θάμβους καὶ ἐκστάσεως ἐπὶ τῷ συμβεβηκότι αὐτῷ	1	they were filled with wonder and amazement at what had happened to him	The words **wonder** and **amazement** mean similar things. Luke is using them together for emphasis. You can combine the words in your translation if that might be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “what had happened to him filled them with complete amazement” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
ACT	3	10	a210	figs-metaphor	ἐπλήσθησαν θάμβους καὶ ἐκστάσεως ἐπὶ τῷ συμβεβηκότι αὐτῷ	1	they were filled with wonder and amazement at what had happened to him	Luke is speaking as if the people were containers that these responses could fill. Alternate translation: “what had happened to him made them completely amazed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ACT	3	10	a211	figs-abstractnouns	ἐπλήσθησαν θάμβους καὶ ἐκστάσεως ἐπὶ τῷ συμβεβηκότι αὐτῷ	1	they were filled with wonder and amazement at what had happened to him	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **wonder** and **amazement**, you could express the same idea with verbs. Alternate translation: “they wondered and marveled greatly at what had happened to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ACT	3	11	a212	figs-hyperbole	πᾶς ὁ λαὸς	1	all the people	The word **all** is a generalization for emphasis. Alternate translation: “the crowd that was there” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
ACT	3	11	rk1m	translate-names	τῇ στοᾷ τῇ καλουμένῃ Σολομῶντος	1	the porch that is called Solomon’s	This is the name of a covered walkway in the Jerusalem temple courtyard. It consisted of rows of pillars that supported a roof. People had named this porch after King Solomon. Alternate translation: “Solomon’s Porch” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
ACT	3	11	rj43	figs-activepassive	τῇ καλουμένῃ	1	that is called	If it would be helpful in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “that people call” or “whose name is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ACT	3	12	ndi3	figs-idiom	ἄνδρες, Ἰσραηλεῖται	1	Men, Israelites	This is an idiomatic form of address. Alternate translation: “My fellow Israelites” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
ACT	3	12	uyg1	figs-rquestion	τί θαυμάζετε ἐπὶ τούτῳ	1	why do you marvel at this?	Peter does not expect the crowd to tell him why they are marveling. He is using the question form for emphasis. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “you should not marvel at this!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
ACT	3	12	j6ld	figs-rquestion	ἢ ἡμῖν τί ἀτενίζετε, ὡς ἰδίᾳ δυνάμει ἢ εὐσεβείᾳ πεποιηκόσιν τοῦ περιπατεῖν αὐτόν?	1	Or why do you look intently at us, as if we have made him to walk by our own power or godliness?	Peter is using the question form for emphasis. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “Do not stare at us. We did not make him walk by our own power or godliness!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
ACT	3	12	g4y1	figs-exclusive	ἡμῖν&ἰδίᾳ	1	at us … our own	By **us** and **our own**, Peter means himself and John but not also the people in the crowd. So use the exclusive forms of **us** and **our** in your translation if your language marks that distinction. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
ACT	3	12	mwd9	figs-hendiadys	ἰδίᾳ δυνάμει ἢ εὐσεβείᾳ	1	by our own power or godliness	Peter may be expressing a single idea by using two words connected with **or.** The term **godliness** describes what the crowd may consider the source or nature of the **power** that he and John have. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “by our own godly power” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
ACT	3	13	q8q2	translate-names	Ἀβραὰμ&Ἰσαὰκ&Ἰακώβ	1	Abraham … Isaac … Jacob	These are the names of three men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
ACT	3	13	a213	figs-metaphor	τῶν πατέρων ἡμῶν	1	our fathers	Peter is using the term **fathers** to mean “ancestors.” Alternate translation: “of our ancestors” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ACT	3	13	kmqw	figs-gendernotations	τῶν πατέρων ἡμῶν	1		The term **fathers** could mean: (1) in a generic sense that includes both men and women, the ancestors of the Israelites. If you decide to retain this metaphor in your translation, you could say “fathers and mothers” to indicate this. (2) Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob. In that case, Peter would be repeating the meaning of the previous phrase, and the term would have a masculine meaning. Alternate translation: “of the patriarchs” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
ACT	3	13	a214		τὸν παῖδα αὐτοῦ, Ἰησοῦν	1	his Servant Jesus	See the discussion of the term **Servant** in the General Notes to this chapter. Alternate translation: “Jesus his Messiah”
ACT	3	13	a215		παρεδώκατε	1	delivered up	Alternate translation: “handed over for trial”
ACT	3	13	cp1j	figs-idiom	κατὰ πρόσωπον Πειλάτου	1	before the face of Pilate	Here the phrase **before the face of** means “in the presence of.” Alternate translation: “in the presence of Pilate” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
ACT	3	13	a216	translate-names	Πειλάτου	1	Pilate	**Pilate** is the name of a man. His full name was Pontius Pilate. He was the governor of Judea during the time of Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
ACT	3	13	yy96	figs-nominaladj	κρίναντος ἐκείνου ἀπολύειν	1	when that one had decided to release him	Peter is using the demonstrative adjective **that** as a noun to refer to a certain person, Pilate. (ULT adds **one** to indicate that.) Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could indicate specifically whom Peter means. Alternate translation: “when Pilate had decided to release him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
ACT	3	14	a217	grammar-connect-logic-contrast	δὲ	1	But	Peter uses this word to introduce a contrast between what Pilate wanted to do and what these people demanded he do instead. Alternate translation: “Even though Pilate wanted to release Jesus,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
ACT	3	14	a218	figs-nominaladj	τὸν Ἅγιον καὶ Δίκαιον	1	the Holy and Righteous One	Peter is using both the adjective **Holy** and the adjective **Righteous** to indicate a certain person, Jesus. (ULT adds **One** to indicate that.) Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could indicate specifically whom Peter means. Alternate translation: “Jesus, who was holy and righteous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
ACT	3	14	a219	figs-doublet	τὸν Ἅγιον καὶ Δίκαιον	1	the Holy and Righteous One	The terms **Holy** and **Righteous** mean similar things. Peter is using the two terms together for emphasis. Alternate translation: “the Supremely Holy One” or “Jesus, who was supremely holy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
ACT	3	14	a220	figs-explicit	τὸν Ἅγιον καὶ Δίκαιον	1	the Holy and Righteous One	This description of Jesus is an implicit assertion that he is the Messiah. Alternate translation: “Jesus, the Messiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ACT	3	14	s6qj	figs-activepassive	ᾐτήσασθε ἄνδρα, φονέα χαρισθῆναι ὑμῖν	1	for a man, a murderer, to be granted to you	If it would be helpful in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “asked Pilate to release to you a man who was a murderer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ACT	3	15	a221	figs-synecdoche	ἀπεκτείνατε	1	you killed	It was the Romans who literally killed Jesus, but Peter says that the Jewish people in the crowd killed him because their demands led to his death. See how you translated the similar expression in [2:23](../02/23.md). Alternate translation: “you demanded the death of” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
ACT	3	15	ljn8	figs-explicit	τὸν&Ἀρχηγὸν τῆς ζωῆς	1	the Originator of Life	Peter is using the expression **the Originator of Life** as another title for Jesus. This expression could be a reference to the way Jesus, as the Son of God, took part in the original creation of all life. It could also be a reference to the way Jesus gives spiritual life to all who believe in him. Or it could mean both things. In any event, Peter is drawing a contrast between the life-giving Jesus whom the people rejected and the life-taking murderer whom they asked Pilate to release. It may be best in your translation to bring out this contrast while leaving the specific meaning open. Alternate translation: “Jesus, who gives life rather than taking it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ACT	3	15	a222	figs-nominaladj	ἐκ νεκρῶν	1	from the dead	Peter is using the adjective **dead** as a noun in order to indicate a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “from among those who have died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
ACT	3	15	jwb1	figs-exclusive	ἡμεῖς	1	we	Peter is speaking at least of himself and John, and perhaps also of the other apostles, but not of the people he is addressing. So use the exclusive form of **we** in your translation if your language marks that distinction. Other languages may have other ways of indicating that **we** is exclusive here. Alternate translation: “we and the other apostles whom Jesus chose” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
ACT	3	15	a223	writing-pronouns	ἡμεῖς	1	we	If you conclude that Peter is referring only to himself and John, and if your language uses dual forms, use the dual form of the pronoun **we** here, since it would apply to two people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
ACT	3	16	abc2	figs-infostructure	ἐπὶ τῇ πίστει τοῦ ὀνόματος αὐτοῦ, τοῦτον ὃν θεωρεῖτε καὶ οἴδατε, ἐστερέωσεν τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ	1	by faith in his name, this one whom you see and know, his name has made strong	Your language might naturally present the phrases in this sentence in a different order. Alternate translation: “this man whom you see and know had faith in his name, and his name has made him strong” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
ACT	3	16	qt8w	writing-pronouns	τοῦ ὀνόματος αὐτοῦ&τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ	1	in his name … his name	The pronoun **his** refers to Jesus in both of these instances. Alternate translation: “in the name of Jesus … that name” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
ACT	3	16	a224	figs-metonymy	τοῦ ὀνόματος αὐτοῦ&τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ	1	in his name … his name	Peter is using the **name** of Jesus to mean his authority or power. Alternate translation: “in the authority of Jesus … the authority of Jesus” or “in the power of Jesus … the power of Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ACT	3	16	abc3	writing-pronouns	ἡ πίστις ἡ δι’ αὐτοῦ, ἔδωκεν αὐτῷ	1	the faith that is through him has given to him	The first instance of the pronoun **him** refers to Jesus, and the second instance refers to the man who had been lame. Alternate translation: “the faith that is through Jesus has given to this man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
ACT	3	16	a225	figs-personification	ἡ πίστις ἡ δι’ αὐτοῦ, ἔδωκεν αὐτῷ τὴν ὁλοκληρίαν ταύτην	1	the faith that is through him has given to him this complete health	Peter is speaking of **faith** as if it were a living thing that could have given **complete health** to the man. Alternate translation: “because this man had faith in Jesus, Jesus has given him this complete health” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
ACT	3	17	v45t		καὶ νῦν	1	And now	Peter uses the expression **And now** to shift the people’s attention away from the lame man so that he can speak to them directly. In your translation, use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that would be natural for this same purpose.
ACT	3	17	a226	figs-metaphor	ἀδελφοί	1	brothers	Peter addresses the people as his **brothers** because they are related to him as fellow descendants of the founders of the Jewish nation. Alternate translation: “my kinsmen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ACT	3	17	x62k	figs-explicit	κατὰ ἄγνοιαν ἐπράξατε	1	you acted in ignorance	Peter likely means that the people **acted in ignorance** of the fact that Jesus was the Messiah. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “you acted in ignorance of the fact that Jesus was the Messiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ACT	3	17	a228	figs-ellipsis	ὥσπερ καὶ οἱ ἄρχοντες ὑμῶν	1	as also your rulers	Peter is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You can supply these words from earlier in the sentence. Alternate translation: “and that your rulers also acted in ignorance” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
ACT	3	18	gcc1	figs-infostructure	ὁ δὲ Θεὸς ἃ προκατήγγειλεν διὰ στόματος πάντων τῶν προφητῶν, παθεῖν τὸν Χριστὸν αὐτοῦ, ἐπλήρωσεν οὕτως	1	But what God foretold through the mouth of all the prophets, that his Christ would suffer, he has fulfilled thus	Your language might naturally put first in this sentence the information that God **fulfilled** prophecies when Christ suffered. Alternate translation: “But in this way God has fulfilled what he foretold through the mouth of all the prophets, that his Christ would suffer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
ACT	3	18	ms6d		διὰ στόματος πάντων τῶν προφητῶν	1	through the mouth of all the prophets	Since Peter is speaking of a group of people, **the prophets**, it might be more natural in your language to use the plural form of **mouth**. Alternate translation: “through the mouths of all the prophets”
ACT	3	18	z3l7	figs-metonymy	διὰ στόματος πάντων τῶν προφητῶν	1	through the mouth of all the prophets	Peter is using the **mouth** of the prophets to represent what they said by using their mouths. Alternate translation: “through what all the prophets said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ACT	3	18	a229	figs-hyperbole	πάντων τῶν προφητῶν	1	of all the prophets	Peter is using the word **all** as a generalization. It is true that the overall witness of Old Testament prophecy is that the Messiah would come first in humility and suffering, but not every prophet spoke specifically of the sufferings of Christ. Alternate translation: “of many prophets” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
ACT	3	19	cw18	figs-metaphor	ἐπιστρέψατε	1	turn back	Peter is speaking of his listeners as if they were traveling somewhere and had taken the wrong way and needed to **turn back** onto the right way. Alternate translation: “start obeying the Lord again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ACT	3	19	zm6y	figs-activepassive	πρὸς τὸ ἐξαλειφθῆναι ὑμῶν τὰς ἁμαρτίας	1	for your sins to be wiped away	If it would be helpful in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who will do the action. Alternate translation: “so that God will wipe away your sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ACT	3	19	a230	figs-metaphor	πρὸς τὸ ἐξαλειφθῆναι ὑμῶν τὰς ἁμαρτίας	1	for your sins to be wiped away	Peter is speaking of sins as if they would be physically **wiped away** when God forgave them. Alternate translation: “so that God will forgive your sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ACT	3	20	a231	figs-personification	ὅπως ἂν ἔλθωσιν καιροὶ ἀναψύξεως ἀπὸ προσώπου τοῦ Κυρίου	1	so that times of refreshment may come from the face of the Lord	Peter is speaking of these **times** as if they could actively **come** to his listeners on their own. Alternate translation: “so that the Lord may send you times of refreshing from his face” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
ACT	3	20	x3ca	figs-abstractnouns	καιροὶ ἀναψύξεως	1	times of refreshment	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **refreshment**, you could express the same idea with an adjective such as “refreshing” or “restful.” Alternate translation: “refreshing times” or “restful times” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ACT	3	20	f2wm	figs-metaphor	ἀπὸ προσώπου τοῦ Κυρίου	1	from the face of the Lord	Peter is using the term **face** to represent the presence of the Lord. Alternate translation: “from the presence of the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ACT	3	20	h3nk	figs-explicit	ἀποστείλῃ	1	he may send	Peter is referring implicitly to Christ’s coming again. Alternate translation: “he may again send” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ACT	3	20	yzr6	figs-activepassive	τὸν προκεχειρισμένον ὑμῖν	1	the one appointed for you	If it would be helpful in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “the one whom he has appointed for you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ACT	3	21	vgn8	figs-personification	ὃν δεῖ οὐρανὸν μὲν δέξασθαι	1	whom it is necessary for heaven to receive	Peter is speaking of **heaven** as if it were a person who has welcomed Jesus into his home. Alternate translation: “who must remain in heaven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
ACT	3	21	x2f3	figs-abstractnouns	ἄχρι χρόνων ἀποκαταστάσεως πάντων	1	the times of the restoration of all things	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **restoration**, you could express the same idea with a verb such as “restore.” Alternate translation: “until the times when God will restore all things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ACT	3	21	a2m8	figs-idiom	ἀπ’ αἰῶνος	1	from the age	The expression **from the age** means that something happened a long time ago. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “long ago” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
ACT	3	21	a12i	figs-metonymy	διὰ στόματος τῶν ἁγίων&αὐτοῦ προφητῶν	1	through the mouth of his holy prophets	Peter is using the **mouth** of the prophets to represent what they said by using their mouths. Alternate translation: “through what his holy prophets said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ACT	3	22	a232	figs-quotesinquotes	Μωϋσῆς μὲν εἶπεν, ὅτι προφήτην ὑμῖν ἀναστήσει Κύριος, ὁ Θεὸς ἡμῶν ἐκ τῶν ἀδελφῶν ὑμῶν, ὡς ἐμέ αὐτοῦ ἀκούσεσθε κατὰ πάντα, ὅσα ἂν λαλήσῃ πρὸς ὑμᾶς	1	Moses indeed said, ‘The Lord our God will raise up for you a prophet like me from your brothers. You will listen to him according to everything—whatever he may speak to you	If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “Moses indeed said that the Lord our God would raise up a prophet like himself for us Israelites from among our brothers. Moses said that we were to listen to him according to everything—whatever he might speak to us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
ACT	3	22	a233	translate-names	Μωϋσῆς	1	Moses	**Moses** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
ACT	3	22	a249	translate-textvariants	Κύριος, ὁ Θεὸς ἡμῶν	1	The Lord our God	Some ancient manuscripts read “the Lord our God.” Peter would be quoting Deuteronomy 18:15 somewhat loosely but with the same basic meaning. ULT follows that reading. Other ancient manuscripts read “the Lord your God.” Peter would be quoting Deuteronomy 18:15 exactly. Still other ancient manuscripts read simply “the Lord God.” If a translation of the Bible exists in your region, you may wish to use the reading that it has. If a translation of the Bible does not exist in your region, you may wish to use the reading of ULT. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
ACT	3	22	a250	figs-exclusive	Κύριος, ὁ Θεὸς ἡμῶν	1	The Lord our God	Moses is speaking of himself and his fellow Israelites, whom he is addressing, so use the inclusive form of the word **our** in your translation if your language marks that distinction. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
ACT	3	22	v5nf	figs-idiom	ὑμῖν ἀναστήσει	1	will raise up for you	Here the expression **raise up** does not mean “bring back to life,” as it did in [2:24](../02/24.md) and [2:32](../02/32.md). In this context, it refers instead to God giving someone the mission to go as a prophet to certain people with a message for them. Alternate translation: “will send to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
ACT	3	22	t8di	figs-metaphor	τῶν ἀδελφῶν ὑμῶν	1	your brothers	Moses is using the term **brothers** to mean people who are fellow descendants with his listeners of the founders of the Jewish nation. Alternate translation: “your kinsmen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ACT	3	22	a234	figs-declarative	αὐτοῦ ἀκούσεσθε κατὰ πάντα	1	You will listen to him according to everything	Moses is using a future statement to give a command. Alternate translation: “You must listen to everything he tells you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]])
ACT	3	22	a235	figs-idiom	αὐτοῦ ἀκούσεσθε κατὰ πάντα	1	You will listen to him according to everything	Here, **listen** is an idiom that means “obey.” Alternate translation: “You must obey every command that he gives you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
ACT	3	23	a236	figs-quotesinquotes	ἔσται δὲ πᾶσα ψυχὴ, ἥτις ἐὰν μὴ ἀκούσῃ τοῦ προφήτου ἐκείνου, ἐξολεθρευθήσεται ἐκ τοῦ λαοῦ	1	But it will be that every soul that does not listen to that prophet will be destroyed from the people	If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “Moses also said that every soul that did not listen to that prophet would be destroyed from the people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
ACT	3	23	t8a5	figs-activepassive	πᾶσα ψυχὴ, ἥτις ἐὰν μὴ ἀκούσῃ τοῦ προφήτου ἐκείνου, ἐξολεθρευθήσεται ἐκ τοῦ λαοῦ	1	every soul that does not listen to that prophet will be destroyed from the people	If it would be helpful in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who will do the action. Alternate translation: “God will destroy from the people every soul that does not listen to that prophet” or see the next note for a further possibility. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ACT	3	23	a237	figs-declarative	πᾶσα ψυχὴ, ἥτις ἐὰν μὴ ἀκούσῃ τοῦ προφήτου ἐκείνου, ἐξολεθρευθήσεται ἐκ τοῦ λαοῦ	1	every soul that does not listen to that prophet will be destroyed from the people	Moses could be using a future statement to give a command, in which case he would be telling the people to take this action. Alternate translation: “you must destroy from the people every soul that does not listen to that prophet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]])
ACT	3	23	a238	figs-synecdoche	πᾶσα ψυχὴ, ἥτις	1	every soul that	Moses is using one part of a person, the **soul**, to mean the entire person. Alternate translation: “every person who” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
ACT	3	23	a239	figs-idiom	ἥτις ἐὰν μὴ ἀκούσῃ τοῦ προφήτου ἐκείνου	1	does not listen to that prophet	Here, **listen** is an idiom that means “obey.” Alternate translation: “does not obey that prophet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
ACT	3	24	u6x3	figs-hyperbole	πάντες&οἱ προφῆται	1	all the prophets	Here the phrase **all the prophets** is probably not the same kind of generalization that it seems to be in [3:18](../03/18.md). It is true in a more literal sense that all the prophets **announced these days**. There was something in the messages of each one of them that pointed to the culmination of God’s work in the coming of Jesus. So even if your language does not use generalizations for emphasis, you can translate these words just as Peter says them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
ACT	3	24	xp9h		ἀπὸ Σαμουὴλ καὶ τῶν καθεξῆς	1	from Samuel and those after him	Alternate translation: “beginning with Samuel and continuing with those who lived after he did”
ACT	3	24	a240	translate-names	Σαμουὴλ	1	Samuel	**Samuel** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
ACT	3	24	m9pr	figs-idiom	τὰς ἡμέρας ταύτας	1	these days	Peter is using the word **days** to mean a specific time. Alternate translation: “this time” or “these times” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
ACT	3	24	a241	figs-explicit	τὰς ἡμέρας ταύτας	1	these days	Peter is referring to a specific time to mean implicitly what is happening at that time. Alternate translation: “the things that are happening now” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ACT	3	25	rh2n	figs-metonymy	ὑμεῖς ἐστε οἱ υἱοὶ τῶν προφητῶν	1	You are the sons of the prophets	Peter is using the word **sons** in the sense of “heirs,” by association with the way that children inherit from their parents. He means that the Israelites living at this time are going to receive something as a legacy from those who lived before them. Alternate translation: “You are the ones who are going to receive what the prophets promised” or “You are the ones who are going to experience what the prophets foretold” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ACT	3	25	a242	figs-gendernotations	οἱ υἱοὶ	1	the sons	Although the term **sons** is masculine, Peter is using the word in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If you retain the metaphor in your translation, you could say “the sons and daughters” to indicate this. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
ACT	3	25	a243	figs-metonymy	καὶ τῆς διαθήκης ἧς διέθετο ὁ Θεὸς πρὸς τοὺς πατέρας ὑμῶν	1	and of the covenant that God made with your fathers	The figurative sense of **sons** as “heirs” continues in this phrase. Alternate translation: “and who are going to receive what God promised to your fathers when he made a covenant with them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ACT	3	25	a244	figs-quotesinquotes	πρὸς τοὺς πατέρας ὑμῶν, λέγων πρὸς Ἀβραάμ, καὶ ἐν τῷ σπέρματί σου ἐνευλογηθήσονται πᾶσαι αἱ πατριαὶ τῆς γῆς	1	with your fathers, saying to Abraham, ‘And in your seed will all the families of the earth be blessed’	If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “with your fathers when he said to Abraham that in his seed all the families of the earth would be blessed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
ACT	3	25	a245	figs-metaphor	τοὺς πατέρας ὑμῶν	1	your fathers	Here, **fathers** means “ancestors.” Alternate translation: “your ancestors” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ACT	3	25	wid4	figs-gendernotations	τοὺς πατέρας ὑμῶν	1		Although the term **fathers** is masculine, Peter is using the word in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If you retain the metaphor in your translation, you could say “your fathers and mothers” to indicate this. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
ACT	3	25	mad5	figs-metaphor	ἐν τῷ σπέρματί σου	1	in your seed	The term **seed** means “offspring.” It is a word picture. Just as plants produce seeds that grow into many more plants, so people can have many offspring. Alternate translation: “through your descendants” or see the next note for a further possibility. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ACT	3	25	a246	figs-explicit	ἐν τῷ σπέρματί σου	1	in your seed	As the apostle Paul notes in [Galatians 3:16](../gal/03/16.md), God used the singular form of the word **seed** when he said this to Abraham, and so the ultimate fulfillment of this promise came when God sent Jesus as the Savior for everyone in the world who would believe in him. That may also be what Peter has in view here, since he refers in the next verse to God’s “Servant,” meaning the Messiah. Alternate translation: “through the Messiah, who will be your descendant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ACT	3	25	a247	figs-activepassive	ἐνευλογηθήσονται πᾶσαι αἱ πατριαὶ τῆς γῆς	1	will all the families of the earth be blessed	If it would be helpful in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “I will bless all the families of the earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ACT	3	25	g31m	figs-metonymy	πᾶσαι αἱ πατριαὶ τῆς γῆς	1	all the families of the earth	Here, **families** refers to people groups or nations by association with the way that many of them consist of people who have a common ancestry. Alternate translation: “all the nations of the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ACT	3	26	b7tz	figs-idiom	ἀναστήσας ὁ Θεὸς τὸν παῖδα αὐτοῦ, ἀπέστειλεν αὐτὸν	1	God, having raised up his Servant, sent him	The expression **raised up** has the same meaning here as in [3:22](../03/22.md). See how you translated it there. Alternate translation: “When God appointed Jesus as the Messiah, he sent him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
ACT	3	26	z5q6		τὸν παῖδα αὐτοῦ	1	his Servant	See the discussion of the term **Servant** in the General Notes to this chapter, and see how you translated that term in [3:13](../03/13.md). Alternate translation: “his Messiah”
ACT	3	26	x8ss	figs-metaphor	τῷ ἀποστρέφειν ἕκαστον ἀπὸ τῶν πονηριῶν ὑμῶν	1	by turning each of you from your wickedness	Here, **turning** someone **from** something means leading that person to stop doing that thing. See how you translated the similar expression in [3:19](../03/19.md). Alternate translation: “by leading every one of you to repent of your wickedness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ACT	3	26	a248	figs-abstractnouns	τῷ ἀποστρέφειν ἕκαστον ἀπὸ τῶν πονηριῶν ὑμῶν	1	by turning each of you from your wickedness	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **wickedness**, you could express the same idea with an adjective such as “wicked.” Alternate translation: “by leading every one of you to stop doing wicked things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ACT	4	intro	pv3a			0		# Acts 4 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set lines of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry that is quoted from the Old Testament in 4:25–26.<br><br>## Special Concepts in this Chapter<br><br>### Unity<br><br>The first Christians wanted very much to be united. They wanted to believe the same things and share everything they owned and help those who needed help.<br><br>### “Signs and wonders”<br><br>This phrase refers to things that only God can do. The Christians wanted God to do what only he could do so that people would believe that what they said about Jesus was true.<br><br>## Important Figures of Speech in this Chapter<br><br>### The “head of the corner” or cornerstone (4:11)<br><br>The cornerstone was the first piece of stone that people put down when they were building a building out of stone. Peter refers to it as the “head of the corner” in 4:11. This is a metaphor for the most important part of something, the part on which everything else depends. To say that Jesus is the cornerstone of the church is to say that nothing in the church is more important than Jesus and that everything in the church depends on Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]])<br><br>## Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter<br><br>### “no other name” (4:12)<br><br>“There is no other name under heaven given among men by which we must be saved” (Acts 4:12). As a note to this verse explains, in this expression the term “name” represents a person. So with these words, Peter was saying that no other person who has ever been on the earth or who will ever be on earth can save people. This statement might cause some controversy in some places today, but it is an essential part of the Christian message, and it should be translated so that its meaning is clear.
ACT	4	1	abc4	writing-pronouns	λαλούντων&αὐτῶν	1	as they were speaking	The pronoun **they** refers to Peter and John. Alternate translation: “as Peter and John were speaking” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
ACT	4	1	ew3l	figs-explicit	ὁ στρατηγὸς τοῦ ἱεροῦ	1	the captain of the temple	The temple had its own guards, and this man was their commanding officer. Alternate translation: “the commander of the temple guard” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ACT	4	1	a253	translate-names	οἱ Σαδδουκαῖοι	1	the Sadducees	**Sadducees** is the name of a group of Jewish priests. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
ACT	4	1	m74s	figs-explicit	οἱ Σαδδουκαῖοι	1	the Sadducees	The Sadducees would have been particularly upset that Peter and John were saying that God raised Jesus from the dead, because they did not believe in the resurrection. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could explain that explicitly here. Alternate translation: “the Sadducees, who do not believe in the resurrection,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ACT	4	1	d3tv	figs-synecdoche	οἱ Σαδδουκαῖοι	1	the Sadducees	Luke is using the name of the whole group to mean some of its members. Alternate translation: “some of the Sadducees” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
ACT	4	2	abc5	writing-pronouns	διαπονούμενοι διὰ τὸ διδάσκειν αὐτοὺς	1	greatly troubled because they were teaching	The pronoun **they** refers to Peter and John. It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “These men were greatly troubled because Peter and John were teaching” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
ACT	4	2	mg5l	figs-abstractnouns	καταγγέλλειν ἐν τῷ Ἰησοῦ τὴν ἀνάστασιν, τὴν ἐκ νεκρῶν	1	proclaiming in Jesus the resurrection that is from the dead	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **resurrection**, you could express the same idea with an equivalent phrase. Peter and John were saying that God would raise people from the dead in the same way that he had raised Jesus. Translate this in a way that allows **the resurrection** to refer to both Jesus’ resurrection and the general resurrection of other people. Alternate translation: “proclaiming that God makes people alive again who have died, just as God had done for Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ACT	4	2	np5g	figs-nominaladj	τὴν ἐκ νεκρῶν	1	from the dead	Peter is using the adjective **dead** as a noun in order to indicate a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “from among those who have died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
ACT	4	3	a254	grammar-connect-logic-result	καὶ	1	And	Luke is using the word translated **And** to introduce what the men who came up to Peter and John did because they were so troubled by their teaching. Alternate translation: “So” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
ACT	4	3	a255	writing-pronouns	ἐπέβαλον αὐτοῖς τὰς χεῖρας	1	they laid hands on them	The pronoun **they** refers to the priests, the captain of the temple, and the Sadducees. The pronoun **them** refers to Peter and John. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: “the priests, the captain of the temple, and the Sadducees laid hands on Peter and John” or “the men who had come up to Peter and John laid hands on them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
ACT	4	3	zla7	figs-metonymy	ἐπέβαλον αὐτοῖς τὰς χεῖρας	1	they laid hands on them	The expression **laid hands on** means to arrest someone by association with the way that arresting officers might physically take hold of a person with their **hands**. Alternate translation: “they arrested them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ACT	4	3	a256	figs-abstractnouns	ἔθεντο εἰς τήρησιν	1	put them in custody	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **custody**, you could express the same idea with a verb such as “imprison.” Alternate translation: “they imprisoned them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ACT	4	3	h5f9	figs-explicit	ἦν γὰρ ἑσπέρα ἤδη	1	since it was already evening	The implication is that the ruling council, which Luke describes in [4:5–6](../04/05.md), would not meet to question anyone at night. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “since it was already evening and the council would not meet to question them at night” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ACT	4	4	a257	writing-endofstory	δὲ	1	But	Luke uses the word **But** to introduce information about what happened after this much of the story as a result of the events within the story itself. This is not the end of the whole story, but it is the end of a significant part of it. Your language may have its own way of indicating how such information relates to a significant part of a story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-endofstory]])
ACT	4	4	a258	figs-metonymy	τὸν λόγον	1	the word	Luke is using the term **word** to mean the message about Jesus that Peter and John shared by using words. Alternate translation: “the message about Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ACT	4	4	bm1f	figs-gendernotations	ἀριθμὸς τῶν ἀνδρῶν	1	the number of the men	Luke is not using the word **men** in a generic sense here. The figure of 5,000 is the number of the men alone. It does not include women and children. So it would not be accurate to translate **men** as “people.” Instead, if it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate this distinction explicitly. Alternate translation: “the number of the men alone, not counting the women and children,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
ACT	4	4	qd8g	figs-explicit	ἐγενήθη&ὡς χιλιάδες πέντε	1	became about 5,000	The word translated **became** could mean: (1) the community of believers in Jesus grew to a total of 5,000 as a result of the professions of faith on this day. Alternate translation: “in the community of believers grew to about 5,000” (2) “was,” and that would indicate that 5,000 men made professions of faith on this day. Alternate translation: “who put their faith in Jesus that day was about 5,000” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ACT	4	5	lw2d	writing-newevent	ἐγένετο δὲ	1	And it happened that	Luke uses this phrase to introduce a significant development in this story. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for this purpose. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
ACT	4	5	cdj1	figs-explicit	συναχθῆναι αὐτῶν τοὺς ἄρχοντας, καὶ τοὺς πρεσβυτέρους, καὶ τοὺς γραμματεῖς	1	their rulers and elders and scribes were gathered together	Luke is implicitly describing the Sanhedrin, the Jewish ruling council, which consisted of these three groups of people. Luke describes this council explicitly as “the Sanhedrin” in [4:15](../04/15.md). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could identify it by name here. Alternate translation: “the Sanhedrin, consisting of their rulers and elders and scribes, was gathered together” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ACT	4	5	j6p8	writing-pronouns	αὐτῶν τοὺς ἄρχοντας, καὶ τοὺς πρεσβυτέρους, καὶ τοὺς γραμματεῖς	1	their rulers and elders and scribes	The pronoun **their** refers to the Jewish people. Alternate translation: “the rulers and elders and scribes of the Jewish people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
ACT	4	5	i9tj	figs-activepassive	συναχθῆναι	1	were gathered together	If it would be helpful in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “gathered together” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ACT	4	6	a259	figs-explicit	Ἅννας ὁ ἀρχιερεὺς, καὶ Καϊάφας	1	Annas the high priest, and Caiaphas	Luke describes Annas as **the high priest**, but the actual situation was complicated. At this time the Romans were appointing the high priests for Judea. One Roman official had appointed Annas some years earlier, but ten years after that, another official deposed him and named his son-in-law Caiaphas high priest instead. However, the Jews still recognized Annas’ claim to the position. If you decide to clarify this for your readers, it would probably be best to state the matter as simply as possible. Alternate translation: “Annas, whom the Jews recognized as the high priest, and Caiaphas, whom a Roman official had appointed as the high priest” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ACT	4	6	l44n	translate-names	Ἅννας&Καϊάφας&Ἰωάννης&Ἀλέξανδρος	1	Annas … Caiaphas … John … Alexander	These are the names of four men. The **John** mentioned here was a member of the high priest’s family. This is not the same John as the apostle. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
ACT	4	6	a260		ὅσοι ἦσαν ἐκ γένους ἀρχιερατικοῦ	1	as many as were from the high priestly family	Alternate translation: “all the other members of the high priestly family who were members of the council”
ACT	4	7	abc6	writing-pronouns	στήσαντες αὐτοὺς ἐν τῷ μέσῳ, ἐπυνθάνοντο	1	having set them in their midst, they asked them	The pronoun **them** refers to Peter and John, and the pronouns **their** and **they** refer to the council members. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: “when the council members had set Peter and John in their midst, the members asked them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
ACT	4	7	t1eq	figs-doublet	ἐν ποίᾳ δυνάμει ἢ ἐν ποίῳ ὀνόματι ἐποιήσατε τοῦτο ὑμεῖς?	1	By what power or in what name have you done this?	The words **power** and **name** (meaning authority; see next note) mean similar things. The council members may be using them together to ask a comprehensive or emphatic question. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could combine these terms in your translation. Alternate translation: “By whatever means were you able to do this?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
ACT	4	7	jc21	figs-metonymy	ἐν ποίῳ ὀνόματι	1	in what name	Here, **name** refers to authority. Alternate translation: “by what authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ACT	4	7	a261	figs-youdual	ὑμεῖς	1	you	Since the council members are speaking to two men, **you** would be dual if your language uses that form. (All other pronouns in this account that refer to Peter and John would also be dual, such as **them** in its two instances in this verse.) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]])
ACT	4	8	su5x	figs-activepassive	Πέτρος πλησθεὶς Πνεύματος Ἁγίου, εἶπεν	1	Peter, filled with the Holy Spirit, said	If it would be helpful in your language, you could say this with an active form. See how you translated the comparable expression in [2:4](../02/04.md). Alternate translation: “the Holy Spirit filled Peter and he said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ACT	4	8	a262	figs-metaphor	Πέτρος πλησθεὶς Πνεύματος Ἁγίου, εἶπεν	1	Peter, filled with the Holy Spirit, said	Luke is speaking of Peter as if he were a container that the Holy Spirit **filled**. Alternate translation: “the Holy Spirit inspired Peter and he said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ACT	4	8	a263	figs-merism	ἄρχοντες τοῦ λαοῦ καὶ πρεσβύτεροι	1	Rulers of the people and elders	Peter is addressing the entire council by referring to its two components. Some of the members had ruling responsibilities. Others, the **elders**, were added to the council to bring its total membership up to 70, since according to [Exodus 24:1](../exo/24/01.md), that was the number of elders who accompanied Moses when God confirmed the covenant with Israel at Mount Sinai. Alternate translation: “You members of the Sanhedrin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
ACT	4	8	a264	figs-explicit	τοῦ λαοῦ	1	of the people	Here, **the people** means specifically the people of Israel. Alternate translation: “of the people of Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ACT	4	9	pq85	figs-irony	εἰ ἡμεῖς σήμερον ἀνακρινόμεθα ἐπὶ εὐεργεσίᾳ ἀνθρώπου ἀσθενοῦς, ἐν τίνι οὗτος σέσωσται	1	if we are being questioned today concerning a good deed to a sick man, by what means he was made well	Peter is not suggesting seriously that the subject of the questioning is uncertain. He knows the subject, but he is suggesting ironically that it is uncertain so that he can describe it from his own perspective. The council asked by what power or authority he and John did “this,” implying that “this” was something bad, a public disturbance that troubled the authorities. In response, Peter asserts that “this” was instead something good, **a good deed to a sick man**. If it would be helpful to your readers, in your translation you could indicate the meaning that Peter is communicating through this irony. Alternate translation: “what we actually did was a good deed for a sick man, and if you want to know by what means he was made well” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
ACT	4	9	je6d	figs-activepassive	ἡμεῖς&ἀνακρινόμεθα	1	we are being questioned	If it would be helpful in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “you are questioning us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ACT	4	9	b92n	figs-activepassive	οὗτος σέσωσται	1	he was made well	If it would be helpful in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “he became healthy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ACT	4	10	q9ss	figs-imperative3p	γνωστὸν ἔστω πᾶσιν ὑμῖν καὶ παντὶ τῷ λαῷ Ἰσραὴλ	1		If your language does not use the third-person imperative in this way, you can state this in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “may this be known to you and to all the people of Israel” or “this should be known to you and to all the people of Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative3p]])
ACT	4	10	snd5	figs-activepassive	γνωστὸν ἔστω πᾶσιν ὑμῖν καὶ παντὶ τῷ λαῷ Ἰσραὴλ	1	let it be known to you all and to all the people of Israel	The word translated **known** is an adjective, so this is not a passive verbal form. However, if your language does not use passive forms, it might be clearer for your readers if you use an expression that does not seem to be a passive verbal form. The adjective **known** expresses the result of action by a different agent, so you can use an active form with that agent as the subject. Alternate translation: “you and all the people of Israel, know” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ACT	4	10	j3px	writing-pronouns	πᾶσιν ὑμῖν	1	to you all	The pronoun **you** refers to the council members. Alternate translation: “to all of you council members” or “to all of you who are questioning us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
ACT	4	10	khn7	figs-metonymy	ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι	1	in the name	Here, **name** refers to power and authority. Alternate translation: “through the power” or “by the authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ACT	4	10	a265	translate-names	Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ τοῦ Ναζωραίου	1	of Jesus Christ the Nazarene	See how you translated this in [2:22](../02/22.md) and [3:6](../03/06.md). Alternate translation: “of Jesus Christ of Nazareth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
ACT	4	10	a266	figs-synecdoche	ὃν ὑμεῖς ἐσταυρώσατε	1	whom you crucified	It was the Romans who literally crucified Jesus, but Peter says that these Jewish leaders crucified him because their demands led to his death. See how you translated the similar expression in [2:23](../02/23.md). Alternate translation: “whom you demanded to be crucified” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
ACT	4	10	jyj6	figs-idiom	ὃν ὁ Θεὸς ἤγειρεν ἐκ νεκρῶν	1	whom God raised from the dead	As in [2:24](../02/24.md), the idiom **raised up** means that God made Jesus alive again after he died. Alternate translation: “whom God made alive again after he died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
ACT	4	10	a267	figs-nominaladj	ἐκ νεκρῶν	1	from the dead	Peter is using the adjective **dead** as a noun in order to indicate a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “from among those who have died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
ACT	4	11	nwg6	writing-pronouns	οὗτός	1	He	The pronoun **He** refers to Jesus. Alternate translation: “Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
ACT	4	11	w195	figs-metaphor	ὁ λίθος ὁ ἐξουθενηθεὶς ὑφ’ ὑμῶν, τῶν οἰκοδόμων, ὁ γενόμενος εἰς κεφαλὴν γωνίας	1	the stone that was rejected by you, the builders, which has been made into the head of the corner	Peter is quoting from [Psalm 118:22](../psa/118/22.md), and the quotation contains a metaphor. This psalm is describing the Messiah as if he were a stone that builders chose not to use. This means that people will reject him. When the psalm says that this stone became the cornerstone, this means that God will nevertheless make the Messiah the ruler of these people. However, since this is a quotation from Scripture, we recommend that you translate the words directly rather than providing a non-figurative explanation of them, even if your language does not customarily use such figures of speech. If you want to explain the meaning of the metaphor, we recommend that you do that in a footnote rather than in the Bible text. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ACT	4	11	c1bh	figs-activepassive	ὁ ἐξουθενηθεὶς ὑφ’ ὑμῶν, τῶν οἰκοδόμων	1	that was rejected by you, the builders	If it would be helpful in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “that you, the builders, rejected” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ACT	4	11	f1nx	figs-idiom	κεφαλὴν γωνίας	1	the head of the corner	The phrase **the head of the corner** is an idiom that refers to a large stone with straight edges that builders would place down first and use as a reference to make sure that the walls of a stone building were straight and that the building was oriented in the right direction. Your language may have its own term for such a stone. You could also use a general expression. Alternate translation: “the cornerstone” or “the reference stone for the whole building” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
ACT	4	12	a268	figs-doublenegatives	οὐκ ἔστιν ἐν ἄλλῳ οὐδενὶ ἡ σωτηρία	1	there is no salvation in anyone else	In Greek this is a double negative for emphasis, “there is no salvation in no one else.” The second negative does not cancel the first to create a positive meaning. If for emphasis your language uses double negatives that do not cancel one another, it would be appropriate to use that construction here. You could also state the meaning positively. Alternate translation: “he is the only one in whom there is salvation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
ACT	4	12	tq3z	figs-abstractnouns	οὐκ ἔστιν ἐν ἄλλῳ οὐδενὶ ἡ σωτηρία	1	there is no salvation in anyone else	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **salvation**, you could express the same idea with a verb such as “save.” Alternate translation: “he is the only one who is able to save” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ACT	4	12	l66w	figs-activepassive	οὐδὲ&ὄνομά ἐστιν ἕτερον ὑπὸ τὸν οὐρανὸν τὸ δεδομένον	1	there is no other name under heaven given	If it would be helpful in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “God has not given any other name under heaven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ACT	4	12	iz7k	figs-metonymy	οὐδὲ&ὄνομά ἐστιν ἕτερον&ἐν ᾧ δεῖ σωθῆναι ἡμᾶς	1	there is no other name … by which we must be saved	Here, **name** represents a person by association with the way that each person has a name. Alternate translation: “there is no other person … by whom we must be saved” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ACT	4	12	jm25	figs-idiom	ὑπὸ τὸν οὐρανὸν	1	under heaven	This is an idiom. See how you translated it in [2:5](../02/05.md). Alternate translation: “on earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
ACT	4	12	a269	figs-gendernotations	ἐν ἀνθρώποις	1	among men	Peter is using the term **men** in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “among people” or “to people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
ACT	4	12	gg8h	figs-activepassive	ἐν ᾧ δεῖ σωθῆναι ἡμᾶς	1	by which we must be saved	If it would be helpful in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “that can save us” or, if you translate “name” as “person,” “who can save us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ACT	4	12	tdw8	figs-exclusive	ἡμᾶς	1	we	Peter is using the word **we** to refer to himself and his listeners, so use the inclusive form of that word if your language marks that distinction. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
ACT	4	13	r6d6	figs-idiom	θεωροῦντες	1	seeing	Luke is using the word **seeing** to mean that the council members noticed this and found it significant. Alternate translation: “taking note of” or “impressed with” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
ACT	4	13	t6kc	figs-abstractnouns	τὴν τοῦ Πέτρου παρρησίαν καὶ Ἰωάννου	1	the boldness of Peter and John	Here the abstract noun **boldness** refers to the way in which Peter and John responded to the Jewish leaders. If your language does not use an abstract noun for this idea, you can express the same idea with an adverb or an adjective. Alternate translation: “how boldly Peter and John had spoken” or “how bold Peter and John were” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ACT	4	13	qaa5	figs-explicit	καταλαβόμενοι	1	realizing	The implication is that the Jewish leaders realized this because of the way Peter and John spoke. Alternate translation: “realizing from the way they spoke” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ACT	4	13	xn39	writing-pronouns	ἐθαύμαζον; ἐπεγίνωσκόν τε αὐτοὺς, ὅτι σὺν τῷ Ἰησοῦ ἦσαν	1	they marveled, and they recognized them, that they had been with Jesus	Here the pronoun **they** refers in its first two instances to the council members, and in its third instance it refers to Peter and John, as does the pronoun **them**. It may be helpful to your readers to clarify this and to state the meaning here more concisely. Alternate translation: “the council members marveled, and they recognized that Peter and John had been with Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
ACT	4	13	erv7	figs-doublet	ἄνθρωποι ἀγράμματοί εἰσιν καὶ ἰδιῶται	1	they were uneducated and ordinary men	The words **uneducated** and **ordinary** mean similar things. Both words indicate that Peter and John had no formal education. Luke uses them together for emphasis, to express from the council members’ perspective how amazed they were. Alternate translation: “they had no formal education at all” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
ACT	4	14	h3cy	figs-activepassive	τόν&ἄνθρωπον&τὸν τεθεραπευμένον	1	the man who had been healed	If it would be helpful in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “the man whom Peter and John had healed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ACT	4	14	a270	writing-pronouns	σὺν αὐτοῖς ἑστῶτα, τὸν τεθεραπευμένον, οὐδὲν εἶχον	1	standing with them, they had nothing	The pronoun **them** refers to Peter and John, and the pronoun **they** refers to the council members. It may be helpful to your readers to clarify this. Alternate translation: “standing with Peter and John, the council members had nothing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
ACT	4	14	fq4w	figs-explicit	οὐδὲν εἶχον ἀντειπεῖν	1	they had nothing to say in opposition	The implication is that anything the council members said **in opposition** would have been in an attempt to discredit the claim that the man had been healed in the name of Jesus. But there was nothing they could say, since the evidence that the claim was true was right in front of them in the person of the formerly lame man standing on his own. Alternate translation: “they had nothing to say to discredit the account” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ACT	4	15	ql31	writing-pronouns	κελεύσαντες&αὐτοὺς ἔξω τοῦ Συνεδρίου ἀπελθεῖν, συνέβαλλον πρὸς ἀλλήλους	1	having commanded them to go outside the Sanhedrin, they conferred among themselves	The pronoun **them** refers at least to Peter and John, and probably also to the man who was healed, while the pronoun **they** refers to the council members. It may be helpful to your readers to clarify this. Alternate translation: “having commanded Peter and John and the man who was healed to go outside the Sanhedrin, the council members conferred among themselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
ACT	4	15	a271	translate-names	τοῦ Συνεδρίου	1	the Sanhedrin	**Sanhedrin** is the name of the Jewish ruling council. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
ACT	4	15	a272	figs-metonymy	τοῦ Συνεδρίου	1	the Sanhedrin	Luke is using the name of the Jewish ruling council to mean the meeting place of that council. Alternate translation: “the place where the Sanhedrin met” or “the council chamber” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ACT	4	16	p4g6	figs-rquestion	τί ποιήσωμεν τοῖς ἀνθρώποις τούτοις?	1	What should we do to these men?	This could mean: (1) the Jewish leaders were using the question form to express their frustration because they realize that they cannot punish Peter and John. As [4:21](../04/21.md) indicates explicitly, and as the leaders suggest here, they are afraid of how the people might respond if they do. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “It is very difficult to know what we should do to these men!” (2) the leaders were asking one another a genuine question, because ultimately they do decide to do something to Peter and John. They warn them not to speak or teach in the name of Jesus, with an implied threat of punishment if they do. In that case it would be accurate to translate this as a question. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
ACT	4	16	jn12	figs-hyperbole	πᾶσιν τοῖς κατοικοῦσιν Ἰερουσαλὴμ	1	everyone who lives in Jerusalem	This is a generalization that the leaders are making to emphasize how widely the news of the healing has spread. Alternate translation: “people who live throughout Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
ACT	4	16	nh5s		γνωστὸν σημεῖον	1	a notable sign	Here the word **sign** has the same sense that it has in the phrase “wonders and signs” in [2:22](../02/22.md) and [2:43](../02/43.md). It means a miracle. Alternate translation: “a remarkable miracle”
ACT	4	17	a273	figs-activepassive	ἵνα μὴ ἐπὶ πλεῖον διανεμηθῇ	1	so that it may not be spread	If it would be helpful in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “so that it does not spread” or “so that they will not spread it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ACT	4	17	f71l	figs-explicit	ἵνα μὴ ἐπὶ πλεῖον διανεμηθῇ	1	so that it may not be spread	By **it**, the council members do not mean the news of the man’s healing, since they have already said that everyone in Jerusalem knows about it. They mean the teaching that Jesus is Messiah, since they then try to prevent this from spreading by not allowing the apostles to speak to anyone about Jesus. Alternate translation: “so that this teaching about Jesus does not spread” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ACT	4	17	a274		ἐπὶ πλεῖον	1	unto more	Alternate translation: “any further”
ACT	4	17	w52j	figs-metonymy	λαλεῖν ἐπὶ τῷ ὀνόματι τούτῳ	1	to speak in this name	Here, **name** represents a person by association with the way that each person has a name. Alternate translation: “to speak about this person Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ACT	4	17	a275	figs-doublenegatives	μηκέτι λαλεῖν ἐπὶ τῷ ὀνόματι τούτῳ μηδενὶ ἀνθρώπων	1	no longer to speak in this name to any of men	In Greek this is a double negative for emphasis, “no longer to speak in this name to none of men.” The second negative does not cancel the first to create a positive meaning. If for emphasis your language uses double negatives that do not cancel one another, it would be appropriate to use that construction here. You could also state the meaning positively. Alternate translation: “to stop speaking in this name to any of men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
ACT	4	17	a276	figs-gendernotations	μηδενὶ ἀνθρώπων	1	to any of men	Here, **men** has a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “to any person” or “to anyone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
ACT	4	18	a277	grammar-connect-logic-result	καὶ	1	So	Luke uses the word translated **And** to introduce what the council members did as a result of their discussion. Alternate translation: “So” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
ACT	4	18	a278	writing-pronouns	καλέσαντες αὐτοὺς, παρήγγειλαν	1	summoning them, they commanded them	The pronoun **them** refers in both instances to Peter and John, and the pronoun **they** refers to the council members. It may be helpful to your readers to clarify this. Alternate translation: “summoning Peter and John, the council members commanded them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
ACT	4	18	a279	figs-doublet	μὴ φθέγγεσθαι μηδὲ διδάσκειν	1	neither to speak nor to teach	The words **speak** and **teach** mean similar things. The council members may be using them together for emphasis. Alternate translation: “not to say anything publicly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
ACT	4	18	a280	figs-metonymy	ἐπὶ τῷ ὀνόματι τοῦ Ἰησοῦ	1	in the name of Jesus	Here, **name** represents a person by association with the way that each person has a name. Alternate translation: “about this person Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ACT	4	19	a281	figs-hendiadys	ὁ&Πέτρος καὶ Ἰωάννης ἀποκριθέντες εἶπον	1	answering, Peter and John said	Together the words **answering** and **said** mean that Peter and John responded to the council. Alternate translation: “Peter and John responded” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
ACT	4	19	a282	figs-explicit	ὁ&Πέτρος καὶ Ἰωάννης ἀποκριθέντες εἶπον	1	answering, Peter and John said	This could mean: (1) Peter and John each said different parts of the quotation in [4:19–20](../04/19.md). (2) Peter spoke these words on behalf of both of them, since the Holy Spirit had inspired him to speak to the council in [4:8–12](../04/08.md). Alternate translation: “Peter responded on their behalf” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ACT	4	19	jf1d	figs-metonymy	εἰ δίκαιόν ἐστιν ἐνώπιον τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	Whether it is right before God	Here the phrase **before God** refers to God’s opinion by association with the way that God would assess anything that came to his attention in front of him. Alternate translation: “Whether God thinks it is right” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ACT	4	19	a283	figs-idiom	ὑμῶν ἀκούειν μᾶλλον ἢ τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	to listen to you rather than to God	Here, **listen** is an idiom that means “obey.” Alternate translation: “to obey you rather than God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
ACT	4	20	a284	grammar-connect-logic-result	γὰρ	1	For	Peter and John are using the word **For** to introduce the reason why the council needs to judge whether it would be right for them to obey the council rather than God. Alternate translation: “The reason why you must judge whom we should obey is that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
ACT	4	20	hf3u	figs-exclusive	ἡμεῖς&εἴδαμεν καὶ ἠκούσαμεν	1	we … we have seen and heard	Peter and John are using the word **we** to refer to themselves but not to their listeners, so use the exclusive form of the word in your translation if your language marks that distinction. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
ACT	4	20	a285	figs-doublenegatives	οὐ δυνάμεθα&ἡμεῖς&μὴ λαλεῖν	1	we are not able not to speak	You could state the meaning of this double negative positively. Alternate translation: “we must speak” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
ACT	4	21	y5y1	writing-pronouns	οἱ δὲ προσαπειλησάμενοι ἀπέλυσαν αὐτούς	1	having warned them further, they released them	The pronoun **them** refers in both instances to Peter and John, and the pronoun **they** refers to the council members. It may be helpful to your readers to clarify this. Alternate translation: “having warned Peter and John further, the council members released them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
ACT	4	21	z2bx	figs-explicit	διὰ τὸν λαόν	1	on account of the people	The implication is that the Jewish leaders were afraid that the people would riot if they punished Peter and John. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “They were afraid that if they did punish Peter and John, the people would riot” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ACT	4	21	jbl6	figs-hyperbole	πάντες ἐδόξαζον τὸν Θεὸν	1	they were all glorifying God	Here, **all** is a generalization for emphasis. Alternate translation: “large numbers of them were glorifying God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
ACT	4	22	gy8d	writing-background	ἐτῶν γὰρ ἦν πλειόνων τεσσεράκοντα ὁ ἄνθρωπος, ἐφ’ ὃν γεγόνει τὸ σημεῖον τοῦτο τῆς ἰάσεως	1	For the man to whom this sign of healing had happened was more than 40 years old	In this verse, Luke provides background information about the age of the man who was healed to help readers understand why the people considered his healing such a remarkable miracle. In your translation, present this background information in a way that would be natural in your own language and culture. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
ACT	4	22	a286	grammar-connect-logic-result	γὰρ	1	For	Luke is using the word **For** to introduce the reason why the people were glorifying God. Alternate translation: “The people were glorifying God because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
ACT	4	22	ju4w	figs-personification	ὁ ἄνθρωπος, ἐφ’ ὃν γεγόνει τὸ σημεῖον τοῦτο τῆς ἰάσεως	1	the man to whom this sign of healing had happened	Luke is speaking as if the **healing** had **happened** on its own. Alternate translation: “the man whom Peter and John had miraculously healed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
ACT	4	22	a287	figs-possession	τὸ σημεῖον τοῦτο τῆς ἰάσεως	1	this sign of healing	Luke is using the possessive form to describe a **sign** that consisted of a **healing**. The word **sign** has the same sense here that it has in the phrase “wonders and signs” in [2:22](../02/22.md) and [2:43](../02/43.md). It means a miracle. Alternate translation: “this miraculous healing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
ACT	4	23	a288	figs-activepassive	ἀπολυθέντες	1	having been released	If it would be helpful in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “after the council members had released Peter and John” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ACT	4	23	a289	figs-go	ἦλθον πρὸς τοὺς ἰδίους	1	they came to their own people	In a context such as this, your language might say “went” instead of **came**. Alternate translation: “they went to their own people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
ACT	4	23	j2cx	figs-explicit	τοὺς ἰδίους	1	their own people	The phrase **their own people** refers to the community of believers in Jesus. Alternate translation: “the other believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ACT	4	23	a290	figs-merism	οἱ ἀρχιερεῖς καὶ οἱ πρεσβύτεροι	1	the chief priests and the elders	As Peter does in [4:8](../04/08.md), here Luke is referring to the entire council by naming its two components. Alternate translation: “the members of the Sanhedrin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
ACT	4	24	j3ap	writing-pronouns	οἱ&ἀκούσαντες&ἦραν	1	having heard, they raised	The phrase **having heard** refers to the other believers, but the pronoun **they** seems to include Peter and John as well, since those who pray ask for boldness to keep speaking the message about Jesus ([4:29](../04/29.md)). It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: “when the other believers heard this report, together with Peter and John they raised” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
ACT	4	24	a291		ἦραν φωνὴν	1	they raised their voice	Since Luke is referring to a group of people, it might be more natural in your language to use the plural form of **voice**. Alternate translation: “they raised their voices”
ACT	4	24	zu28	figs-idiom	ἦραν φωνὴν	1	they raised their voice	The expression **they raised their voice** is an idiom that means they spoke loudly. Alternate translation: “they prayed loudly” or “they prayed out loud” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
ACT	4	24	a292		ὁμοθυμαδὸν	1	unanimously	The word **unanimously** indicates that the apostles and other believers shared a common commitment and purpose and that there was no strife among them. See how you translated the same expression in [1:14](../01/14.md). Alternate translation: “with one accord” or “harmoniously”
ACT	4	24	a293	figs-youformal	σὺ	1	you	The word **you** is singular, and it refers to God. The same is true of the words “you” and “your” in [4:25–30](../04/25.md). You may have decided to use a formal form of “you” in your translation in such cases. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youformal]])
ACT	4	24	a160	figs-merism	ποιήσας τὸν οὐρανὸν, καὶ τὴν γῆν, καὶ τὴν θάλασσαν, καὶ πάντα τὰ ἐν αὐτοῖς	1	who made the heaven and the earth and the sea and all that is in them	The believers are referring to all of creation by naming its components. Alternate translation: “who created everything that exists” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
ACT	4	24	a294		τὸν οὐρανὸν	1	the heaven	The believers are using the word translated **heaven** in one of its specific senses to mean the sky. Alternate translation: “the sky”
ACT	4	25	ka83	figs-metonymy	ὁ τοῦ πατρὸς ἡμῶν, διὰ Πνεύματος Ἁγίου στόματος Δαυεὶδ παιδός σου εἰπών	1	the one who said by the Holy Spirit from the mouth of our father David, your servant	The word **mouth** refers to what David said by using his mouth. Alternate translation: “the one whose Holy Spirit inspired our father David, your servant, to say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ACT	4	25	vc5z	figs-quotesinquotes	τοῦ πατρὸς ἡμῶν, διὰ Πνεύματος Ἁγίου στόματος Δαυεὶδ παιδός σου εἰπών, ἵνα τί ἐφρύαξαν ἔθνη, καὶ λαοὶ ἐμελέτησαν κενά?	1	who said by the Holy Spirit from the mouth of our father David, your servant, ‘Why did the Gentiles rage, and the peoples imagine useless things?’	As the believers pray together, they quote from one of the psalms that David composed, [Psalm 2:1–2](../psa/02/01.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “whose Holy Spirit inspired our father David, your servant, to ask why the nations raged and why the peoples imagined useless things.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
ACT	4	25	a295	figs-exclusive	ἡμῶν	1	our	The believers are using the word **our** to refer to themselves but not to God, so use the exclusive form of that word in your translation if your language marks that distinction. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
ACT	4	25	kat6	figs-metaphor	τοῦ πατρὸς	1	father	Here, **father** means “ancestor.” Alternate translation: “ancestor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ACT	4	25	a296		παιδός	1	servant	The believers are using the word **servant** here in its ordinary sense, not as a title for the Messiah, so it would not be appropriate to translate it as “Messiah,” as you may have done when it was a title in [3:13](../03/13.md) and [3:26](../03/26.md).
ACT	4	25	a297	figs-ellipsis	ἵνα τί ἐφρύαξαν ἔθνη, καὶ λαοὶ ἐμελέτησαν κενά	1	Why did the Gentiles rage, and the peoples imagine useless things	Here some words have been left out that a sentence would need in many languages in order to be complete. You can supply these words from earlier in the sentence. Alternate translation: “Why did the nations rage, and why did the peoples imagine useless things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
ACT	4	25	a298	figs-parallelism	ἵνα τί ἐφρύαξαν ἔθνη, καὶ λαοὶ ἐμελέτησαν κενά	1	Why did the Gentiles rage, and the peoples imagine useless things	These two phrases mean basically the same thing. The second emphasizes the meaning of the first by repeating the same idea with different words. Hebrew poetry was based on this kind of repetition, and it would be good to show this to your readers by including both phrases in your translation rather than combining them. However, if the repetition might be confusing, you could connect the phrases with a word other than **and** in order to show that the second phrase is repeating the first one, not saying something additional. Alternate translation: “Why did the nations rage, indeed, why did the peoples imagine useless things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
ACT	4	25	f1x6	figs-rquestion	ἵνα τί ἐφρύαξαν ἔθνη, καὶ λαοὶ ἐμελέτησαν κενά?	1	Why did the Gentiles rage, and the peoples imagine useless things?	In this psalm, David uses the question form to emphasize the futility of opposing God. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “The nations should not have raged, and the peoples should not have imagined useless things!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
ACT	4	25	h6rc	translate-names	ἔθνη	1	the Gentiles	The term **nations** refers to people groups that are not Jewish. Alternate translation: “the Gentiles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
ACT	4	25	w622	figs-explicit	κενά	1	useless things	The phrase **useless things** implicitly describes plans to oppose God, which can never succeed. Alternate translation: “ways to oppose God, which always prove useless” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ACT	4	26	fb5a	figs-quotesinquotes	παρέστησαν οἱ βασιλεῖς τῆς γῆς καὶ οἱ ἄρχοντες συνήχθησαν ἐπὶ τὸ αὐτὸ κατὰ τοῦ Κυρίου, καὶ κατὰ τοῦ Χριστοῦ αὐτοῦ	1	The kings of the earth took their stand and the rulers were gathered to the same against the Lord and against his Christ	This is the rest of the quotation from Psalm 2 that the believers started in [4:25](../04/25.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “David said that the kings of the earth had taken their stand and the rulers had gathered to the same against the Lord and against his Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
ACT	4	26	w2by	figs-parallelism	παρέστησαν οἱ βασιλεῖς τῆς γῆς καὶ οἱ ἄρχοντες συνήχθησαν ἐπὶ τὸ αὐτὸ	1	The kings of the earth took their stand and the rulers were gathered to the same	In keeping with the conventions of Hebrew poetry, these two phrases mean basically the same thing. If the repetition might be confusing for your readers, you could connect the phrases with a word other than **and** in order to show that the second phrase is repeating the first one, not saying something additional. Alternate translation: “The kings of the earth took their stand, yes, the rulers were gathered to the same” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
ACT	4	26	w64b	figs-idiom	παρέστησαν οἱ βασιλεῖς τῆς γῆς	1	The kings of the earth took their stand	The expression **took their stand** describes an army lining up for battle. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “The kings of the earth lined up their troops for battle” or “The kings of the earth formed their battle lines” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
ACT	4	26	a299	figs-activepassive	οἱ ἄρχοντες συνήχθησαν	1	the rulers were gathered	If it would be helpful in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “the rulers gathered” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ACT	4	26	a300		ἐπὶ τὸ αὐτὸ	1	to the same	See the discussion of this phrase in Part 3 of the Introduction to Acts. Here it could mean “by agreement” or “in the same place.” You could use either phrase as an alternate translation.
ACT	4	26	yv19	figs-explicit	τοῦ Κυρίου&τοῦ Χριστοῦ αὐτοῦ	1	the Lord … his Christ	Here the word **Lord** refers to God and the word **Christ** refers to the Messiah. Alternate translation: “God the Lord … his Messiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ACT	4	27	a301	translate-names	Ἡρῴδης	1	Herod	**Herod** is the name of a man. He was the official whom the Romans appointed to rule Galilee during the time of Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
ACT	4	27	a302	translate-names	Πόντιος Πειλᾶτος	1	Pontius Pilate	This is the full name of the man who was the governor of Judea during the time of Jesus. See how you translated the name **Pilate** in [3:13](../03/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
ACT	4	27	b1g9	figs-activepassive	συνήχθησαν	1	were gathered together	If it would be helpful in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “gathered together” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ACT	4	27	nuc1	figs-explicit	ἐν τῇ πόλει ταύτῃ	1	in this city	The phrase **this city** refers to Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “here in Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ACT	4	27	ca33		παῖδά	1	Servant	Here the word **Servant** is a title for the Messiah. See the discussion of that term in the General Notes to Chapter 3, and see how you translated it in [3:13](../03/13.md) and [3:26](../03/26.md). Alternate translation: “Messiah”
ACT	4	27	a303	figs-metaphor	ὃν ἔχρισας	1	whom you anointed	In the Old Testament, ceremonial oil was poured on a person who was being given the authority to assume an office or to do a special task. The believers are speaking of anointing to indicate that God appointed Jesus to be the Messiah. Alternate translation: “whom you appointed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ACT	4	28	yz7m	figs-metonymy	ὅσα ἡ χείρ σου, καὶ ἡ βουλὴ σου προώρισεν γενέσθαι	1	all that your hand and your counsel had predetermined to happen	Here, **hand** means God’s power and **counsel** means God’s plan. Alternate translation: “all that your power and your plan had predetermined to happen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ACT	4	28	a304	figs-hendiadys	ὅσα ἡ χείρ σου, καὶ ἡ βουλὴ σου προώρισεν γενέσθαι	1	all that your hand and your counsel had predetermined to happen	The words **hand** and **counsel**, joined by **and**, are expressing a single idea. The word **hand**, meaning “power,” tells by what means God intended to carry out his **counsel**, that is, his plan. Alternate translation: “all that you planned in advance to make happen by your power” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
ACT	4	28	a305	figs-personification	ὅσα ἡ χείρ σου, καὶ ἡ βουλὴ σου προώρισεν γενέσθαι	1	all that your hand and your counsel had predetermined to happen	The believers are speaking of God’s **hand** and his **counsel** (that is, his power and his plan) as if they had **predetermined** what would happen to Jesus. They mean that God himself had done this. Alternate translation: “all that you planned in advance to make happen by your power” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
ACT	4	29	b38z		καὶ τὰ νῦν	1	And now	The believers use the expression **And now** to direct God’s attention to the request they are making in light of what they have said to this point in their prayer. In your translation, use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for this same purpose.
ACT	4	29	t5qm	figs-idiom	ἔπιδε ἐπὶ τὰς ἀπειλὰς αὐτῶν	1	look upon their threats	The phrase **look upon** is an idiomatic way of asking God to pay attention to the threats that the Jewish leaders have made against the believers. Alternate translation: “pay attention to the threats they have made” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
ACT	4	29	a306	figs-123person	τοῖς δούλοις σου	1	to your servants	The believers are speaking of themselves in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you can use the first person in your translation. Alternate translation: “to us, your servants” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
ACT	4	29	zh7j	figs-metonymy	τὸν λόγον σου	1	your word	The believers are using the term **word** to mean the message about Jesus that God has told them to share by using words. Alternate translation: “the message about Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ACT	4	29	a307	figs-abstractnouns	μετὰ παρρησίας πάσης	1	with all boldness	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **boldness**, you could express the same idea with an adverb such as “boldly.” The word **all** is an intensifier. Alternate translation: “very boldly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ACT	4	30	x9r1	figs-metonymy	ἐν τῷ τὴν χεῖρά σου, ἐκτείνειν σε εἰς ἴασιν, καὶ σημεῖα, καὶ τέρατα, γίνεσθαι	1	as you stretch out your hand to heal and for signs and wonders to happen	Here the **hand** represents God’s power. To **stretch out** the hand means to use it. So this is a prayer for God to do powerful things. Alternate translation: “as you do powerful things to heal people and to make signs and wonders happen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ACT	4	30	a308	figs-doublet	σημεῖα, καὶ τέρατα	1	signs and wonders	The terms **signs** and **wonders** mean similar things. Luke is using them together for emphasis. See how you translated the similar expression in [2:43](../02/43.md). Alternate translation: “great miracles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
ACT	4	30	t5uw	figs-metonymy	διὰ τοῦ ὀνόματος	1	through the name	Here, **name** refers to authority. Alternate translation: “by the authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ACT	4	30	txb5		τοῦ ὀνόματος τοῦ ἁγίου παιδός σου, Ἰησοῦ	1	the name of your holy Servant Jesus	Here the word **Servant** is a title for the Messiah. See the discussion of that term in the General Notes to Chapter 3, and see how you translated it in [3:13](../03/13.md), [3:26](../03/26.md), and [4:27](../04/27.md). Alternate translation: “the name of Jesus, your holy Messiah”
ACT	4	31	a309	writing-endofstory	καὶ	1	And	This verse is the end of the whole story of how the lame man was healed and how Peter and John were arrested as a result. Luke uses the word translated **And** to introduce information about what happened after the story as a result of the events within the story itself. Your language may have its own way of indicating how such information relates to a story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-endofstory]])
ACT	4	31	a310	figs-activepassive	ἐν ᾧ ἦσαν συνηγμένοι	1	in which they were gathered together	If it would be helpful in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “where they had gathered together” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ACT	4	31	x9b3	figs-activepassive	ἐσαλεύθη	1	was shaken	If it would be helpful in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “shook” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ACT	4	31	ps3m	figs-activepassive	ἐπλήσθησαν ἅπαντες τοῦ Ἁγίου Πνεύματος	1	they were all filled with the Holy Spirit	If it would be helpful in your language, you could say this with an active form. See how you translated the same expression in [2:4](../02/04.md). Alternate translation: “the Holy Spirit filled them all” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ACT	4	31	a311	figs-metaphor	ἐπλήσθησαν ἅπαντες τοῦ Ἁγίου Πνεύματος	1	they were all filled with the Holy Spirit	Luke is speaking as if the believers were containers that the Holy Spirit **filled**. Alternate translation: “the Holy Spirit inspired them all” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ACT	4	31	a312	figs-metonymy	τὸν λόγον τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	the word of God	Luke is using the term **word** to mean the message that God wanted the believers to share by using words. Alternate translation: “the message from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ACT	4	31	a313	figs-abstractnouns	μετὰ παρρησίας	1	with boldness	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **boldness**, you could express the same idea with an adverb such as “boldly.” Alternate translation: “boldly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ACT	4	32	a314	grammar-connect-time-background	δὲ	1	Now	Luke uses the word **Now** to introduce background information in [4:32–37](../04/32.md) that will help readers understand further episodes in the story. These verses introduce Barnabas, who will be an important character in the book, and they also help account for what happens to Ananias and Sapphira in the next chapter. You can translate the word **Now** with a term or phrase that serves the same purpose in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]])
ACT	4	32	xu3j	figs-metonymy	ἦν καρδία καὶ ψυχὴ μία	1	was one in heart and soul	Here the word **heart** seems to represent the emotions and the word **soul** seems to represent the desires. Alternate translation: “thought the same way and desired the same things” or see the next note for a further possibility. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ACT	4	32	a315	figs-doublet	ἦν καρδία καὶ ψυχὴ μία	1	was one in heart and soul	The terms **heart** and **soul** mean similar things, and Luke may be using them together for emphasis. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could combine the terms in your translation. Alternate translation: “was genuinely united” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
ACT	4	32	a316		τῶν ὑπαρχόντων αὐτῷ	1	of the things that were to him	Alternate translation: “of the things that he owned”
ACT	4	32	zyp5	figs-hyperbole	ἦν αὐτοῖς πάντα κοινά	1	everything was common to them	The word **everything** may be a generalization that emphasizes the powerful spirit of generosity among the believers. See how you translated the similar expression in [2:44](../02/44.md). Alternate translation: “they shared their belongings with one another” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
ACT	4	33	a317	figs-abstractnouns	τῆς ἀναστάσεως τοῦ Κυρίου Ἰησοῦ	1	of the resurrection of the Lord Jesus	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **resurrection**, you could express the same idea with an adjective such as “alive.” Alternate translation: “of how God made the Lord Jesus alive again after he died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ACT	4	33	a318	writing-pronouns	χάρις τε μεγάλη ἦν ἐπὶ πάντας αὐτούς	1	great grace was upon them all	The pronoun **them** refers back to “the multitude of those who believed” in [4:32](../04/32.md). It does not refer just to the **apostles**, who are mentioned in this verse. Alternate translation: “great grace was upon all of the believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
ACT	4	33	d8dr	figs-abstractnouns	χάρις τε μεγάλη ἦν ἐπὶ πάντας αὐτούς	1	great grace was upon them all	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **grace**, you could express the same idea with an equivalent expression. The word could describe: (1) how God was blessing the believers. Alternate translation: “God was blessing all of the believers in wonderful ways” (2) how the people in Jerusalem held the believers in high esteem. Alternate translation: “the people of Jerusalem thought very highly of all the believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ACT	4	34	a331	translate-versebridge	οὐδὲ γὰρ ἐνδεής τις ἦν ἐν αὐτοῖς	1	For there was not anyone needy among them	This statement expresses the result of the rest of what Luke says in this verse and what he says in the next verse. If it would be helpful in your language to put this result after the reasons for it, you could create a verse bridge by moving this statement to the end of the next verse and beginning it with the word “So” instead of **For**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-versebridge]])
ACT	4	34	a319	grammar-connect-logic-result	γὰρ	1	For	Luke uses the word **For** in its first instance in this verse to introduce the evidence or reason for his statement at the end of the previous verse that “great grace was upon them all.” The meaning here depends on the meaning there. Alternate translation: (1) “The way God was blessing the believers could be seen in the fact that” or (2) “One thing that made the people think very highly of the believers was that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
ACT	4	34	a320	grammar-connect-logic-result	γὰρ	2	for	Luke uses the word **for** in its second instance in this verse to introduce the reason why no one in the community of believers was needy. Alternate translation: “and the reason for this was that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
ACT	4	34	gw3v	figs-hyperbole	ὅσοι γὰρ κτήτορες χωρίων ἢ οἰκιῶν ὑπῆρχον	1	all who were owners of lands or houses	The phrase **as many as** is a generalization for emphasis. Alternate translation: “many believers who owned lands or houses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
ACT	4	34	l938	figs-activepassive	τὰς τιμὰς τῶν πιπρασκομένων	1	the price of the things being sold	If it would be helpful in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “the money that they received from the things they sold” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ACT	4	35	a321	translate-symaction	ἐτίθουν παρὰ τοὺς πόδας τῶν ἀποστόλων	1	they were laying it at the feet of the apostles	The expression **laying it at the feet** indicates that believers who sold possessions were putting the money they received onto the ground in front of the apostles. In this culture, that was a symbolic way of presenting it to them as a gift to be used to help others in the community. If there is a comparable symbolic action in your culture, you could use that in your translation. You could also use a general expression. Alternate translation: “they were presenting it to the apostles” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction)
ACT	4	35	vv4z	translate-symaction	ἐτίθουν παρὰ τοὺς πόδας τῶν ἀποστόλων	1	they were laying it at the feet of the apostles	In this culture, putting the money on the ground in front of the apostles was a symbolic way of presenting it to them as a gift to be used to help others in the community. If there is a comparable symbolic action in your culture, you could use that in your translation. You could also use a general expression. Alternate translation: “they were presenting it to the apostles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
ACT	4	35	a322	figs-activepassive	διεδίδετο	1	it was being distributed	If it would be helpful in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “the apostles were distributing it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ACT	4	35	ps4s	figs-abstractnouns	ἑκάστῳ, καθότι ἄν τις χρείαν εἶχεν	1	to each one, according as anyone had need	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **need**, you could express the same idea with a verb such as “need.” Alternate translation: “to every person in the amount that he needed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ACT	4	36	uc2a	writing-participants	Ἰωσὴφ δὲ	1	Then Joseph	Luke uses this phrase to introduce a new character into the story. If your language has its own way of doing that, you can use it here in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
ACT	4	36	a323	translate-names	Ἰωσὴφ&Βαρναβᾶς	1	Joseph … Barnabas	**Joseph** and **Barnabas** are two names for the same man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
ACT	4	36	a324	figs-activepassive	ὁ ἐπικληθεὶς Βαρναβᾶς, ἀπὸ τῶν ἀποστόλων	1	who was called Barnabas by the apostles	If it would be helpful in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “whom the apostles called Barnabas” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ACT	4	36	a325	figs-activepassive	ὅ ἐστιν μεθερμηνευόμενον, υἱὸς παρακλήσεως	1	which, being translated, is Son of Encouragement	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning of the passive verbal form **being translated** with an active form. Alternate translation: “which means Son of Encouragement” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ACT	4	36	a326	figs-explicit	ὅ ἐστιν μεθερμηνευόμενον, υἱὸς παρακλήσεως	1	which, being translated, is Son of Encouragement	Luke assumes that his readers will know that he is saying what the name Barnabas means when **translated** from the Aramaic language. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “which means Son of Encouragement in Aramaic” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ACT	4	36	nr4v	figs-idiom	υἱὸς παρακλήσεως	1	Son of Encouragement	The expression **Son of** describes a person who shares the qualities of something. The apostles used this name to describe Joseph’s behavior and character, since he was a person who encouraged others. Alternate translation: “the Encourager” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
ACT	4	36	a327	figs-abstractnouns	υἱὸς παρακλήσεως	1	Son of Encouragement	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **Encouragement**, you could express the same idea with a verb such as “encourage.” Alternate translation: “the One who Encourages” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ACT	4	36	a328	translate-names	Λευείτης	1	a Levite	The name **Levite** describes a person from the tribe of Levi. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
ACT	4	36	a329	translate-names	Κύπριος	1	Cyprus	**Cyprus** is the name of an island. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
ACT	4	37	a330		ὑπάρχοντος αὐτῷ	1	that was to him	See how you translated the similar expression in [4:32](../04/32.md). Alternate translation: “that he owned”
ACT	4	37	gtv5	translate-symaction	ἔθηκεν παρὰ τοὺς πόδας τῶν ἀποστόλων	1	laid it at the feet of the apostles	See how you translated the similar expression in [4:35](../04/35.md). Alternate translation: “presented it to the apostles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
ACT	5	intro	k2uh			0		# Acts 5 General Notes<br><br>## Special Concepts in this Chapter<br><br>### “Why has Satan filled your heart for you to lie to the Holy Spirit?” (5:3)<br><br>No one knows for sure whether Ananias and Sapphira were truly Christians when they decided to lie about the land that they sold (5:1-10), because Luke does not say. However, Peter knew that they lied to the believers, and he knew that they had listened to and obeyed Satan. When they lied to the believers, they also lied to the Holy Spirit. This is because the Holy Spirit lives inside believers.<br><br>## Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter<br><br>### Long sentences<br><br>Acts 5:36 consists of a single long sentence. ULT represents all of it as a single sentence. It may be helpful to your readers to divide it into several sentences, as UST does.<br><br>There is also a long sentence that goes from the beginning of 5:38 to nearly the end of 5:39. In this case as well it may be helpful to your readers to divide it into several sentences, as UST does.
ACT	5	1	v27a	writing-participants	ἀνὴρ δέ τις	1	Now a certain man	Luke uses this phrase to introduce a new character into the story. If your language has its own way of doing that, you can use it here in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
ACT	5	1	ysl9	translate-names	Ἁνανίας	1	Ananias	**Ananias** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
ACT	5	1	a332	writing-participants	σὺν Σαπφείρῃ τῇ γυναικὶ αὐτοῦ	1	with Sapphira his wife	Luke uses this phrase to introduce another new character into the story. If your language has its own way of doing that, you can use it here in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
ACT	5	1	a333	translate-names	Σαπφείρῃ	1	Sapphria	**Sapphira** is the name of a woman. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
ACT	5	2	a334	figs-explicit	ἐνοσφίσατο ἀπὸ τῆς τιμῆς	1	he kept back from the price	The implication, as the story later makes clear, is that Ananias did not tell anyone except his wife that he was keeping some of the money for himself. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly, and you could say why he did this. Alternate translation: “he kept some of the money from the sale for himself, but he did not admit that he was doing that, because he wanted everyone to think he was being completely generous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ACT	5	2	xm1t		συνειδυίης καὶ τῆς γυναικός, καὶ ἐνέγκας μέρος τι&ἔθηκεν	1	his wife also knowing, and bringing a certain portion, he laid	It may be helpful to make two new sentences here, particularly if you add information to the previous phrase as suggested in the preceding note. Alternate translation: “His wife also knew that he was keeping back part of the sale money. He brought a certain portion of the money and laid it”
ACT	5	2	dy8b	figs-idiom	παρὰ τοὺς πόδας τῶν ἀποστόλων ἔθηκεν	1	he laid it at the feet of the apostles	This means that he presented to money to the apostles. See how you translated the same expression in [4:37](../04/37.md). Alternate translation: “he presented it to the apostles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
ACT	5	3	grr9	figs-rquestion	διὰ τί ἐπλήρωσεν ὁ Σατανᾶς τὴν καρδίαν σου, ψεύσασθαί σε τὸ Πνεῦμα τὸ Ἅγιον, καὶ νοσφίσασθαι ἀπὸ τῆς τιμῆς τοῦ χωρίου?	1	why has Satan filled your heart for you to lie to the Holy Spirit and to keep back from the price of the land?	Peter is using the question form to rebuke Ananias. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “you should not have let Satan fill your heart so that you lied to the Holy Spirit and kept back from the price of the land!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
ACT	5	3	pqd4	figs-metaphor	διὰ τί ἐπλήρωσεν ὁ Σατανᾶς τὴν καρδίαν σου	1	why has Satan filled your heart	Peter is speaking of the **heart** of Ananias as if it were a container that Satan had **filled**. Alternate translation: “why have you allowed Satan to influence your heart so strongly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ACT	5	3	a335	figs-metaphor	τὴν καρδίαν σου	1	your heart	Here, the **heart** represents the thoughts and motives. Alternate translation: “your thoughts and motives” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ACT	5	3	a426	figs-events	ψεύσασθαί σε τὸ Πνεῦμα τὸ Ἅγιον, καὶ νοσφίσασθαι ἀπὸ τῆς τιμῆς τοῦ χωρίου	1	for you to lie to the Holy Spirit and to keep back from the price of the land	Ananais first withheld some of the money, then he lied to the Holy Spirit about this by pretending he was giving all of the money. To make this clear in your translation, it may be helpful to describe the events in that order. Alternate translation: “for you to keep back from the price of the land and lie to the Holy Spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-events]])
ACT	5	3	zz5u	figs-metonymy	ψεύσασθαί σε τὸ Πνεῦμα τὸ Ἅγιον	1	for you to lie to the Holy Spirit	Ananias did not lie literally to the Holy Spirit, but he did lie to the apostles and to all of the believers who would have learned about his gift, and the Holy Spirit was present in them. So by lying to them, he was effectively also lying to the Holy Spirit. Alternate translation: “for you to lie to the Holy Spirit, who is present in us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ACT	5	3	a336	figs-explicit	καὶ νοσφίσασθαι ἀπὸ τῆς τιμῆς	1	and to keep back from the price of the land	The implication of what Peter says here is that Ananias claimed or pretended that he was giving the entire amount that he had received from selling his land. Alternate translation: “by pretending that you were giving us the entire amount when you had kept back some for yourself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ACT	5	4	vu7g	figs-rquestion	οὐχὶ μένον σοὶ ἔμενεν, καὶ πραθὲν ἐν τῇ σῇ ἐξουσίᾳ ὑπῆρχεν?	1	While it remained, did it not remain yours, and being sold, was it not in your authority?	Peter continues to use the question form to rebuke Ananias. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement. Alternate translation: “While it remained, it remained yours, and after it was sold, it was still in your authority.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
ACT	5	4	vi8w		ἔμενεν	1	While it remained	Alternate translation: “While it remained unsold” or “Before you sold it”
ACT	5	4	k7nc	figs-activepassive	πραθὲν	1	being sold	If it would be helpful in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “once you had sold it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ACT	5	4	a337	writing-pronouns	ἐν τῇ σῇ ἐξουσίᾳ ὑπῆρχεν	1	was it not in your authority	The pronoun **it** refers to the money that Ananias received from the sale of the land. Alternate translation, as a statement: “you could still do whatever you wanted with the money you received” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
ACT	5	4	a338	writing-pronouns	ἐν τῇ σῇ ἐξουσίᾳ ὑπῆρχεν	1	was it not in your authority	The implications are that Ananias was not obligated to give all of the money to the apostles. He was free to keep some if he wished or if he needed it. He could simply have acknowledged that he was doing that, and giving the rest of the money would still have been a generous act because there was no compulsion. Alternate translation, as a statement: “you could have kept some and acknowledged that and you would have still been making a generous gift” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
ACT	5	4	i5dw	figs-rquestion	τί ὅτι ἔθου ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ σου τὸ πρᾶγμα τοῦτο?	1	How is it that you placed this thing in your heart?	Peter continues to use the question form to rebuke Ananias. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “You should not have placed this thing in your heart!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
ACT	5	4	a339	figs-metaphor	τί ὅτι ἔθου ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ σου τὸ πρᾶγμα τοῦτο?	1	How is it that you placed this thing in your heart?	Here, the **heart** represents the thoughts. Alternate translation, as an exclamation: “You should not have placed this thing in your thoughts!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ACT	5	4	a340	figs-metaphor	τί ὅτι ἔθου ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ σου τὸ πρᾶγμα τοῦτο?	1	How is it that you placed this thing in your heart?	Peter speaks of **this thing**, that is, the plan to keep back some of the money, as if Ananias had **placed** it in his **heart**, meaning his thoughts. Alternate translation, as an exclamation: “You should not even have thought of doing such a thing!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ACT	5	4	a341	figs-metonymy	οὐκ ἐψεύσω ἀνθρώποις, ἀλλὰ τῷ Θεῷ	1	You have not lied to men, but to God	Ananaias actually has **lied to men**, but Peter is speaking of the ultimate implications of his act. As in the previous verse, where Peter says that Ananias has lied to the Holy Spirit, here he means that Ananias has lied to the apostles and other believers, and God is present in them. So by lying to them, he has effectively also lied to God. Alternate translation: “You have not lied merely to men, but also to God, who is present in us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ACT	5	4	a342	figs-gendernotations	ἀνθρώποις	1	to men	Peter is using the term **men** in a generic sense to mean “human beings.” Alternate translation: “to human beings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
ACT	5	5	a343	figs-metonymy	ἀκούων δὲ&τοὺς λόγους τούτους	1	And hearing these words	Luke is using the term **words** to mean what Peter used words to say. Alternate translation: “When he heard what Peter said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ACT	5	5	cc5y	figs-euphemism	πεσὼν ἐξέψυξεν	1	falling down, expired	The word translated **expired** means that Ananias “breathed out for the last time.” It is a mild way of saying that he died. Alternate translation: “fell down and died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
ACT	5	5	a344	figs-events	πεσὼν ἐξέψυξεν	1	falling down, expired	Ananias fell down because he died. He did not die because he fell down. To make this clear in your translation, it may be helpful to say first that he died and then that he fell. Alternate translation: “died and fell to the ground” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-events]])
ACT	5	5	a345	figs-personification	ἐγένετο φόβος μέγας ἐπὶ πάντας τοὺς ἀκούοντας	1	great fear came upon all who heard	Luke describes this **fear** as if it were a living thing that could come onto people. Here the word **fear** describes a deep respect for God. Alternate translation: “everyone who heard about it came to feel a very deep respect for God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
ACT	5	6	a346	figs-idiom	ἀναστάντες δὲ, οἱ νεώτεροι συνέστειλαν αὐτὸν	1	rising up, the young men wrapped him up	Here the expression **rising up** means that the young men took an action that they recognized they needed to take. It does not mean that they stood up from a seated position. Alternate translation: “the young men took action and wrapped him up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
ACT	5	6	a347	figs-explicit	οἱ νεώτεροι	1	the young men	This could refer to: (1) some strong young men who were present who realized that burying Ananias was a task they could help with. Alternate translation: “some strong young men who were present” (2) a group of young men among the believers who regularly helped the apostles with tasks that required physical strength. Alternate translation: “the young men who regularly helped the apostles with physical tasks” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ACT	5	6	a348	translate-unknown	συνέστειλαν αὐτὸν	1	wrapped him up	It was the custom in this culture to wrap linen cloths around the bodies of people who had died, in order to prepare the bodies for burial. If your readers would not be familiar with such a custom, you could describe it more specifically, or you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “wrapped a linen burial cloth around his body” or “prepared his body for burial” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
ACT	5	7	a349	figs-idiom	ἐγένετο δὲ ὡς ὡρῶν τριῶν διάστημα, καὶ	1	And an interval of about three hours happened, and	This is an idiomatic way of speaking about time passing. Your language may have its own way of describing that. Alternate translation: “After about three hours had gone by,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
ACT	5	7	ry54	writing-pronouns	ἡ γυνὴ αὐτοῦ	1	his wife	The pronoun **his** refers to Ananias. Alternate translation: “the wife of Ananias” or “Sapphira” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
ACT	5	7	k3c9	figs-explicit	τὸ γεγονὸς	1	what had happened	If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say explicitly what this means. Alternate translation: “that Peter had exposed their lie and that her husband was dead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ACT	5	8	a350		ἀπεκρίθη&πρὸς αὐτὴν	1	said to her	The word translated **said** means to continue or resume a conversation. Alternate translation: “asked her, based on what her husband had said”
ACT	5	8	a351	figs-youdual	ἀπέδοσθε	1	you sold	Since Peter is speaking of two people, Ananaias and Sapphira, **you** would be dual if your language uses that form. Otherwise, it would be plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]])
ACT	5	8	bcf6	figs-explicit	τοσούτου&ναί, τοσούτου	1	for so much … yes, for so much	This refers to the amount of money that Ananias had given to the apostles. Peter may be naming the amount or, as UST suggests, he may be showing Sapphira the money. Alternate translation: “for this amount of money … yes, for that amount of money” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ACT	5	9	v7sw	figs-rquestion	τί ὅτι συνεφωνήθη ὑμῖν πειράσαι τὸ Πνεῦμα Κυρίου?	1	How is it that it was agreed together by you to test the Spirit of the Lord?	Peter is using the question form to rebuke Sapphira. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “You should not have agreed together to test the Spirit of the Lord!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
ACT	5	9	hc22	figs-activepassive	συνεφωνήθη ὑμῖν	1	it was agreed together by you	If it would be helpful in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “you agreed together” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ACT	5	9	w1lb	figs-you	ὑμῖν&σου&σε	1	by you … your … you	The word **you** in its first instance refers to two people, Ananias and Sapphira, so it would be dual if your language uses that form. Otherwise, it would be plural. The word **your** and the word **you** in its second instance refer only to Sapphira, so those words are singular. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
ACT	5	9	pg1e		πειράσαι τὸ Πνεῦμα Κυρίου	1	to test the Spirit of the Lord	Here the word **test** means to challenge. Ananias and Sapphira were trying to see if they could get away with lying about how much they received for the land they sold. Alternate translation: “to challenge the Spirit of the Lord”
ACT	5	9	a352	figs-metonymy	πειράσαι τὸ Πνεῦμα Κυρίου	1	to test the Spirit of the Lord	Ananias and Sapphira actually tested or challenged the apostles, but Peter is speaking of the ultimate implications of their act, as he does similarly in [5:3](../05/03.md) and [5:4](../05/04.md). Since the Spirit of the Lord was present in the apostles, by challenging them, Ananias and Sapphira effectively lied to the Spirit. Alternate translation: “to test the Spirit of the Lord, who is present in us apostles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ACT	5	9	a353	figs-metaphor	ἰδοὺ, οἱ πόδες	1	Behold, the feet	Peter says **Behold** to get Sapphira to focus her attention on what he is about to say. Your language may have a similar expression that you can use here in your translation. Alternate translation: “And now the feet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ACT	5	9	xj1l	figs-metonymy	οἱ πόδες τῶν θαψάντων τὸν ἄνδρα σου ἐπὶ τῇ θύρᾳ	1	the feet of those who buried your husband are at the door	Peter is referring to the return of the young men who buried Ananaias. Their **feet** represent them by association with the way they are using their feet to walk back. The **door** represents their return by association with the way they will come through the door when they return. Alternate translation: “the young men who buried your husband are just now returning” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ACT	5	9	a354	figs-explicit	οἱ πόδες τῶν θαψάντων τὸν ἄνδρα σου ἐπὶ τῇ θύρᾳ	1	the feet of those who buried your husband are at the door	Peter is telling Sapphira implicitly that her husband died as a judgment from God when Peter confronted him with the lie about the price of the land. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “your husband died as a judgment from God when I confronted him with the lie you both told about the price of the land, and the young men who buried him are just now returning” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ACT	5	9	a355	figs-explicit	καὶ ἐξοίσουσίν σε	1	and they will carry you out	The implications are that Sapphira is also going to die and that the same young men will **carry** her **out** to bury her. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. It may be helpful to make this a separate sentence. Alternate translation: “You are also going to die as a judgment from God, and those same young men are going to carry you out and bury you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ACT	5	10	s7en	figs-euphemism	ἔπεσεν&πρὸς τοὺς πόδας αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἐξέψυξεν	1	she fell down at his feet and expired	The word translated **expired** means that Sapphira “breathed out for the last time.” It is a mild way of saying that she died. Alternate translation: “she fell down at his feet and died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
ACT	5	10	a356	figs-events	ἔπεσεν&πρὸς τοὺς πόδας αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἐξέψυξεν	1	she fell down at his feet and expired	Sapphira fell down because she died. She did not die because she fell down. To make this clear in your translation, it may be helpful to say first that she died and then that she fell. Alternate translation: “she died and fell down at his feet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-events]])
ACT	5	10	nwb9	figs-metonymy	ἔπεσεν&πρὸς τοὺς πόδας αὐτοῦ	1	she fell down at his feet	This means that she fell to the ground in front of Peter. This expression should not be confused with the idea of “falling down at a person’s feet,” that is, bowing down to the ground in front of someone as a sign of humility. Alternate translation: “she collapsed onto the ground in front of him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ACT	5	10	a357	figs-explicit	οἱ νεανίσκοι	1	the young men	See how you translated this expression in [5:6](../05/06.md). However, it may not be necessary to explain again here who these **young men** were in terms of their role in the community. Instead, you could identify them by their role in the story. Alternate translation: “the same young men who had buried Ananias” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ACT	5	11	vym8	writing-endofstory	καὶ	1	And	This verse is the end of the story about Ananias and Sapphira. Luke uses the word translated **And** to introduce information about what happened after the story as a result of the events within the story itself. Your language may have its own way of indicating how such information relates to a story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-endofstory]])
ACT	5	11	a358	figs-personification	ἐγένετο φόβος μέγας ἐφ’ ὅλην τὴν ἐκκλησίαν, καὶ ἐπὶ πάντας τοὺς ἀκούοντας ταῦτα	1	great fear came upon the whole church and upon all those hearing these things	Luke describes this **fear** as if it were a living thing that could come onto people. See how you translated the similar expression in [5:5](../05/05.md). Alternate translation: “the whole church and everyone who heard about these things came to feel a very deep respect for God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
ACT	5	12	c2e7	grammar-connect-time-background	δὲ	1	And	Luke uses the word translated **And** to introduce background information in [5:12–16](../05/12.md) that will help readers understand what happens next in the story. You can translate this word with a word or phrase that serves the same purpose in your language. Alternate translation: “Now” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]])
ACT	5	12	sri8	figs-metonymy	διὰ&τῶν χειρῶν τῶν ἀποστόλων, ἐγίνετο σημεῖα καὶ τέρατα πολλὰ	1	many signs and wonders were happening through the hands of the apostles	Luke is using the **hands** of the apostles to represent their actions. Alternate translation: “the apostles were doing many signs and wonders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ACT	5	12	ux3n	figs-doublet	σημεῖα καὶ τέρατα	1	signs and wonders	The terms **signs** and **wonders** mean similar things. Luke is using them together for emphasis. See how you translated this expression in [4:30](../04/30.md). Alternate translation: “great miracles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
ACT	5	12	aud2	writing-pronouns	ἦσαν&πάντες	1	they were all	The pronoun **they** refers to the whole community of believers. Alternate translation: “the whole community of believers was” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
ACT	5	12	a359		ὁμοθυμαδὸν	1	unanimously	The word **unanimously** indicates that the apostles and other believers shared a common commitment and purpose and that there was no strife among them. See how you translated the same expression in [1:14](../01/14.md). Alternate translation: “meeting together with one accord” or “meeting together harmoniously”
ACT	5	12	k99k	translate-names	τῇ Στοᾷ Σολομῶντος	1	the Porch of Solomon	This was a covered walkway that consisted of rows of pillars that supported a roof. It was named after King Solomon. See how you translated the phrase “the porch that is called Solomon’s” in [3:11](../03/11.md), which is a description of this same walkway. Alternate translation: “Solomon’s Porch” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
ACT	5	13	a360	figs-explicit	τῶν&λοιπῶν, οὐδεὶς	1	none of the others	The expression **the others** refers to people who were not believers in Jesus. Alternate translation: “none of the people who were not believers in Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ACT	5	13	a361	figs-explicit	ἐτόλμα κολλᾶσθαι αὐτοῖς	1	dared to join them	If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say explicitly why no unbelievers **dared to join them**. The reason seems to be that the Jewish leaders had commanded the apostles not to speak or teach about Jesus ([4:18](../04/18.md)), but they were still doing that. Later in this chapter, in [5:28](../05/28.md), the Sanhedrin indicates that it has arrested the apostles for violating that command. Alternate translation: “would meet with them, because the apostles were still preaching about Jesus even though the Jewish leaders had commanded them not to do so” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ACT	5	14	a362	figs-metonymy	προσετίθεντο&τῷ Κυρίῳ	1	were being added to the Lord	Luke says **the Lord** to mean the community of people who believed in the Lord. Alternate translation: “were being added to the church” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ACT	5	14	m9wx	figs-activepassive	προσετίθεντο&τῷ Κυρίῳ	1	were being added to the Lord	If it would be helpful in your language, you could say this with an active form. See how you translated the similar expression in [2:41](../02/41.md). Alternate translation: “were becoming part of the church” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ACT	5	14	oxni	writing-politeness	τῷ Κυρίῳ	1		Luke is referring to Jesus by a respectful title. Use a form for addressing someone respectfully in your language. Alternate translation: “about the Lord Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-politeness]])
ACT	5	15	a364	grammar-connect-logic-result	ὥστε	1	so that	Luke says **so that** to introduce a result, but it is not the direct result of what he said just before, that many men and women became part of the church. It is the result of what he said in [5:12](../05/12.md), that the apostles were doing “many signs and wonders.” All of [5:12–15](../05/12.md) could be understood as a single sentence, and in that case what Luke says here would more clearly follow logically and grammatically from what he says in [5:12](../05/12.md). However, ULT divides the material into several sentences, which is another way in which it can be understood. UST models a way to show how what Luke says here introduces a result of what he said in [5:12](../05/12.md) about the “signs and wonders” that the apostles were doing. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
ACT	5	15	l9bs	writing-pronouns	ἐκφέρειν	1	they … carried	The pronoun **they** refers to the people who lived in Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “people who lived in Jerusalem … carried” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
ACT	5	15	a365	figs-nominaladj	τοὺς ἀσθενεῖς	1	the sick	Luke is using the adjective **sick** as a noun in order to indicate a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “people who were sick” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
ACT	5	15	a366	figs-doublet	κλιναρίων καὶ κραβάττων	1	cots and mats	The words **cots** and **mats** mean similar things. Luke could be using them together for emphasis, although he could also be describing two different ways that people managed to make their sick relatives and friends reasonably comfortable as they waited in the streets for Peter to walk by. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could combine these terms in your translation. Alternate translation: “improvised beds” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
ACT	5	15	y2ev	figs-explicit	ἡ σκιὰ ἐπισκιάσῃ τινὶ αὐτῶν	1	his shadow might overshadow any one of them	The implication is that God was healing sick people whom Peter’s shadow touched. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “his shadow might overshadow any one of them and God would heal that person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ACT	5	15	a367		ἡ σκιὰ ἐπισκιάσῃ τινὶ αὐτῶν	1	his shadow might overshadow	Luke is using a construction in which the subject and verb come from the same root. You may be able to use the same construction in your language to express the meaning here. Alternatively, your language may have its own way of describing this. Alternate translation: “his shadow might fall on”
ACT	5	16	a368	figs-nominaladj	ἀσθενεῖς	1	the sick	See how you translated the expression **the sick** in [5:15](../05/15.md). Alternate translation: “people who were sick” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
ACT	5	16	fu1a	figs-activepassive	ὀχλουμένους ὑπὸ πνευμάτων ἀκαθάρτων	1	those afflicted by unclean spirits	If it would be helpful in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “those whom unclean spirits were afflicting” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ACT	5	16	lyc7	figs-activepassive	οἵτινες ἐθεραπεύοντο ἅπαντες	1	who were all healed	If it would be helpful in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “and the apostles healed them all” or “and God used the apostles to heal them all” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ACT	5	16	a369	figs-hyperbole	οἵτινες ἐθεραπεύοντο ἅπαντες	1	who were all healed	It does not appear that **all** is a generalization for emphasis in this case. So it would not be accurate to treat **all** as figurative and say something like “and large numbers of them were healed.” Luke is describing what remarkable things God did through the apostles at this time, and he does seem to mean that every sick person whom the people brought to Jerusalem was healed. So it would be appropriate to say in your translation just what ULT says here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
ACT	5	17	x2ed	grammar-connect-logic-contrast	δὲ	1	But	Luke uses the word **But** to introduce a strong contrast into the story. Your language may have its own way of introducing a contrasting narrative. You could also refer back to the previous action in order to highlight the contrast. Alternate translation: “But even though the apostles were doing so much good,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
ACT	5	17	f9ye	figs-events	ἀναστὰς&ὁ ἀρχιερεὺς καὶ πάντες οἱ σὺν αὐτῷ, ἡ οὖσα αἵρεσις τῶν Σαδδουκαίων, ἐπλήσθησαν ζήλου,	1	rising up, the high priest and all those with him (which is the sect of the Sadducees) were filled with jealousy	The high priest and these Sadducees were first **filled with jealousy** and then they rose up (took action) against the apostles. To make this clear in your translation, it may be helpful to describe the events in that order. Alternate translation: “the high priest and all those with him (which is the sect of the Sadducees) were filled with jealousy and they rose up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-events]])
ACT	5	17	pc45	figs-activepassive	ἀναστὰς&ὁ ἀρχιερεὺς καὶ πάντες οἱ σὺν αὐτῷ, ἡ οὖσα αἵρεσις τῶν Σαδδουκαίων, ἐπλήσθησαν ζήλου,	1	rising up, the high priest and all those with him (which is the sect of the Sadducees) were filled with jealousy	If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an active verbal form instead of the passive form **were filled**. Alternate translation: “jealousy filled the high priest and all those with him (which is the sect of the Sadducees) and they rose up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ACT	5	17	a370	figs-idiom	ἀναστὰς	1	rising up	Here the expression **rising up** means that the high priest decided to take action, not that he stood up from a seated position. Alternate translation: “taking action” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
ACT	5	17	a371	figs-explicit	πάντες οἱ σὺν αὐτῷ, ἡ οὖσα αἵρεσις τῶν Σαδδουκαίων	1	all those with him (which is the sect of the Sadducees)	The phrase **all those with him** means specifically all the other priests who joined the high priest in taking action against the apostles. Luke observes here that those other priests were from the group known as the **Sadducees**. As a note to [4:1](../04/01.md) explains, they opposed the apostles’ teaching because they did not believe in the resurrection. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “and all of the priests from the group known as the Sadducees who wanted to oppose the apostles’ teaching because they did not believe in the resurrection” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ACT	5	17	a372	figs-abstractnouns	ἐπλήσθησαν ζήλου	1	were filled with jealousy	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **jealousy**, you could express the same idea with an adjective such as “jealous.” Alternate translation: “became very jealous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ACT	5	17	a373	figs-metaphor	ἐπλήσθησαν ζήλου	1	were filled with jealousy	Luke is speaking as if the high priest and his allies were containers that jealousy **filled**. Alternate translation: “became very jealous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ACT	5	18	j58p	figs-metonymy	ἐπέβαλον τὰς χεῖρας ἐπὶ τοὺς ἀποστόλους	1	they laid hands on the apostles	The expression **laid hands on** means to arrest someone by association with the way that arresting officers might physically take hold of a person with their **hands**. Alternate translation: “they arrested the apostles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ACT	5	18	a374	figs-synecdoche	ἐπέβαλον τὰς χεῖρας ἐπὶ τοὺς ἀποστόλους	1	they laid hands on the apostles	The high priest and his allies did not arrest the apostles personally. They would have ordered the temple guards to arrest them. But Luke speaks as if the high priest and his allies did this action because they had a significant part in it by ordering it. Alternate translation: “they had the temple guards arrest the apostles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
ACT	5	19	wd37	writing-pronouns	ἐξαγαγών&αὐτοὺς	1	bringing them out	The pronoun **them** refers to the apostles. Alternate translation: “bringing the apostles out” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
ACT	5	20	qm16	figs-metonymy	ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ	1	in the temple	Only priests were allowed inside the temple building, so when the angel says **the temple** here, he means the courtyard associated with the temple. Alternate translation: “in the temple courtyard” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ACT	5	20	z1x3	figs-metonymy	πάντα τὰ ῥήματα τῆς ζωῆς ταύτης	1	all the words of this life	The angel is using the term **words** to mean the message that the apostles were to share by using words. Alternate translation: “the entire message about this life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ACT	5	20	a375		τῆς ζωῆς ταύτης	1	of this life	Alternate translation: “about the everlasting life that God gives through Jesus” or “about the new way of living that people can have as followers of Jesus”
ACT	5	21	a376	figs-idiom	ἀκούσαντες	1	having heard this	Luke may be using the word “hear” in an idiomatic sense to mean “obey.” Alternate translation: “in obedience to this command from the angel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
ACT	5	21	df1u	figs-metonymy	εἰς τὸ ἱερὸν	1	into the temple	Only priests were allowed inside the temple building, so when Luke says **the temple** here, he means the courtyard associated with the temple. Alternate translation: “into the temple courtyard” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ACT	5	21	l7uf	figs-explicit	ὑπὸ τὸν ὄρθρον	1	about daybreak	The implication is that although the angel led the apostles out of the jail during the night, the sun was rising by the time they reached the temple courtyard. Alternate translation: “as it was beginning to get light” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ACT	5	21	a377	grammar-connect-time-simultaneous	δὲ	1	And	Luke is using the word translated **And** to introduce other events that took place around the same time as the events he has just described. Alternate translation: “Meanwhile,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-simultaneous]])
ACT	5	21	a378	figs-explicit	παραγενόμενος	1	having arrived	This does not mean that the high priest and his allies **arrived** in the temple courtyard where the apostles were. Rather, it means that they went into the chamber where the Sanhedrin met so that they could summon the rest of its members to join them there. Alternate translation: “having arrived in the council chamber” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ACT	5	21	a379	figs-explicit	τὸ Συνέδριον καὶ πᾶσαν τὴν Γερουσίαν τῶν υἱῶν Ἰσραήλ	1	the Sanhedrin, even all the elders of the sons of Israel	The phrase **even all the elders of the sons of Israel** clarifies the name **Sanhedrin** by describing it membership. Luke is using the word **elders** here in a general sense to mean “leaders.” He is not making a distinction between “elders” and “rulers” as he does in [4:5](../04/05.md). Alternate translation: “the Sanhedrin, which was composed of the leaders of the sons of Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ACT	5	21	a380	figs-metaphor	τῶν υἱῶν Ἰσραήλ	1	the sons of Israel	Here, **sons** means “descendants.” Luke is identifying the Israelites as descendants of their ancestor Jacob, who was also known as Israel. Alternate translation: “the people of Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ACT	5	21	li6a	figs-ellipsis	ἀπέστειλαν εἰς τὸ δεσμωτήριον	1	sent to the prison	Luke is leaving out a word that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. He means that the high priest and his allies sent someone to the prison to get the apostles. Alternate translation: “sent someone to the prison” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
ACT	5	23	a381	figs-activepassive	τὸ δεσμωτήριον εὕρομεν κεκλεισμένον ἐν πάσῃ ἀσφαλείᾳ, καὶ τοὺς φύλακας	1	We found the prison shut in all security and the guards	If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an active verbal form in place of the passive form **shut**, and you can say who did the action. Alternate translation: “We found that the guards had shut the prison in all security and we found the guards” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ACT	5	23	a382	figs-abstractnouns	ἐν πάσῃ ἀσφαλείᾳ	1	in all security	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **security**, you could express the same idea with an adverb such as “securely.” The word **all** is an intensifier. Alternate translation: “very securely” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ACT	5	23	a383	figs-explicit	ἀνοίξαντες	1	having opened	Your language may require you to specify the object of **opened**. Alternate translation: “once we opened the doors” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ACT	5	23	ld7d	figs-hyperbole	ἔσω οὐδένα εὕρομεν	1	we found no one inside	By **no one**, the officers mean that they found none of the men they had been sent to bring, that is, none of the apostles. It is possible that other people were also being held in the prison, but the angel would not have released them, and they would still have been inside. Alternate translation: “we did not find any of the apostles inside” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
ACT	5	24	k5g6	figs-metonymy	τοὺς λόγους τούτους	1	these words	Luke is using the term **words** to mean the report that the officers gave. Alternate translation: “this report” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ACT	5	24	baw2	writing-pronouns	περὶ αὐτῶν	1	concerning them	The pronoun **them** does not refer to the apostles but to the **words** that the officers spoke in giving their report. Alternate translation: “about the things the officers had told them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
ACT	5	24	p78m	figs-idiom	τί ἂν γένοιτο τοῦτο	1	as to what this might become	The expression **what this might become** refers to a possible result. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “wondering what would happen as a result” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
ACT	5	25	a384	figs-metaphor	ἰδοὺ, οἱ ἄνδρες	1	Behold, the men	This person says **Behold** to get the council members to focus their attention on what he is about to say. Your language may have a similar expression that you can use here in your translation. Alternate translation: “Right now the men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ACT	5	25	a8dz	figs-you	ἔθεσθε	1	you put	Here the word **you** refers to the captain of the temple and the chief priests and so it is plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
ACT	5	25	c1am	figs-explicit	ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ, ἑστῶτες	1	standing in the temple	Only priests were allowed inside the temple building, so when the messenger says **the temple** here, he means the courtyard associated with the temple. Alternate translation: “standing in the temple courtyard” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ACT	5	26	e24h	writing-pronouns	τότε ἀπελθὼν, ὁ στρατηγὸς σὺν τοῖς ὑπηρέταις ἦγεν αὐτούς, οὐ μετὰ βίας, ἐφοβοῦντο γὰρ τὸν λαόν, μὴ λιθασθῶσιν	1	Then the captain, going with the officers, brought them back, not with violence, for they feared the people, lest they stone them	The first instance of the pronoun **them** refers to the apostles, but the second instance of the pronoun **them** refers to the captain and the officers. The captain and officers were not afraid that the people would stone the apostles. They were afraid that they would be stoned themselves if they used violence against the apostles. You could reword this to make the referents clear. It may be helpful to make this two sentences. Alternate translation: “Then the captain went with the officers and brought the apostles back. But the captain and officers did not use any violence, because they were afraid that the people would stone them if they did” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
ACT	5	27	iq7w	writing-pronouns	ἀγαγόντες δὲ αὐτοὺς	1	And having brought them	The pronoun **them** refers to the apostles in all three instances in this verse. It may be helpful to specify this here in the first instance. Alternate translation: “Once they had brought the apostles back” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
ACT	5	28	a385		παραγγελίᾳ παρηγγείλαμεν ὑμῖν	1	We commanded you with a command	For emphasis, the high priest is using a construction in which a verb and its object come from the same root. If your language uses the same construction for emphasis, it would be appropriate to use it here in your translation. Other languages may have other ways of conveying this emphasis. Alternate translation: “we commanded you very strictly”
ACT	5	28	f7pz	figs-you	ὑμῖν&πεπληρώκατε&ὑμῶν&βούλεσθε	1	you … you have filled … your … you desire	In this verse the words **you** and **your** refer to the apostles, and so those words are plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
ACT	5	28	g2hi	figs-metonymy	ἐπὶ τῷ ὀνόματι τούτῳ	1	in this name	The high priest is using the term **name** to mean the person of Jesus. See how you translated the similar expression in [4:17](../04/17.md). Alternate translation: “about this person Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ACT	5	28	a386	figs-metaphor	ἰδοὺ, πεπληρώκατε	1	behold, you have filled	The high priest says **behold** to get the apostles to focus their attention on what he is about to say. Your language may have a similar expression that you can use here in your translation. Alternate translation: “nevertheless you have filled” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ACT	5	28	j4kr	figs-metaphor	πεπληρώκατε τὴν Ἰερουσαλὴμ τῆς διδαχῆς ὑμῶν	1	you have filled Jerusalem with your teaching	The high priest is speaking of the city of **Jerusalem** as if it were a container that the apostles had **filled** with their teaching. Alternate translation: “you have taught people who live in every part of Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ACT	5	28	a387	figs-metaphor	βούλεσθε ἐπαγαγεῖν ἐφ’ ἡμᾶς	1	you desire to bring upon us	The high priest is speaking as if the apostles wanted to put the blood of Jesus on him and his fellow Jewish leaders. Alternate translation: “you want to make us responsible for” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ACT	5	28	a388	figs-exclusive	ἡμᾶς	1	us	By **us**, the high priest means himself and his fellow Jewish leaders, but not the apostles to whom he is speaking, so use the exclusive form of that word in your translation if your language marks that distinction. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
ACT	5	28	ym1k	figs-metonymy	τὸ αἷμα	1	the blood	The high priest is using the term **blood** to mean death by association with the way Jesus’ blood was shed when he died. Alternate translation: “the death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ACT	5	28	a389	figs-explicit	τοῦ ἀνθρώπου τούτου	1	this man	The phrase **this man** refers to Jesus. Alternate translation: “this man Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ACT	5	29	a390	figs-hendiadys	ἀποκριθεὶς&Πέτρος καὶ οἱ ἀπόστολοι εἶπαν	1	answering, Peter and the apostles said	Together the words **answering** and **said** mean that Peter and the other apostles responded to the high priest. Alternate translation: “Peter and the apostles responded” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
ACT	5	29	di9u	figs-explicit	Πέτρος καὶ οἱ ἀπόστολοι εἶπαν	1	Peter and the apostles said	Luke seems to mean implicitly that Peter said what follows on behalf of all of the apostles. Alternate translation: “Peter said on behalf of all of the apostles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ACT	5	29	a391	figs-gendernotations	ἀνθρώποις	1	men	Peter is using the term **men** in a generic sense to mean “human beings.” Alternate translation: “human beings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
ACT	5	30	a392	figs-metaphor	τῶν πατέρων ἡμῶν	1	of our fathers	Peter is using the term **fathers** to mean “ancestors.” Alternate translation: “of our ancestors” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ACT	5	30	kwsc	figs-gendernotations	τῶν πατέρων ἡμῶν	1		Although the term **fathers** is masculine, Peter is using the word in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If you retain the metaphor in your translation, you could say “of our fathers and mothers” to indicate this. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
ACT	5	30	r7av	figs-idiom	ἤγειρεν Ἰησοῦν	1	raised up Jesus	As in [2:24](../02/24.md), the idiom **raised up** means that God made Jesus alive again after he died. Alternate translation: “brought Jesus back to life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
ACT	5	30	a393	figs-you	ὃν ὑμεῖς διεχειρίσασθε	1	whom you killed	The word **you** is plural. Even though Peter is responding to the high priest, who has been interrogating the apostles, Peter is referring here to the entire council. If your language does not use separate forms for singular and plural “you,” you could indicate that in some other way. Alternate translation: “whom you Sanhedrin members killed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
ACT	5	30	a394	figs-synecdoche	ὃν ὑμεῖς διεχειρίσασθε	1	whom you killed	It was the Romans who literally killed Jesus, but Peter says that the Sanhedrin members killed him because their demands led to his death. Alternate translation: “whom you demanded to be killed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
ACT	5	30	pu5j	figs-metonymy	κρεμάσαντες ἐπὶ ξύλου	1	having hung him on a tree	The word translated as **tree** can mean either an actual tree or something made of wood. Peter is using the word to refer to the cross, which was made out of wood. Alternate translation: “having hung him on a wooden cross” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ACT	5	30	a395	figs-explicit	κρεμάσαντες ἐπὶ ξύλου	1	having hung him on a tree	In some languages the word **hung** would suggest a different method of execution. For clarity, you could use a different word that might indicate the actual meaning better. Alternate translation: “having suspended him from a wooden cross” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ACT	5	31	a396	figs-nominaladj	τοῦτον	1	this one	Peter is using the demonstrative adjective **this** as a noun to refer to a specific person, Jesus. (ULT shows that by adding **one**.) Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could specify whom Peter means. Alternate translation: “Jesus” or “this Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
ACT	5	31	a397	figs-nominaladj	τῇ δεξιᾷ αὐτοῦ	1	to his right	Peter is using the adjective **right** as a noun in order to indicate the right side. See how you translated the similar expression in [2:25](../02/25.md). Alternate translation: “to his right side” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
ACT	5	31	uh2d	translate-symaction	τῇ δεξιᾷ αὐτοῦ	1	to his right	God placing Jesus at his **right** side was a symbolic way of giving him great honor. Alternate translation: “to a place of great honor next to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
ACT	5	31	mr1d	figs-abstractnouns	τοῦ δοῦναι μετάνοιαν τῷ Ἰσραὴλ καὶ ἄφεσιν ἁμαρτιῶν	1	to give repentance and forgiveness of sins to Israel	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the ideas behind the words **repentance** and **forgiveness**, you could express the same ideas with verbs. Alternate translation: “to give the people of Israel an opportunity to repent and have God forgive their sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ACT	5	31	q1il	figs-personification	Ἰσραὴλ	1	Israel	Peter is referring to all of the people of Israel as if they were a single person, their ancestor, **Israel**. Alternate translation: “the people of Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
ACT	5	32	a398	figs-exclusive	ἡμεῖς	1	we	Peter is addressing the Sanhedrin, but he is using the word **we** to refer only to himself and the other apostles. So if your language distinguishes between exclusive and inclusive “us,” it would be accurate to use the exclusive form here. Other languages may have other ways of indicating that **we** is exclusive here. Alternate translation: “we apostles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
ACT	5	32	a399	figs-ellipsis	καὶ τὸ Πνεῦμα τὸ Ἅγιον, ὃ ἔδωκεν ὁ Θεὸς τοῖς πειθαρχοῦσιν αὐτῷ	1	and the Holy Spirit, whom God has given to those obeying him	Peter is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages in order to be complete. Alternate translation: “and the Holy Spirit, whom God has given to those obeying him, is also a witness of these things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
ACT	5	32	yml6	figs-explicit	ὃ ἔδωκεν ὁ Θεὸς τοῖς πειθαρχοῦσιν αὐτῷ	1	whom God has given to those obeying him	Here at the end of his response to the high priest, Peter is echoing what he said at the beginning: “It is necessary to obey God rather than men.” He is defining himself and his fellow apostles as people who are committed to obeying God and to testifying about Jesus even if the authorities forbid them to do that. Peter is saying that God has given the apostles the Holy Spirit to empower them to give that testimony in obedience to him. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “whom God has given us to empower us to obey him by testifying about Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ACT	5	33	abx6	writing-pronouns	οἱ&ἀκούσαντες διεπρίοντο, καὶ ἐβούλοντο ἀνελεῖν αὐτούς	1	having heard this, they were furious and wanted to kill them	The pronoun **they** refers to the council members and the pronoun **them** refers to the apostles. Alternate translation: “the council members were furious when they heard this, and they wanted to kill the apostles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
ACT	5	34	i2rr	writing-participants	τις&Φαρισαῖος ὀνόματι Γαμαλιήλ	1	a certain Pharisee, Gamaliel by name	Luke uses this phrase to introduce a new character into the story. If your language has its own way of doing that, you can use it here in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
ACT	5	34	a400	translate-names	Φαρισαῖος	1	Pharisee	The name **Pharisee** describes a member of a group of Jewish priests. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
ACT	5	34	a401	translate-names	Γαμαλιήλ	1	Gamaliel	**Gamaliel** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
ACT	5	34	a402	writing-background	νομοδιδάσκαλος τίμιος παντὶ τῷ λαῷ	1	a law teacher, honored by all the people	Luke provides this background information about Gamaliel to help readers understand what happens next in the story, when the council members follow Gamaliel’s advice to be patient rather than acting immediately against the apostles. In your translation, present this information in a way that would be natural in your own language and culture. It may be helpful to do that in a separate sentence, as UST does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
ACT	5	34	fpr4	figs-activepassive	τίμιος παντὶ τῷ λαῷ	1	honored by all the people	If it would be helpful in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “whom all the people honored” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ACT	5	34	a403	figs-hyperbole	τίμιος παντὶ τῷ λαῷ	1	honored by all the people	The word **all** is a generalization for emphasis. Alternate translation: “whom the people greatly honored” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
ACT	5	34	a404	translate-symaction	ἀναστὰς	1	rising up	Here, **rising up** means that Gamaliel stood up. He did that to indicate that he had something important to say. Alternate translation: “standing up to show that he had something important to say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
ACT	5	34	xk6g	figs-explicit	ἐκέλευσεν ἔξω&τοὺς ἀνθρώπους ποιῆσαι	1	commanded to put the apostles outside	Your language may require you to specify the object of **commanded**. Alternate translation: “commanded the officers to take the apostles outside” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ACT	5	34	a405	figs-nominaladj	βραχὺ	1	for a little	Luke is using the adjective **little** as a noun in order to indicate a length of time. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can supply a word such as “while” to show this. Alternate translation: “for a little while” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
ACT	5	35	a406	grammar-connect-time-sequential	τε	1	And	Luke is using the word translated **And** to indicate that Gamaliel spoke after the officers had taken the apostles out of the council chamber. Alternate translation: “Then” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
ACT	5	35	a407	figs-idiom	ἄνδρες, Ἰσραηλεῖται	1	Men, Israelites	This is an idiomatic form of address. Alternate translation: “My fellow Israelites” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
ACT	5	35	ae1u	figs-explicit	προσέχετε ἑαυτοῖς ἐπὶ τοῖς ἀνθρώποις τούτοις τί μέλλετε πράσσειν	1	pay attention to yourselves, what you are about to do to these men	Gamaliel is warning the council members not to do something that they will later regret. He means “be very careful about what you do to these men,” and you could say that as an alternate translation. However, the implication is that the council should not kill the apostles, as [5:33](../05/33.md) says they want to do. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “you need to be very cautious and not kill these men, because you might deeply regret that later” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ACT	5	36	a408	figs-idiom	πρὸ&τούτων τῶν ἡμερῶν	1	before these days	Gamaliel is using the term **days** to refer to a specific time. Alternate translation: “some time ago” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
ACT	5	36	a409	translate-names	Θευδᾶς	1	Theudas	**Theudas** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
ACT	5	36	uaj6	figs-metaphor	ἀνέστη	1	rose up	In this context, **rose up** means that Theudas rebelled against the Roman government. Alternate translation: “rebelled” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ACT	5	36	b3nl	figs-idiom	λέγων εἶναί τινα ἑαυτόν	1	saying himself to be somebody	In this context, the expression **somebody** means a person of importance. Your language may use this expression in the same way. Or, if it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “saying that he was an important person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
ACT	5	36	a410	figs-activepassive	ᾧ προσεκλίθη ἀνδρῶν ἀριθμὸς	1	to whom was joined a number of men	If it would be helpful in your language, you could say this with an active form. As the General Notes to this chapter suggest, it may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “whom a number of men joined” or, as a new sentence, “A number of men joined him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ACT	5	36	ie3x	figs-activepassive	ὃς ἀνῃρέθη	1	who was killed	If it would be helpful in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. It may be helpful to begin another new sentence here. Alternate translation: “whom the Romans killed” or, as a new sentence, “But the Romans killed him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ACT	5	36	juz1	figs-activepassive	ὅσοι ἐπείθοντο αὐτῷ	1	as many as were persuaded by him	If it would be helpful in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “as many as he had persuaded” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ACT	5	36	a411	figs-activepassive	διελύθησαν	1	were dispersed	If it would be helpful in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “dispersed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ACT	5	36	rzg5		καὶ ἐγένοντο εἰς οὐδέν	1	and they came to nothing	Alternate translation: “and their plans did not succeed”
ACT	5	37	f33y	figs-nominaladj	μετὰ τοῦτον	1	After this one	Gamaliel is using the demonstrative adjective **this** as a noun to refer to a specific person, Theudas. (ULT shows that by adding **one**.) Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could use a pronoun or this man’s name. Alternate translation: “After him” or “After Theudas” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
ACT	5	37	a412	translate-names	Ἰούδας ὁ Γαλιλαῖος	1	Judas the Galilean	The word **Judas** is the name of a man. See how you translated the same name in [1:13](../01/13.md) and [1:16](../01/16.md). (Those verses describe two other men with this name, not the same Judas as here.) **Galilean** is the name for someone who is from the region of Galilee. See how you translated that name in [1:11](../01/11.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
ACT	5	37	a413	figs-metaphor	ἀνέστη	1	rose up	As in [5:36](../05/36.md), **rose up** here means that Judas rebelled against the Roman government. Alternate translation: “rebelled” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ACT	5	37	p56f	figs-idiom	ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις τῆς ἀπογραφῆς	1	in the days of the census	Gamaliel is using the term **days** to refer to a specific time. Alternate translation: “at the time of the census” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
ACT	5	37	kz4s	figs-idiom	ἀπέστησε λαὸν ὀπίσω αὐτοῦ	1	drew away people after him	Here, **drew away** is an idiom that means Judas persuaded people to rebel with him against the Roman government. Alternate translation: “persuaded people to join him in rebellion” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
ACT	5	37	a414	figs-nominaladj	κἀκεῖνος	1	That one also	Gamaliel is using the demonstrative adjective **that** as a noun to refer to a specific person, Judas. (ULT shows that by adding **one**.) Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you use a pronoun or this man’s name. Alternate translation: “He also” or “Judas also” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
ACT	5	37	a415	figs-activepassive	ὅσοι ἐπείθοντο αὐτῷ	1	as many as were persuaded by him	If your language would not use the passive form **were persuaded**, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “as many as he had persuaded” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ACT	5	37	a416	figs-activepassive	διεσκορπίσθησαν	1	were scattered	If it would be helpful in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “scattered” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ACT	5	38	i4bw		καὶ τὰ νῦν λέγω ὑμῖν	1	And now I say these things to you	Gamaliel uses this expression to shift the council members’ attention away from the stories of Theudas and Judas so that he could give them some direct advice. In your translation, use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that would be natural for this same purpose.
ACT	5	38	a417	grammar-connect-logic-result	καὶ	1	And	Gamaliel is using the word translated **And** to introduce what he wants the council to conclude as a result of the two examples he has given. Alternate translation: “So” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
ACT	5	38	wz89		ἀπόστητε ἀπὸ τῶν ἀνθρώπων τούτων καὶ ἄφετε αὐτούς	1	keep away from these men and release them	When Gamaliel tells the council to **keep away from these men**, he implicitly means that they should not execute them, as [5:33](../05/33.md) says they wanted to do. Alternate translation: “do not execute these men or put them back in prison”
ACT	5	38	zh1d		ἐὰν ᾖ ἐξ ἀνθρώπων, ἡ βουλὴ αὕτη ἢ τὸ ἔργον τοῦτο	1	if this counsel or this work is from men	Alternate translation: “if men have devised this plan or are doing this work”
ACT	5	38	a418	figs-gendernotations	ἀνθρώπων	1	men	Gamaliel is using the term **men** in a generic sense to mean “humans.” Since he contrasts **from men** here with “from God” in the next verse, it may be appropriate to add the word “mere” to help show that contrast. Alternate translation: “mere humans” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
ACT	5	38	uql8	figs-activepassive	καταλυθήσεται	1	it will be destroyed	If it would be helpful in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “someone will destroy it” or “it will not last” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ACT	5	39	a419	grammar-connect-logic-contrast	δὲ	1	but	Gamaliel uses this word to introduce a contrast between what would happen if the work the apostles are doing were “from men” and what would happen if it were **from God**. As the General Notes to this chapter suggest, it may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation, as a new sentence: “However,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
ACT	5	39	j819	writing-pronouns	εἰ&ἐκ Θεοῦ ἐστιν	1	if it is from God	Here the pronoun **it** refers back to the phrase “this counsel or this work” in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “if God has devised this plan or commanded these men to do this work” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
ACT	5	39	a420	figs-explicit	μήποτε	1	lest	It may be helpful to state the implications of the word **lest** explicitly. Alternate translation: “and if you do try to destroy them,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ACT	5	39	a421	figs-activepassive	καὶ θεομάχοι εὑρεθῆτε	1	you may even be found	If it would be helpful in your language, you could say this with an active form. However, since this is also an idiom (see next note), it would only be meaningful to do that in your translation if your language uses the verb “find” in the same idiomatic sense. Alternate translation: “people may even find you to be” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ACT	5	39	a422	figs-activepassive	εὑρεθῆτε	1	be found	The expression **be found** means to turn out to be something. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “turn out to be” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ACT	5	39	cyp1	figs-activepassive	ἐπείσθησαν&αὐτῷ	1	they were persuaded by him	If it would be helpful in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “Gamaliel persuaded them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ACT	5	40	z31c	grammar-connect-logic-result	καὶ	1	And	Luke uses the word translated **And** to introduce what the Sanhedrin did as a result of Gamaliel’s advice. Alternate translation: “So” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
ACT	5	40	p6lz	figs-synecdoche	προσκαλεσάμενοι τοὺς ἀποστόλους, δείραντες παρήγγειλαν	1	summoning the apostles, having beaten them, they commanded them	The Sanhedrin would have ordered their officers to bring back the apostles and beat them. They did not do those things personally. But Luke speaks as if they did do those things because they ordered them to be done. Alternate translation: “they had their officers bring back the apostles and beat them, and then they commanded them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
ACT	5	40	fca9	figs-metonymy	λαλεῖν ἐπὶ τῷ ὀνόματι τοῦ Ἰησοῦ	1	to speak in the name of Jesus	The Sanhedrin members are using the term **name** to mean the person of Jesus. See how you translated the similar expression in [4:17](../04/17.md). Alternate translation: “to speak about Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ACT	5	41	a423	figs-metaphor	ἀπὸ προσώπου τοῦ Συνεδρίου	1	from the face of the Sanhedrin	Luke is using the word **face** to mean “presence.” Alternate translation: “from the presence of the Sanhedrin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ACT	5	41	cv8y	figs-activepassive	κατηξιώθησαν	1	they had been considered worthy	If your language would not use the passive form **had been considered**, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “God had considered them worthy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ACT	5	41	lk82	figs-metonymy	ὑπὲρ τοῦ ὀνόματος	1	for the Name	Here, **the Name** means Jesus. Alternate translation: “for Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ACT	5	42	jj94	writing-endofstory	τε	1	And	Luke uses the word translated **And** to introduce information about what happened after this story as a result of the events within the story itself. Your language may have its own way of indicating how such information relates to a story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-endofstory]])
ACT	5	42	kyp6	figs-metonymy	ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ	1	in the temple	Only priests were allowed inside the temple building, so when Luke says **the temple** here, he means the courtyard associated with the temple Alternate translation: “in the temple courtyard” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ACT	5	42	x424	figs-litotes	οὐκ ἐπαύοντο, διδάσκοντες καὶ εὐαγγελιζόμενοι	1	they did not cease teaching and proclaiming the gospel	Luke is expressing a positive meaning by using a negative word together with a word that is the opposite of the intended meaning. Alternate translation: “they continued to teach and to proclaim the gospel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
ACT	6	intro	z5r5			0		# Acts 6 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and Formatting<br><br>Acts [6:7](../06/07.md) is a summary statement that Luke uses to mark the end of the first major part of the book.<br><br>## Special Concepts in this Chapter<br><br>### The distribution to the widows<br><br>The believers in Jerusalem gave food every day to women whose husbands had died. All of them had been raised as Jews, but some of them spoke Hebrew and had lived mostly in Judea, while others spoke Greek and may have lived in Gentile areas. Those who gave out the food gave it to the Hebrew-speaking widows but not equally to the Greek-speaking widows. To please God, the church leaders appointed Greek-speaking men to make sure the Greek-speaking widows received their share of the food. One of these Greek-speaking men was Stephen.<br><br>## Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter<br><br>### “His face was like the face of an angel”<br><br>No one knows for sure what it was about Stephen’s face that was like the face of an angel, because Luke does not tell us. A note to this phrase offers one suggestion, which you may choose to follow. However, you might also decide to say only what the ULT says about this.
ACT	6	1	f8br	writing-newevent	ἐν δὲ ταῖς ἡμέραις ταύταις	1	Now in those days	Luke uses this time reference to introduce a new event in the story. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for introducing a new event. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
ACT	6	1	cg5t	figs-idiom	ἐν&ταῖς ἡμέραις ταύταις	1	in those days	Luke is using the term **days** to refer to a specific time. Alternate translation: “at that same time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
ACT	6	1	e7vb	translate-names	τῶν Ἑλληνιστῶν	1	of the Hellenists	**Hellenists** was the name for Jews in the Roman Empire who spoke the Greek language and followed Greek customs. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
ACT	6	1	ftz8	translate-names	τοὺς Ἑβραίους	1	the Hebrews	In this context, Luke is using the name **Hebrews** to mean Jews in the Roman Empire who spoke Aramaic, a language closely related to Hebrew, and who did not follow Greek customs. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
ACT	6	1	s4qy	figs-activepassive	παρεθεωροῦντο ἐν τῇ διακονίᾳ τῇ καθημερινῇ αἱ χῆραι αὐτῶν	1	their widows were being overlooked in the daily service	If it would be helpful in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you can say who was doing the action. Alternate translation: “those who were distributing food each day were overlooking their widows” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ACT	6	1	rde8	figs-abstractnouns	ἐν τῇ διακονίᾳ τῇ καθημερινῇ	1	in the daily service	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **service**, you could express the same idea with an equivalent expression. Alternate translations: “by those who were distributing food each day” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ACT	6	2	kwvo	grammar-connect-logic-result	δὲ	1	So	Luke is using the word **So** to introduce the results of what the previous sentence described. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for this same purpose. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
ACT	6	2	n5r4	figs-nominaladj	οἱ δώδεκα	1	the Twelve	Luke is using the adjective **Twelve** as a noun in order to indicate a group of people, the apostles who led the church. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “the 12 apostles” or see the next note for a further possibility. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
ACT	6	2	is74	translate-names	οἱ δώδεκα	1	the Twelve	Alternatively, even if your language does not ordinarily use adjectives as nouns, you may be able to do that in this case, since this is a title by which the apostles were known. Even though it is a number, if you translate it as a title, as ULT does, follow the conventions for titles in your language. For example, capitalize main words and write out numbers rather than use digits. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
ACT	6	2	jm17	figs-metaphor	καταλείψαντας τὸν λόγον τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	to leave behind the word of God	The apostles are speaking as if they would walk away from the **word of God** and **leave** it **behind** them. Alternate translation: “to stop preaching and teaching the word of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ACT	6	2	w9re	figs-metonymy	τὸν λόγον τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	the word of God	Luke is using the term **word** to mean the message that God wanted the believers to share by using words. Alternate translation: “the message from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ACT	6	2	fwk6	figs-metaphor	διακονεῖν τραπέζαις	1	to serve tables	To describe the work that would be required for them personally to monitor the church’s program of distributing food to people in need, the apostles speak as if they would be bringing food to people who were sitting at tables. Alternate translation: “to give our attention to food distribution” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ACT	6	3	lcyx	figs-metaphor	ἀδελφοί	1	brothers	See how you translated the term **brothers** in [1:15](../01/15.md). Alternate translation: “my fellow believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ACT	6	3	p1yz	figs-activepassive	ἄνδρας&μαρτυρουμένους	1	men being attested	The expression **being attested** is a passive verbal form. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the same meaning with an active form. Alternate translation: “men to whose honesty people attest” or “men whom people say they trust” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ACT	6	3	mgid	figs-metaphor	πλήρεις Πνεύματος καὶ σοφίας	1	full of the Spirit and of wisdom	The apostles are speaking of these men as if they were containers that the Holy Spirit and wisdom could fill. Alternate translation: “in whose lives the Spirit is evidently present and who possess great wisdom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ACT	6	3	pxe5	figs-abstractnouns	πλήρεις Πνεύματος καὶ σοφίας	1	full of the Spirit and of wisdom	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **wisdom**, you could express the same idea with an adverb such as “wisely.” Alternate translation: “in whose lives the Spirit is evidently present and who act very wisely” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ACT	6	3	i27a	figs-metaphor	ἐπὶ τῆς χρείας ταύτης	1	over this task	When the apostles say that they will appoint these men **over** the work of food distribution, they are using a spatial metaphor. Alternate translation: “to be responsible for this task” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ACT	6	4	b3bj	figs-metonymy	τοῦ λόγου	1	of the word	The apostles are using the term **word** to mean the message about Jesus that God has told them to teach and preach by using words. Alternate translation: “of teaching and preaching the message about Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ACT	6	5	wh9t	figs-metonymy	ἤρεσεν ὁ λόγος ἐνώπιον παντὸς τοῦ πλήθους	1	the statement was pleasing before the whole multitude	Luke is using the word **before** to refer to the opinion of the believers, since people assess things that come to their attention in front of them. Alternate translation: “what the apostles recommended pleased all of the other believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ACT	6	5	jayc	grammar-connect-logic-result	καὶ	2	And	Luke is using the word translated **And** to introduce what the believers did as a result of the apostles’ request. Alternate translation: “So” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
ACT	6	5	ajq1	translate-names	Στέφανον&Φίλιππον&Πρόχορον&Νικάνορα&Τίμωνα&Παρμενᾶν&Νικόλαον	1	Stephen … Philip … Prochorus … Nicanor … Timon … Parmenas … Nicolaus	These are the names of seven men. They are all Greek names, and this suggests that all of the men selected were from the group of Greek-speaking Jews among the believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
ACT	6	5	vsyk	figs-metaphor	ἄνδρα πλήρης πίστεως καὶ Πνεύματος Ἁγίου	1	a man full of faith and of the Holy Spirit	Luke is speaking of Stephen as if he was a container that faith and the Holy Spirit had filled. Alternate translation: “a man who possessed great wisdom and in whose life the Holy Spirit was evidently present” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ACT	6	5	yqsj	figs-abstractnouns	ἄνδρα πλήρης πίστεως καὶ Πνεύματος Ἁγίου	1	a man full of faith and of the Holy Spirit	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **faith**, you could express the same idea with a verb such as “trust.” Alternate translation: “a man who confidently trusted in God and in whose life the Holy Spirit was evidently present” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ACT	6	5	cg5s	translate-names	Ἀντιοχέα	1	an Antiochian	The name **Antiochian** describes a person who comes from the city of Antioch. Alternate translation: “who came from Antioch” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
ACT	6	6	lvaj	figs-events	προσευξάμενοι, ἐπέθηκαν αὐτοῖς τὰς χεῖρας	1		This could mean: (1) that the apostles first prayed and then placed their hands on these men. Alternate translation: “after they had prayed, they placed their hands upon them” (2) that the apostles placed their hands on the men while they were praying for them. Alternate translation: “they prayed for them with their hands placed upon them” or “they placed their hands upon them and prayed for them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-events]])
ACT	6	6	wu1y	translate-symaction	ἐπέθηκαν αὐτοῖς τὰς χεῖρας	1	and placed their hands upon them	The apostles **placed their hands** on the seven men to show publicly that they were giving them the responsibility and authority to oversee the food distribution. Alternate translation: “and placed their hands on them to show that they were giving them responsibility and authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
ACT	6	7	x48w	writing-endofstory		0		As the outline in the General Introduction indicates, this verse is the end of the first major section of the book of Acts. That section describes how the apostles spread the good news about Jesus in Jerusalem. Luke uses this verse to summarize what happened as a result of the events within this whole section of the book. Your language may have its own way of indicating how such a summary relates to a significant part of a story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-endofstory]])
ACT	6	7	wu4l	figs-metaphor	ὁ λόγος τοῦ Θεοῦ ηὔξανεν	1	the word of God was growing	Luke is speaking of the way the message about Jesus kept becoming more widespread as if the word of God itself were **growing**. Alternate translation: “more and more people were hearing the word of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ACT	6	7	ueie	figs-metonymy	ὁ λόγος τοῦ Θεοῦ ηὔξανεν	1	the word of God was growing	Luke is using the term **word** to mean the message about Jesus that God told the believers to spread by using words. Alternate translation: “the message about Jesus kept becoming more widespread” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ACT	6	7	jg8y	figs-synecdoche	ὑπήκουον τῇ πίστει	1	became obedient to the faith	Luke speaks generally of **the faith** (that is, belief in Jesus) to indicate that these priests **became obedient** to one part of it, Jesus’ teachings about how to live. But that obedience showed that the priests genuinely embraced faith in Jesus as Messiah in its entirety. Alternate translation: “came to believe in Jesus and so started obeying his teachings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
ACT	6	7	qq3l	figs-abstractnouns	ὑπήκουον τῇ πίστει	1	became obedient to the faith	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **faith**, you could express the same idea with a verb such as “believe.” Alternate translation: “came to believe in Jesus and so started obeying his teachings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ACT	6	8	et2j	writing-participants	Στέφανος δὲ	1	Now Stephen	Luke uses this phrase to introduce Stephen as the main character in this part of the story. Your language may have its own way of doing that. If so, you can use it here in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
ACT	6	8	pzr0	figs-metaphor	Στέφανος&πλήρης χάριτος καὶ δυνάμεως, ἐποίει	1	Stephen, full of grace and power, was doing	Luke is speaking as if Stephen were a container that **grace and power** were filling. Alternate translation: “Stephen had abundant grace and power, and so he was doing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ACT	6	8	h8sg	figs-hendiadys	Στέφανος&πλήρης χάριτος καὶ δυνάμεως, ἐποίει	1	Stephen, full of grace and power, was doing	Luke may be using the two words **grace** and **power** together to express a single idea. The word **grace** would describe the character of the **power** that Stephen had. Specifically, it would be power that God was giving him. Alternate translation: “Stephen, full of gracious power, was doing” or “Stephen, full of power from God, was doing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
ACT	6	8	xscq	figs-abstractnouns	Στέφανος&πλήρης χάριτος καὶ δυνάμεως, ἐποίει	1	Stephen, full of grace and power, was doing	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the ideas behind the words **grace** and **power**, you could express the same ideas with adverbs. Alternate translation: “Stephen was supernaturally and powerfully doing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ACT	6	8	m0zh	figs-doublet	τέρατα καὶ σημεῖα μεγάλα	1	great wonders and signs	The terms **wonders** and **signs** mean similar things. Luke is using them together for emphasis. See how you translated the similar expression in [2:22](../02/22.md). Alternate translation: “many great miracles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
ACT	6	9	d74m	figs-idiom	ἀνέστησαν	1	rose up	Here the expression **rose up** means that these people took action, specifically to oppose Stephen, not that they stood up from a seated position. Alternate translation: “took action to oppose Stephen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
ACT	6	9	nei0	figs-activepassive	τῆς συναγωγῆς, τῆς λεγομένης Λιβερτίνων	1	the synagogue called Freedmen	If it would be helpful in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “the synagogue whose name was Freedmen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ACT	6	9	k88n	figs-explicit	τῆς συναγωγῆς, τῆς λεγομένης Λιβερτίνων	1	the synagogue called Freedmen	The word **Freedmen** probably refers to former slaves. Alternate translation: “the synagogue that former slaves attended” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ACT	6	9	e7b0	translate-names	Κυρηναίων&Ἀλεξανδρέων&Κιλικίας&Ἀσίας	1	of the Cyrenians … of the Alexandrians … Cilicia … Asia	The word **Cyrenians** is the name for people from the city of Cyrene, and the word **Alexandrians** is the name for people from the city of Alexandria. The words **Cilicia** and **Asia** are the names of two Roman provinces. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
ACT	6	10	v5ia	figs-idiom	οὐκ ἴσχυον ἀντιστῆναι	1	they were not able to stand against	In this context, the expression **stand against** means to try to defeat by argument. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “they could not argue successfully against” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
ACT	6	10	fnb2	figs-hendiadys	τῇ σοφίᾳ καὶ τῷ Πνεύματι, ᾧ ἐλάλει	1	the wisdom and the Spirit with which he spoke	Luke may be using the two words **wisdom** and **Spirit** together to express a single idea. The word **Spirit** would describe the source and character of the **wisdom** that Stephen was displaying. The word **Spirit** refers to the Holy Spirit. Alternate translation: “the Spirit-inspired wisdom by which he spoke” or “the wisdom that the Holy Spirit gave him as he spoke” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
ACT	6	10	psha	figs-abstractnouns	τῇ σοφίᾳ καὶ τῷ Πνεύματι, ᾧ ἐλάλει	1	the wisdom and the Spirit with which he spoke	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **wisdom**, you could express the same idea with an adjective such as “wise.” Alternate translation: “the wise things he said as the Spirit inspired him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ACT	6	11	ren5	figs-explicit	ὑπέβαλον ἄνδρας λέγοντας	1	they instigated men to say	The word **instigated** means that Stephen’s opponents in some way persuaded these men to lie about what Stephen was saying. They may have offered them money, or they may have convinced them that Stephen was a dangerous person who needed to be stopped. Since Luke does not specify the means, it may be best not to suggest a means in your translation. But it would be appropriate to indicate that what these men were recruited to say about Stephen was a lie. Alternate translation: “recruited some men to lie about Stephen by saying” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ACT	6	11	s2cl	figs-exclusive	ἀκηκόαμεν	1	We have heard	The men are using the word **We** to refer only to themselves, so use the exclusive form of that word in your translation if your language marks that distinction. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
ACT	6	11	x747	figs-metonymy	λαλοῦντος ῥήματα βλάσφημα	1	speaking blasphemous words	The men are using the term **words** to mean the things that Stephen has been saying by using words. Alternate translation: “saying blasphemous things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ACT	6	11	dgxi	translate-names	Μωϋσῆν	1	Moses	**Moses** is the name of a man. God gave him the law to give to Israel. See how you translated his name in [3:22](../03/22.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
ACT	6	12	tqk9	writing-pronouns	συνεκίνησάν	1	They … stirred up	In this verse and the next one, the word “they” continues to refer back to the opponents of Stephen who are named in [6:9](../06/09.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
ACT	6	12	l251	figs-metaphor	συνεκίνησάν τε τὸν λαὸν, καὶ τοὺς πρεσβυτέρους, καὶ τοὺς γραμματεῖς	1	They also stirred up the people, the elders, and the scribes	Luke says that Stephen’s opponents **stirred up** these other groups, as if calm waters were being disturbed. He means that they said things to make them very upset with Stephen. Alternate translation: “They also said things that made the people, the elders, and the scribes very upset with Stephen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ACT	6	12	dkbj	translate-names	Συνέδριον	1	Sanhedrin	**Sanhedrin** is the name of the Jewish ruling council. See how you translated it in [4:14](../04/14.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
ACT	6	13	zv6s	figs-doublenegatives	οὐ παύεται λαλῶν	1	does not stop speaking	If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a positive expression to translate this double negative that consists of the negative particle **not** and the negative verb **stop**. Alternate translation: “continually speaks” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
ACT	6	13	ju6w	figs-metonymy	λαλῶν ῥήματα	1	speaking words	The men are using the term **words** to mean things that Stephen has been saying by using words. Alternate translation: “saying things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ACT	6	13	o3j2	figs-metonymy	τοῦ τόπου τοῦ ἁγίου	1	the holy place	The men are describing the temple in Jerusalem by referring to it by something associated with it, that it is a **holy place**. Alternate translation: “the temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ACT	6	14	c5l9	translate-names	ὁ Ναζωραῖος	1	the Nazarene	The word **Nazarene** describes someone who comes from the city of Nazareth. See how you translated it in [2:23](../02/23.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
ACT	6	14	uok4	figs-explicit	τὸν τόπον τοῦτον	1	this place	By **this place**, the false witnesses mean the temple, which they described as “the holy place” in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “this temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ACT	6	14	vak4	figs-metonymy	τὰ ἔθη ἃ παρέδωκεν ἡμῖν Μωϋσῆς	1	the customs that Moses handed down to us	The phrase **handed down** is an idiom that refers to something that is passed from generation to generation. The false witnesses are describing how the ancestors of the Jews have passed on the teachings originally received from Moses to each successive generation. Alternate translation: “the customs that our ancestors learned from Moses and have taught each successive generation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ACT	6	15	k8rw	figs-simile	εἶδον τὸ πρόσωπον αὐτοῦ, ὡσεὶ πρόσωπον ἀγγέλου	1	saw his face as the face of an angel	Luke offers this comparison but he does not say specifically in what way Stephen’s face was like **the face of an angel**. However, this may mean that his face was shining brightly, since descriptions of angels in the Bible often say they were shining brightly. So you might choose to say that in your translation. Alternate translation: “saw that his face was shining brightly, like the face of an angel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
ACT	7	intro	p9h4			0		# Acts 7 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and Formatting<br><br>This chapter presents Stephen’s defense against the charges that false witnesses had made against him, as Luke describes in [6:13–14](../06/13.md). Those witnesses had said, “This man does not stop speaking words against the holy place and the law. For we have heard him say that this Jesus the Nazarene will destroy this place and change the customs that Moses handed down to us.” In response, Stephen shows that he respects the law, but he then shows how the Israelites have not kept the law. He next shows that he respects the temple, but he then explains that God does not live in temples made by people. Luke presents Stephen’s speech within the narrative setting of his trial by the Sanhedrin.<br>- (v. 1) The high priest asks Stephen to answer the charges against him<br>- (vv. 2–19) Stephen tells the story of the Israelites up to the time of Moses<br>- (vv. 20–37) Stephen explains how Moses gave the law<br>- (vv. 38–43) Stephen shows that the Israelites did not keep the law that Moses gave<br>- (vv. 44–47) Stephen tells how the tabernacle and temple were built<br>- (vv. 48–50) Stephen explains that God does not live in temples that people build<br>- (vv. 51–54) Stephen makes his own charges against the Sanhedrin members<br>- (vv. 55–60) The Sanhedrin members, enraged, execute Stephen by stoning<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry that is quoted from the Old Testament in 7:42–43 and 49–50.<br><br>A note to 7:36–38 suggests making each of these verses a separate paragraph or using formatting in some other way to highlight the repeated phrases that Stephen uses to describe Moses.<br><br>It appears that 8:1 is part of the narrative of this chapter.<br><br>## Special Concepts in this Chapter<br><br>### “Stephen said”<br><br>Stephen told the history of Israel very briefly. He paid special attention to the times that the Israelites had rejected the people God had chosen to lead them. At the end of the story, he said that the Jewish leaders he was talking to had rejected Jesus just as the evil Israelites had always rejected the leaders God had appointed for them.<br><br>### “Full of the Holy Spirit”<br><br>The Holy Spirit completely controlled Stephen so that he said only and all of what God wanted him to say.<br><br>### Foreshadowing<br><br>When an author speaks of something that is not important at that time but will be important later in the story, this is called foreshadowing. Luke mentions Saul in [7:58](../07/58.md), even though he is not an important person in this part of the story. This is because Saul, also known as Paul, is an important person in the rest of the Book of Acts.<br><br>## Important Figures of Speech in this Chapter<br><br>### Implied information<br><br>Stephen was talking to Jews who knew the law of Moses well, so he did not explain things that his hearers already knew. But you may need to explain some of these things so that your readers will be able to understand what Stephen was saying. For example, you may need to make explicit that when Joseph’s brothers “sold him into Egypt” ([Acts 7:9](../act/07/09.md)), Joseph was going to be a slave in Egypt. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])<br><br>### Metonymy<br><br>Stephen spoke of Joseph ruling “over Egypt” and over all of Pharaoh’s household. By this he meant that Joseph ruled over the people of Egypt and of the people and possessions in Pharaoh’s household. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])<br><br>## Important Textual issues in this Chapter<br><br>### “a dwelling for the house of Jacob” (7:46)<br><br>In [7:46](../07/46.md), some ancient manuscripts read “a dwelling for the house of Jacob.” ULT follows that reading. Other ancient manuscripts read “a dwelling for the God of Jacob.” If a translation of the Bible exists in your region, you may wish to use the reading that it has. If a translation of the Bible does not exist in your region, you may wish to use the reading of ULT. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])<br><br>## Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter<br><br>### Background knowledge<br><br>The Jewish leaders to whom Stephen spoke already knew much about the events he was describing. They knew what Moses had written in the book of Genesis. If the book of Genesis has not been translated into your language, it may be difficult for your readers to follow what Stephen said. It may be helpful to provide some background information, either in the text or in notes.<br><br>### Reference of “our” and “you”<br><br>Throughout this chapter, Stephen uses the word “our” to refer to himself and to his listeners. When he means only them, he says “you,” and “you” is plural.
ACT	7	1	hy9r	figs-explicit	ὁ ἀρχιερεύς	1	Connecting Statement:	Luke assumes that his readers will know that **the high priest** was there and that he asked Stephen to testify because he was a member of the Sanhedrin and its leader. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “the high priest, who was the leader of the Sanhedrin,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ACT	7	2	abc7	writing-pronouns	ὁ δὲ ἔφη	1	Then he said	The pronoun **he** refers to Stephen, not the high priest. Alternate translation: “Then Stephen said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
ACT	7	2	zbq0	figs-idiom	ἄνδρες, ἀδελφοὶ καὶ πατέρες	1		The phrase **Men, brothers and fathers** is an idiomatic form of address. Alternate translation: “You brothers and fathers of mine” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
ACT	7	2	v5si	figs-metaphor	ἄνδρες, ἀδελφοὶ καὶ πατέρες	1	brothers, and fathers, listen to me	Stephen is using the word **brothers** to refer to his fellow Israelites. He is likely using the word **fathers** to refer to the leaders of Israel, the members of the Sanhedrin. In both cases he is speaking respectfully. Alternate translation: “My fellow Israelites and you leaders of Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ACT	7	2	kfep	figs-abstractnouns	ὁ Θεὸς τῆς δόξης	1		If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **glory** with an adjective such as “glorious.” Alternate translation: “The glorious God” or “God, who is glorious,” or see the next note for a further possibility. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ACT	7	2	n09p	figs-explicit	ὁ Θεὸς τῆς δόξης	1		Stephen apparently chooses to describe God in this way at the beginning of his speech in order to refute the charge made in [6:11](../06/11.md) that he says blasphemous things about God. Calling him the **God of glory** acknowledges that people should rightfully give glory to God. You might choose to bring out this implication in your translation. Alternate translation: “God, to whom we should rightfully give glory,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ACT	7	2	pt4h	figs-exclusive	ἡμῶν	1		Here and throughout this chapter, Stephen is using the word **our** to refer to himself and to his listeners, so use the inclusive form of that word if your language marks that distinction. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
ACT	7	2	w1ya	figs-metaphor	τῷ πατρὶ ἡμῶν Ἀβραὰμ	1		Stephen is using the term **father** to mean “ancestor.” Alternate translation: “to Abraham our ancestor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ACT	7	2	ust7	translate-names	Μεσοποταμίᾳ&Χαρράν	1		The word **Mesopotamia** is the name of a region, and the word **Harran** is the name of a city. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
ACT	7	3	uksj	figs-quotesinquotes	εἶπεν πρὸς αὐτόν, ἔξελθε ἐκ τῆς γῆς σου καὶ ἐκ τῆς συγγενείας σου, καὶ δεῦρο εἰς τὴν γῆν ἣν ἄν σοι δείξω	1		If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this verse so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “God told Abraham to go out from his land and from his relatives and come into the land that he would show him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
ACT	7	3	kgef	writing-pronouns	εἶπεν πρὸς αὐτόν	1		The pronoun **he** refers to God, while the pronoun **him** refers to Abraham. Alternate translation: “God said to Abraham” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
ACT	7	4	pfg3	writing-pronouns	κατῴκησεν&αὐτοῦ&μετῴκισεν αὐτὸν	1		The pronouns **his** and **him** and the first instance of the word **he** refer to Abraham, while the second instance of the word **he** refers to God. For clarity, in your translation you might say “Abraham lived” and “God brought him.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
ACT	7	4	mv26	translate-names	γῆς Χαλδαίων	1		**Chaldeans** is the name of a people group. This group lived in Mesopotamia, so as [7:2](../07/02.md) indicates, Abraham had been living among these people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
ACT	7	4	pfg4	figs-you	ὑμεῖς	1	you	The word **you** is plural. Stephen is using it to refer not just to the high priest, whose question he is answering, but also to all of the council members and the others who are listening to him. So you can use the plural form of the word in your translation if your language marks that distinction. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
ACT	7	5	tnsm	writing-pronouns	οὐκ ἔδωκεν αὐτῷ&ἐπηγγείλατο&αὐτῷ&αὐτοῦ&αὐτόν&οὐκ ὄντος αὐτῷ	1		The pronouns **him** and **his** and the third instance of **he** refer to Abraham, while the first two instances of **he** refer to God. For clarity, in your translation you might say “God did not give Abraham,” “God promised,” and “although Abraham did not have.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
ACT	7	5	ax1j		οὐκ ἔδωκεν αὐτῷ κληρονομίαν ἐν αὐτῇ	1	he did not give him an inheritance in it	Alternate translation: “he did not give any of it to him as an inheritance”
ACT	7	5	qff6	figs-explicit	οὐδὲ βῆμα ποδός	1	not even a stride of a foot	This could mean: (1) not enough ground to stand on or (2) not enough ground on which to take a step. Either way, the expression is implicitly describing a very small area. Alternate translation: “not even a tiny piece of ground” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ACT	7	5	u6iw	figs-metaphor	αὐτῷ εἰς κατάσχεσιν&καὶ τῷ σπέρματι αὐτοῦ μετ’ αὐτόν	1	to him for a possession, and to his seed after him	The term **seed** means “descendants.” Alternate translation: “to him for a possession, and to his descendants after him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ACT	7	5	j09v	figs-abstractnouns	αὐτῷ εἰς κατάσχεσιν&καὶ τῷ σπέρματι αὐτοῦ μετ’ αὐτόν	1		If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **possession** with a verb such as “possess.” Stephen is saying that Abraham possessed the land in the sense that it was something that God had promised to him but that it was his descendants who came into actual possession of it. Alternate translation: “as something that his descendants would one day possess” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ACT	7	6	orw2	figs-quotations	ἐλάλησεν δὲ οὕτως ὁ Θεὸς ὅτι ἔσται τὸ σπέρμα αὐτοῦ, πάροικον ἐν γῇ ἀλλοτρίᾳ, καὶ δουλώσουσιν αὐτὸ καὶ κακώσουσιν ἔτη τετρακόσια	1		It may be more natural in your language to have a direct quotation here. Alternate translation: “But God spoke to him like this, ‘Your seed would be a stranger in a foreign land, and they will enslave him and treat him badly for 400 years’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
ACT	7	6	tn6b	figs-explicit	ἐλάλησεν&οὕτως ὁ Θεὸς	1	God spoke to him like this	Stephen assumes that his listeners will know that this occurred some time after the statement in the previous verse. It may be helpful to state that in your translation. Alternate translation: “Subsequently God told Abraham that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ACT	7	6	jymv	writing-pronouns	ἔσται τὸ σπέρμα αὐτοῦ, πάροικον ἐν γῇ ἀλλοτρίᾳ, καὶ δουλώσουσιν αὐτὸ καὶ κακώσουσιν	1		Stephen is using the singular word **seed** to mean “descendants,” and so he uses the singular noun **stranger** and the singular pronoun **him**. For clarity in your translation, to show that he is not referring to a single individual, you could say “descendants” and “strangers” and use the plural pronoun **them**. Alternate translation: “his descendants would be strangers in a foreign land, whose people would enslave them and treat them badly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
ACT	7	7	k8pz	figs-quotesinquotes	καὶ τὸ ἔθνος ᾧ ἐὰν δουλεύσωσιν κρινῶ ἐγώ, ὁ Θεὸς εἶπεν; καὶ μετὰ ταῦτα, ἐξελεύσονται καὶ λατρεύσουσίν μοι ἐν τῷ τόπῳ τούτῳ	1		If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “But God said that he would judge the nation that would enslave him and that after that they would come out and serve him in this place” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
ACT	7	7	f7fw	figs-metonymy	τὸ ἔθνος	1	I will judge the nation	Here, **nation** refers to the people who belong to that nation. Alternate translation: “the people of the nation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ACT	7	7	q7y6	writing-pronouns	ἐὰν δουλεύσωσιν	1	the nation that will enslave him	As in [7:6](../07/06.md), Stephen is using the singular pronoun **him** because he is using the singular word **seed** to mean “descendants.” For clarity, particularly if you said “descendants” in the previous verse, you could use the plural pronoun “them” instead. That would help readers recognize that Stephen also means Abraham’s descendants when he says “they” later in the verse. Alternate translation: “will enslave them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
ACT	7	8	iwfx	writing-pronouns	ἔδωκεν αὐτῷ&ἐγέννησεν	1		The first instance of the pronoun **he** refers to God, while the word **him** and the second instance of the pronoun **he** refer to Abraham. For clarity, in your translation you might say “God gave Abraham … Abraham fathered.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
ACT	7	8	mwc9	figs-explicit	ἔδωκεν αὐτῷ διαθήκην περιτομῆς	1	God gave him the covenant of circumcision	Stephen’s listeners would have known that this **covenant** required Abraham to circumcise the males of his family. Alternate translation: “he made a covenant that required Abraham to circumcise the males of his family” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ACT	7	8	oel3	translate-names	τὸν Ἰσαὰκ&τὸν Ἰακώβ	1		**Isaac** and **Jacob** are the names of two men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
ACT	7	8	g67f	translate-names	τὸν Ἰσαὰκ&τὸν Ἰακώβ	1		These are the names of two men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
ACT	7	8	ams1	figs-ellipsis	καὶ Ἰσαὰκ τὸν Ἰακώβ, καὶ Ἰακὼβ τοὺς δώδεκα πατριάρχας	1	Jacob of the 12 patriarchs	Stephen is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages in order to be complete. Alternate translation: “and Isaac fathered Jacob, and Jacob fathered the 12 patriarchs” or “and Isaac became the father of Jacob, and Jacob became the father of the 12 patriarchs” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
ACT	7	8	gaww	figs-explicit	τοὺς δώδεκα πατριάρχας	1		Stephen assumes that his listeners will know that he is using the word **patriarchs** to mean the sons of Jacob who became the ancestors of the tribes of Israel. Alternate translation: “12 sons who became the ancestors of the tribes of Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ACT	7	9	n981	translate-kinship	οἱ πατριάρχαι	1	the patriarchs	Here the word **patriarchs** refers to the older sons of Jacob in their relationship with Joseph. If you refer to them in your translation as Joseph’s brothers, use the word for an older brother if your language makes that distinction. Alternate translation: “Jacob’s older sons” or “Joseph’s older brothers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship]])
ACT	7	9	fq7w	translate-names	τὸν Ἰωσὴφ	1		**Joseph** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
ACT	7	9	tik7	figs-explicit	ἀπέδοντο εἰς Αἴγυπτον	1	sold him into Egypt	Stephen’s listeners would have known that this meant that their ancestors sold Joseph into slavery and that he was taken to Egypt to be a slave there. Alternate translation: “sold him into slavery and he was taken to Egypt” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ACT	7	9	u3dp	translate-names	Αἴγυπτον	1		**Egypt** is the name of a place. See how you translated it in [2:9](../02/09.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
ACT	7	9	w1is	figs-idiom	ἦν&μετ’ αὐτοῦ	1	was with him	When Stephen says that God **was with** Joseph, this is an idiom that means God helped him. Alternate translation: “helped him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
ACT	7	10	kxgk	writing-pronouns	ἐξείλατο αὐτὸν ἐκ πασῶν τῶν θλίψεων αὐτοῦ; καὶ ἔδωκεν αὐτῷ	1		In these phrases the word **he** refers to God and the words **him** and **his** refer to Joseph. Alternate translation: “God rescued Joseph from all his afflictions, and God gave Joseph” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
ACT	7	10	bfoo	figs-abstractnouns	ἔδωκεν αὐτῷ χάριν καὶ σοφίαν ἐναντίον Φαραὼ	1		If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract nouns **favor** and **wisdom** with adjectives. Alternate translation: “God made Pharaoh favorable towards Joseph and enabled Joseph to give Pharaoh wise advice” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ACT	7	10	vpir	figs-idiom	ἐναντίον Φαραὼ	1		Here the phrase **before Pharaoh** may be an idiom that means “in the presence of.” Alternate translation: “whenever he was in the presence of Pharaoh” or see next note for another possibility. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
ACT	7	10	s5vk	figs-metonymy	ἐναντίον Φαραὼ	1		The phrase **before Pharaoh** could also refer to Pharaoh’s opinion by association with the way that Pharaoh would assess anything that came to his attention in front of him. Alternate translation: “in Pharaoh’s perspective” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ACT	7	10	nycs	writing-pronouns	κατέστησεν αὐτὸν ἡγούμενον ἐπ’ Αἴγυπτον, καὶ ὅλον τὸν οἶκον αὐτοῦ	1		In these phrases the words **he** and **his** refer to Pharaoh and the word **him** refers to Joseph. Alternate translation: “Pharaoh appointed Joseph governor over Egypt and all his household” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
ACT	7	10	yr7m	figs-metonymy	ἐπ’ Αἴγυπτον	1	over Egypt	The word **Egypt** refers to the people of Egypt. Alternate translation: “over all the people of Egypt” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ACT	7	10	pb4p	figs-metonymy	ὅλον τὸν οἶκον αὐτοῦ	1	over all his household	The word **household** refers to Pharaoh’s own servants and all his possessions. Alternate translation: “over all his servants and everything he owned” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ACT	7	11	p42j	figs-personification	ἦλθεν&λιμὸς ἐφ’ ὅλην τὴν Αἴγυπτον καὶ Χανάαν, καὶ θλῖψις μεγάλη	1	came a famine	Here, Stephen speaks of **famine** and **tribulation** as if they **came** to Egypt and Canaan on their own. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “there was a famine over all Egypt and Canaan, and there was great tribulation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
ACT	7	11	ncnr	translate-names	Χανάαν	1		**Canaan** is the name of a place, the land where the Israelites eventually settled. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
ACT	7	11	frd4	figs-abstractnouns	καὶ θλῖψις μεγάλη	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **tribulation**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “and people suffered greatly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ACT	7	11	p37v	figs-explicit	οἱ πατέρες ἡμῶν	1	our fathers	Stephen is using the term **fathers** to mean “ancestors.” He means specifically Jacob and his sons (Joseph’s older brothers), as UST indicates. Alternate translation: “our ancestors” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ACT	7	12	pia8	figs-explicit	ὄντα σιτία εἰς Αἴγυπτον	1	grain	Stephen assumes that his readers will know that with Joseph as his administrator, Pharaoh had stored up grain during prosperous years and was now selling it. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate this explicitly. Alternate translation: “that people could buy stored grain from Pharaoh in Egypt” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ACT	7	12	cvhm	figs-explicit	ἐξαπέστειλεν τοὺς πατέρας ἡμῶν πρῶτον	1		By **first**, Stephen does not mean that Jacob sent Joseph’s older brothers to Egypt before he sent anyone else, or before he did anything else. He means that Jacob sent them for a first time and would later send them for a second time, as Stephen’s listeners would have understood. Alternate translation: “he sent our fathers on a first trip there to buy food” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ACT	7	12	mbg8	figs-metaphor	τοὺς πατέρας ἡμῶν	1	our fathers	Stephen is using the term **fathers** to mean “ancestors.” Here he means specifically Joseph’s older brothers, as UST indicates. Alternate translation: “our ancestors” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ACT	7	13	a5f3	figs-nominaladj	ἐν τῷ δευτέρῳ	1		Stephen is using the adjective **second** as a noun, to mean the second time that Joseph’s brothers went to Egypt. ULT adds **time** to show this. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “when Jacob sent them to Egypt again to buy more food” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
ACT	7	13	ce2b	translate-ordinal	ἐν τῷ δευτέρῳ	1	On their second time	If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use a cardinal number here or an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “during trip number two” or “on their next trip” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
ACT	7	13	m37e	figs-activepassive	ἀνεγνωρίσθη Ἰωσὴφ τοῖς ἀδελφοῖς αὐτοῦ	1	was made known	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Joseph made himself known to his brothers” or “Joseph revealed to his brothers his identity as their brother” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ACT	7	13	jxk8	figs-activepassive	φανερὸν ἐγένετο τῷ Φαραὼ τὸ γένος Ἰωσήφ	1	the family of Joseph became known to Pharaoh	The phrase **became known** is not actually a passive form in Greek, but it might sound like one in other languages. If your language does not use passive forms, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Pharaoh learned that they were Joseph’s family” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ACT	7	14	aam5	grammar-connect-logic-goal	ἀποστείλας&Ἰωσὴφ μετεκαλέσατο Ἰακὼβ	1	sending them back	Stephen means that Joseph sent his brothers back home in order to get their father Jacob. Alternate translation: “Joseph sent his brothers back to Canaan to get Jacob” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
ACT	7	14	wl32	figs-idiom	ἐν ψυχαῖς ἑβδομήκοντα πέντε	1		Stephen is using a Hebrew idiom here. Alternate translation: “who amounted to 75 people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
ACT	7	15	zasp	figs-idiom	κατέβη Ἰακὼβ εἰς Αἴγυπτον	1		Stephen says that Jacob **went down** because he traveled from the hilly and mountainous terrain of Canaan to the lowlying land of Egypt. Alternate translation: “Jacob traveled to Egypt” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
ACT	7	15	w2sm	figs-explicit	ἐτελεύτησεν αὐτὸς καὶ οἱ πατέρες ἡμῶν	1	he and our fathers died	Stephen’s listeners would have known that Jacob and his sons lived in Egypt for some time. Make sure that your translation does not make it sound as if they **died** as soon as they arrived in Egypt. Alternate translation: “eventually Jacob and our ancestors died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ACT	7	15	fe56	figs-metaphor	αὐτὸς καὶ οἱ πατέρες ἡμῶν	1	he and our fathers	Stephen is using the term **fathers** to mean “ancestors.” Here he means specifically Jacob’s sons (Joseph’s older brothers), as UST indicates. Alternate translation: “Jacob and his sons who became our ancestors” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ACT	7	16	slg3	figs-activepassive	μετετέθησαν εἰς Συχὲμ, καὶ ἐτέθησαν	1	they were carried over … and laid	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Jacob’s descendants brought his body and his son’s bodies to Shechem and buried them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ACT	7	16	pnur	translate-names	Συχὲμ	1		**Shechem** is the name of a city. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
ACT	7	16	la8a	figs-metonymy	τιμῆς ἀργυρίου	1	for a price in silver	Stephen is referring to money by association with the way, in this culture, people used **silver** as money. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “for a sum of money” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ACT	7	16	pk1p	translate-names	τῶν υἱῶν Ἑμμὼρ	1		**Hamor** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
ACT	7	17	tuq2	figs-events	καθὼς δὲ ἤγγιζεν ὁ χρόνος τῆς ἐπαγγελίας&ηὔξησεν ὁ λαὸς καὶ ἐπληθύνθη	1	And as the time of the promise … approached, the people increased and multiplied	In your language it may be helpful to say that the people **increased and multiplied** before saying that **the time of the promise** approached. Alternate translation: “the people increased and multiplied in Egypt as the time of the promise … approached” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-events]])
ACT	7	17	kh8g	figs-personification	καθὼς&ἤγγιζεν ὁ χρόνος τῆς ἐπαγγελίας, ἧς ὡμολόγησεν ὁ Θεὸς τῷ Ἀβραάμ	1		Stephen is speaking of this **time** as if it were a person and could have **approached** on its own. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “when it was almost time for God to fulfill the promise he had sworn to Abraham” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
ACT	7	17	tlh9	figs-explicit	καθὼς&ἤγγιζεν ὁ χρόνος τῆς ἐπαγγελίας, ἧς ὡμολόγησεν ὁ Θεὸς τῷ Ἀβραάμ	1	the time of the promise … approached	Stephen is referring to **the promise** that he described in [7:7](../07/07.md). God promised Abraham that he would deliver his descendants from a nation that would enslave them and that he would bring them back to the land of Canaan. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “as the time approached of the promise that God had sworn to Abraham, that he would deliver his descendants from slavery and bring them back to Canaan,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ACT	7	17	s2oe	figs-hendiadys	ηὔξησεν ὁ λαὸς καὶ ἐπληθύνθη	1		Stephen is using the two words **increased** and **multiplied** together to express a single idea. The word **multiplied** tells in what way the people **increased**. If it would be more natural in your language, you could express this meaning with an equivalent phrase that does not use **and**. Alternate translation: “the people increased greatly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
ACT	7	18	whe7	figs-metaphor	ἀνέστη βασιλεὺς ἕτερος ἐπ’ Αἴγυπτον	1	there arose over Egypt another king	When Stephen says that this next king **arose**, he is using a spatial metaphor to mean that this king began his reign. Alternate translation: “another king began to rule over Egypt” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ACT	7	18	g2wq	figs-metonymy	ἐπ’ Αἴγυπτον	1	over Egypt	The word **Egypt** refers to the people of Egypt. Alternate translation: “over the people of Egypt” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ACT	7	18	e2y6	figs-metonymy	ὃς οὐκ ᾔδει τὸν Ἰωσήφ	1	who did not know Joseph	Stephen is not saying that this king **did not know Joseph** personally. Joseph had been dead for centuries by this point. Rather, **Joseph** refers to the reputation of Joseph. Alternate translation: “who did not know that Joseph had helped Egypt” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ACT	7	19	qwbi	writing-pronouns	οὗτος	1		**He** refers to the new king of Egypt, not to Joseph. Alternate translation: “This king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
ACT	7	19	z312	figs-metaphor	τοὺς πατέρας	1		Here and frequently throughout the rest of his speech to the Sanhedrin, Stephen is using the term **fathers** to mean “ancestors.” If your readers might not understand this, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “our ancestors” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ACT	7	19	ug6c	figs-gendernotations	τοὺς πατέρας	1		Although the term **fathers** is masculine, when Stephen uses it to mean “ancestors,” it has a generic sense that includes both men and women. Here and throughout the speech, if you retain the metaphor in your translation, you could say “our fathers and mothers” to indicate this generic sense. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
ACT	7	19	rh3k	figs-explicit	τοῦ ποιεῖν τὰ βρέφη ἔκθετα αὐτῶν	1		Stephen assumes that his listeners will know that by **exposed** he means “left outside.” This was an unfortunate means of infanticide in the ancient world. Alternate translation: “forcing them to leave their babies outside” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ACT	7	19	n2vl	figs-doublenegatives	εἰς τὸ μὴ ζῳογονεῖσθαι	1		Stephen is using a double negative that consists of the negative particle **not** and the verb **keep alive**, which was negative from Pharaoh’s perspective, since it was contrary to his intentions. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this double negative as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “in order to kill them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
ACT	7	20	nib6	grammar-connect-time-simultaneous	ἐν ᾧ καιρῷ	1		Stephen uses this phrase to introduce something that happened while Pharaoh was trying to kill the Israelite babies. Alternate translation: “While this was happening,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-simultaneous]])
ACT	7	20	q66s	writing-participants	ἐγεννήθη Μωϋσῆς	1	At that time Moses was born	Here Stephen introduces **Moses** into his story. See how you translated his name in [3:22](../03/22.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
ACT	7	20	cz9w	figs-activepassive	ἐγεννήθη Μωϋσῆς	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the birth of Moses took place” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ACT	7	20	cd5z	figs-idiom	ἦν ἀστεῖος τῷ Θεῷ	1	he was beautiful to God	This could mean: (1) that Moses was **beautiful** in God’s perspective. Alternate translation: “God considered him to be beautiful” (2) in an idiiom, that Moses was very **beautiful**. Alternate translation: “he was very beautiful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
ACT	7	20	pnb1	figs-activepassive	ὃς ἀνετράφη&ἐν τῷ οἴκῳ τοῦ πατρός	1	was nourished	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, you can make Moses’ parents the subject. Alternate translation: “his parents cared for him … in their home” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ACT	7	21	w3iu	figs-activepassive	ἐκτεθέντος δὲ αὐτοῦ	1	But when he was exposed	Moses **was exposed** because of Pharaoh’s command. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, the context suggests that it was Moses’ parents. Alternate translation: “when his parents had to place him outside” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ACT	7	21	el3b	figs-metaphor	ἀνείλατο αὐτὸν	1		This could mean: (1) that Pharaoh’s daughter adopted Moses. The verb can have this figurative legal meaning. Alternate translation: “adopted him” (2) that she lifted him up out of the basket he was in on the banks of the Nile. (This story is told in Exodus [2:1-10](../exo/02/01.md).) Alternate translation: “rescued him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ACT	7	22	c9nw	figs-activepassive	ἐπαιδεύθη Μωϋσῆς πάσῃ σοφίᾳ Αἰγυπτίων	1	Moses was educated	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the Egyptians educated Moses in all of their wisdom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ACT	7	22	att9	figs-hyperbole	πάσῃ σοφίᾳ Αἰγυπτίων	1	in all the wisdom of the Egyptians	Stephen says **all** as an exaggeration for emphasis. Alternate translation: “thoroughly in the wisdom of the Egyptians” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
ACT	7	22	m3dm		δυνατὸς ἐν λόγοις καὶ ἔργοις αὐτοῦ	1	mighty in his words and works	Alternate translation: “effective in his speech and actions” or “influential in what he said and did”
ACT	7	23	o4cg	figs-idiom	ὡς&ἐπληροῦτο αὐτῷ τεσσερακονταετὴς χρόνος	1		This is an idiomatic way of speaking about time. Alternate translation: “after Moses had turned forty” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
ACT	7	23	b9gd	figs-activepassive	ὡς&ἐπληροῦτο αὐτῷ τεσσερακονταετὴς χρόνος	1		Since this is an idiom, it would probably not be meaningful in most languages to retain the verb “fill” and use an active verbal form instead of the passive form. However, if your language does speak of someone or something “filling” days or times so that they arrive, and if your language does not use passive verbal forms, you could use an active form of “fill” here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ACT	7	23	ckxj	figs-idiom	ἀνέβη ἐπὶ τὴν καρδίαν αὐτοῦ	1		The expression **it came up on his heart** means that Moses felt a desire. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “he felt a desire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
ACT	7	23	fj9s	figs-metonymy	ἀνέβη ἐπὶ τὴν καρδίαν αὐτοῦ	1	it came into his heart	Here, **heart** is a metonym for the thoughts and emotions. Alternate translation: “he felt a desire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ACT	7	23	x493	figs-metaphor	τοὺς ἀδελφοὺς αὐτοῦ, τοὺς υἱοὺς Ἰσραήλ	1	to visit his brothers, the sons of Israel	Stephen is using the word **brothers** to mean “kinsmen,” and he is using the word **sons** to mean “descendants.” Alternate translation: “his kinsmen, the descendants of Israel” or, if the word “Israel” might make your readers think of the nation rather than the person, “his kinsmen, the descendants of Jacob” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ACT	7	23	i4ko	figs-gendernotations	τοὺς ἀδελφοὺς αὐτοῦ, τοὺς υἱοὺς Ἰσραήλ	1		Although the terms **brothers** and **sons** are masculine, Stephen is using these words in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If you decide to retain the metaphor in your translation, you could say “brothers and sisters” and “sons and daughters” to indicate this. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
ACT	7	24	l4zv	figs-activepassive	ἰδών τινα ἀδικούμενον	1	And seeing a certain one being mistreated, he defended him and made vengeance for the one being oppressed by striking the Egyptian	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, it is clear from the context that it was **the Egyptian** who is mentioned later in the verse. Alternate translation: “seeing an Egyptian mistreating an Israelite” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ACT	7	24	y3yh	figs-activepassive	ἐποίησεν ἐκδίκησιν τῷ καταπονουμένῳ, πατάξας τὸν Αἰγύπτιον	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “avenged him by striking the Egyptian who was oppressing him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ACT	7	24	r2e8	figs-explicit	πατάξας τὸν Αἰγύπτιον	1	by striking the Egyptian	Stephen assumes that his listeners will know that Moses hit **the Egyptian** so hard that he died. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “striking and killing the Egyptian” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ACT	7	25	hrsh	figs-metaphor	τοὺς ἀδελφοὺς	1		Stephen is using the word **brothers** to mean “kinsmen.” Alternate translation: “his kinsmen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ACT	7	25	f6sn	figs-abstractnouns	δίδωσιν σωτηρίαν αὐτοῖς	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **salvation**, you could express the same idea in another way. In context, the word refers to God using Moses to deliver the Israelites from slavery. Alternate translation: “was delivering them from slavery” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ACT	7	25	nhb9	figs-metonymy	διὰ χειρὸς αὐτοῦ	1	by his hand was giving salvation to them	Here, **hand** refers to the actions of Moses. Alternate translation: “through his actions” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ACT	7	26	t2vc	figs-explicit	αὐτοῖς	1	to them as they were quarreling	It is clear from the context that these were two Israelite men, though Stephen does not say that specifically. Alternate translation: “to two Israelite men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ACT	7	26	qyc2	figs-youdual	αὐτοῖς&αὐτοὺς&ἐστε&ἀδικεῖτε	1		Since Moses is speaking to two people, these uses of **them** and **you** would be dual if your language uses that form. Otherwise, they would be plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]])
ACT	7	26	mpc7	figs-abstractnouns	συνήλλασσεν αὐτοὺς εἰς εἰρήνην	1	he urged them to peace	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **peace**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “he urged them to stop fighting” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ACT	7	26	kyde	figs-quotesinquotes	εἰπών, ἄνδρες, ἀδελφοί ἐστε. ἱνα τί ἀδικεῖτε ἀλλήλους?	1		If the direct quotation inside a direct quotation would be confusing in your language, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “telling them that they were brothers and asking them why they were hurting each other” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
ACT	7	26	zzt4	figs-idiom	ἄνδρες	1	Men, you are brothers	This is an idiomatic form of address. Translate it with an expression that would be natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Friends” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
ACT	7	26	z5g2	figs-metaphor	ἀδελφοί	1		Moses is using the word **brothers** to mean “kinsmen.” Alternate translation: “kinsmen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ACT	7	26	k1ku	figs-rquestion	ἱνα τί ἀδικεῖτε ἀλλήλους?	1	Why is it that you are hurting each other?	Moses is using a rhetorical question here to emphasize the truth of what he is saying. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “You should not be hurting each other!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
ACT	7	27	xef7	writing-pronouns	αὐτὸν	1		The word **him** refers to Moses, not to the neighbor. Alternate translation: “Moses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
ACT	7	27	iq30	figs-quotesinquotes	εἰπών, τίς σε κατέστησεν ἄρχοντα καὶ δικαστὴν ἐφ’ ἡμῶν?	1		If the direct quotation inside a direct quotation would be confusing in your language, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “asking him who appointed him a ruler and a judge over them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
ACT	7	27	q2r4	figs-rquestion	τίς σε κατέστησεν ἄρχοντα καὶ δικαστὴν ἐφ’ ἡμῶν?	1	Who appointed you a ruler and a judge over us?	The man is using a rhetorical question to emphasize the truth of what he is saying. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “No one appointed you a ruler and judge over us!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
ACT	7	27	wtq4	figs-doublet	ἄρχοντα καὶ δικαστὴν	1		In this context, the words **ruler** and **judge** mean basically the same thing. The man is using repetition to emphasize the fact that he feels that Moses has no authority over them. If your language does not use repetition for such a purpose, you could use a single phrase and provide emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “an authority with power” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
ACT	7	27	t1hw	figs-exclusive	ἡμῶν	1		The man is using the word **our** to refer to himself and to his neighbor, but not to Moses, so use the exclusive form of that word if your language marks that distinction. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
ACT	7	28	vow8	figs-doublenegatives	μὴ ἀνελεῖν με σὺ θέλεις, ὃν τρόπον ἀνεῖλες ἐχθὲς τὸν Αἰγύπτιον	1		The first word of this sentence in Greek is a negative word that can be used to turn a negative statement into a question that expects a negative answer. ULT shows this by adding **do you?** Your language may have other ways of asking a question that expects a negative answer, for example, by changing the word order of a positive statement. Translate this in the way that would be clearest in your language. Alternate translation: “Do you want to kill me the way you killed the Egyptian yesterday” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
ACT	7	28	hk1g	figs-rquestion	μὴ ἀνελεῖν με σὺ θέλεις, ὃν τρόπον ἀνεῖλες ἐχθὲς τὸν Αἰγύπτιον?	1	You do not want to kill me in the same way you killed the Egyptian yesterday, do you?	The man is using a rhetorical question implicitly to threaten Moses by indicating that he and probably others knew that Moses had killed the Egyptian. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “I suppose you want to kill me the way you killed the Egyptian yesterday!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
ACT	7	28	qfxh	figs-quotesinquotes	μὴ ἀνελεῖν με σὺ θέλεις, ὃν τρόπον ἀνεῖλες ἐχθὲς τὸν Αἰγύπτιον?	1		If the direct quotation inside a direct quotation would be confusing in your language, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “The man asked Moses if he wanted to kill him the way he had killed the Egyptian the day before.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
ACT	7	28	jxka		ὃν τρόπον	1		Alternate translation: “in the same way in which”
ACT	7	29	l149	figs-explicit	ἔφυγεν&Μωϋσῆς ἐν τῷ λόγῳ τούτῳ	1	General Information:	The implication is that Moses fled because he recognized that these Israelites, and probably others, knew that he had killed an Egyptian. Moses feared that he would be punished or even killed for this crime. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Moses ran away at this word to try to escape from being punished” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ACT	7	29	rbhm	figs-metonymy	ἐν τῷ λόγῳ τούτῳ	1		Stephen is using the term **word** to mean what the man said by using words. Alternate translation: “at this statement” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ACT	7	29	pit4	translate-names	Μαδιάμ	1		**Midian** is the name of a country. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
ACT	7	29	q8qv	figs-explicit	οὗ ἐγέννησεν υἱοὺς δύο	1	at this statement	Stephen assumes that his listeners will know that Moses married a Midianite woman when he fled from Egypt. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “where he married a Midianite woman and fathered two sons” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ACT	7	30	zx1c	figs-idiom	πληρωθέντων ἐτῶν τεσσεράκοντα	1	And when 40 years were past	This is an idiomatic way of speaking about time. Alternate translation: “after 40 years had gone by” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
ACT	7	30	qci0	figs-activepassive	πληρωθέντων ἐτῶν τεσσεράκοντα	1		Since this is an idiom, it would probably not be meaningful in most languages to retain the verb “fill” and use an active verbal form instead of the passive form. However, if your language does speak of someone or something “filling” days or times so that they arrive, and if your language does not use passive verbal forms, you could use an active form of “fill” here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ACT	7	30	veft	figs-idiom	ὤφθη αὐτῷ&ἄγγελος	1		The word **appeared** does not mean that Moses simply saw this angel in a vision. Rather, this expression indicates that the angel was actually present with Moses. Alternate translation: “suddenly an angel was there with Moses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
ACT	7	30	f7yu	figs-explicit	ὤφθη αὐτῷ&ἄγγελος	1	an angel appeared	Stephen assumes that his listeners know that God came to speak with Moses through the **angel**. The UST makes this explicit. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ACT	7	31	q6w6	figs-explicit	ἐθαύμασεν τὸ ὅραμα	1	he marveled at the sight	Stephen assumes that his listeners will know that Moses **admired the sight** because the bush was not burning up, even though it was on fire. Alternate translation: “marveled at what he saw, because the fire was not consuming the bush” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ACT	7	31	uk7u	figs-personification	ἐγένετο φωνὴ Κυρίου	1	and as he approached to look at it	Stephen is speaking of **the voice of the Lord** as if it were a person and that it **came** on its own. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “the Lord spoke to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
ACT	7	32	b26o	figs-quotesinquotes	ἐγὼ ὁ Θεὸς τῶν πατέρων σου, ὁ Θεὸς Ἀβραὰμ, καὶ Ἰσαὰκ, καὶ Ἰακώβ	1		If the direct quotation inside a direct quotation would be confusing in your language, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “The Lord told Moses that he was the God of his fathers, the God of Abraham, and of Isaac, and of Jacob” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
ACT	7	33	bpml	figs-quotesinquotes	εἶπεν&αὐτῷ ὁ Κύριος, λῦσον τὸ ὑπόδημα τῶν ποδῶν σου, ὁ γὰρ τόπος ἐφ’ ᾧ ἕστηκας γῆ ἁγία ἐστίν	1		If the direct quotation inside a direct quotation would be confusing in your language, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “the Lord told Moses to untie the sandals that were on his feet, because the place on which he was standing was holy ground” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
ACT	7	33	x7cd	translate-symaction	λῦσον τὸ ὑπόδημα τῶν ποδῶν σου, ὁ γὰρ τόπος ἐφ’ ᾧ ἕστηκας γῆ ἁγία ἐστίν	1	Untie the sandals	In this culture, removing footwear was a symbolic way of acknowledging that a place was sacred. Footwear that had been worn elsewhere should not touch it. Your readers may understand the symbolic meaning of this action. If not, you could explain it in your translation. Alternate translation: “Untie your sandals and remove them to acknowledge that the place on which you are standing is holy ground” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
ACT	7	33	rxnj	figs-explicit	λῦσον τὸ ὑπόδημα τῶν ποδῶν σου	1		The implication is that God wanted Moses not only to untie his sandals but also to remove them. Alternate translation: “Untie your sandals and remove them from your feet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ACT	7	33	xl9p		τὸ ὑπόδημα τῶν ποδῶν σου	1		Since this refers to both sandals, it might be more natural in your language to use the plural form of **sandals**. If your language uses the dual form, it would be appropriate to use that here. Alternate translation: “the sandals on your feet” or “the sandals you are wearing”
ACT	7	33	clk4	figs-explicit	ὁ γὰρ τόπος ἐφ’ ᾧ ἕστηκας γῆ ἁγία ἐστίν	1	for the place on which you are standing is holy ground	The implication is that where God is present, the immediate area around God is considered or made **holy** by God. Alternate translation: “for the place on which you are standing has been made holy by my presence” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ACT	7	34	l0au	figs-quotesinquotes	ἰδὼν, εἶδον τὴν κάκωσιν τοῦ λαοῦ μου τοῦ ἐν Αἰγύπτῳ, καὶ τοῦ στεναγμοῦ αὐτῶν ἤκουσα, καὶ κατέβην ἐξελέσθαι αὐτούς; καὶ νῦν δεῦρο, ἀποστείλω σε εἰς Αἴγυπτον.	1		If the direct quotation inside a direct quotation would be confusing in your language, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “The Lord said that he had certainly seen the oppression of his people who were in Egypt and that he had heard their groaning and that he had come down to rescue them. He told Moses to get ready because he was sending him to Egypt” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
ACT	7	34	yz7b	figs-idiom	ἰδὼν, εἶδον	1	I have certainly seen	Stephen is reproducing a Hebrew idiom from the biblical account of Moses at the burning bush. The verb **seen** is repeated in Hebrew. This repetition expresses the intensity, certainty, or clarity of Yahweh’s having seen how his people were being oppressed. This Hebrew practice of verb repetition for intensification cannot be directly translated into English. Use a natural form of strengthening a verb from your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
ACT	7	34	x5bg	figs-possession	τοῦ λαοῦ μου	1	of my people	God uses the possessive word **my** to emphasize that these people were in a covenant relationship with him based on his promises to their ancestors. Alternate translation: “of the descendants of Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
ACT	7	34	j32c	figs-metaphor	κατέβην ἐξελέσθαι αὐτούς	1	I have come down to rescue them	God describes himself as having **come down** from heaven to earth to help the Israelites. His presence was in the burning bush, but he also means that he is taking action to **rescue** them. Alternate translation: “I will personally bring about their release” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ACT	7	34	atdo	grammar-connect-logic-result	καὶ	3		God is using the word translated **And** to introduce what he wants Moses to do as a result of what he has told him. Alternate translation: “So” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
ACT	7	34	sq8y	figs-imperative	νῦν δεῦρο	1	now come	God is giving an order here. Alternate translation: “get ready” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
ACT	7	34	x34c	figs-declarative	ἀποστείλω σε εἰς Αἴγυπτον	1		God is not asking Moses’ permission when he says **let me send you to Egypt**. This is a way of saying “I will send you to Egypt,” and that statement in turn is functioning as a command. Alternate translation: “you must go to Egypt” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]])
ACT	7	35	x4p2	figs-litany	τοῦτον τὸν Μωϋσῆν	1	General Information:	Verses 35, 36, 37, and 38 contains a series of similar phrases emphasizing the role of Moses. Stephen says **This Moses**, “This one,” “This is the Moses,” and “This is the one.” If possible, use similar statements in your own translation to emphasize Moses. You may also wish to make each of these verses a separate paragraph or use formatting in some other way to highlight the repeated phrases. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litany]])
ACT	7	35	nv5g	figs-quotesinquotes	εἰπόντες, τίς σε κατέστησεν ἄρχοντα καὶ δικαστήν?	1		If the direct quotation inside a direct quotation would be confusing in your language, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. See what you did in [7:27](../07/27.md). Alternate translation: “asking him who appointed him a ruler and a judge” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
ACT	7	35	vuqy	figs-rquestion	τίς σε κατέστησεν ἄρχοντα καὶ δικαστήν?	1		See how you translated this rhetorical question in [7:27](../07/27.md). Alternate translation: “No one appointed you a ruler and a judge!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
ACT	7	35	oic6	figs-doublet	ἄρχοντα καὶ δικαστήν	1		See how you translated the combination of **ruler** and **judge** in [7:27](../07/27.md). Alternate translation: “an authority with power” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
ACT	7	35	vp7e		λυτρωτὴν	1	a redeemer	In this context, the word translated **redeemer** refers to someone who delivers people from earthly troubles, not someone who brings eternal salvation. Alternate translation: “a rescuer”
ACT	7	35	yjz9	figs-metonymy	σὺν χειρὶ ἀγγέλου	1	with the hand of the angel who appeared to him in the bush	Here, **hand** is a metonym for the capability and actions of someone. Alternate translation: “accompanied by the power of the angel” or “through the actions of the angel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ACT	7	35	abc9	figs-idiom	ὀφθέντος αὐτῷ ἐν τῇ βάτῳ	1	appeared to him	See how you translated the word **appeared** in [7:30](../07/30.md). Here as well, the word does not mean that Moses simply saw this angel in a vision. Alternate translation: “who was with him at the bush” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
ACT	7	36	gz9r	figs-doublet	τέρατα καὶ σημεῖα	1	during 40 years	The terms **wonders** and **signs** mean similar things. Stephen is using them together for emphasis. See how you translated the similar expression in [2:22](../02/22.md). Alternate translation: “great miracles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
ACT	7	36	n75x	translate-names	Ἐρυθρᾷ Θαλάσσῃ	1		Stephen is using the name that was common in his culture, **the Red Sea**, to refer to the body of water that the Old Testament calls “the Sea of Reeds.” Decide whether you want to use the name that Stephen uses here or the name that you are using in your translation in the Old Testament, if they are different. Alternate translation: “the Sea of Reeds” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
ACT	7	37	k710	figs-quotesinquotes	ὁ εἴπας τοῖς υἱοῖς Ἰσραήλ, προφήτην ὑμῖν ἀναστήσει ὁ Θεὸς, ἐκ τῶν ἀδελφῶν ὑμῶν, ὡς ἐμέ	1		If the direct quotation inside a direct quotation would be confusing in your language, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “who told the sons of Israel that God would raise up a prophet like him for them from their brothers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
ACT	7	37	vykp	figs-metaphor	τοῖς υἱοῖς Ἰσραήλ	1		Stephen is using the word **sons** to mean “descendants.” Alternate translation: “to the descendants of Israel” or “to the descendants of Jacob” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ACT	7	37	b4sg	figs-idiom	προφήτην ὑμῖν ἀναστήσει&ὡς ἐμέ	1	will raise up a prophet	Here, the expression **raise up** describes God giving someone the mission to go as a prophet to certain people. See how you translated it in [3:22](../03/22.md). Alternate translation: “will send you a prophet like me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
ACT	7	37	j2rx	figs-metaphor	τῶν ἀδελφῶν ὑμῶν	1	from among your brothers	Stephen is using the word **brothers** to mean “kinsmen.” Alternate translation: “your kinsmen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ACT	7	38	fd25	writing-pronouns	οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ γενόμενος	1	This is the one	**This is the one** refers to Moses. You may have decided to use similar language and special formatting in verses 35–38 to highlight the way Stephen is emphasizing Moses. However, if you think the reference would not be clear at this point, you could state his name. Alternate translation: “Moses is the one who was” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
ACT	7	38	z1z7	figs-infostructure	μετὰ τοῦ ἀγγέλου τοῦ λαλοῦντος αὐτῷ ἐν τῷ Ὄρει Σινά, καὶ τῶν πατέρων ἡμῶν, ὃς ἐδέξατο λόγια ζῶντα	1		It might be more natural to put the information about **Mount Sinai** next to the information about Moses receiving **living words**. Alternate translation: “with our fathers and with the angel who was speaking to him on Mount Sinai, who received living words” or “with our fathers and with the angel who was speaking to him on Mount Sinai, where he received living words” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
ACT	7	38	vdnz	writing-pronouns	τῶν πατέρων ἡμῶν, ὃς ἐδέξατο	1		This second instance of **who** in the verse refers to Moses, not to the **fathers**. For clarity, you could state his name and start a new sentence. Alternate translation: “with our fathers. Moses received” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
ACT	7	38	y2zu	figs-explicit	ὃς ἐδέξατο λόγια ζῶντα	1	who received living words to give to us	It may be helpful in your language to specify who gave Moses the **words** that he **received.** Stephen assumes that his listeners will know that this was God. Alternate translation: “to whom God gave living words” or “to whom God spoke living words” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ACT	7	38	p3xk	figs-metonymy	λόγια ζῶντα	1	living words	Stephen is using the term **words** to mean the message that God communicated through words. Alternate translation: “a living message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ACT	7	38	w2gs	figs-metaphor	λόγια ζῶντα	1		Stephen is using the term **living** to describe God’s **words** as if they were alive. This could mean: (1) that God’s message is always effective. Alternate translation: “an enduring message” (2) that God’s message shows how to live as God wishes. Alternate translation: “a life-giving message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ACT	7	39	ab0s	writing-pronouns	ᾧ οὐκ ἠθέλησαν ὑπήκοοι γενέσθαι οἱ πατέρες ἡμῶν	1		The word **whom** refers to Moses. It may be helpful to state his name and to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “Our fathers were not willing to be obedient to Moses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
ACT	7	39	mvz8	figs-metaphor	ἀπώσαντο	1	they pushed him away	Stephen is speaking to emphasize the Israelites’ rejection of Moses. Alternate translation: “they rejected him as their leader” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ACT	7	39	z3ze	figs-metonymy	ἐστράφησαν ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις αὐτῶν εἰς Αἴγυπτον	1	turned back in their hearts	Here, **hearts** is a metonym for people’s desires. Alternate translation: “made it their desire to return to Egypt” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ACT	7	40	l8u7	figs-quotesinquotes	εἰπόντες τῷ Ἀαρών, ποίησον ἡμῖν θεοὺς οἳ προπορεύσονται ἡμῶν. ὁ γὰρ Μωϋσῆς οὗτος, ὃς ἐξήγαγεν ἡμᾶς ἐκ γῆς Αἰγύπτου, οὐκ οἴδαμεν τί ἐγένετο αὐτῷ.	1		If the direct quotation inside a direct quotation would be confusing in your language, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “They asked Aaron to make gods for them who would go ahead of them, because they did not know what had happened to Moses, who had brought them from the land of Egypt” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
ACT	7	40	kb3o		εἰπόντες τῷ Ἀαρών	1		It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “They said to Aaron”
ACT	7	40	fzsq	translate-names	τῷ Ἀαρών	1		**Aaron** is the name of a man, the older brother of Moses. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
ACT	7	40	a68q	figs-infostructure	ὁ γὰρ Μωϋσῆς οὗτος, ὃς ἐξήγαγεν ἡμᾶς ἐκ γῆς Αἰγύπτου, οὐκ οἴδαμεν τί ἐγένετο αὐτῷ	1		It may be more natural to put the information about Moses at the end of the sentence. Alternate translation: “For we do not know what has happened to this Moses who brought us from the land of Egypt” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
ACT	7	41	ux1j	figs-explicit	ἐμοσχοποίησαν	1	they made an image of a calf	Stephen assumes that his listeners will know that this **image of a calf** was a statue that the Israelites wanted to worship as an idol. Stephen refers to it as **the idol** later in the sentence. Alternate translation: “they made a statue that looked like a calf to worship as an idol” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ACT	7	41	v6tx	figs-idiom	ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις ἐκείναις	1		Stephen is using the term **days** to refer to a specific time. Alternate translation: “at that time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
ACT	7	41	hjp0	writing-pronouns	ἐμοσχοποίησαν	1		The pronoun **they** refers back to “our fathers” in verse 39, that is, to the Israelites whom Moses led out of Egypt. Alternate translation: “the Israelites made an image of a calf” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
ACT	7	41	hh77	figs-metonymy	τοῖς ἔργοις τῶν χειρῶν αὐτῶν	1	they made an image of a calf … to the idol … the work of their hands	Stephen describes what he also calls the **calf** and the **idol** as **the works of their hands** by association with the way the Israelites used their hands to make the calf. Alternate translation: “the statue they had made” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ACT	7	42	d3dd	figs-metaphor	ἔστρεψεν&ὁ Θεὸς	1	God turned away	Stephen is speaking as if **God** had physically **turned away**. He speaks this way to emphasize that God was not pleased with the Israelites and no longer helped them. Alternate translation: “God stopped helping them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ACT	7	42	u7lx	figs-metaphor	τῇ στρατιᾷ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ	1	the host of heaven	Here, the word **host** means “army,” and the word **heaven** means “sky.” Stephen is speaking of the stars in the sky as if they were an army. Alternate translation, as in UST: “the stars in the sky” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ACT	7	42	ya6v	figs-activepassive	γέγραπται ἐν βίβλῳ τῶν προφητῶν	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the book of the prophets says” or “the book of the prophets records” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ACT	7	42	f314	figs-explicit	βίβλῳ τῶν προφητῶν	1	the book of the prophets	This was apparently a collection of the writings of several of the Old Testament prophets on one scroll. Alternate translation: “the scroll that records sayings of the prophets” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ACT	7	42	w38i	figs-quotemarks	μὴ σφάγια καὶ θυσίας προσηνέγκατέ μοι, ἔτη τεσσεράκοντα ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ	1		This is the beginning of a quotation from the prophet Amos, which continues through the end of verse 43. Even if your language does not customarily put one direct quotation inside another, it would be good to present this quotation from Amos as a direct quotation if possible, since God is addressing the Israelites directly in it. You may be able to indicate its beginning with an opening second-level quotation mark or with some other punctuation or convention that your language uses to indicate the start of a second-level quotation. You may also be able to use special formatting to set off the quotation, as ULT does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
ACT	7	42	o5ly	figs-doublenegatives	μὴ σφάγια καὶ θυσίας προσηνέγκατέ μοι, ἔτη τεσσεράκοντα ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ, οἶκος Ἰσραήλ?	1		The first word of this sentence in Greek is a negative word that can be used to turn a negative statement into a question that expects a negative answer. ULT shows this by adding **did you?** Your language may have other ways of asking a question that expects a negative answer, for example, by changing the word order of a positive statement. Translate this in the way that would be clearest in your language. Alternate translation: “Did you offer slain beasts and offerings to me for 40 years in the wilderness, O house of Israel?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
ACT	7	42	gd1b	figs-rquestion	μὴ σφάγια καὶ θυσίας προσηνέγκατέ μοι, ἔτη τεσσεράκοντα ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ, οἶκος Ἰσραήλ?	1	You did not offer to me slain beasts and sacrifices for 40 years in the wilderness, did you, O house of Israel?	Speaking through the prophet Amos, God used the question form to emphasize to the people of **Israel** that they did not really worship Him **in the wilderness** with their sacrifices. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate these words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “You did not honor me when you offered slain beasts and sacrifices for 40 years in the wilderness, O house of Israel!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
ACT	7	42	q9rr	figs-yousingular	μὴ&προσηνέγκατέ	1		**You** is plural in these instances, even though the addressee (**house**) is singular, because God is actually speaking to all of the Israelites. If it would not be natural in your language to use the plural in such a case, you can use singular **you** in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])
ACT	7	42	tck0	figs-merism	σφάγια καὶ θυσίας	1		In a figure of speech, God is using the two main categories of sacrifices, those that involve shedding blood (**slain beasts**) and those that are bloodless (**offerings**), to mean sacrifices of all kinds. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or non-figurative language. Alternate translation: “all kinds of sacrifices” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
ACT	7	42	j4q8	figs-metaphor	οἶκος Ἰσραήλ	1	O house of Israel	Here, **house** means all the people descended from a particular person. It envisions them as if they were one household living together. So the **house of Israel** means all the people descended from the patriarch Jacob, who was also known as Israel. Alternate translation: “nation of Israel” or “people of Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ACT	7	43	zek5		καὶ ἀνελάβετε τὴν σκηνὴν τοῦ Μολὸχ, καὶ τὸ ἄστρον τοῦ θεοῦ ὑμῶν Ῥαιφάν, τοὺς τύπους οὓς ἐποιήσατε προσκυνεῖν αὐτοῖς. καὶ μετοικιῶ ὑμᾶς ἐπέκεινα Βαβυλῶνος.	1		The quotation from the prophet Amos continues here.
ACT	7	43	h20h	grammar-connect-logic-contrast	καὶ	1		**And** at the beginning of this verse introduces God’s own answer to the question he asked in the previous verse, [7:42](../07/42.md): “You did not offer slain beasts and offerings to me …, did you?” The answer is in contrast to what the question asks. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation, followed by a sentence break: “No!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
ACT	7	43	q85n	figs-irony	ἀνελάβετε&μετοικιῶ ὑμᾶς	1		The term **took up** indicates that the Israelites carried the idols this verse describes around with them as they traveled in the wilderness. The term **remove** in this context means that God will send them into exile as a punishment, with the sense of carrying them away from their homeland. So the punishment is ironic; if possible, use similar terms in your language that will bring out this irony. Alternate translation: “you carried around … I will carry you away” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
ACT	7	43	gxh2	figs-yousingular	ἀνελάβετε&ὑμῶν&ἐποιήσατε&ὑμᾶς	1		As in [7:42](../07/42.md), **you** is plural here, even though the addressee (“house”) is singular, since God is speaking to all of the Israelites. In this verse **your** is also plural. If it would not be natural in your language to use the plural in these cases, you can use the singular in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])
ACT	7	43	im7e	figs-explicit	τὴν σκηνὴν τοῦ Μολὸχ	1	the tabernacle of Molech	The **tabernacle of Molech** was a tent or shrine that housed an idol of the false god Molech. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly, as UST does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ACT	7	43	cq47	figs-explicit	τὸ ἄστρον τοῦ θεοῦ ὑμῶν Ῥαιφάν	1	the star of your god Rephan	The Israelites were not carrying around an actual **star**, but an image designed to look like a star. This image was used in the worship of the false god Rephan. (This may have been the planet Saturn.) Alternate translation: “the star-shaped image of your god Rephan” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ACT	7	43	gm4g	figs-explicit	τοὺς τύπους οὓς ἐποιήσατε	1	and the images that you made	The word **images** refers to the idol of Molech and the star-shaped image of Rephan. It may be helpful to make this a separate sentence. Alternate translation: “You made that idol of Molech and that star-shaped image of Rephan so that you could worship those false gods.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ACT	7	43	zgq6	grammar-connect-logic-result	καὶ	3	I will carry you away beyond Babylon	Speaking through Amos, God uses the word translated **and** to introduce what he will do as a result of the Israelites’ unfaithfulness and disobedience. It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “As a result” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
ACT	7	43	rrn8	figs-quotemarks	μετοικιῶ ὑμᾶς ἐπέκεινα Βαβυλῶνος	1		This is the end of the quotation from the prophet Amos that began in verse 42. See how you marked the beginning of the quotation there. It would be appropriate to mark its ending here with a closing second-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the end of a second-level quotation. If you used special formatting to set off the quotation, you can return to regular formatting after this verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
ACT	7	44	fs4q			0	Connecting Statement:	Stephen continues his response to the high priest and the council which he began in [Acts 7:2](../07/02.md).
ACT	7	44	hfmx	figs-ellipsis	ἡ σκηνὴ τοῦ μαρτυρίου ἦν τοῖς πατράσιν ἡμῶν ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ, καθὼς διετάξατο ὁ λαλῶν τῷ Μωϋσῇ	1		Stephen is not saying that the **tabernacle** was **with** the Israelites just as God had commanded. He means that the tabernacle was built **according to the pattern** that Moses saw on Mount Sinai. To make this clear, it may be helpful to supply some of the words that Stephen is leaving out. It may also be helpful to introduce a sentence break. Alternate translation: “The tabernacle of the testimony was with our fathers in the wilderness. It was built just as the one speaking to Moses had commanded” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
ACT	7	44	m9gw	figs-metonymy	ἡ σκηνὴ τοῦ μαρτυρίου	1	The tabernacle of the testimony	Stephen calls this tent the **tabernacle of the testimony** by association with the way it housed the ark of the covenant, which was also known as the ark of the testimony. The “testimony” of the ark, as UST indicates, was to the covenant between God and the Israelites and to his presence with them wherever they went in the wilderness. Alternate translation: “the tent that housed the ark of the covenant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ACT	7	44	fk06	figs-infostructure	καθὼς διετάξατο ὁ λαλῶν τῷ Μωϋσῇ, ποιῆσαι αὐτὴν κατὰ τὸν τύπον ὃν ἑωράκει	1		It may be more natural to put the information about the command to Moses before the information about how Moses fulfilled the command. It may also be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “The one speaking to Moses had commanded him to make the tabernacle according to the pattern that he had seen, and he made it just that way” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
ACT	7	44	masq	figs-explicit	διετάξατο ὁ λαλῶν τῷ Μωϋσῇ	1		Stephen assumes that his listeners will know that he is referring to the way God spoke to Moses on Mount Sinai. Alternate translation: “God commanded Moses when he spoke to him on Mount Sinai” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ACT	7	44	avqh	figs-explicit	τὸν τύπον ὃν ἑωράκει	1		Stephen assumes that his listeners will know that he is referring to the **pattern** for the tabernacle that God showed Moses on Mount Sinai. Alternate translation: “the pattern that he showed him on Mount Sinai” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ACT	7	45	uqca	figs-pronouns	ἣν καὶ εἰσήγαγον, διαδεξάμενοι οἱ πατέρες ἡμῶν	1		The pronoun **which** refers to the tabernacle. It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “Our ancestors received the tabernacle from their ancestors, and they brought it in” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns]])
ACT	7	45	qjov		διαδεξάμενοι	1		The phrase **having received … in turn** translates a Greek verb that refers to receiving something in succession, in this case from one’s ancestors. Alternate translation: “having received it from their ancestors”
ACT	7	45	n2sc		εἰσήγαγον&μετὰ Ἰησοῦ	1	Our fathers, under Joshua, received it and brought it with them	When Stephen says that the Israelites brought in the tabernacle **with Joshua**, he does not mean that they brought in both the tabernacle and Joshua. He means that the Israelites did the things he describes in obedience to Joshua’s directions. Alternate translation: “brought in as Joshua directed them”
ACT	7	45	e3gu	figs-explicit	εἰσήγαγον	1		Stephen assumes that his listeners will know that he is referring to the Israelites entering the land of Canaan. Alternate translation: “brought in to the land of Canaan” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ACT	7	45	znov	translate-names	Ἰησοῦ	1		**Joshua** is the name of a man, the successor of Moses as leader of the Israelites. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
ACT	7	45	eww5	figs-metonymy	ἐν τῇ κατασχέσει τῶν ἐθνῶν	1		Stephen is using the term **nations** to mean the land that these people groups occupied. Alternate translation: “when they took possession of land that had been occupied by the nations” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ACT	7	45	spm5	figs-metaphor	ἀπὸ προσώπου τῶν πατέρων ἡμῶν	1	when they took possession of the nations who God drove out from the face of our fathers	Stephen is using the word **face** to mean “presence.” Alternate translation: “from the presence of our ancestors” or “so that our ancestors alone would live there” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ACT	7	45	zjlj	figs-ellipsis	ἕως τῶν ἡμερῶν Δαυείδ	1		Stephen is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages in order to be complete. It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “The tabernacle remained there until the days of David” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
ACT	7	45	wot8	figs-idiom	τῶν ἡμερῶν Δαυείδ	1		Stephen is using the term **days** to refer to a specific time. Alternate translation: “the time of David” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
ACT	7	45	bux7	translate-names	Δαυείδ	1		**David** is the name of a man. See how you translated it in [1:16](../01/16.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
ACT	7	46	k9vh	figs-idiom	εὑρεῖν	1		Stephen is speaking. David did not ask God if he could go look for this **dwelling**. David asked God if he could build it. Alternate translation: “to build” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
ACT	7	46	x4kl	figs-pronouns	ὃς εὗρεν χάριν ἐνώπιον τοῦ Θεοῦ	1		The pronoun **who** refers to David. It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “David found favor before God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns]])
ACT	7	46	ykio	figs-metonymy	ὃς εὗρεν χάριν ἐνώπιον τοῦ Θεοῦ	1		Here the phrase **before God** refers to God’s opinion by association with the way that God would assess anything that came to his attention in front of him. Alternate translation: “God regarded David with favor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ACT	7	46	yl80	figs-idiom	εὑρεῖν	1		Stephen is speaking. David did not ask God if he could go look for this **dwelling**. David asked God if he could build it. Alternate translation: “to build” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
ACT	7	46	w3cu	figs-metaphor	σκήνωμα	1	a dwelling place for the house of Jacob	The word **dwelling** refers to a permanent habitation, that is, a house. Stephen is using the word to mean a temple. He is speaking of this temple as if it was a house in which God lived, since God’s presence was there. Alternate translation: “a house” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ACT	7	46	in7m	translate-textvariants	τῷ οἴκῳ Ἰακώβ	1		Some ancient manuscripts read “the house of Jacob.” ULT follows that reading. Other ancient manuscripts read “the God of Jacob.” If a translation of the Bible exists in your region, you may wish to use the reading that it has. If a translation of the Bible does not exist in your region, you may wish to use the reading of ULT. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
ACT	7	46	fsmp	figs-metaphor	τῷ οἴκῳ Ἰακώβ	1		Here, **house** means all the people descended from a particular person. It envisions them as if they were one household living together. So **the house of Jacob** means all the people descended from the patriarch Jacob, who was also known as Israel. Alternate translation: “the people of Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ACT	7	47	bo1q	translate-names	Σολομῶν	1		**Solomon** is the name of a man. See how you translated it in [3:11](../03/11.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
ACT	7	47	k54c	figs-metaphor	αὐτῷ οἶκον	1		Stephen is using the word **house** to mean a temple. Alternate translation: “a temple for him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ACT	7	47	dlk8	writing-pronouns	αὐτῷ οἶκον	1		The pronoun **him** refers to God. Alternate translation: “a temple for God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
ACT	7	48	wuce	translate-names	ὁ Ὕψιστος	1		This a name for God. UST suggests one way to express its meaning. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
ACT	7	48	fwvu	figs-nominaladj	χειροποιήτοις	1		Stephen is using the adjective **made with hands** (or “handmade”) as a noun, to mean structures built by humans. ULT adds **houses** to show this. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “temples that people build” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
ACT	7	48	c822	figs-synecdoche	χειροποιήτοις	1	houses made with hands	Stephen is using the word **hand**, one part of a person, to mean the whole person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language. Alternate translation: “houses that people build” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
ACT	7	48	ota0	figs-metaphor	χειροποιήτοις	1		The word **houses** means “temples.” Alternate translation: “temples that people build” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ACT	7	48	d4fh	figs-explicit	καθὼς ὁ προφήτης λέγει	1		Stephen assumes that his listeners will know that by **the prophet**, he means Isaiah. Alternate translation: “as the prophet Isaiah says” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ACT	7	49	oyax	figs-quotemarks	ὁ οὐρανός μοι θρόνος, ἡ δὲ γῆ ὑποπόδιον τῶν ποδῶν μου	1		This is the beginning of a quotation from the prophet Isaiah, which continues through the end of verse 50. Even if your language does not customarily put one direct quotation inside another, it would be good to present this quotation from Isaiah as a direct quotation if possible, since God is addressing the Israelites directly in it. You may be able to indicate its beginning with an opening second-level quotation mark or with some other punctuation or convention that your language uses to indicate the start of a second-level quotation. You may also be able to use special formatting to set off the quotation, as ULT does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
ACT	7	49	k2vn	figs-metaphor	ὁ οὐρανός μοι θρόνος, ἡ δὲ γῆ ὑποπόδιον τῶν ποδῶν μου	1	Heaven is my throne, and the earth is the footstool for my feet	Speaking through Isaiah, God describes **Heaven** as his **throne** and **the earth** as his **footstool**. If your readers would not understand what these figures mean, you could use equivalent metaphors from your culture, or you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. This could mean: (1) that God is present both in heaven and on earth. Alternate translation: “I dwell in heaven, and I am also present throughout the earth” (2) that God rules over heaven and earth. Alternative translation: “I rule from heaven, and I have complete authority over the earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ACT	7	49	i4u3	figs-merism	ὁ οὐρανός μοι θρόνος, ἡ δὲ γῆ ὑποπόδιον τῶν ποδῶν μου	1		God is using the two parts of creation, **Heaven** and **earth**, to mean all of creation. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. This could mean: (1) Alternate translation: “I am present everywhere in creation” (2) Alternate translation: “I rule over all of creation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
ACT	7	49	wc9m	figs-rquestion	ποῖον οἶκον οἰκοδομήσετέ μοι? λέγει Κύριος, ἢ τίς τόπος τῆς καταπαύσεώς μου?	1	What kind of house will you build for me?	God is using the question form to emphasize that human beings cannot build a temple worthy of him or adequate for him. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate these words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “You can not build a temple that is worthy of me or a place to live that is adequate for me!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
ACT	7	49	rqr4	figs-parallelism	ποῖον οἶκον οἰκοδομήσετέ μοι? λέγει Κύριος, ἢ τίς τόπος τῆς καταπαύσεώς μου?	1		These two phrases mean basically the same thing. God says the same thing twice, in slightly different ways, to emphasize the truth of what he is saying. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “You can not build a temple that is worthy for me to live in!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
ACT	7	49	mshp	figs-metaphor	ποῖον οἶκον	1		The word **house** means a “temple.” Alternate translation: “What kind of temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ACT	7	49	vjaq	figs-abstractnouns	τόπος τῆς καταπαύσεώς μου	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **rest**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “the place where I can live” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ACT	7	50	hqjr	figs-quotemarks	οὐχὶ ἡ χείρ μου ἐποίησεν ταῦτα πάντα?	1		This is the end of the quotation from the prophet Isaiah that began in verse 49. See how you marked the beginning of the quotation there. It would be appropriate to mark its ending here with a closing second-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the end of a second-level quotation. If you used special formatting to set off the quotation, you can return to regular formatting after this verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
ACT	7	50	rfk1	figs-rquestion	οὐχὶ ἡ χείρ μου ἐποίησεν ταῦτα πάντα?	1	Did my hand not make all these things?	God is using the question form for emphasis. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “My hand made all these things!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
ACT	7	50	jlg1	figs-synecdoche	οὐχὶ ἡ χείρ μου ἐποίησεν ταῦτα πάντα?	1		God is using one part of himself, his **hand**, to represent all of himself in the act of creating. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language. Alternate translation: “Did I not make all these things?” or, if you choose to represent the rhetorical question as an exclamation, “I made all these things!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
ACT	7	50	gzw0	figs-explicit	ταῦτα πάντα	1		The phrase **all these things** refers back to “Heaven” and “earth” in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “everything in creation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ACT	7	51	umq6	figs-exclamations	σκληροτράχηλοι καὶ ἀπερίτμητοι καρδίαις καὶ τοῖς ὠσίν	1	O stiff-necked	Stephen is using the exclamatory word **O** to make a transition in his speech. Up to this point, he has been identifying with the Sanhedrin members, saying “our fathers” as he describes what earlier generations of Israelites did. Now, as he shifts to rebuking them, he addresses them with the vocative **O**. Use an exclamation that is natural in your language for this same purpose. Alternate translation: “You stiff-necked people who are uncircumcised in your heart and ears” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
ACT	7	51	yxe3	figs-nominaladj	σκληροτράχηλοι καὶ	1		Stephen is using the adjective **stiff-necked** as a noun, to describe a kind of person. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “O people who are stiff-necked and” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
ACT	7	51	vn7h	figs-metaphor	σκληροτράχηλοι	1	O stiff-necked	Stephen is speaking of the Sanhedrin members as if they were horses or mules that stiffened their necks in order not to be turned in one direction or another. He means that they are being stubborn. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture, or you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “O stubborn” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ACT	7	51	zp55	figs-metonymy	ἀπερίτμητοι καρδίαις καὶ τοῖς ὠσίν	1	uncircumcised in heart and ears	Stephen speaks of the Sanhedrin members’ **heart and ears** as **uncircumcised** by association with the way that Gentiles, who are uncircumcised because they are not part of the covenant community, do not obey or listen to God. Alternate translation: “unwilling to obey or listen to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ACT	7	51	esfc	figs-synecdoche	ἀπερίτμητοι καρδίαις καὶ τοῖς ὠσίν	1		Stephen is using one part of a person, the **heart**, meaning the desires and will, to represent all of a person in the act of obeying or disobeying. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language. Alternate translation: “unwilling to obey or listen to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
ACT	7	51	jslb	figs-synecdoche	ἀπερίτμητοι καρδίαις καὶ τοῖς ὠσίν	1		Stephen is using one part of a person, the **ears**, to represent all of a person in the act of listening. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language. Alternate translation: “unwilling to obey or listen to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
ACT	7	51	zgon	figs-hyperbole	ὑμεῖς ἀεὶ τῷ Πνεύματι τῷ Ἁγίῳ ἀντιπίπτετε	1		The word **always** is a generalization for emphasis. Alternate translation: “You keep resisting the Holy Spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
ACT	7	51	w164	figs-yousingular	ὑμεῖς&ὑμῶν&ὑμεῖς	1		The words **you** and **your** are plural, since Stephen is speaking to all the members of the Sanhedrin. So use plural forms in your translation if your language marks that distinction. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])
ACT	7	51	d2v8	figs-ellipsis	ὡς οἱ πατέρες ὑμῶν, καὶ ὑμεῖς	1		Stephen is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. Alternate translation: “As your ancestors disobeyed God and did not listen to him, so you disobey God and do not listen to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
ACT	7	52	x7kf	figs-rquestion	τίνα τῶν προφητῶν οὐκ ἐδίωξαν οἱ πατέρες ὑμῶν?	1	Which of the prophets did your fathers not persecute?	Stephen is not asking for information. He is using the question form for emphasis. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Your ancestors persecuted each of the prophets!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
ACT	7	52	eiw2	figs-hyperbole	τίνα τῶν προφητῶν οὐκ ἐδίωξαν οἱ πατέρες ὑμῶν?	1		Stephen’s rhetorical question has an implicit generalization for emphasis. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language that conveys emphasis. Alternate translation: “Your ancestors kept persecuting the prophets!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
ACT	7	52	q8wb	figs-nominaladj	τοῦ Δικαίου	1	of the Righteous One	Stephen is using the adjective **Righteous** as a noun in order to describe a specific person. ULT adds **One** to show this. This is a title that refers to the Christ, the Messiah. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “of the Messiah, who was righteous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
ACT	7	52	agd9		οὗ νῦν ὑμεῖς προδόται καὶ φονεῖς ἐγένεσθε	1	of whom you have now become betrayers and murderers	It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “You have now betrayed and murdered him”
ACT	7	53	axhl	writing-pronouns	οἵτινες ἐλάβετε	1		The pronoun **who** refers to the Sanhedrin members whom Stephen is addressing. It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “You received” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
ACT	7	53	t92q	figs-synecdoche	οἵτινες ἐλάβετε	1		The Sanhedrin members whom Stephen is addressing did not receive **the law** themselves. Rather, Stephen is using them to represent the entire Jewish community down through the years. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language. Alternate translation: “whose community received” or, if you choose to start a new sentence, “Your community received” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
ACT	7	53	euw5	figs-explicit	εἰς διαταγὰς ἀγγέλων	1	the law as ordained by angels	Stephen assumes that his listeners will know that he is referring to God giving the law to the Israelites at Mount Sinai. A later Jewish tradition said that angels acted as God’s intermediaries at that time. (Stephen says in [7:38](../07/38.md) that an angel was speaking to Moses on Mount Sinai.) If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “as angels delivered it on Mount Sinai” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ACT	7	54	ef2g	figs-activepassive	ἀκούοντες&ταῦτα διεπρίοντο ταῖς καρδίαις αὐτῶν	1	Now hearing these things	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “these things cut them to their hearts when they heard them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ACT	7	54	u4l7	figs-idiom	διεπρίοντο ταῖς καρδίαις αὐτῶν	1	they were cut to their hearts	Here, the expression **they were cut to their hearts** is an idiom that means the Sanhedrin members became very angry. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “they became furious at Stephen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
ACT	7	54	ae9s	translate-symaction	ἔβρυχον τοὺς ὀδόντας ἐπ’ αὐτόν	1	they ground their teeth at him	This action expressed their strong anger at Stephen. If there is a gesture with similar meaning in your culture, you could consider using it here in your translation. Alternate translation: “they became so angry at Stephen that they ground their teeth together” or “they moved their teeth back and forth as they looked angrily at Stephen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
ACT	7	55	dlux	figs-metaphor	πλήρης Πνεύματος Ἁγίου	1		Luke is speaking of Stephen as if he were a container that the Holy Spirit could fill. Alternate translation: “inspired by the Holy Spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ACT	7	55	ntp4	figs-explicit	ἀτενίσας εἰς τὸν οὐρανὸν, εἶδεν	1	and looking intently into heaven	The implication is that only Stephen saw this vision, not anyone else who was present. Alternate translation: “staring up into heaven, he saw in a vision” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ACT	7	55	bl2j	figs-explicit	δόξαν Θεοῦ	1	he saw the glory of God	The implication is that Stephen saw a bright light that expressed the magnificent presence of God. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “a bright light that expressed the glorious presence of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ACT	7	55	zpry	figs-nominaladj	Ἰησοῦν ἑστῶτα ἐκ δεξιῶν τοῦ Θεοῦ	1		Luke is using the adjective **right** as a noun in order to indicate the right side. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “Jesus standing at the right side of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
ACT	7	55	vamz	figs-explicit	Ἰησοῦν ἑστῶτα ἐκ δεξιῶν τοῦ Θεοῦ	1		In this culture, the place at the right side of a ruler was a position of honor. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus standing in a place of honor next to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ACT	7	55	vyz3	translate-symaction	Ἰησοῦν ἑστῶτα ἐκ δεξιῶν τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	and Jesus standing at the right hand of God	Elsewhere in the New Testament, Jesus is described as “sitting” **at the right of God**. Many interpreters believe that Jesus stood on this occasion to honor Stephen for his courage and faithful testimony. If there is a gesture with similar meaning in your culture, you could consider using it here in your translation. Alternate translation: “Jesus, in a place of honor next to God, standing to honor him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
ACT	7	56	gzvv	figs-metaphor	ἰδοὺ	1		Stephen is using the term **behold** to focus his listeners’ attention on what he is about to say. Your language may have a comparable expression that you can use in your translation. Alternate translation: “Now listen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ACT	7	56	p0jg	figs-metaphor	θεωρῶ τοὺς οὐρανοὺς διηνοιγμένους, καὶ	1		Stephen is speaking of **the heavens** being **opened** to mean that they are open to his view. Alternate translation: “the heavens are open to my view, and I see” or “I can see into heaven, and I see” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ACT	7	56	aqp8	figs-explicit	τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	Son of Man	The title **Son of Man** is equivalent to “Messiah.” Jesus himself used that title to claim that role subtly and implicitly. You may want to translate the title directly into your language. Alternatively, if you think it would be helpful to your readers, you could express what it means. Alternate translation: “Jesus the Messiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ACT	7	56	imoa	figs-nominaladj	ἐκ δεξιῶν ἑστῶτα τοῦ Θεοῦ	1		See how you translated the nominal adjective **right** in [7:55](../07/55.md). Alternate translation: “standing at the right side of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
ACT	7	56	cr19	figs-explicit	ἐκ δεξιῶν ἑστῶτα τοῦ Θεοῦ	1		See how you expressed the implicit significance of the phrase **at the right of God** in [7:55](../07/55.md). Alternate translation: “standing in a place of honor next to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ACT	7	56	rvwp	translate-symaction	ἐκ δεξιῶν ἑστῶτα τοῦ Θεοῦ	1		See how you expressed the significance of the symbolic action of Jesus **standing** in [7:55](../07/55.md). Alternate translation: “the Son of Man, in a place of honor next to God, standing to honor me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
ACT	7	57	p4cg	translate-symaction	κράξαντες&φωνῇ μεγάλῃ, συνέσχον τὰ ὦτα αὐτῶν	1	they covered their ears	The Sanhedrin members did these things to demonstrate that they did not want to hear any more of what Stephen said. Alternate translation: “shouting loudly to drown out Stephen, they put their hands over their ears to show that they did not want to hear any more” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
ACT	7	57	wtwk	figs-idiom	κράξαντες&φωνῇ μεγάλῃ	1		This is an idiom that suggests that the Sanhedrin members had another, louder voice that they could use. It means that they raised the volume of their voices. Alternate translation: “shouting loudly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
ACT	7	57	hm0q		κράξαντες&φωνῇ μεγάλῃ	1		If you would like to reproduce this idiom but it would be unusual in your language to speak as if a whole group of people had one **voice**, you could make this plural. Alternate translation: “with loud voices” or “in loud voices”
ACT	7	57	t287		ὥρμησαν ὁμοθυμαδὸν ἐπ’ αὐτόν	1		This could mean: (1) that the Sanhedrin members all rushed at Stephen at the same time. Alternate translation: “rushed at him all at once” (2) that every one of the Sanhedrin members rushed at Stephen. Alternate translation: “every one of them rushed at him”
ACT	7	58	ks1u	figs-metaphor	ἐκβαλόντες ἔξω τῆς πόλεως	1	throwing him outside the city	Luke is likely speaking when he speaks of the Sanhedrin members **throwing** Stephen outside the city. It is unlikely that they actually picked him up and heaved him through the air. Alternate translation: “seizing Stephen and forcefully taking him out of the city” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ACT	7	58	teas	figs-explicit	οἱ μάρτυρες	1		These were the “false witnesses” whom the Sanhedrin brought in to accuse Stephen, as described in [6:13](../06/13.md). According to the Law of Moses, it was their responsibility to carry out the execution of the man they had accused. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “the false witnesses, who were responsible to carry out the execution,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ACT	7	58	ryrh	figs-explicit	ἀπέθεντο τὰ ἱμάτια αὐτῶν, παρὰ τοὺς πόδας νεανίου καλουμένου Σαύλου	1		The implications are that the witnesses took off their long robes so that they could throw stones at Stephen more easily and that they left them with Saul for safekeeping. UST models one way to make these implications explicit. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ACT	7	58	wy7n	translate-unknown	τὰ ἱμάτια	1	outer garments	These **outer garments** were long cloaks or robes that people wore outside to stay warm. They were also a sign of wealth and status. If your readers would not be familiar with this kind of garment, you could use the name of another garment that they would recognize, or you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “coats” or “robes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
ACT	7	58	sx2p	figs-idiom	παρὰ τοὺς πόδας	1	at the feet	The expression **at the feet** means on the ground in front of someone. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “on the ground in front of” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
ACT	7	58	e2vl	translate-names	Σαύλου	1	of a young man	**Saul** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
ACT	7	59	fxhz	figs-hendiadys	ἐπικαλούμενον καὶ λέγοντα	1		This phrase expresses a single idea by using two words connected with **and**. The phrase **calling out** tells how Stephen was **saying** what he said. If it would be more natural in your language, you could express this meaning with an equivalent phrase that does not use “and.” Alternate translation: “as he was saying loudly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
ACT	7	59	k2el	figs-imperative	δέξαι τὸ πνεῦμά μου	1	receive my spirit	This is an imperative, but it communicates a polite request rather than a command. Use a form in your language that communicates a polite request. It may be helpful to add an expression such as “please” to make this clear. Alternate translation: “please receive my spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
ACT	7	60	u86q	translate-symaction	θεὶς&τὰ γόνατα	1	But having knelt down on his knees	Kneeling down was an act of submission to God and a reverent posture of prayer. Alternate translation: “after he had knelt down reverently” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
ACT	7	60	hi24	figs-idiom	ἔκραξεν φωνῇ μεγάλῃ	1		This is an idiom that means that Stephen raised the volume of his voice. Alternate translation: “he cried out loudly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
ACT	7	60	dfjs	figs-imperative	μὴ στήσῃς αὐτοῖς ταύτην τὴν ἁμαρτίαν	1		This is an imperative, but it communicates a polite request rather than a command. Use a form in your language that communicates a polite request. It may be helpful to add an expression such as “please” to make this clear. Alternate translation: “please do not hold this sin against them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
ACT	7	60	tvf8	figs-doublenegatives	μὴ στήσῃς αὐτοῖς ταύτην τὴν ἁμαρτίαν	1	do not hold this sin against them	If it would be clearer in your language, you could use a positive expression to translate this double negative that consists of the negative particle **not** and the negative verb **hold … against**. Alternate translation: “forgive them for this sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
ACT	7	60	r9vi	figs-euphemism	ἐκοιμήθη	1	he fell asleep	Luke is describing the death of Stephen when he says **he fell asleep**. This is a polite way of referring to something unpleasant. If this would be misunderstood in your language, use a different polite way of referring to this or use plain language. Alternate translation: “he passed away” or, as in UST, “he died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
ACT	8	intro	q9d9			0		# Acts 8 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and Formatting<br><br>The story here shifts from Stephen to Saul.<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry that is quoted from the Old Testament in 8:32-33.<br><br>The first sentence of verse 1 ends the description of the events in Chapter 7. Luke begins a new part of his history with the words “And on that day.”<br><br>## Special Concepts in this Chapter<br><br>### Receiving the Holy Spirit<br><br>In this chapter Luke speaks for the first time of people receiving the Holy Spirit ([Acts 8:15-19](../08/15.md)). The Holy Spirit had already enabled the believers to speak in tongues, to heal the sick, and to live as a community, and he had filled Stephen. But when the Jews started putting believers in prison, those believers who could leave Jerusalem did leave, and as they went, they told people about Jesus. When the people who heard about Jesus received the Holy Spirit, the church leaders knew that those people had truly become believers.<br><br>### Proclaimed<br><br>This chapter, more than any other in the book of Acts, speaks of the believers proclaiming the word, proclaiming the good news, and proclaiming that Jesus is the Christ. The word “proclaim” translates a Greek word that means to tell good news about something.
ACT	8	1	ez88	writing-background	Σαῦλος δὲ ἦν συνευδοκῶν τῇ ἀναιρέσει αὐτοῦ	1	there began on that day a great persecution against the church that was in Jerusalem, and they all were scattered throughout the regions of Judea and Samaria, except the apostles	Luke is providing this background information to help readers understand why Saul was persecuting the church, as he relates in [8:3](../08/03.md) and in Chapter 9. Use a natural way in your language for introducing background information. Alternate translation: “Now Saul approved of the Sanhedrin executing Stephen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
ACT	8	1	i1tc	writing-newevent	ἐγένετο δὲ ἐν ἐκείνῃ τῇ ἡμέρᾳ, διωγμὸς μέγας ἐπὶ τὴν ἐκκλησίαν	1		Luke uses this phrase to introduce a new event in the story, the scattering of the church and its witness beyond Jerusalem. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “And so began that day a great persecution against the church” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
ACT	8	1	vc8x	figs-explicit	ἐν ἐκείνῃ τῇ ἡμέρᾳ	1	that day	Here, **day** is not a figurative word for “time.” Luke is referring to a specific day, the day on which Stephen was killed. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “on the day Stephen was killed,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ACT	8	1	xp25	figs-activepassive	πάντες&διεσπάρησαν	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “they all fled” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ACT	8	1	u5pi	figs-hyperbole	πάντες&διεσπάρησαν	1	they were all scattered	The word **all** is a generalization that emphasizes that a large number of the believers were affected. Alternate translation: “many of the believers were scattered” or “many of the believers fled” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
ACT	8	1	ok0h	translate-names	τῆς Ἰουδαίας καὶ Σαμαρείας	1		**Judea** and **Samaria** are the names of regions. See how you translated them in [1:8](../01/08.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
ACT	8	1	k5a2	figs-explicit	πλὴν τῶν ἀποστόλων	1	except the apostles	The implication is that **the apostles** remained in Jerusalem, even though they too experienced this great persecution. Alternate translation: “except the apostles, who remained in Jerusalem despite the persecution” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ACT	8	2	tp9e	translate-versebridge	συνεκόμισαν δὲ τὸν Στέφανον ἄνδρες εὐλαβεῖς, καὶ ἐποίησαν κοπετὸν μέγαν ἐπ’ αὐτῷ	1	General Information:	It may be helpful to your readers to move these parts of the story about Stephen together by using a verse bridge for verses 1-2 as the UST does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-versebridge]])
ACT	8	2	sjc8	figs-explicit	συνεκόμισαν&τὸν Στέφανον	1	devout men	The word translated **carried away** means to carry away for burial. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. You could also say explicitly that it was Stephen’s body that these men carried away. Alternate translation: “carried Stephen’s body away to bury it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ACT	8	3	yd2i		κατὰ τοὺς οἴκους	1	according to the houses	Alternate translation: “entering one house after another”
ACT	8	3	w6vk	figs-explicit	κατὰ τοὺς οἴκους&τε ἄνδρας καὶ γυναῖκας	1	men and women	Luke may mean **houses** where Christians met, as described in [2:46](../02/46.md), and he means **men and women** who believed in Jesus. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “the houses where Christians met … believers in Jesus, both men and women” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ACT	8	4	n52l	figs-nominaladj	οἱ&διασπαρέντες	1		Luke is using the participle **having been scattered**, which functions as an adjective, as a noun. ULT adds the term **ones** to show this. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “the believers who had been scattered” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
ACT	8	4	ymy5	figs-activepassive	οἱ&διασπαρέντες	1	had been scattered	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. See how you translated it in [8:1](../08/01.md). Alternate translation: “the believers who had fled from the persecution” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ACT	8	4	su6i	figs-metonymy	εὐαγγελιζόμενοι τὸν λόγον	1	the word	Luke is using the term **word** to mean the message about Jesus that these believers shared by using words. See how you translated the term in [4:4](../04/04.md). Also see the General Notes to this chapter for the meaning of the word translated **proclaiming** here and many other times in this chapter. Alternate translation: “telling the good news about Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ACT	8	5	dh3x	translate-names	Φίλιππος	1	Connecting Statement:	**Philip** is the name of a man. See how you translated it in [1:13](../01/13.md). Philip was one of the apostles. A man by that same name, possibly the same man, was chosen as one of the deacons in [6:5](../06/05.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
ACT	8	5	gz5m	figs-idiom	κατελθὼν	1	went down to the city of Samaria	Luke speaks of Philip **going down** from Jerusalem because that was the customary way of speaking about traveling from Jerusalem, since that city is up on a mountain. Alternate translation: “traveling” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
ACT	8	5	f45b	figs-idiom	τὴν πόλιν τῆς Σαμαρείας	1	the city of Samaria	This is an idiom that means the principal city in the region of Samaria, probably the one known at that time as Sebaste, although some interpreters believe that Luke may have had the city of Sychar in mind instead. Alternate translation: “the main city in Samaria” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
ACT	8	5	pk1l	figs-metonymy	τὸν Χριστόν	1	proclaimed to them the Christ	Luke is using the name **Christ** by association to mean the message about Christ. Alternate translation: “the good news about Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ACT	8	6	cnt9	figs-explicit	οἱ ὄχλοι	1	And the crowds	Luke implicitly means **the crowds** in the city that Philip traveled to. Alternate translation: “the people in that city of Samaria” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ACT	8	6	jyvw		ὁμοθυμαδὸν	1		Alternate translation: “all together”
ACT	8	6	tt0i	figs-nominaladj	τοῖς λεγομένοις ὑπὸ τοῦ Φιλίππου	1		Luke is using the participle **being spoken**, which functions as an adjective, as a noun. ULT adds the term **things** to show this. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “the things that Philip was saying” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
ACT	8	6	g0ft	figs-activepassive	τοῖς λεγομένοις ὑπὸ τοῦ Φιλίππου	1		If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “the things that Philip was saying” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ACT	8	6	wm83		τὰ σημεῖα	1	were paying attention to	Here the word **signs** has the same sense that it has in the phrase “wonders and signs” in [2:22](../02/22.md) and elsewhere in Acts. It means a miracle. Alternate translation: “the miracles”
ACT	8	7	un6b	figs-infostructure	πολλοὶ γὰρ τῶν ἐχόντων πνεύματα ἀκάθαρτα, βοῶντα φωνῇ μεγάλῃ, ἐξήρχοντο	1		As Luke tells the story of this event, he changes from the people who had **unclean spirits** being the subject of the sentence to the **unclean spirits** themselves being the subject. This may be because the unclean spirits controlled people to such an extent that the spirits seemed to be the people themselves. It may be helpful to your readers to put the information about the spirits before the information about the people who had them. Alternate translation: “unclean spirits, shouting with a loud voice, were coming out of many of those who had them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
ACT	8	7	pehe	figs-nominaladj	τῶν ἐχόντων	1		Luke is using the participle **having**, which functions as an adjective, as a noun. ULT adds the term **those** to show this. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “the people who had” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
ACT	8	7	xb2n		ἐχόντων πνεύματα ἀκάθαρτα	1	having unclean spirits	Alternate translation: “who were controlled by unclean spirits”
ACT	8	7	nz7y	figs-idiom	βοῶντα φωνῇ μεγάλῃ	1		This is an idiom that means that the unclean spirits raised the volume of their voices. Alternate translation: “shouting loudly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
ACT	8	7	v8uj	figs-activepassive	πολλοὶ&παραλελυμένοι καὶ χωλοὶ ἐθεραπεύθησαν	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, it would be appropriate to say Jesus, since the book of Acts shows that the apostles healed people in the name of Jesus, for example, in [4:10](../04/10.md). Alternate translation: “Jesus, through the power of his name, healed many who had been paralyzed and lame” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ACT	8	7	imbh	figs-nominaladj	πολλοὶ&παραλελυμένοι	1		Luke is using the participle **paralyzed** as an adjective. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “many who had been paralyzed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
ACT	8	7	anq3	figs-activepassive	πολλοὶ&παραλελυμένοι	1		If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “many who had paralysis” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ACT	8	8	s8bm	grammar-connect-logic-result	δὲ	1		Luke is using the word translated **And** to introduce what the people in the city did as a result of the many healings that Philip performed. Alternate translation: “So” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
ACT	8	8	z5z3	figs-metonymy	ἐγένετο&πολλὴ χαρὰ ἐν τῇ πόλει ἐκείνῃ	1	And there was much joy in that city	The phrase **that city** refers by association to the people who lived in that city. Alternate translation: “there was much joy among the people of that city” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ACT	8	8	r0nz	figs-abstractnouns	ἐγένετο&πολλὴ χαρὰ ἐν τῇ πόλει ἐκείνῃ	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **joy**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “the people of that city rejoiced greatly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ACT	8	9	jm7n	writing-background	ἀνὴρ δέ τις ὀνόματι Σίμων, προϋπῆρχεν ἐν τῇ πόλει μαγεύων	1		Luke is providing background information to help readers understand who Simon was and why he said and did the things Luke describes in the rest of this chapter. Use a natural way in your language for introducing background information. Alternate translation: “Now there was a man named Simon who had been practicing sorcery in that city” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
ACT	8	9	bed1	writing-participants	ἀνὴρ&τις ὀνόματι Σίμων	1	But … a certain man named Simon	Luke uses this phrase to introduce Simon as a new character in the story. If your language has its own way of doing that, you can use it here in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
ACT	8	9	cx7a	translate-names	Σίμων	1	the city	**Simon** is the name of a man. See how you translated this name, for a different man, in [1:13](../01/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
ACT	8	10	mvcm	writing-pronouns	ᾧ προσεῖχον πάντες ἀπὸ μικροῦ ἕως μεγάλου	1		The phrase **to whom** refers to Simon. It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “All of them, from little to great, were paying attention to Simon” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
ACT	8	10	evt7	figs-hyperbole	πάντες	1	they all … were paying attention	Luke is using the word **all** as a generalization for emphasis. Alternate translation: “the Samaritans in that city” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
ACT	8	10	h51l	figs-nominaladj	ἀπὸ μικροῦ ἕως μεγάλου	1		Luke is using the adjectives **little** and **great** as nouns in order to indicate groups of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate these words with equivalent phrases. Alternate translation: “from the least important people to the most important ones” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
ACT	8	10	ibl1	figs-merism	ἀπὸ μικροῦ ἕως μεγάλου	1	from least to greatest	Luke is speaking, using these two extremes in order to include all of the people in between. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “no matter how important they were” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
ACT	8	10	h5ya	writing-pronouns	οὗτός	1		The demonstrative pronoun **This** stands for Simon. Alternate translation: “This man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
ACT	8	10	j3d8	translate-names	ἡ Δύναμις τοῦ Θεοῦ, ἡ καλουμένη Μεγάλη	1	This man is the power of God which is called Great	The Samaritans believed that Simon must be the embodiment of some great power, and thinking that this power was God, the highest of powers, they called it Great. Alternate translation: “an embodiment of the Great God” or “an embodiment of the supreme God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
ACT	8	10	yw5v	figs-activepassive	ἡ καλουμένη	1	the power of God which is called Great	If your language does not use the passive form **called**, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “that people call” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ACT	8	11	pxj8	writing-background	προσεῖχον δὲ αὐτῷ	1	General Information:	This verse gives additional background information about Simon and what he was doing among the Samaritans. Alternate translation: “Now they were paying attention to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
ACT	8	12	h1hg	writing-pronouns	ἐπίστευσαν	1		The pronoun **they** refers to the Samaritans. Alternate translation: “the Samaritans believed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
ACT	8	12	zwoj	figs-abstractnouns	εὐαγγελιζομένῳ περὶ τῆς Βασιλείας τοῦ Θεοῦ καὶ τοῦ ὀνόματος Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of a **kingdom**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “proclaiming the good news that God had begun to rule and that Jesus the Messiah had come” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ACT	8	12	zjh5	figs-metonymy	εὐαγγελιζομένῳ περὶ τῆς Βασιλείας τοῦ Θεοῦ καὶ τοῦ ὀνόματος Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ	1		Here the **name** of Jesus represents his authority, specifically as the Messiah, as the title **Christ** indicates. Alternate translation: “proclaiming the good news that God had begun to rule and that Jesus the Messiah had come” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ACT	8	12	jg1w	figs-infostructure	εὐαγγελιζομένῳ περὶ τῆς Βασιλείας τοῦ Θεοῦ καὶ τοῦ ὀνόματος Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ	1		Since Jesus inaugurated the **kingdom of God** when he came to earth, it may be helpful to put the information about Jesus before the information about the kingdom of God. Alternate translation: “proclaiming the gospel about the name of Jesus Christ and the kingdom of God” or “proclaiming the good news that Jesus the Messiah had come and that God had begun to rule” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
ACT	8	12	vsy8	figs-activepassive	ἐβαπτίζοντο	1	they were baptized	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “Philip was baptizing them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ACT	8	13	k2th	figs-rpronouns	ὁ δὲ Σίμων καὶ αὐτὸς ἐπίστευσεν	1	Simon himself also believed	Luke uses the word **himself** to emphasize how significant it was that Simon, who had claimed to be an embodiment of God, had believed in Jesus as the Messiah whom God sent. Use a way that is natural in your language to indicate this significance. Alternate translation: “Even Simon believed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
ACT	8	13	bayg		ἦν προσκαρτερῶν τῷ Φιλίππῳ	1		Alternate translation: “he followed Philip around everywhere”
ACT	8	13	v91t	figs-activepassive	βαπτισθεὶς	1	having been baptized	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “after Philip baptized him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ACT	8	13	rnr3	figs-irony	θεωρῶν τε σημεῖα καὶ δυνάμεις μεγάλας	1		The word that ULT translates as **works** here is the same word that it translates as “power” in [8:10](../08/10.md). It can mean either power or works that demonstrate power. Luke is using the word to show what an ironic situation Simon is in. He claimed to be “the power … that is called Great,” but now he recognizes that **works** of power that are truly **great** are done in the name of Jesus. If your language has a word for works that demonstrate power that has the same root as its word for power, it would be appropriate to use it here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
ACT	8	13	d4yb	figs-doublet	τε σημεῖα καὶ δυνάμεις	1		The terms **signs** and **works** mean similar things. Luke is using them together for emphasis. Alternate translation, as in UST: “miracles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
ACT	8	14	s7lr	writing-newevent	δὲ	1	Now when the apostles in Jerusalem heard	Luke is using the word translated **And** to introduce a new event in the story of the Samaritans becoming believers. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “Now” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
ACT	8	14	lk9b	figs-quotations	ἀκούσαντες&ὅτι δέδεκται ἡ Σαμάρεια τὸν λόγον τοῦ Θεοῦ, ἀπέστειλαν	1		It may be more natural in your language to have a direct quotation here. Alternate translation: “having heard, ‘Samaria has received the word of God,’ sent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
ACT	8	14	uwxo	figs-exclamations	ἀκούσαντες&ὅτι δέδεκται ἡ Σαμάρεια τὸν λόγον τοῦ Θεοῦ, ἀπέστειλαν	1		If you decide to have a direct quotation here, you might also decide to make it an exclamation. Alternate translation: “having heard, ‘Samaria has received the word of God!’ sent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
ACT	8	14	ju21	figs-metonymy	ἡ Σαμάρεια	1	Samaria	Luke is using the word **Samaria** by association to mean the people of Samaria. Alternate translation: “the people of Samaria” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ACT	8	14	e682	figs-metonymy	τὸν λόγον τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	had received	Luke is using the term **word** to mean the message about Jesus that Philip shared by using words. Alternate translation: “the message about Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ACT	8	14	td5t	translate-names	Πέτρον καὶ Ἰωάννην	1		**Peter** and **John** are the names of two men. See how you translated them in [1:13](../01/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
ACT	8	15	af1n	writing-pronouns	οἵτινες καταβάντες, προσηύξαντο περὶ αὐτῶν	1	who, having come down	The pronoun **who** stands for Peter and John, and the pronoun **them** stands for the Samaritans. It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “When Peter and John had come down, they prayed for the Samaritans” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
ACT	8	15	hd1w	figs-youdual	οἵτινες	1		Since the pronoun **who** stands for two men, it should be in the dual if your language uses that form. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]])
ACT	8	15	hk1m	figs-idiom	καταβάντες	1	having come down	Luke speaks of Philip **having come down** from Jerusalem because that was the customary way of speaking about traveling from Jerusalem, since that city is up on a mountain. Alternate translation: “having traveled from Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
ACT	8	15	bun9	figs-go	καταβάντες	1	prayed for them	Your language may say “gone” rather than **come** in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “having gone down” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
ACT	8	16	d2z9	figs-metaphor	οὐδέπω&ἦν ἐπ’ οὐδενὶ αὐτῶν ἐπιπεπτωκός	1		Luke is speaking of the Holy Spirit as if it could fall on the Samaritan believers. Alternate translation: “none of them had yet received the Holy Spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ACT	8	16	l4ez	grammar-connect-logic-result	γὰρ	1		Luke is using the word **For** to introduce the reason why Peter and John had to pray for the Samaritans to receive the Holy Spirit. Alternate translation: “They prayed for them because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
ACT	8	16	qmjp	figs-doublenegatives	οὐδέπω&ἦν ἐπ’ οὐδενὶ αὐτῶν ἐπιπεπτωκός	1		In Greek this is a double negative for emphasis, “he had not yet fallen upon none of them.” The second negative does not cancel the first to create a positive meaning. If for emphasis your language uses double negatives that do not cancel one another, it would be appropriate to use that construction here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
ACT	8	16	bpzz	writing-pronouns	οὐδέπω&ἦν&ἐπιπεπτωκός	1		The pronoun **he** stands for the Holy Spirit. Alternate translation: “the Holy Spirit had not yet fallen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
ACT	8	16	rn3c	figs-metonymy	μόνον&βεβαπτισμένοι ὑπῆρχον εἰς τὸ ὄνομα τοῦ Κυρίου Ἰησοῦ	1	they had only been baptized into the name of the Lord Jesus	Here, **the name of the Lord Jesus** represents his authority, and being baptized into his name represents being baptized in order to be under his authority. Alternate translation: “they had only been baptized to become disciples of the Lord Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ACT	8	16	m1nw	figs-activepassive	μόνον&βεβαπτισμένοι ὑπῆρχον	1	they had only been baptized	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. If you must state who did the action, the context suggests it was Philip. Alternate translation: “Philip had only baptized them” or “Philip had only baptized the Samaritan believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ACT	8	17	bsll	writing-pronouns	ἐπετίθεσαν τὰς χεῖρας ἐπ’ αὐτούς, καὶ ἐλάμβανον	1		The first instance of the pronoun **they** stands for Peter and John, and the pronoun **them** and the second instance of **they** stand for the Samaritans. Alternate translation: “When Peter and John were laying their hands on the Samaritans, and the Samaritans were receiving” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
ACT	8	17	bldf	figs-youdual	ἐπετίθεσαν	1		Since this instance of the pronoun **they** stands for two men, it should be in the dual if your language uses that form. The same is true of “them” in [8:18](../08/18.md) and “they” and “the ones” in [8:25](../08/25.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]])
ACT	8	17	q7gd	translate-symaction	ἐπετίθεσαν τὰς χεῖρας ἐπ’ αὐτούς	1	they were laying their hands on them	Peter and John **laying their hands** on the Samaritans who had believed Philip’s message of the gospel was a symbolic action that showed that Peter and John wanted God to give the Holy Spirit to these believers. If there is a gesture with similar meaning in your culture, you could consider using it here in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
ACT	8	18	rh79	figs-activepassive	δίδοται τὸ Πνεῦμα	1	the Holy Spirit was being given through the laying on of the hands of the apostles	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, it is clear from the context that this was God. Alternate translation: “God was giving the Spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ACT	8	19	fbw9		δότε κἀμοὶ τὴν ἐξουσίαν ταύτην, ἵνα ᾧ ἐὰν ἐπιθῶ τὰς χεῖρας, λαμβάνῃ Πνεῦμα Ἅγιον	1	so that whoever I lay my hands on may receive the Holy Spirit	Alternate translation: “Give me the authority to give the Holy Spirit to anyone I lay my hands on”
ACT	8	20	df1j	figs-exclamations	τὸ ἀργύριόν σου, σὺν σοὶ εἴη εἰς ἀπώλειαν	1		Peter is using the exclamation form to emphasize how forcefully he rejects Simon’s offer. You may want to use an exclamation to convey this same emphasis in your language. Alternate translation: “I refuse your offer! I can see that you are going to perdition, and you can take your money with you!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
ACT	8	20	y4ny	figs-metonymy	τὸ ἀργύριόν	1		Peter is referring to money by association with the way that **silver** was used for money at this time. Alternate translation: “money” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ACT	8	20	gh12	figs-metonymy	τὴν δωρεὰν τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	the gift of God	Peter is referring to the ability to confer the Holy Spirit by the laying on of hands. Since this is an ability that only God can give, by association Peter calls it **the gift of God**. Alternate translation: “the power to confer the Holy Spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ACT	8	21	p2ev	figs-doublet	οὐκ ἔστιν σοι μερὶς οὐδὲ κλῆρος ἐν τῷ λόγῳ τούτῳ	1	There is to you no part or share in this matter	The terms **part** and **share** mean similar things. Peter is using them together for emphasis. Alternate translation: “We will not let you have anything to do with this work” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
ACT	8	21	ufk3	figs-possession	σοι	1		The phrase **to you** represents a possessive form. Alternate translation: “yours” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
ACT	8	21	xbh2	figs-metaphor	ἡ γὰρ καρδία σου οὐκ ἔστιν εὐθεῖα	1	because your heart is not right	Here, the **heart** represents the thoughts and motives. Alternate translation: “your thoughts and motives are not right” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ACT	8	21	p9v4	figs-metonymy	ἔναντι τοῦ Θεοῦ	1		This could mean: (1) that Simon’s **heart** is not **right** in God’s opinion by association with the way that God would assess anything that came to his attention in front of him. Alternate translation: “as far as God is concerned” (2) that Simon does not have the right thoughts about God or intentions towards God. Alternate translation: “in its attitude towards God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ACT	8	22	sa6s	figs-abstractnouns	ἀπὸ τῆς κακίας σου ταύτης	1	this wickedness	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **wickedness**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “for trying to buy God’s gift with money” or “for trying to bribe God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ACT	8	22	ppk5	figs-metaphor	ἡ ἐπίνοια τῆς καρδίας σου	1	the intention of your heart	Here, the **heart** represents the thoughts and motives. Alternate translation: “what you intended to do” or “what you were thinking of doing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ACT	8	22	pe2u	grammar-connect-condition-fact	δεήθητι τοῦ Κυρίου, εἰ ἄρα ἀφεθήσεταί σοι ἡ ἐπίνοια τῆς καρδίας σου	1	if therefore the intention of your heart will be forgiven to you	Peter is using the conditional word **if** to introduce a desired result. There is actually no doubt about whether God will forgive someone who sincerely repents and prays for forgiveness. Alternate translation: “pray to the Lord so that, as a result, the intention of your heart will be forgiven to you” or “pray to the Lord and ask him to forgive you for the intention of your heart” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]])
ACT	8	22	lq4i	figs-activepassive	ἀφεθήσεταί σοι ἡ ἐπίνοια τῆς καρδίας σου	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “he will forgive you for the intention of your heart” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ACT	8	23	tf3s	translate-unknown	εἰς&χολὴν πικρίας	1		The **gall** plant has a bitter taste and is poisonous. If your readers would not be familiar with this plant, you could use the name of a similar plant in your area. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
ACT	8	23	kpu6	figs-metonymy	εἰς&χολὴν πικρίας	1		Peter is using the **gall** plant by association to mean “poison.” Alternate translation: “in the poison of bitterness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ACT	8	23	d3v7	figs-metaphor	εἰς&χολὴν πικρίας	1	in the poison of bitterness	Peter is describing **bitterness** as if it were made of **gall** or poison. He means that bitterness, here in the sense of envy, spiritually poisons a person, that is, it leads them towards spiritual death. Alternate translation: “dangerously envious” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ACT	8	23	j696	figs-metaphor	σύνδεσμον ἀδικίας	1	the bond of unrighteousness	Peter speaks of **the bond of unrighteousness** as if unrighteousness were restraining Simon and keeping him a prisoner. He means Simon is not able to stop himself from sinning. Alternate translation: “unable to stop sinning” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ACT	8	24	n5cw	figs-youdual	ὑμεῖς&εἰρήκατε	1		Even though it was only Peter who spoke to Simon, in his response, Simon is addressing both Peter and John, since he offered money to both of them, as [8:18](../08/18.md) describes. Since Simon is speaking to two men, **You** and **you** would be dual if your language uses that form. Otherwise it would be plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]])
ACT	8	24	v2wy	figs-imperative	δεήθητε ὑμεῖς ὑπὲρ ἐμοῦ πρὸς τὸν Κύριον	1		This is an imperative, but it communicates a polite request rather than a command. Use a form in your language that communicates a polite request. It may be helpful to add an expression such as “please” to make this clear. Alternate translation: “Please pray to the Lord for me” or “I ask you to pray to the Lord for me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
ACT	8	24	hwc6	writing-pronouns	δεήθητε ὑμεῖς ὑπὲρ ἐμοῦ πρὸς τὸν Κύριον	1		Simon is stating the pronoun **You**, which is already implied in the verb **pray**, for emphasis. If your language can state implied pronouns explicitly for emphasis, you may want to use that construction here. Other languages may have other ways of bringing out this emphasis. Alternate translation: “Pray to the Lord for me yourselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
ACT	8	24	u1a4		ὅπως μηδὲν ἐπέλθῃ ἐπ’ ἐμὲ ὧν εἰρήκατε	1	so that nothing of which you have spoken may happen to me	Alternate translation: “so that the things you have said may not happen to me”
ACT	8	24	sk5w	figs-explicit	μηδὲν ἐπέλθῃ ἐπ’ ἐμὲ ὧν εἰρήκατε	1	nothing … of which you have spoken	Simon is referring implicitly to Peter’s rebuke, in which Peter spoke of Simon’s silver perishing along with him. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “I will not perish as you said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ACT	8	25	nzvg	grammar-connect-time-sequential	οὖν	1		Luke is using the word translated **Then** to introduce what Peter and John did after being in the city where Philip had been telling the Samaritans about Jesus. Alternate translation: “After that,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
ACT	8	25	p3rj	figs-explicit	οἱ&διαμαρτυράμενοι καὶ λαλήσαντες τὸν λόγον τοῦ Κυρίου	1		The **ones** Luke is describing are Peter and John. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Peter and John, after they had testified and spoken the word of the Lord,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ACT	8	25	uz15	figs-nominaladj	οἱ&διαμαρτυράμενοι καὶ λαλήσαντες	1	when they had testified	Luke is using the participles **having testified** and **having spoken**, which function as adjectives, as nouns. ULT adds the term **ones** to show this. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “the ones who had testified and spoken” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
ACT	8	25	ww9k	figs-metonymy	τὸν λόγον τοῦ Κυρίου	1	spoken the word of the Lord	Luke is using the term **word** to mean the message about Jesus that Peter and John shared by using words. Alternate translation: “the message about Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ACT	8	25	eu66	figs-metonymy	πολλάς&κώμας τῶν Σαμαρειτῶν	1	to many villages of the Samaritans	The term **villages** refers by association to the people who lived in these villages. Alternate translation: “to the people in many Samaritan villages” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ACT	8	26	mbj9	writing-newevent	δὲ	1	Now	Luke is using the word translated **Now** to introduce a new event. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for introducing a new event. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
ACT	8	26	w1nk	figs-idiom	ἀνάστηθι	1	Arise and go	Here the word **arise** means that the angel wanted Philip to take action, not that the angel wanted him to stand up from a seated position. Alternate translation: “Pack for a journey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
ACT	8	26	le2c	figs-idiom	τὴν ὁδὸν τὴν καταβαίνουσαν ἀπὸ Ἰερουσαλὴμ εἰς Γάζαν	1	that goes down from Jerusalem to Gaza	The angel speaks of the road **going down** from Jerusalem because that was the customary way of speaking about traveling from Jerusalem, since that city is up on a mountain. Alternate translation: “the road that leads from Jerusalem to Gaza” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
ACT	8	26	a18y	writing-background	αὕτη ἐστὶν ἔρημος	1	This is desert	This sentence could be: (1) something that Luke adds to provide background information about the area through which Philip would be travelling. Alternate translation: “from Jerusalem to Gaza.’ (Now that road leads through a desert.)” (2) part of what the angel is saying to Philip. Alternate translation: “from Jerusalem to Gaza, which is a desert road.’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
ACT	8	27	s0yn	figs-idiom	ἀναστὰς, ἐπορεύθη	1		As in the previous verse, the word **arising** means that Philip took preparatory action, not that he stood up from a seated position. Alternate translation: “he prepared for a journey and left” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
ACT	8	27	xy7x	writing-participants	ἰδοὺ	1	behold	Luke is using the word **behold** to alert his audience to a new person in the story. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new character. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
ACT	8	27	zkc5	writing-background	ἀνὴρ, Αἰθίοψ εὐνοῦχος, δυνάστης Κανδάκης βασιλίσσης Αἰθιόπων, ὃς ἦν ἐπὶ πάσης τῆς γάζης αὐτῆς, ὃς ἐληλύθει προσκυνήσων εἰς Ἰερουσαλήμ	1		This verse provides background information about this Ethiopian official and why he was travelling along this road. It may be helpful to begin a new sentence and to use a natural form for introducing background information. Alternate translation: “a man from Ethiopia. Now this man was a eunuch, an official of the Kandake, the queen of the Ethiopians, who was over all her treasure, and he had come to Jerusalem to worship” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
ACT	8	27	i5zh	figs-idiom	ἀνὴρ, Αἰθίοψ	1		This is an idiomatic way of describing someone. Alternate translation: “a man from Ethiopia” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
ACT	8	27	s1uf	translate-unknown	εὐνοῦχος, δυνάστης Κανδάκης	1	a eunuch	While the word **eunuch** describes a man who has been castrated, as men sometimes were who served in royal courts in the ancient world, the emphasis here is on the fact that this man was a high government official, not on his physical state. Alternate translation: “an important official in the court of the Kandake” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
ACT	8	27	t5t1	translate-names	Κανδάκης	1	of Candace	**Kandake** was a title for the queens of Ethiopia. It is similar to the word Pharaoh, the title that was used for the kings of Egypt. So in your translation, make clear that it is a title rather than a name. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
ACT	8	27	nm48	figs-metaphor	ὃς ἦν ἐπὶ πάσης τῆς γάζης αὐτῆς	1		Luke is using a spatial metaphor when says that this man was **over** the **treasure** of the Kandake. He means that the man was responsible for it. Alternate translation: “who was in charge of her treasury” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ACT	8	27	v8q7	figs-explicit	ὃς ἐληλύθει προσκυνήσων εἰς Ἰερουσαλήμ	1	who had come to Jerusalem to worship	The implication is that this man was a Gentile who believed in the true God and had come to worship at the Jewish temple. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “Even though he was a Gentile, he had come to worship the true God at the temple in Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ACT	8	27	uk32	figs-go	ὃς ἐληλύθει	1		Your language may say “gone” rather than **come** in a context such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “who had gone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
ACT	8	28	d3kv	translate-unknown	τοῦ ἅρματος	1	chariot	Here and in [8:29](../08/29.md) and [8:38](../08/38.md), the term **chariot** probably means something like “carriage.” Chariots were vehicles for war, not for long-distance travel, and people stood to ride in chariots, while this man was seated. Alternate translation, as in UST: “his carriage” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
ACT	8	28	bx2j	figs-metonymy	ἀνεγίνωσκεν τὸν προφήτην Ἠσαΐαν	1	was reading the prophet Isaiah	Luke is using the phrase **the prophet Isaiah** to mean the prophecies that Isaiah spoke and recorded. Alternate translation: “he was reading from the book of Isaiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ACT	8	28	n40c	figs-explicit	ἀνεγίνωσκεν	1		Since Philip was able to hear what the man was reading, as [8:30](../08/30.md) explains, the implication is that the man was reading aloud. Alternate translation: “he was reading aloud from” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ACT	8	29	llh1	figs-metonymy	πρόσελθε καὶ κολλήθητι τῷ ἅρματι τούτῳ	1	be joined to this chariot	The Spirit means that Philip is to stay close to the person riding in the **chariot**. Alternate translation: “Go over to that chariot so you can be near the man in it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ACT	8	30	ffh7	figs-metonymy	ἀναγινώσκοντος Ἠσαΐαν τὸν προφήτην	1	reading Isaiah the prophet	Luke is using the phrase **Isaiah the prophet** to mean the prophecies that Isaiah spoke and recorded. Alternate translation: “reading from the book of Isaiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ACT	8	30	x98i	figs-explicit	ἆρά γε γινώσκεις ἃ ἀναγινώσκεις	1	Do you understand what you are reading?	The Ethiopian was a literate, educated man who could read, but he lacked spiritual discernment. Philip is asking implicitly whether he understands the meaning of the passage from Isaiah. Alternate translation: “Do you understand the meaning of what you are reading?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ACT	8	31	r5g2	figs-rquestion	πῶς γὰρ ἂν δυναίμην ἐὰν μή τις ὁδηγήσει με?	1	how would I be able, unless someone will guide me?	The man is not asking for information. He is using the question form for emphasis. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “No, I cannot understand unless someone guides me.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
ACT	8	31	zx9h	figs-explicit	παρεκάλεσέν&τὸν Φίλιππον, ἀναβάντα καθίσαι σὺν αὐτῷ	1	he summoned Philip, having come up, to sit with him	The implication is that when the man invited Philip to come up and sit with him, Philip agreed to travel down the road with him to explain the Scriptures. Alternate translation: “he invited Philip to come up and sit with him and explain the Scriptures, and Philip accepted the invitation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ACT	8	32	nd93	figs-explicit	ὡς πρόβατον ἐπὶ σφαγὴν ἤχθη	1		This a quotation from Isaiah [53:7–8](../isa/53/07.md). It describes the Messiah, whom Isaiah calls “the servant of the Lord.” But since the Ethiopian official did not know whom Isaiah was describing and had to ask Philip, it would be better not to specify that at this point by saying, for example, “The Messiah was led like a sheep to the slaugher” or “The servant of the Lord was led like a sheep to the slaughter” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ACT	8	32	bgk9	figs-abstractnouns	ὡς πρόβατον ἐπὶ σφαγὴν ἤχθη	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **slaughter**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “He was led like a sheep that was going to be slaughtered” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ACT	8	32	kh97	figs-activepassive	ἤχθη	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “People led him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ACT	8	32	lu3j	translate-unknown	ἐναντίον τοῦ κείραντος αὐτὸν ἄφωνος	1	like a lamb before its shearer is silent	A **shearer** is a person who cuts the wool off the sheep so that it may be used. If your readers would not be familiar with this word and you have no comparable word in your language, you could express the meaning in another way. Alternate translation: “is silent while its wool is being cut off” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
ACT	8	32	k8sy	figs-metonymy	οὐκ ἀνοίγει τὸ στόμα αὐτοῦ	1		This means that the Messiah does not speak by association with the way a person would **open his mouth** in order to speak. Alternate translation: “he says nothing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ACT	8	33	dwur	figs-abstractnouns	ἐν τῇ ταπεινώσει, ἡ κρίσις αὐτοῦ ἤρθη	1		If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **humiliation** and **justice**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “Because he acted humbly and did not defend himself, his enemies were able to treat him unjustly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ACT	8	33	y2a1	figs-activepassive	ἡ κρίσις αὐτοῦ ἤρθη	1	In humiliation his justice was taken away	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “his enemies denied him justice” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ACT	8	33	k3uz	figs-rquestion	τὴν γενεὰν αὐτοῦ τίς διηγήσεται?	1	Who can fully describe his generation?	Isaiah is using the question form for emphasis. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “No one will describe his generation.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
ACT	8	33	ec09	figs-declarative	τὴν γενεὰν αὐτοῦ τίς διηγήσεται?	1		Isaiah is using a future statement to describe capability. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use form that is more natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Who can describe his generation?” or “No one will be able to describe his generation.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]])
ACT	8	33	yxxn	figs-abstractnouns	τὴν γενεὰν αὐτοῦ τίς διηγήσεται?	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **generation**, you could express the same idea in another way. This could mean: (1) that no one will be able to describe the Messiah’s descendants because he will die without having any children. Alternate translation: “No one will be able to describe his descendants.” (2) that no one will be able to describe the other people living at the same time as the Messiah because they will be so wicked. Alternate translation: “No one will be able to describe how wicked his contemporaries are.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ACT	8	33	idk8	figs-activepassive	αἴρεται ἀπὸ τῆς γῆς ἡ ζωὴ αὐτοῦ	1	his life was taken from the earth	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “his enemies will take his life from the earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ACT	8	34	agq5	figs-hendiadys	ἀποκριθεὶς δὲ ὁ εὐνοῦχος τῷ Φιλίππῳ εἶπεν	1		Together the words **answering** and **said** mean that the Ethiopian official responded to Philip’s question about whether he understood what he was reading. Alternate translation: “The eunuch responded to Philip’s question by saying” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
ACT	8	34	htb2	figs-idiom	δέομαί σου	1	I am begging you	The Ethiopian official is using a polite, idiomatic expression. Alternate translation: “Please tell me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
ACT	8	34	pa3m	writing-pronouns	ἑτέρου τινός	1		In this context, the pronoun **other** means “other person.” Alternate translation: “some other person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
ACT	8	35	j7xw	figs-metonymy	ἀνοίξας&τὸ στόμα αὐτοῦ	1		By association with the way a person would be **opening his mouth** in order to speak, this means that Philip spoke. The image of the open mouth suggests a certain confidence and freedom in speaking. Alternate translation: “speaking confidently” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ACT	8	35	uw21	figs-explicit	τῆς Γραφῆς ταύτης	1	this scripture	By **this scripture**, Luke implicitly means the passage that the official had been reading. Alternate translation: “the passage from Isaiah that the official had been reading” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ACT	8	35	xg4i	figs-metonymy	εὐηγγελίσατο αὐτῷ τὸν Ἰησοῦν	1		Luke is using the name **Jesus** by association to mean the message about Jesus. Alternate translation: “the good news about Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ACT	8	36	ip13	figs-metonymy	τι ὕδωρ&ὕδωρ	1	they were going along the road	Luke and the official are using the word **water** to mean a body of water, such as a pool at a desert oasis. Alternate translation: “a pool of water … there is a pool of water” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ACT	8	36	muz2	figs-rquestion	τί κωλύει με βαπτισθῆναι?	1	What is preventing me from being baptized?	This question could be: (1) a rhetorical question that the eunuch is using as a polite way to ask Philip to baptize him. Alternate translation: “Please allow me to be baptized.” (2) a genuine request for information, since Philip seems to answer this question in [8:37](../08/37.md) by identifying something that could keep the official from being baptized. Alternate translation: “Is there a condition I must meet in order to be baptized?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
ACT	8	36	wb9j	figs-activepassive	με βαπτισθῆναι	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “you from baptizing me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ACT	8	37	ov75	translate-textvariants	εἶπεν δὲ αὐτῷ ὁ Φίλιππος ἐὰν πιστεύεις ἐξ ὅλης τῆς καρδίας σου σωθήσει; ἀποκριθεὶς δὲ εἶπεν Πιστεύω εἰς τὸν Χριστὸν τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ θεοῦ	1		As the General Introduction to Acts explains, this verse is found in many traditional versions of the Bible, but it is not found in the most accurate ancient manuscripts of the Bible. ULT and UST indicate this by putting the verse in brackets. If a translation of the Bible already exists in your area, you could consider including this verse if that translation does. If there is not already a Bible translation in your area, we recommend that you indicate in some way that this verse may not be original, such as by putting it in brackets or in a footnote. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
ACT	8	37	qj5i	figs-metaphor	ἐὰν πιστεύεις ἐξ ὅλης τῆς καρδίας σου	1		Here, the **heart** represents the thoughts and intentions. Alternate translation: “If you genuinely believe in Jesus and want to be his disciple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ACT	8	37	djq2	figs-activepassive	σωθήσει	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God will save you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ACT	8	37	e3uu	figs-hendiadys	ἀποκριθεὶς&εἶπεν	1		Together the words **answering** and **said** mean that the eunuch responded to what Philip told him. Alternate translation: “the eunuch responded” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
ACT	8	38	l8wl	figs-metonymy	ἐκέλευσεν στῆναι τὸ ἅρμα	1	he commanded the chariot to stop	Luke is using the term **chariot** by association to mean the driver of the chariot. Alternate translation: “the official told the driver of the chariot to stop” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ACT	8	38	nn00	writing-pronouns	ἐβάπτισεν αὐτόν	1		The pronoun **he** stands for Philip, and the pronoun **him** stands for the eunuch. Alternate translation: “Philip baptized the eunuch” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
ACT	8	39	xp52	grammar-connect-time-sequential	γὰρ	1	the eunuch did not see him anymore	While the word translated **for** often introduces a reason, that does not seem to be its function here. Luke is not saying that the eunuch did not see Philip anymore because he did not look for him but instead **went on his way**. Rather, the word **for** seems simply to introduce a continuation of the narrative. Alternate translation: “but” or “nevertheless” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
ACT	8	40	r1x7	figs-explicit	Φίλιππος&εὑρέθη εἰς Ἄζωτον	1	Philip was found at Azotus	The implication is that there was no indication of Philip traveling between where he baptized the Ethiopian and Azotus. He suddenly disappeared along the road to Gaza and reappeared at the town of Azotus. Alternate translation: “Philip suddenly reappeared at Azotus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ACT	8	40	bbws	figs-activepassive	Φίλιππος&εὑρέθη εἰς Ἄζωτον	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Philip reappeared at Azotus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ACT	8	40	arh5		διερχόμενος	1	passed through	Alternate translation: “as he passed through that area, he was”
ACT	8	40	zfn6	figs-hyperbole	τὰς πόλεις πάσας	1	to all the cities	Luke says **all** as a generalization for emphasis. Alternate translation: “to the cities in that region” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
ACT	8	40	yf7i	translate-names	Ἄζωτον&Καισάρειαν	1		**Azotus** and **Caesarea** are the names of cities. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
ACT	9	intro	jm6x			0		# Acts 9 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and Formatting<br><br>In [9:1](../09/01.md), the story shifts back to Saul and tells about his salvation.<br><br>In [9:32](../09/32.md), the story shifts from Saul to a new part of the story about Peter.<br><br>Acts [9:31](../09/31.md) is a summary statement that Luke uses to mark the transition into the third major part of the book.<br><br>## Special Concepts in this Chapter<br><br>### “Letters for the synagogues in Damascus”<br><br>The “letters” Paul asked for in 9:2 were probably legal papers that permitted him to put Christians in prison. The synagogue leaders in Damascus would have obeyed the letter because it was written by the high priest. If the Romans had seen the letter, they also would have allowed Saul to persecute the Christians, because they permitted the Jews to do as they desired to people who broke their religious laws.<br><br>### “The Way”<br><br>No one knows for sure who first started calling the community of Jesus’ followers “the Way.” This may be what the believers called themselves, because the Bible often speaks of a person living his life as if that person were walking on a path or “way.” If this is true, the believers were “following the way of the Lord” by living in a way that pleased God. However, in the book of Acts the term is only used by outsiders, as in 9:2, or by believers speaking to outsiders. So it could also be a term by which the community of Jesus’ followers was known outside that community.<br><br>### “the church”<br><br>Acts 9:31 is the first use of the word **church** in the singular to refer to more than one local congregation. In that verse it refers to all the believers in all the groups throughout Judea, Galilee, and Samaria. It shows that they recognized that they all had a common identity as followers of Jesus.<br><br>## Important Figures of Speech in this Chapter<br><br>### “the Lord”<br><br>Luke refers to Jesus by a respectful title, “the Lord,” in verses 1, 10, 11, 15, 27, 28, 31, 35, and 42, and Ananias refers to Jesus the same way in verse 17. In your translation, you may wish to clarify that this means “the Lord Jesus.” Or you could say “Jesus,” as UST does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-politeness]])<br><br>## Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter<br><br>### What Saul saw when he met Jesus<br><br>It is clear that Saul saw a light and that it was because of this light that he “fell upon the ground.” Some people think that Saul knew that it was the Lord speaking to him without seeing a human form, because the Bible often speaks of God as being light and living in light. Other people think that later in his life he was able to say, “I have seen the Lord Jesus” because it was a human form that he saw here.
ACT	9	1	r4n5	writing-newevent	δὲ	1	General Information:	Luke uses the word translated **But** to introduce a new event in the story. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for introducing a new event. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
ACT	9	1	anb6	figs-hendiadys	ἐμπνέων ἀπειλῆς καὶ φόνου εἰς	1	still speaking threats even of murder against the disciples	Luke is using the two words **threat** and **murder** together to express a single idea. The word **murder** tells what kind of **threat** Saul was making. If it would be more natural in your language, you could express this meaning with an equivalent phrase that does not use **and**. Alternate translation: “making murderous threats against” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
ACT	9	1	lrre	figs-metonymy	ἐμπνέων	1		Luke is using the term **breathing** by association to mean “speaking,” since people breathe out while they speak. Alternate translation: “speaking” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ACT	9	2	wyfp	writing-pronouns	αὐτοῦ&εὕρῃ&ἀγάγῃ	1		The pronoun **him** refers to the high priest and both instances of the pronoun **he** refer to Saul. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
ACT	9	2	zu6j	translate-unknown	ἐπιστολὰς	1		See the General Notes to this chapter for an explanation of what these **letters** were. This may help you decide what word in your language to use for them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
ACT	9	2	v9lw	figs-metonymy	εἰς Δαμασκὸν πρὸς τὰς συναγωγάς	1	to the synagogues	Luke is using the terms **Damascus** and **synagogues** by association to mean the people, probably the leaders, of the synagogues in Damascus. Alternate translation: “to the people in the synagogues of Damascus” or “to the leaders of the synagogues in Damascus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ACT	9	2	lvzt	translate-names	Δαμασκὸν	1		**Damascus** is the name of a city. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
ACT	9	2	thuy	translate-names	τῆς ὁδοῦ, ὄντας	1		As the General Notes to this chapter explain, **the Way** was one of the first names that people used to describe the community of believers in Jesus. If your language has a word for “way” or “path” that you can use as a name, it would be appropriate to use it here. Alternate translation: “who belonged to the Way” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
ACT	9	2	mma1	figs-activepassive	δεδεμένους ἀγάγῃ εἰς Ἰερουσαλήμ	1		If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “he might bind them and bring them to the chief priests” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ACT	9	2	grch	figs-synecdoche	δεδεμένους ἀγάγῃ εἰς Ἰερουσαλήμ	1		Luke is using one part of the arrest process to represent the entire process. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language. Alternate translation: “he might arrest them and bring them to the chief priests” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
ACT	9	2	a6z4	figs-explicit	δεδεμένους ἀγάγῃ εἰς Ἰερουσαλήμ	1	having bound them, he might bring them to Jerusalem	The implication is that Saul wanted to bring believers in Jesus to Jerusalem for trial and punishment by the Jewish leaders. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “he might take them as prisoners to Jerusalem so that the Jewish leaders there could judge and punish them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ACT	9	3	jf4g	figs-explicit	ἐν&τῷ πορεύεσθαι	1	as he was traveling	Luke means implicitly that the high priest gave Saul the letters he asked for and that Saul then left Jerusalem to go to Damascus. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “as he was traveling to Damascus with letters that the high priest gave him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ACT	9	3	by55	writing-newevent	ἐγένετο	1	it happened that	Luke uses the phrase **it happened that** to introduce a significant development in this story. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for this purpose. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
ACT	9	3	dm6c		αὐτὸν περιήστραψεν φῶς ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ	1	there shone on him a light from heaven	Alternate translation: “a light from heaven shone all around him”
ACT	9	3	gua8		ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ	1	from heaven	This could mean: (1) heaven, where God lives or (2) the sky. The first meaning is preferable. Use that meaning if your language has a separate word for it.
ACT	9	4	y4u4	figs-explicit	πεσὼν ἐπὶ τὴν γῆν	1	he fell to the ground	Saul did not fall down accidentally. This could mean: (1) that the light caused him to fall to the ground. Alternate translation: “falling to the ground stunned by the dazzling light” (2) that Saul fainted when he saw the light. Alternate translation: “falling faint because of the glorious light” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ACT	9	4	c9l4	figs-rquestion	τί με διώκεις?	1	why are you persecuting me?	The voice is using the question form to rebuke Saul. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate its words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the rebuke in another way. Alternate translation: “you should not be persecuting me!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
ACT	9	5	jaq2	writing-politeness	τίς εἶ, κύριε?	1	Who are you, Lord?	Saul is not yet acknowledging that Jesus is **Lord**. He uses that title because he recognizes that he is speaking to someone of divine power. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could use a similar term of respect. Alternate translation: “Who are you, Sir” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-politeness]])
ACT	9	5	abc0	writing-pronouns	εἶπεν&ὁ	1	he	The first instance of **he** stands for Saul, and the second instance of **he** stands for Jesus. Alternate translation: “Saul said … Jesus replied” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
ACT	9	5	q8ge		εἶ&σὺ	1		Both occurrences of the word **you** here are singular.
ACT	9	6	fbi6	figs-activepassive	λαληθήσεταί σοι	1	it will be told to you	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “someone will tell you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ACT	9	8	puw3	figs-activepassive	ἀνεῳγμένων&τῶν ὀφθαλμῶν αὐτοῦ	1	his eyes being opened	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation, as in UST: “when he opened his eyes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ACT	9	8	dgg8	writing-pronouns	εἰσήγαγον	1	he was seeing nothing	The pronoun **they** stands for the men who were traveling with Saul, as described in [9:8](../09/08.md). Alternate translation: “the men who were traveling with him brought him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
ACT	9	9	fhn6		ἦν ἡμέρας τρεῖς μὴ βλέπων	1	he was … without sight	Alternate translation: “he remained blinded for three days”
ACT	9	9	t8uc	figs-explicit	οὐκ ἔφαγεν οὐδὲ ἔπιεν	1	neither ate nor drank	This could mean: that Saul chose not to eat or drink as a form of worship. [9:11](../09/11.md) says that Saul was praying at this time, and he may have been fasting along with his prayers. Alternate translation: “he fasted from food and drink” (2) that Saul had no appetite or thirst because he was too distressed from his situation. Alternate translation: “he was too distressed to eat or drink” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ACT	9	10	j847	writing-participants	ἦν δέ τις μαθητὴς ἐν Δαμασκῷ ὀνόματι Ἁνανίας	1	Now there was	Luke uses this sentence to introduce a new character into the story. If your language has its own way of doing that, you can use it here in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
ACT	9	10	kgn9	translate-names	Ἁνανίας	1		**Ananias** is the name of a man. This is not the same Ananias whom Luke described in [5:1](../05/01.md) (that man died), but you may translate the name here the same way you did there. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
ACT	9	10	vqh0	writing-politeness	ὁ Κύριος	1		Here and throughout this chapter, **the Lord** is a respectful title that Luke is using to refer to Jesus. Alternate translation: “the Lord Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-politeness]])
ACT	9	10	vl8k	figs-idiom	ἰδοὺ, ἐγώ, Κύριε	1	he said	**Behold, I** is a Hebrew idiom that Ananias is using to identify himself as the Ananias to whom the Lord is calling. Alternate translation: “Yes, Lord, this is Ananias” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
ACT	9	10	u3e1	figs-explicit	ἰδοὺ, ἐγώ, Κύριε	1		Ananias is saying implicitly that he is present and available to serve **the Lord**. Alternate translation: “Yes, Lord, this is Ananias, and I am here ready to do what you ask” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ACT	9	11	mn24	figs-idiom	ἀναστὰς, πορεύθητι ἐπὶ τὴν ῥύμην τὴν καλουμένην Εὐθεῖαν	1	go to the street which is called Straight	Here, the word **arising** means that God wants Ananias to take action, not that Ananias is lying down or sitting down and God wants him to stand up. You may be able to convey this with a different kind of expression. Alternate translation: “Go on over to Straight Street” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
ACT	9	11	kopv	figs-activepassive	τὴν ῥύμην τὴν καλουμένην Εὐθεῖαν	1		If your language does not use the passive form **called**, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation, as in UST: “the street that people call Straight” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ACT	9	11	pyr2	translate-names	τὴν ῥύμην τὴν καλουμένην Εὐθεῖαν	1		**Straight** is the name of a street. Alternate translation: “Straight Street” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
ACT	9	11	ie1l	translate-names	Ἰούδα	1	the house of Judas	**Judas** it the name of a man. This is not the disciple who betrayed Jesus (that man died); this Judas was the owner of a house in Damascus where Saul was staying. But you may translate the name here the same way you did in [1:13](../01/13.md), [1:16](../01/16.md), and [5:37](../05/37.md) for the disciple and two other men with the same name. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
ACT	9	11	u5j8	translate-names	Σαῦλον ὀνόματι Ταρσέα	1	a man named Saul, from Tarsus	**Tarsus** is the name of a city. Alternate translation: “a man named Saul from the city of Tarsus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
ACT	9	11	k3ve	figs-metaphor	ἰδοὺ γὰρ, προσεύχεται	1		The Lord says **behold** to get Ananias to focus his attention on what he is about to say. Your language may have a similar expression that you can use here in your translation. It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “Now listen carefully: He is praying” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ACT	9	12	jk46	translate-symaction	ἐπιθέντα αὐτῷ χεῖρας	1	laying hands on him	In this culture, **laying hands on** people was a symbolic way of conveying a spiritual blessing to them, as the apostles did in [6:6](../06/06.md) for the men chosen to oversee the food distribution. If there is a comparable symbolic action in your culture, you could use that in your translation. You could also use a general expression. Alternate translation: “giving him a spiritual blessing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
ACT	9	13	quxn	figs-nominaladj	ἀπὸ πολλῶν	1		Ananias is using the adjective **many** as a noun in order to indicate a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “from many people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
ACT	9	13	sh2m	figs-abstractnouns	ὅσα κακὰ	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **evils**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “how many harmful things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ACT	9	13	la9t	figs-metonymy	τοῖς ἁγίοις σου ἐποίησεν ἐν Ἰερουσαλήμ	1	to your saints	Ananias is using the term **saints** by association to mean believers in Jesus, since the term means “holy ones” or “ones who are set apart.” Alternate translation: “to the people in Jerusalem who are dedicated to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ACT	9	14	ptd6	figs-abstractnouns	ἔχει ἐξουσίαν παρὰ τῶν ἀρχιερέων	1	he has authority … to bind all	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **authority**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “the chief priests have authorized him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ACT	9	14	gk5o	figs-synecdoche	δῆσαι	1		Ananias is using one part of the arrest process to represent the entire process. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language. Alternate translation: “to arrest” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
ACT	9	14	hi6x	figs-nominaladj	τοὺς ἐπικαλουμένους τὸ ὄνομά σου	1		Ananias is using the participle **calling**, which functions as an adjective, as a noun. ULT adds the term **ones** to show this. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “the people who call on your name” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
ACT	9	14	t3fl	figs-metonymy	τοὺς ἐπικαλουμένους τὸ ὄνομά σου	1	who call upon your name	Here, **name** represents a person by association with the way that each person has a name. Alternate translation: “the ones calling upon you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ACT	9	14	ampz	figs-idiom	τοὺς ἐπικαλουμένους τὸ ὄνομά σου	1		Here, the expression **calling on** means to worship. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the ones worshiping you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
ACT	9	15	jmt7	figs-possession	σκεῦος ἐκλογῆς&μοι	1	this one is a chosen instrument of mine	The Lord is using the possessive form to describe Saul as an **instrument** who is characterized by his **choosing**. Alternate translation: “an instrument I have chosen” or “someone I have chosen as an instrument” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
ACT	9	15	gk29	writing-pronouns	οὗτος	1		The demonstrative pronoun **this** refers to Saul. Alternate translation: “this man” or “this man Saul” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
ACT	9	15	ndxu	figs-metaphor	σκεῦος ἐκλογῆς&μοι	1		The Lord describes Saul as an **instrument** or tool to indicate that he intends to use Saul to advance his purposes. Alternate translation: “someone I have chosen to use” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ACT	9	15	z5fj	figs-metaphor	τοῦ βαστάσαι τὸ ὄνομά μου	1	who will carry my name	The Lord says that Saul will **carry** his **name**, meaning that he will go to many places and speak about it. Alternate translation: “to speak about my name” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ACT	9	15	h8vw	figs-metonymy	τοῦ βαστάσαι τὸ ὄνομά μου	1		Here, **name** represents a person by association with the way that each person has a name. Alternate translation: “to speak about me” or “to tell others about me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ACT	9	15	wh8c	figs-explicit	ἐθνῶν	1		The term **nations** refers to people groups that are not Jewish. See how you translated it in [4:25](../04/25.md). Alternate translation: “the Gentiles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ACT	9	15	bbfd	figs-synecdoche	βασιλέων	1		The Lord is using **kings**, one kind of ruler, to mean all kinds of rulers. Saul, later known as Paul, testified before various rulers and officials. Alternate translation: “rulers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
ACT	9	15	uq9b	figs-metaphor	υἱῶν&Ἰσραήλ	1		The Lord is using the word **sons** to mean “descendants.” He is speaking of the Israelites, who were descendants of the patriarch Jacob, also known as Israel. Alternate translation: “the people of Israel” or “the Israelites” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ACT	9	16	kty3	figs-metonymy	ὑπὲρ τοῦ ὀνόματός μου	1	for my name	Here, **name** represents a person by association with the way that each person has a name. This could mean: (1) that Saul will suffer for telling people about Jesus. Alternate translation: “to make me known” (2) that Saul will suffer for Jesus himself. Alternate translation: “for me” or “for my sake” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ACT	9	17	s8ms	figs-explicit	ἀπῆλθεν δὲ Ἁνανίας καὶ εἰσῆλθεν εἰς τὴν οἰκίαν	1	And Ananias departed, and entered into the house	It may be helpful to state that **Ananias** went to **the house** before he **entered into** it. UST models one way to express this. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ACT	9	17	my6m	translate-symaction	ἐπιθεὶς ἐπ’ αὐτὸν τὰς χεῖρας	1	having laid his hands on him	When Ananias **laid his hands** on Saul, this was a symbolic way of giving him a blessing. See the explanation at [9:2](../09/02.md) and see how you translated the same expression there. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
ACT	9	17	q61x	figs-yousingular	σοι&ἤρχου&ἀναβλέψῃς	1		All of the occurrences of the word **you** in this verse are singular and refer to Saul. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])
ACT	9	17	cah9	figs-metaphor	Σαοὺλ, ἀδελφέ	1		**Brother** is a figurative title that Ananias is using for **Saul**. The two men are not actual brothers. This could mean: (1) that Ananias is already addressing Saul as someone who shares the same faith. See how you translated “brother” with this meaning in [1:15](../01/15.md) and [6:3](../06/03.md). Alternate translation: “Saul, my fellow believer” (2) that Ananias is addressing Saul as a fellow Israelite, as the word is used in [3:17](../03/17.md) and many other places in this book. Alternate translation: “Saul, my fellow Israelite” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ACT	9	17	cxu4	figs-nominaladj	ὁ ὀφθείς σοι	1		Ananias is using the participle **having appeared**, which functions as an adjective, as a noun to mean a person, Jesus. ULT adds the term **one** to show this. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “who appeared to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
ACT	9	17	ptg0	figs-go	ᾗ ἤρχου	1		Your language may say “coming” rather than **going** in a context such as this. Use whichever word is more natural. Alternate translation: “by which you were coming” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
ACT	9	17	a89q	figs-activepassive	ὅπως ἀναβλέψῃς καὶ πλησθῇς Πνεύματος Ἁγίου	1	so that you might see again and be filled with the Holy Spirit	If your language does not use the passive form **filled**, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “so that you might see again and that the Holy Spirit might fill you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ACT	9	17	x4ey	figs-metaphor	πλησθῇς Πνεύματος Ἁγίου	1		Ananias is speaking as if Saul were a container that the Holy Spirit could fill. Alternate translation: “receive the Holy Spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ACT	9	18	m1hx	translate-unknown	λεπίδες	1	something like scales fell	It may be helpful to your readers if you use something they would recognize that has scales to describe the **scales** that fell from Saul’s eyes. Alternate translation: “fish scales” or “lizard scales” or “snake scales” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
ACT	9	18	efs9	figs-activepassive	ἐβαπτίσθη	1	rising up, he was baptized	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Ananias baptized him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ACT	9	19	rxfi	figs-activepassive	ἐνισχύθη	1		If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “he felt stronger” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ACT	9	20	rc49	figs-pronouns	ἐκήρυσσεν τὸν Ἰησοῦν, ὅτι οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ	1		The personal pronoun **he** refers to Saul, and the demonstrative pronoun **this** refers to Jesus. Alternate translation: “Saul proclaimed that Jesus is the Son of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns]])
ACT	9	20	w65r	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	Son of God	**Son of God** is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
ACT	9	21	xid8	figs-hyperbole	πάντες οἱ ἀκούοντες	1	all who were hearing	Luke says **all** as a generalization for emphasis. Alternate translation: “those who heard him” or “many who heard him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
ACT	9	21	a8j8	figs-nominaladj	οἱ ἀκούοντες&ὁ πορθήσας&τοὺς ἐπικαλουμένους	1		Luke is using the participles **hearing**, **having destroyed**, and **calling on**, which function as adjective, as nouns. ULT adds the terms **ones** and **one** to show this. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate these with equivalent expressions. Alternate translation: “those who heard … the man who destroyed … those who call” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
ACT	9	21	f4fd	figs-rquestion	οὐχ οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ πορθήσας ἐν Ἰερουσαλὴμ τοὺς ἐπικαλουμένους τὸ ὄνομα τοῦτο, καὶ ὧδε εἰς τοῦτο ἐληλύθει, ἵνα δεδεμένους, αὐτοὺς ἀγάγῃ ἐπὶ τοὺς ἀρχιερεῖς?	1	Is not this the one who destroyed those in Jerusalem who call on this name?	The people in Damascus are using the question form to emphasize that Saul was indeed the man who had persecuted the believers in Jerusalem and had come to Damascus to arrest the believers there. If you would not use rhetorical questions for this purpose in your language, you could translate these words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. It may be helpful to make this two sentences. Alternate translation: “This is the man who destroyed those in Jerusalem who call on this name! And he come here for this, that he might bring them bound to the chief priests!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
ACT	9	21	ctg3	figs-explicit	τοὺς ἐπικαλουμένους τὸ ὄνομα τοῦτο	1	this name	By **this name** the speakers implicitly mean the name of Jesus. Alternate translation: “the ones calling on the name of Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ACT	9	21	l82i	figs-metonymy	τοὺς ἐπικαλουμένους τὸ ὄνομα τοῦτο	1		Here, the **name** of Jesus represents his person. Alternate translation: “the ones calling on Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ACT	9	21	zuoi	figs-idiom	τοὺς ἐπικαλουμένους τὸ ὄνομα τοῦτο	1		Here, **calling on** is an idiom. See how you translated it in [9:14](../09/14.md). Alternate translation: “the ones worshiping Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
ACT	9	21	i512	figs-activepassive	ἵνα δεδεμένους, αὐτοὺς ἀγάγῃ ἐπὶ τοὺς ἀρχιερεῖς	1		If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “that he might bind them and bring them to the chief priests” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ACT	9	21	pnrp	figs-synecdoche	ἵνα δεδεμένους, αὐτοὺς ἀγάγῃ ἐπὶ τοὺς ἀρχιερεῖς	1		Like Ananias in [9:14](../09/14.md), the people here are using one part of the arrest process to represent the entire process. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language. Alternate translation: “that he might arrest them and bring them to the chief priests” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
ACT	9	22	r1np	figs-explicit	καὶ συνέχυννεν τοὺς Ἰουδαίους τοὺς κατοικοῦντας ἐν Δαμασκῷ, συμβιβάζων ὅτι οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ Χριστός	1	was stirring up the Jews	Saul was not intentionally **stirring up the Jews**. They became agitated because they could not find a way to refute Saul’s arguments that Jesus was the Messiah. It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “As he proved that Jesus is the Christ, the Jews living in Damascus became agitated” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ACT	9	23	cg9k	figs-idiom	ὡς&ἐπληροῦντο ἡμέραι ἱκαναί	1		As in [2:1](../02/01.md) and [7:23](../07/23.md), this is an idiomatic way of speaking about time. Alternate translation: “after many days” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
ACT	9	23	nyh4	figs-activepassive	ὡς&ἐπληροῦντο ἡμέραι ἱκαναί	1		Since this is an idiom, it would probably not be meaningful in most languages to retain the verb “fill” but use an active verbal form instead of the passive form here. However, if your language does speak of someone or something “filling” days or times so that they arrive, and if your language does not use passive verbal forms, you could use an active form of “fill” here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ACT	9	23	g74c	figs-synecdoche	οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι	1	the Jews	Luke is using the name of a whole group, **the Jews**, to refer to one part of that group, its leaders. Alternate translation: “the leaders of the Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
ACT	9	23	g6gw	writing-pronouns	αὐτόν	1		The pronoun **him** refers to Saul. Alternate translation: “Saul” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
ACT	9	24	gnm1	figs-infostructure	ἐγνώσθη δὲ τῷ Σαύλῳ ἡ ἐπιβουλὴ αὐτῶν	1		This could mean: (1) that a person realized there was a plot by recognizing that the Jewish leaders were watching the gates, and that person told Saul. In that case it may be helpful to move this information to the end of the verse, as UST does. (2) that someone told Saul about the plot, but even so, he was not able to flee for his life, because the gates were being watched. In that case you could change the second instance of **But** in the verse to “However.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
ACT	9	24	lv62	figs-activepassive	ἐγνώσθη δὲ τῷ Σαύλῳ ἡ ἐπιβουλὴ αὐτῶν	1	But their plan became known to Saul	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Saul learned about their plot” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ACT	9	24	cy9n	figs-explicit	παρετηροῦντο&τὰς πύλας&ὅπως αὐτὸν ἀνέλωσιν	1	indeed they were watching the gates	The city of Damascus had a wall surrounding it. People could normally only enter and exit the city through **the gates** in this wall. Saul’s enemies expected that he would try to leave the city eventually and they hoped to catch him and kill him when he did. Alternate translation: “they were … watching the gates in the city wall … in order to kill him when he tried to leave the city” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ACT	9	24	b0gv	figs-metonymy	τὰς πύλας	1		Luke is using **the gates** to mean the people going through the gates. Alternate translation: “to see who was going through the gates” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ACT	9	24	aezc	figs-merism	ἡμέρας τε καὶ νυκτὸς	1		Luke is using the two parts of a full day, **day** and **night**, to mean all the time. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “all the time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
ACT	9	25	lc8m	figs-explicit	οἱ μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ	1	his disciples	These **disciples** were people who had believed Saul’s message and become committed followers of Jesus. Alternate translation: “the people who had believed Saul’s message about Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ACT	9	26	e38m	figs-hyperbole	πάντες ἐφοβοῦντο αὐτόν	1	but they were all afraid of him	Luke says **all** as a generalization for emphasis. Alternate translation: “they were afraid of him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
ACT	9	27	abca	writing-pronouns	Βαρναβᾶς&ἐπιλαβόμενος αὐτὸν, ἤγαγεν πρὸς τοὺς ἀποστόλους; καὶ διηγήσατο αὐτοῖς πῶς ἐν τῇ ὁδῷ εἶδεν τὸν Κύριον, καὶ ὅτι ἐλάλησεν αὐτῷ&ἐπαρρησιάσατο	1	told them	The pronoun **him** refers to Saul in every instance. The pronoun **he** refers to Saul in the first and third instances and to **the Lord** in the second instance. The pronoun **them** refers to **the apostles**. Alternate translation: “taking hold of Saul, Barnabas brought him to the apostles and told the apostles how Saul had seen the Lord on the road and that the Lord had spoken to Saul … Saul had spoken boldly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
ACT	9	27	abcb	translate-names	Βαρναβᾶς	1	he had seen	**Barnabas** is the name of a man. See how you translated it in [4:36](../04/36.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
ACT	9	27	n9f1	figs-metonymy	ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι τοῦ Ἰησοῦ	1	he had spoken boldly in the name of Jesus	Here the **name** of Jesus represents his authority. Saul **had spoken boldly** with delegated authority, representing Jesus. Alternate translation: “as a representative of Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ACT	9	28	cgb1	grammar-connect-logic-result	καὶ	1		Luke uses the word translated **And** to introduce what Saul was able to do after Barnabas reassured the apostles about him. Alternate translation: “So” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
ACT	9	28	m5rs	writing-pronouns	ἦν μετ’ αὐτῶν	1	he was with them	The pronoun **he** refers to Saul. The pronoun **them** refers to the apostles and probably other disciples in Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “Saul was with the apostles and other believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
ACT	9	28	r6ok	figs-idiom	εἰσπορευόμενος καὶ ἐκπορευόμενος	1		This is a Hebrew idiom that refers to freedom of movement. Saul was completely accepted by the believers in Jerusalem and could go anywhere among them. Alternate translation: “moving about freely among them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
ACT	9	28	fbb7	figs-metonymy	ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι τοῦ Κυρίου	1	in the name of the Lord	See how you translated the similar expression in [9:27](../09/27.md). Alternate translation: “as a representative of the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ACT	9	29	d7lm	translate-names	Ἑλληνιστάς	1	debated with the Hellenists	**Hellenists** was the name for Jews in the Roman Empire who spoke the Greek language and followed Greek customs. See how you translated this name in [6:1](../06/01.md). (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names)
ACT	9	29	lgqe	figs-explicit	οἱ δὲ ἐπεχείρουν ἀνελεῖν αὐτόν	1		The implication is that the Hellenists were not able to refute what Saul was saying about Jesus, and so they saw him as a threat and wanted to get rid of him. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “and because they could not refute him, they were attempting to kill him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ACT	9	30	uz9a	figs-metaphor	οἱ ἀδελφοὶ	1	the brothers	Luke is using the term **brothers** to mean people who share the same faith. Alternate translation: “his fellow believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ACT	9	30	j4mt	figs-idiom	κατήγαγον αὐτὸν εἰς Καισάρειαν	1	they brought him down to Caesarea	Luke uses the phrase **brought him down** because that was the customary way of speaking about traveling from Jerusalem, since that city is up on a mountain. Caesarea is lower in elevation. Alternate translation: “made sure he got safely to Caesarea” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
ACT	9	30	aqn6	figs-explicit	ἐξαπέστειλαν αὐτὸν	1	sent him away to Tarsus	Caesarea was a seaport, and the believers probably **sent** Saul **to Tarsus** by ship. Alternate translation: “sent him away by ship” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ACT	9	31	fh2g	figs-abstractnouns	εἶχεν εἰρήνην	1	had peace	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **peace**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “enjoyed peaceful conditions once more” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ACT	9	31	elq7	figs-activepassive	οἰκοδομουμένη καὶ πορευομένη	1	being built up and going on	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, you could say “God” or “the Holy Spirit.” Alternate translation: “As God built it up and it journeyed” or “As the Holy Spirit built it up and it journeyed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ACT	9	31	vx51	figs-metaphor	οἰκοδομουμένη	1		Luke is speaking of the church as if it were a building that God was constructing. Alternate translation: “growing stronger” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ACT	9	31	j8c9	figs-metaphor	πορευομένη τῷ φόβῳ τοῦ Κυρίου	1	walking in the fear of the Lord	Here, **journeying** means “living.” Alternate translation: “living in the fear of the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ACT	9	31	z59s		πορευομένη τῷ φόβῳ τοῦ Κυρίου	1		Here the word **fear** describes a deep respect for God. Alternate translation: “living with a deep respect for the Lord”
ACT	9	31	hl24	figs-possession	τῇ παρακλήσει τοῦ Ἁγίου Πνεύματος	1	in the comfort of the Holy Spirit	Luke is using the possessive form to describe **the Holy Spirit** as the one who was giving the church **encouragement**. Alternate translation: “with the Holy Spirit encouraging them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
ACT	9	32	w68g	writing-newevent	ἐγένετο δὲ	1	Now it happened that	Luke uses this phrase to introduce a new event in the story. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for introducing a new event. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
ACT	9	32	m9sg	figs-hyperbole	διὰ πάντων	1	throughout the whole region	Luke says **all** as a generalization for emphasis. Alternate translation: “many places in the region of Judea, Galilee, and Samaria” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
ACT	9	32	ad7g	figs-idiom	κατελθεῖν	1	to come down	Luke says **to come down** because that was the customary way of speaking about traveling from Jerusalem, where Peter was living, since that city is up on a mountain. Lydda is lower in elevation. Alternate translation: “to travel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
ACT	9	32	tckc	figs-idiom	τοὺς ἁγίους τοὺς κατοικοῦντας Λύδδα	1		Luke says **to come down** because that was the customary way of speaking about traveling from Jerusalem, where Peter was living, since that city is up on a mountain. Lydda is lower in elevation. Alternate translation: “to travel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
ACT	9	32	g5c4	translate-names	Λύδδα	1	in Lydda	**Lydda** is the name of a city in Israel. It is located where the foothills meet the coastal plain. This city was called Lod in the Old Testament and it has that name in modern Israel as well. Decide what name would be most helpful to your readers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
ACT	9	33	hzd7		εὗρεν&ἐκεῖ ἄνθρωπόν τινα	1	he found there a certain man	The word **found** does not mean that Peter was intentionally searching for a certain man; he happened to meet him. Alternate translation: “there Peter happened to meet a man”
ACT	9	33	jnc4	writing-participants	ἄνθρωπόν τινα ὀνόματι Αἰνέαν	1	a certain man named Aeneas	Luke uses this sentence to introduce **Aeneas** as a new character in the story. If your language has its own way of doing that, you can use it here in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
ACT	9	33	owf3	translate-names	Αἰνέαν	1		**Aeneas** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
ACT	9	33	uj5f	writing-background	ἐξ ἐτῶν ὀκτὼ κατακείμενον ἐπὶ κραβάττου, ὃς ἦν παραλελυμένος	1	lying in a bed … who was paralyzed	In this verse, Luke provides background information about Aeneas to help readers understand what happens next in the story. This information shows how remarkable it was that Jesus could heal a man who had been bedridden for that long. In your translation, present this information in a way that would be natural and meaningful in your own language and culture. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
ACT	9	33	k7hw	grammar-connect-logic-result	ἐξ ἐτῶν ὀκτὼ κατακείμενον ἐπὶ κραβάττου, ὃς ἦν παραλελυμένος	1	paralyzed	The reason why Aeneas had been **lying in a bed for eight years** was that he **was paralyzed**. It may be clearer in your language to describe this result after giving the reason for it. Alternate translation: “who was paralyzed and so had lain in a bed for eight years” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
ACT	9	34	t13n		ἀνάστηθι	1		**Arise** in this context is literal, not figurative. It means to get up from a position of lying down, rather than to take action or make preparations.
ACT	9	34	ff2a	figs-rpronouns	ἀνάστηθι, καὶ στρῶσον σεαυτῷ	1	make your bed	Peter says **for yourself** to emphasize that Jesus has healed Aeneas so completely that he will now be able to do for himself what others previously had to do for him. Alternate translation: “Get up, you can make your own bed now” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
ACT	9	34	khrm	translate-symaction	στρῶσον σεαυτῷ	1		Getting up and making his own bed was also a symbolic action by which Aeneas demonstrated that Jesus had healed him. Alternate translation: “Arise and make your bed to show everyone that Jesus has healed you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
ACT	9	35	wykn	writing-pronouns	εἶδαν αὐτὸν πάντες οἱ κατοικοῦντες Λύδδα καὶ τὸν Σαρῶνα, οἵτινες ἐπέστρεψαν ἐπὶ τὸν Κύριον	1		The pronoun **him** refers to Aeneas. The pronoun **who** refers to the people of Lydda and Sharon. Alternate translation: “when all the people living in Lydda and Sharon saw him, they turned to the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
ACT	9	35	z3fp	figs-hyperbole	πάντες οἱ κατοικοῦντες Λύδδα καὶ τὸν Σαρῶνα	1	all who were living in Lydda and in Sharon	Luke says **all** as a generalization for emphasis. Alternate translation: “those who lived in Lydda and in Sharon” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
ACT	9	35	qkv4	translate-names	καὶ τὸν Σαρῶνα	1	in Lydda and in Sharon	**Sharon** is the name of a plain, on which Lydda was located. Alternate translation: “and in the surrounding area of Sharon” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
ACT	9	35	pf23	figs-explicit	εἶδαν αὐτὸν	1	saw him	The implication is that the people knew Aeneas was bedridden and now they saw that he was healed. Alternate translation: “saw that Aeneas was healed” or “saw Aeneas up and walking around” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ACT	9	35	x9yw	figs-metaphor	οἵτινες ἐπέστρεψαν ἐπὶ τὸν Κύριον	1	and they turned to the Lord	Here, **turned to the Lord** means that the people believed in Jesus and started to obey him. Alternate translation: “and they repented of their sins and started obeying Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ACT	9	36	zgq5	writing-newevent	δέ	1	Now there was	Luke uses the word translated **Now** to introduce a new event in the story. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for introducing a new event. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
ACT	9	36	gy8u	translate-names	Ἰόππῃ	1	General Information:	**Joppa** is the name of a city that was about 15 kilometers or about 10 miles from Lydda. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
ACT	9	36	gwr4	translate-names	Ταβειθά, ἣ διερμηνευομένη λέγεται, Δορκάς	1	Tabitha, which is translated to say “Dorcas.”	**Tabitha** was this woman’s name in Aramaic, and **Dorcas** was her name Greek. (Both names mean “gazelle.” Note how, later in the story, Luke, writing in Greek, calls her Dorcas, while Peter, speaking in Aramaic, calls her Tabitha.) It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “Her name in Aramaic was Tabitha, and her name in Greek was Dorcas” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
ACT	9	36	z8la	figs-activepassive	λέγεται	1		If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “means” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ACT	9	36	q2rn	figs-metaphor	πλήρης ἔργων ἀγαθῶν	1	full of good works	Luke speaks of **Dorcas** as if she were a container that was **full** of good works and almsgivings. Alternate translation: Alternate translation: “doing many good things and giving to others generously” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ACT	9	37	mg72	figs-explicit	ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις ἐκείναις	1	And it happened that in those days	The phrase **in those days** refers to the time when Peter was nearby in Lydda. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “while Peter was nearby” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ACT	9	37	y8sx	figs-explicit	λούσαντες&αὐτὴν ἔθηκαν	1	having washed her	This was washing to prepare for Dorcas’s body for burial. Customarily her family and friends would have done it. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. “Once her family and friends had washed her body to prepare it for burial, they laid it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ACT	9	37	znj4	figs-explicit	ἔθηκαν ἐν ὑπερῴῳ	1	they laid her in an upper room	This was a temporary display of the body during the funeral process. Alternate translation: “they laid her body in an upper room so that people could come there and pay their respects” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ACT	9	37	lbrl	translate-unknown	ὑπερῴῳ	1		In this culture, in some houses, rooms were built above other rooms. If your community does not have houses like that, you can use another expression to describe a large, sheltered space that people could use for funeral visitation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
ACT	9	38	qlp8	figs-quotations	ἀκούσαντες ὅτι Πέτρος ἐστὶν ἐν αὐτῇ, ἀπέστειλαν	1		It may be more natural in your language to have a direct quotation here. Alternate translation: “having heard, ‘Peter is in Lydda,’ sent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
ACT	9	38	pukn	figs-youdual	παρακαλοῦντες	1		Since two men are speaking, if your language marks participles for number, **urging** would be dual if your language uses that form. Otherwise it would be plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]])
ACT	9	39	k1se	figs-idiom	ἀναστὰς&Πέτρος συνῆλθεν αὐτοῖς	1	to the upper room	Here the word **arising** means that Peter took action in order to be able to make the trip with these men, not that he got up from a sitting or lying position. Alternate translation: “Peter quickly prepared and went with them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
ACT	9	39	tdrr	figs-youdual	αὐτοῖς	1		This first instance of **them** in the verse would be dual if your language uses that form, since it applies to two men. The second instance of **them** would be plural, since it refers to the group of widows. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]])
ACT	9	39	me79	figs-hyperbole	πᾶσαι αἱ χῆραι	1	all the widows	Luke says **all** as a generalization for emphasis. Alternate translation: “a large crowd of widows” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
ACT	9	39	piu7	figs-explicit	χιτῶνας καὶ ἱμάτια, ὅσα ἐποίει μετ’ αὐτῶν οὖσα ἡ Δορκάς	1	widows	It may be helpful to say explicitly that Dorcas made these **coats and garments** to help these **widows** because they were poor and could not afford clothes. It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “coats and garments. When she was alive, Dorcas used to make many of these to help the widows because they were poor and could not afford clothes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ACT	9	39	y6q5	figs-euphemism	μετ’ αὐτῶν οὖσα	1	while being with them	This may be a delicate way of speaking about Dorcas’s death, rather than saying “before she died.” Alternate translation, as in UST: “while she was still alive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
ACT	9	40	yp2u	translate-symaction	θεὶς τὰ γόνατα	1	put out all of them	Kneeling down was a reverent posture of prayer. Alternate translation: “having knelt down reverently” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
ACT	9	40	wr7h	figs-imperative	Ταβειθά, ἀνάστηθι	1		This was not a command that Tabitha was capable of obeying. Instead, it was a command that directly caused her to be restored to life. Alternate translation: “Jesus the Messiah restores you to life, so you can get up now” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative)
ACT	9	40	k28m	translate-symaction	Ταβειθά, ἀνάστηθι	1		Getting up was a symbolic action by which Tabitha could demonstrate that Jesus had restored her to life. Alternate translation: “Get up to show everyone that Jesus has restored you to life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
ACT	9	41	r7n6	figs-explicit	δοὺς&αὐτῇ χεῖρα, ἀνέστησεν αὐτήν	1	having given his hand to her, he raised her up	The implication is that Peter extended his **hand** to Tabitha to help her stand up. Alternate translation: “he let her hold onto his hand for support as he helped her stand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ACT	9	41	b73s	figs-infostructure	τοὺς ἁγίους καὶ τὰς χήρας	1	the saints and the widows	These **saints** and **widows** were probably not two different groups. The widows were likely also believers, but Luke mentions them specifically because Tabitha was so important to them. To show this, it may be helpful to put the information about the widows before the information about the believers. Alternate translation: “the widows and the other believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
ACT	9	41	ex8e	figs-metonymy	τοὺς ἁγίους	1		Luke is using the term **saints** by association to mean believers in Jesus. See how you translated the term in [9:33](../09/33.md). Alternate translation: “the other believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ACT	9	42	nda9	figs-activepassive	γνωστὸν δὲ ἐγένετο καθ’ ὅλης τῆς Ἰόππης	1	And this became known throughout all Joppa	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “People throughout all Joppa heard about this matter” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ACT	9	43	k9ik	writing-newevent	ἐγένετο δὲ	1	Now it happened that	Luke uses this phrase to introduce a new event in the story. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for introducing a new event. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
ACT	9	43	qar2	translate-unknown	βυρσεῖ	1	Simon, a tanner	A **tanner** is someone who makes leather from animal skins. If this is not an occupation that your readers would recognize or understand, you could use the name of a similar occupation in your culture that they would recognize. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
ACT	10	intro	ym7z			0		# Acts 10 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and Formatting<br><br>- Verses 1-2 give background information about Cornelius. It may be helpful to begin a new sentence at the start of v. 2. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])<br><br>- In verse 9, the story shifts away from Cornelius and tells how God prepared Peter to preach the gospel to the Gentiles.<br>- In verse 24, the story brings Peter and Cornelius together.<br><br>- The long sentence in verses 36-38 can be broken up into several sentences, as in the UST.<br><br>## Special Concepts in this Chapter<br><br>### Jews visiting with Gentiles<br><br>The Jews believed that they would become unclean in God’s sight if they visited or ate food with a Gentile. This was because the Pharisees had made a law against this, wanting to keep Jews from eating foods that the law of Moses said were unclean. The law of Moses did say that some foods were unclean, but it did not say that Jewish people could not visit or eat with Gentiles. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/clean]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])<br><br>### Baptism and the Holy Spirit<br><br>Those who were listening to Peter received the Holy Spirit even as he was speaking to them. This showed the Jewish believers that Gentiles could believe the word of God and receive the Holy Spirit just as the Jewish believers had. After that, the Gentiles were baptized.
ACT	10	1	wtb9	writing-participants	ἀνὴρ δέ τις	1	Now there was a certain man	Luke uses this phrase to introduce a new character into the story. If your language has its own way of doing that, you can use it here in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
ACT	10	1	h6zu	translate-names	Κορνήλιος	1		**Cornelius** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
ACT	10	1	x476	translate-unknown	ἑκατοντάρχης	1	named Cornelius, a centurion from the regiment that was called ‘Italian.’	A **centurion** was an officer in the Roman army who was in charge of a group of 100 soldiers. Such a group was called a “century.” Alternate translation: “an army officer in charge of 100 soldiers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
ACT	10	1	abcd	figs-activepassive	Σπείρης τῆς καλουμένης Ἰταλικῆς	1	the regiment that was called ‘Italian.’	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the regiment people called Italian” or “the regiment whose name was Italian” or “the Italian Regiment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ACT	10	1	h2a4	translate-unknown	Σπείρης	1		A **regiment** was a military unit consisting of six centuries or 600 soldiers. You may have a term in your language that you can use for a unit of about this size. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
ACT	10	1	e88y	translate-names	Ἰταλικῆς	1		**Italian** is the name of a military unit. The name indicates that although the soldiers in it were stationed in Syria, they came from Italy and thus were native Romans. This made them more reliable protection for the high-ranking Roman officials whose residence was in Caesarea. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
ACT	10	2	s6rh	figs-doublet	εὐσεβὴς καὶ φοβούμενος τὸν Θεὸν	1	devout and fearing God	The word **devout** and the phrase **fearing God** mean similar things. (In this context, the word **fearing** has the sense of deep respect and awe.) Luke may be using them together for emphasis. Alternate translation: “sincerely devoted to God” or see next note for another possibility. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
ACT	10	2	rz4h	figs-idiom	εὐσεβὴς καὶ φοβούμενος τὸν Θεὸν	1		Jews in the time of the New Testament used the expression **fearing God** to describe Gentiles (non-Jews) who worshiped the God of Israel, attended the synagogue, prayed at regular times, and supported the needs of the Jewish community. Luke may be using the expression in this way and assuming that his readers will recognize it. Alternate translation: “a Gentile who sincerely worshiped the God of Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
ACT	10	2	abce	figs-explicit	τῷ λαῷ	1	to the people	Luke assumes that his readers will know that **the people** refers to Jewish people who were in need. Alternate translation: “to Jewish people in need” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ACT	10	2	imrx	figs-ellipsis	διὰ παντός	1		The phrase **through all** is an ellipsis for “through all times.” See how you translated it in [2:25](../02/25.md). Alternate translation: “always” or “at all times” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
ACT	10	2	w2kx	figs-hyperbole	δεόμενος τοῦ Θεοῦ διὰ παντός	1	praying to God through all	The phrase **through all**, meaning “at all times,” is a generalization for emphasis. Alternate translation: “often” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
ACT	10	3	up3j	figs-explicit	ὥραν ἐνάτην	1	the ninth hour	This was the normal afternoon prayer time for Jews. Cornelius, as a Gentile who worshiped the God of Israel, would have praying at this time. Alternate translation: “during his afternoon prayer time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ACT	10	3	ttsl	figs-idiom	ὥραν ἐνάτην	1		In this culture, people began counting the hours each day beginning around daybreak at six o’clock in the morning. If it would be clearer in your language, you could express this in the way the people of your culture reckon time. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
ACT	10	3	z5ty	translate-ordinal	ὥραν ἐνάτην	1		If you decide to translate this in the way that the biblical culture reckoned time, but your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use a cardinal number here. Alternate translation: “around hour nine” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
ACT	10	4	abcf	writing-pronouns	ὁ δὲ, ἀτενίσας αὐτῷ	1	But he stared at him	The pronoun **he** stands for Cornelius, and the pronoun **him** stands for the angel. Alternate translation: “But Cornelius, staring at the angel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
ACT	10	4	bd2h	writing-politeness	τί ἐστιν, κύριε	1		Cornelius uses the respectful title **lord** because he recognizes that he is speaking to a messenger from God. See how you translated the similar term in [9:5](../09/05.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-politeness]])
ACT	10	4	abcg	writing-pronouns	εἶπεν δὲ αὐτῷ	1	And he said to him	The pronoun **he** stands for the angel, and the pronoun **him** stands for Cornelius. Alternate translation: “And the angel said to Cornelius” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
ACT	10	4	p5ml	figs-metaphor	αἱ προσευχαί σου, καὶ αἱ ἐλεημοσύναι σου, ἀνέβησαν εἰς μνημόσυνον ἔμπροσθεν τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	Your prayers and your alms have gone up for a memorial offering before God	A **memorial offering** was the portion of an offering brought to the priests for their support that was burned on the altar as a pleasing aroma for God, to give God an occasion to remember the worshiper. The angel is using this offering to tell Cornelius that God is aware of his devotion and generosity and that God is pleased with those things. You could translate this metaphor as a simile, or you could explain its meaning. Alternate translation: “Your prayers and your alms have gone up like a memorial offering before God” or “God is aware of your prayers and your alms, and he is pleased with them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ACT	10	4	xpa1	figs-idiom	ἔμπροσθεν τοῦ Θεοῦ	1		Here, **before** means “in the presence of.” Alternate translation: “into the presence of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
ACT	10	5	h33i	figs-activepassive	ὃς ἐπικαλεῖται Πέτρος	1		If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “whom people call Peter” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ACT	10	6	hou9	figs-activepassive	ξενίζεται παρά	1		If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “is the guest of” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ACT	10	6	bw0q	translate-unknown	βυρσεῖ	1		See how you translated the term **tanner** in [9:43](../09/43.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
ACT	10	7	g6lq		ὡς δὲ ἀπῆλθεν ὁ ἄγγελος ὁ λαλῶν αὐτῷ	1	And when the angel who spoke to him had left	Alternate translation: “And when Cornelius’ vision of the angel had ended”
ACT	10	7	yg7g		εὐσεβῆ	1	devout	The adjective **devout** describes a person who worships God and serves him. Alternate translation: “sincerely religious”
ACT	10	8	pcg2	figs-hyperbole	ἅπαντα	1	having told them everything	By **everything**, Luke means the details of the vision that Cornelius had. Alternate translation: “how an angel had spoken to him in a vision and what the angel had said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
ACT	10	9	ey9n	writing-pronouns	ὁδοιπορούντων ἐκείνων	1		The demonstrative pronoun **those** refers to Cornelius’ two servants and the soldier under Cornelius’ command. Alternate translation: “as the men whom Cornelius had sent were traveling” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
ACT	10	9	tu7n	translate-unknown	περὶ ὥραν ἕκτην	1	at about the sixth hour	In this culture, people began counting the hours each day beginning around daybreak at six o’clock in the morning. If it would be clearer in your language, you could express this in the way the people of your culture reckon time. Alternate translation: “at around noon” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
ACT	10	9	r6l8	translate-ordinal	περὶ ὥραν ἕκτην	1	went up to the housetop	If you decide to translate this in the way that the biblical culture reckoned time, but your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use a cardinal number here. Alternate translation: “at around hour six” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
ACT	10	10	im7x	figs-personification	ἐγένετο ἐπ’ αὐτὸν ἔκστασις	1	a vision came upon him	Luke speaks of this **vision** as if it were a living thing that could come onto someone. Alternate translation: “he had a vision” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
ACT	10	11	n4hi		θεωρεῖ τὸν οὐρανὸν ἀνεῳγμένον	1	he sees the sky having been opened	To call attention to a development in the story, here Luke uses the present tense in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. It may be helpful to start a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “And he saw” or “And Peter saw”
ACT	10	11	u9u4	figs-activepassive	τὸν οὐρανὸν ἀνεῳγμένον	1	like a large sheet … by four corners	If your language does not use the passive form **opened**, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the sky break open” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ACT	10	11	jh1m	figs-activepassive	καθιέμενον	1	being let down by four corners	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “It appeared as if someone was letting it down” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ACT	10	12	fdt3	figs-hyperbole	πάντα τὰ	1		The word **all** is likely a generalization for emphasis, although since this was a vision, it is possible that the container Peter saw did contain every kind of these creatures. Alternate translation: “various” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
ACT	10	12	ua3j	figs-explicit	καὶ πετεινὰ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ	1	all the four-footed animals and creeping things on the earth, and birds of the sky	From Peter’s response in [10:14](../10/14.md), the implication is that the law of Moses commanded the Jews not to eat some of the creatures in the container. Alternate translation: “and birds of the sky, including some that the law of Moses commanded Jews not to eat” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ACT	10	13	a2z4	figs-personification	ἐγένετο φωνὴ πρὸς αὐτόν	1	a voice came to him	Luke speaks of this **voice** as if it were a living thing that could come to someone. Alternate translation: “he heard a voice” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
ACT	10	13	zmeg	figs-idiom	ἀναστάς	1		Here the term **arising** means that the voice wanted Peter to take action, not that the voice wanted him to stand up from a seated position. Alternate translation, as in UST: “Go ahead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
ACT	10	14	z7r5	figs-exclamations	μηδαμῶς	1	Not at all	**Not at all** is an exclamation that communicates a strong refusal to do or even to consider something. Use an exclamation that is natural in your language for communicating this. Alternate translation: “No, never” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
ACT	10	14	ewlu	figs-doublenegatives	οὐδέποτε ἔφαγον πᾶν κοινὸν καὶ ἀκάθαρτον	1		If it would be clearer in your language, you could use a positive expression to translate this double negative that consists of word **never** and the negative terms **common** and **unclean**. Alternate translation: “I have only ever eaten things that are holy and clean” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
ACT	10	14	p0bf	figs-doublet	κοινὸν καὶ ἀκάθαρτον	1		The words **common** and **unclean** mean similar things. Peter may be using them together for emphasis. Alternate translation: “that our Jewish laws forbid us to eat” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
ACT	10	14	a2jj	figs-explicit	οὐδέποτε ἔφαγον πᾶν κοινὸν καὶ ἀκάθαρτον	1	I have never eaten anything defiled and unclean	The implication is that some the animals in the container were forbidden for Jews to eat. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “common and unclean, like some of those animals” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ACT	10	15	as42	figs-personification	φωνὴ πάλιν&πρὸς αὐτόν	1		The implied verb here is **came**, and so Luke is speaking once again of this **voice** as if it were a living thing that could come to someone. Alternate translation: “he heard the voice speaking to him again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
ACT	10	15	xs5s	figs-123person	ἃ ὁ Θεὸς ἐκαθάρισεν	1	What God has cleansed	If God is the speaker, he is referring to himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you can use the first person in your translation. Alternate translation: “What I, God, have cleansed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
ACT	10	15	st9c	writing-pronouns	σὺ μὴ κοίνου	1		The voice is adding the pronoun **you** for emphasis. If your language does not ordinarily use a pronoun with the imperative but can do so for emphasis, it would be appropriate to do that here. You could also express the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “you must not make common” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
ACT	10	16	rlr9	figs-explicit	τοῦτο&ἐγένετο ἐπὶ τρίς	1	this happened three times	This could mean: (1) that the voice told Peter three times to kill and eat, Peter refused three times, and each time the voice told him not to call unclean what God had cleansed. Alternate translation: “Peter had this exchange with the voice three times” (2) that after Peter first refused, the voice said to him three times, “What God has cleansed, you must not make common.” Alternate translation: “the voice said this three times” You may find it simplest to say, “This happened three times,” as UST does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ACT	10	16	ej9h	figs-activepassive	ἀνελήμφθη τὸ σκεῦος	1		If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “it appeared as if someone was pulling the container back up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ACT	10	17	d4zi		ἐν ἑαυτῷ διηπόρει ὁ Πέτρος, τί ἂν εἴη τὸ ὅραμα ὃ εἶδεν	1	Peter was very confused … about	Alternate translation: “Peter was wondering how God could have given him a vision like that”
ACT	10	17	n6da	figs-metaphor	ἰδοὺ, οἱ ἄνδρες	1	behold	Luke is using the term **behold** to focus readers’ attention on how suddenly these **men** appeared. Your language may have a comparable expression that you can use in your translation. Alternate translation: “just then the men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ACT	10	17	cg9a	figs-activepassive	οἱ ἀπεσταλμένοι ὑπὸ τοῦ Κορνηλίου	1		If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “whom Cornelius had sent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ACT	10	17	e62m	figs-explicit	ἐπέστησαν ἐπὶ τὸν πυλῶνα	1	stood before the gate	The implication is that the house of Simon the tanner had a wall around it and that there was a **gate** in the wall that people could use to enter the property. Alternate translation: “stood before the gate to the house” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ACT	10	18	qe9d	figs-activepassive	ὁ ἐπικαλούμενος Πέτρος	1	they called out	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “whom people called Peter” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ACT	10	18	r91o	figs-activepassive	ξενίζεται	1		If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “was a guest” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ACT	10	19	iqx5	figs-metaphor	ἰδοὺ, ἄνδρες τρεῖς	1	Behold	The Spirit is using the term **behold** to focus Peter’s attention on what he is about to say. Your language may have a comparable expression that you can use in your translation. Alternate translation: “Pay attention, this is important: Three men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ACT	10	19	va39	translate-textvariants	ἄνδρες τρεῖς	1	three men are looking for you	Cornelius sent two of his servants and one soldier. Some ancient texts say “two men” or “some men.” If a translation of the Bible already exists in your area, you could consider using the reading in that translation. If there is not already a Bible translation in your area, you may wish to follow the readings of ULT and UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
ACT	10	20	ndju	figs-idiom	ἀναστὰς	1		Here the term **arising** means that the voice wanted Peter to take action, not that the voice wanted him to stand up from a seated position. Alternate translation: “Go ahead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
ACT	10	20	ym1x	figs-explicit	κατάβηθι	1	go down	The implication is that Peter is to **go down** from the roof of the house and greet the men. Alternate translation: “go down from the roof of the house” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ACT	10	20	wx4n	figs-explicit	πορεύου σὺν αὐτοῖς	1	go with them. Do not hesitate	It would be natural for Peter not to want to go with the men, because they were Gentiles. Alternate translation: “go with them, even though they are Gentiles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ACT	10	20	j3iy	figs-explicit	μηδὲν διακρινόμενος	1		This could mean: (1) that the Spirit did not want Peter to have any doubts or worries about going with the men, even though they were Gentiles. Alternate translation: “without worrying about it” (2) that the Spirit did not want Peter to feel that he should not be in the company of these men, because they were Gentiles. Alternate translation: “not making a distinction between these men and others you would associate with” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ACT	10	22	rva1	figs-quotesinquotes	οἱ&εἶπαν, Κορνήλιος, ἑκατοντάρχης ἀνὴρ δίκαιος, καὶ φοβούμενος τὸν Θεὸν, μαρτυρούμενός τε ὑπὸ ὅλου τοῦ ἔθνους τῶν Ἰουδαίων, ἐχρηματίσθη ὑπὸ ἀγγέλου ἁγίου, μεταπέμψασθαί σε εἰς τὸν οἶκον αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἀκοῦσαι ῥήματα παρὰ σοῦ.	1		If the direct quotation inside a direct quotation would be confusing in your language, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “they told Peter that Cornelius, a centurion, a man righteous and fearing God and attested by the whole nation of the Jews, was directed by a holy angel to summon him to his house and to hear words from him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
ACT	10	22	i4zh	writing-pronouns	οἱ&εἶπαν	1		The pronoun **they** refers to the two servants and the soldier whom Cornelius sent. Alternate translation: “The messengers from Cornelius replied” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
ACT	10	22	ue5z	figs-synecdoche	οἱ&εἶπαν	1		One of the messengers probably spoke these words on behalf of all three of them. Alternate translation: “one of them said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
ACT	10	22	wvl1	figs-doublet	φοβούμενος τὸν Θεὸν	1	fearing God	The word **righteous** and the phrase **fearing God** mean similar things. (In this context, the word **fearing** has the sense of deep respect and awe.) Luke may be using them together for emphasis. Alternate translation: “a man sincerely devoted to God” or see next note for another possibility. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
ACT	10	22	hrta	figs-explicit	ἀνὴρ δίκαιος, καὶ φοβούμενος τὸν Θεὸν	1		Jews in the time of the New Testament used the expression **fearing God** to describe Gentiles (non-Jews) who worshiped the God of Israel. Luke may be using the expression in this way. See how you translated it in [10:2](../10/02.md). Alternate translation: “a Gentile who sincerely worships the God of Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ACT	10	22	hihl	figs-activepassive	μαρτυρούμενός τε ὑπὸ ὅλου τοῦ ἔθνους τῶν Ἰουδαίων, ἐχρηματίσθη ὑπὸ ἀγγέλου ἁγίου	1		If your language does not use these passive forms, you could express the ideas in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “about whom the whole nation of the Jews testifies, received instructions from a holy angel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ACT	10	22	gv91	figs-hyperbole	ὅλου τοῦ ἔθνους τῶν Ἰουδαίων	1	the whole nation of the Jews	Luke says **whole** as a generalization for emphasis. Alternate translation: “the Jewish people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
ACT	10	22	e15o	figs-metonymy	ῥήματα	1		The messengers are using the term **words** to mean what Peter would say to Cornelius by using words. Alternate translation: “a message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ACT	10	23	shs5	figs-explicit	εἰσκαλεσάμενος οὖν αὐτοὺς ἐξένισεν	1	he hosted them	The implication is that the journey to Caesarea was too long for them to begin that afternoon. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “But since the journey to Caesarea was too long for them to make that day, Peter invited the men into Simon’s house and hosted them there overnight” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ACT	10	23	ycoi	figs-idiom	ἀναστὰς	1		Here the word **arising** means that Peter took action to prepare, not that he stood up from a seated or lying position. Alternate translation: “after packing for a journey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
ACT	10	23	t7cz	figs-metaphor	τινες τῶν ἀδελφῶν	1	some of the brothers who were from Joppa	Luke is using the term **brothers** to mean people who share the same faith. Alternate translation: “some fellow believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ACT	10	24	c3s6		τῇ&ἐπαύριον	1	the following day	The **next day** means the day after they left Joppa. The journey to Caesarea took longer than one day. Alternate translation: “on the following day”
ACT	10	25	b4pn	translate-symaction	πεσὼν ἐπὶ τοὺς πόδας	1	and falling down at his feet	Be sure that it is clear in your translation that Cornelius did not fall down accidentally. He knelt down at Peter’s feet as a gesture to honor him. Alternate translation: “kneeling down and putting his face close to Peter’s feet to honor him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
ACT	10	26	s7n5	figs-declarative	ἀνάστηθι, καὶ ἐγὼ αὐτὸς ἄνθρωπός εἰμι	1	Get up! I too am a man myself	Peter is using the statement form to give a mild rebuke or correction to Cornelius. It may be clearer for your readers if you translate this as an imperative. Alternate translation: “Stop doing that! I am only a man, as you are” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]])
ACT	10	27	f9x6	writing-pronouns	συνομιλῶν αὐτῷ, εἰσῆλθεν	1		The pronoun **him** refers to Cornelius, and the pronoun **he** refers to Peter. Alternate translation: “talking with Cornelius, Peter went in” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
ACT	10	27	kdva	writing-pronouns	εὑρίσκει	1		To call attention to a development in the story, here Luke uses the present tense in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “found” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
ACT	10	27	twp9	figs-activepassive	συνεληλυθότας πολλούς	1	many people gathered together	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “many people whom Cornelius had gathered together” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ACT	10	28	iyx6	figs-explicit	ὡς ἀθέμιτόν ἐστιν ἀνδρὶ Ἰουδαίῳ	1	how unlawful it is for a Jewish man	This phrase refers to the requirements of the Jewish religious law. Alternate translation: “that the Jewish law forbids a Jewish man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ACT	10	28	k3we	figs-explicit	ἀλλοφύλῳ	1	a foreigner	Here, the term **foreigner** refers to people who are not Jews. It is not a reference to where they live. Alternate translation: “a Gentile” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ACT	10	28	ztt0	figs-gendernotations	ἄνθρωπον	1		Although the term **man** is masculine, Peter is using the word in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
ACT	10	28	tl2h	figs-doublet	κοινὸν ἢ ἀκάθαρτον	1		The words **common** and **unclean** mean similar things. Peter may be using them together for emphasis. Alternate translation: “unacceptable to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
ACT	10	29	x0p4	figs-activepassive	μεταπεμφθείς	1		If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “when you summoned me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ACT	10	29	x0v3	figs-yousingular	μετεπέμψασθέ	1		The word **you** is plural. Peter is speaking to everyone who has gathered in the home of Cornelius. Use the plural form in your translation if your language marks that distinction. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])
ACT	10	30	mqv8	translate-textvariants	ἀπὸ τετάρτης ἡμέρας μέχρι ταύτης τῆς ὥρας, ἤμην τὴν ἐνάτην προσευχόμενος ἐν τῷ οἴκῳ μου	1	praying	Some ancient texts say, “From the fourth day until this hour, I was fasting, and at the ninth hour I was praying in my house.” If a translation of the Bible already exists in your area, you could consider using the reading in that translation. If there is not already a Bible translation in your area, you may wish to follow the reading of ULT. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
ACT	10	30	na4u	figs-idiom	ἀπὸ τετάρτης ἡμέρας	1	Four days ago	In the idiom of this culture, today was the “first day,” yesterday was the “second day,” the day before yesterday was the “third day,” and the day before that was the “fourth day” or **Four days ago**. You may wish to express this in your translation in the way your own culture reckons time. Alternate translation, as in UST: “Three days ago” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
ACT	10	30	pkhh	figs-idiom	ταύτης τῆς ὥρας	1		Cornelius is using the term **hour** to mean a particular time. Alternate translation: “this time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
ACT	10	30	x4m7	figs-nominaladj	τὴν ἐνάτην	1		Cornelius is using the adjective **ninth** as a noun. ULT adds **hour** to show this. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this word with an equivalent phrase. See how you translated this expression in [10:3](../10/03.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
ACT	10	30	u1es	figs-idiom	τὴν ἐνάτην	1		In this culture, people began counting the hours each day beginning around daybreak at six o’clock in the morning. If it would be clearer in your language, you could express this in the way the people of your culture reckon time. See how you translated this expression in [10:3](../10/03.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
ACT	10	30	p73u	translate-ordinal	τὴν ἐνάτην	1		If you decide to translate this in the way that the biblical culture reckoned time, but your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use a cardinal number here. Alternate translation: “hour nine” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
ACT	10	30	yy6e	figs-explicit	τὴν ἐνάτην	1	at the ninth hour	This was the normal afternoon prayer time for Jews. Cornelius, as a Gentile who worshiped the God of Israel, would have praying at this time. Alternate translation: “during my usual afternoon prayer time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ACT	10	30	oicx	figs-metaphor	ἰδοὺ, ἀνὴρ	1		Cornelius is using the term **behold** to focus Peter’s attention on how suddenly this **man** appeared. Your language may have a comparable expression that you can use in your translation. Alternate translation: “just then a man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ACT	10	30	g485	figs-explicit	ἀνὴρ	1		Luke says in [10:3](../10/03.md) that Cornelius saw an angel. Cornelius calls him **a man** here because the angel appeared to him in human form. You could say that explicitly in your translation if your readers might be confused otherwise. Alternate translation: “an angel in human form” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ACT	10	31	twnu	figs-quotesinquotes	φησί, Κορνήλιε, εἰσηκούσθη σου ἡ προσευχὴ καὶ αἱ ἐλεημοσύναι σου ἐμνήσθησαν ἐνώπιον τοῦ Θεοῦ	1		If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “he told me that my prayer had been heard and that my alms had been remembered before God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])Q
ACT	10	31	uep3		φησί	1		To call attention to a development in the story, here Cornelius uses the present tense in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “he said”
ACT	10	31	heh3	figs-activepassive	εἰσηκούσθη σου ἡ προσευχὴ καὶ αἱ ἐλεημοσύναι σου ἐμνήσθησαν ἐνώπιον τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	your prayer has been heard	If your language does not use these passive forms, you could express the ideas in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God has heard your prayer and has remembered your alms” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ACT	10	31	s6nz	figs-idiom	ἐμνήσθησαν ἐνώπιον τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	have been remembered before God	The word **remembered** does not imply that God had forgotten about these **alms**. Rather, it means that God is aware of Cornelius’s devotion and generosity and is pleased with them. See how you translated the similar expression in [10:4](../10/04.md). Alternate translation: “God is aware of your alms and is pleased with them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
ACT	10	31	xd0x	figs-idiom	ἐνώπιον	1		Here the word **before** is being used. Alternate translation: “in the presence of” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
ACT	10	32	jjnn	figs-quotesinquotes	πέμψον οὖν εἰς Ἰόππην καὶ μετακάλεσαι Σίμωνα, ὃς ἐπικαλεῖται Πέτρος; οὗτος ξενίζεται ἐν οἰκίᾳ Σίμωνος, βυρσέως παρὰ θάλασσαν	1		If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “He said I should therefore send to Joppa and summon Simon who is called Peter, who was being hosted in the house of Simon, a tanner, by the sea” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
ACT	10	32	ci31	figs-activepassive	ὃς ἐπικαλεῖται Πέτρος	1	summon Simon who is called Peter	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “whom people call Peter” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ACT	10	32	u1t6	figs-activepassive	οὗτος ξενίζεται	1		If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “He is a guest” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ACT	10	32	jhzt	translate-textvariants	μετακάλεσαι Σίμωνα&παρὰ θάλασσαν	1		Some ancient manuscripts add at the end of this verse, “When he comes, he will speak to you.” If a translation of the Bible already exists in your area, you could consider using the reading in that translation. If there is not already a Bible translation in your area, you may wish to follow the reading of ULT. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
ACT	10	33	p5ee	figs-yousingular	σέ&σύ&σοι	1	immediately	The word **you** is singular in each of these instances. Even though Peter came with other believers, Cornelius is addressing Peter directly. So use the singular form of “you” in your translation if your language makes that distinction. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])
ACT	10	33	ruf3	writing-politeness	σύ τε καλῶς ἐποίησας παραγενόμενος	1	and you did well in coming	This expression is a polite way of thanking Peter for coming. Alternate translation: “and we are grateful to you for coming” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-politeness]])
ACT	10	33	lzie	figs-exclusive	ἡμεῖς	1		Cornelius is using the word **we** to refer to himself and to his guests, but not to Peter and the believers who came with him, so use the exclusive form of that word if your language marks that distinction. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
ACT	10	33	ry21	figs-idiom	ἐνώπιον τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	before God	Cornelius is using the word **before**. Alternate translation: “in the presence of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
ACT	10	33	xt4x	figs-activepassive	τὰ προστεταγμένα σοι ὑπὸ τοῦ Κυρίου	1	that you have been instructed by the Lord	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the things that the Lord has told you to say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ACT	10	33	jc88	translate-textvariants	τὰ προστεταγμένα σοι ὑπὸ τοῦ Κυρίου	1		Some ancient manuscripts read “instructed by the Lord.” ULT follows that reading. Other ancient manuscripts read “instructed by God to say.” If a translation of the Bible already exists in your area, you could consider using the reading in that translation. If there is not already a Bible translation in your area, you may wish to follow the reading of ULT. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
ACT	10	34	cyn8	figs-explicitinfo	ἀνοίξας&Πέτρος τὸ στόμα εἶπεν	1	And Peter opened his mouth and said	It might seem that the expression **opening his mouth … said** contains redundant information that would be unnatural to express in your language. If so, you can abbreviate it. Alternate translation: “Peter replied” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo]])
ACT	10	34	iii7		προσωπολήμπτης	1	God is not one who shows partiality	Alternate translation: “one who shows favoritism”
ACT	10	34	ha31	figs-explicit	οὐκ ἔστιν προσωπολήμπτης ὁ Θεός	1	In truth	As the next verse shows, Peter means implicitly that God does not favor Jewish people above people of other nations. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “God does not favor Jewish people above people of other nations” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ACT	10	35	b5cr		ὁ φοβούμενος αὐτὸν καὶ ἐργαζόμενος δικαιοσύνην	1	fears	Here, **fearing** has the sense of deep respect and awe. Alternate translation: “anyone who sincerely worships him and works righteousness”
ACT	10	35	j78e	figs-abstractnouns	ὁ φοβούμενος αὐτὸν καὶ ἐργαζόμενος δικαιοσύνην	1	the one who fears him and works righteous deeds is acceptable to him	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **righteousness**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “anyone who worships him and does righteous deeds” or “anyone who worships him and does what is right” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ACT	10	36	aac8	figs-explicit	τὸν λόγον	1		Here Peter is implicitly saying to Cornelius and his guests that they know about this **word**; he says that explicitly in the next verse. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say “You know the word” in this verse as well. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ACT	10	36	ht1z	figs-metonymy	τὸν λόγον	1		Peter is using the term **word** to mean what God said to the Israelites by using words. Alternate translation: “The message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ACT	10	36	anlh	figs-metaphor	τοῖς υἱοῖς Ἰσραὴλ	1		Peter is using the word **sons** to mean “descendants.” He is speaking of the Israelites, who were descendants of the patriarch Jacob, also known as Israel. Alternate translation: “to the people of Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ACT	10	36	ok9b	figs-abstractnouns	εὐαγγελιζόμενος εἰρήνην διὰ Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **peace**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “proclaiming that Jesus Christ reconciles us to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ACT	10	36	md1l		πάντων	1	he is Lord of all	The word **all** could mean: (1) all people groups, both Jewish and non-Jewish. Alternate translation: “of all people, whether or not they are Jews” (2) all created things. Alternate translation: “of everything in God’s creation”
ACT	10	37	wecw	figs-metonymy	ὑμεῖς οἴδατε τὸ&ῥῆμα	1		Peter is using the term **word** to mean the things that happened through the life and ministry of Jesus. It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “You know the things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ACT	10	37	ch65	figs-hyperbole	καθ’ ὅλης τῆς Ἰουδαίας	1	throughout all Judea	Peter says **all** as a generalization for emphasis. Alternate translation: “in many places in Judea” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
ACT	10	37	sq2i		μετὰ τὸ βάπτισμα ὃ ἐκήρυξεν Ἰωάννης	1	after the baptism that John proclaimed	Alternate translation: “after John preached to the people that they should repent and then baptized them”
ACT	10	38	seli	figs-infostructure	Ἰησοῦν τὸν ἀπὸ Ναζαρέθ, ὡς ἔχρισεν αὐτὸν ὁ Θεὸς	1		It may be helpful to put the information about God anointing before the information that it was Jesus whom God anointed. Alternate translation: “how God anointed Jesus, the one from Nazareth,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
ACT	10	38	p2qi	figs-explicit	Ἰησοῦν τὸν ἀπὸ Ναζαρέθ, ὡς ἔχρισεν αὐτὸν ὁ Θεὸς	1		Peter is once again saying implicitly that Cornelius and his guests know about the things he is describing. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “You know how God anointed Jesus, the one from Nazareth,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ACT	10	38	ku82	figs-metaphor	ἔχρισεν αὐτὸν ὁ Θεὸς Πνεύματι Ἁγίῳ καὶ δυνάμει	1	God anointed him with the Holy Spirit and with power	Peter speaks of the Holy Spirit and of God’s power as if they could be poured over someone like oil. Alternate translation: “God enabled him to do powerful works through the Holy Spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ACT	10	38	vuwo	figs-abstractnouns	εὐεργετῶν	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **good**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “doing good things” or “helping people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ACT	10	38	y5ya	figs-hyperbole	πάντας τοὺς καταδυναστευομένους ὑπὸ τοῦ διαβόλου	1	all who were oppressed by the devil	Peter says **all** as a generalization for emphasis. Alternate translation: “those who were oppressed by the devil” or “many people who were oppressed by the devil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
ACT	10	38	tj3u	figs-idiom	ὁ Θεὸς ἦν μετ’ αὐτοῦ	1	God was with him	The expression **was with him** is an idiom. See how you translated it in [7:9](../07/09.md). Alternate translation: “God was helping him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
ACT	10	39	kal7	figs-exclusive	ἡμεῖς μάρτυρες	1		Here, **we** refers to Peter and the apostles and believers who were with Jesus when he was on earth, not to Cornelius and his guests. So use the exclusive form of “we” if your language marks that distinction. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
ACT	10	39	sx3a	writing-pronouns	ὃν καὶ ἀνεῖλαν	1	in the country of the Jews	The pronoun **whom** refers to Jesus, and the pronoun **they** refers to the enemies of Jesus, the Jewish leaders who conspired against him and the Romans who ordered and carried out his execution. It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “Also, the enemies of Jesus killed him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
ACT	10	39	z4dt	figs-metonymy	κρεμάσαντες ἐπὶ ξύλου	1	by hanging him on a tree	This expression refers to crucifixion. Peter says **tree** to mean a wooden cross. Alternate translation: “crucifying him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ACT	10	40	zxuk	writing-pronouns	τοῦτον	1		The demonstrative pronoun **this** refers to Jesus. Alternate translation: “Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
ACT	10	40	cxj5	figs-idiom	τοῦτον ὁ Θεὸς ἤγειρεν	1	but God raised up this one	Here, **raised … up** is an idiom that refers to causing someone who has died to become alive again. Alternate translation: “God caused Jesus to become alive again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
ACT	10	40	w8kv	figs-idiom	τῇ τρίτῃ ἡμέρᾳ	1	on the third day	In the idiom of this culture, today was the “first day,” tomorrow was the “second day,” and the day after tomorrow was the “third day.” You may wish to express this in your translation in the way your own culture reckons time. Alternate translation: “two days after he died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
ACT	10	40	iz8l	figs-activepassive	ἔδωκεν αὐτὸν ἐμφανῆ γενέσθαι	1	caused him to be seen	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “permitted many people to see him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ACT	10	41	nm81	figs-activepassive	οὐ παντὶ τῷ λαῷ, ἀλλὰ μάρτυσι τοῖς προκεχειροτονημένοις ὑπὸ τοῦ Θεοῦ, ἡμῖν, οἵτινες συνεφάγομεν καὶ συνεπίομεν αὐτῷ μετὰ τὸ ἀναστῆναι αὐτὸν ἐκ νεκρῶν	1		If you used an active form instead of “caused him to be seen” in the previous verse, you can adjust the language here to fit. It may be helpful to make this two new sentences. Alternate translation: “All the people did not see him, but witnesses chosen beforehand by God saw him. We who ate and drank with him after he rose from the dead saw him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ACT	10	41	jq89	figs-explicit	παντὶ τῷ λαῷ	1		By **the people**, Peter means the Jewish people. Alternate translation: “by all the Jewish people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ACT	10	41	zpyj	figs-activepassive	τοῖς προκεχειροτονημένοις ὑπὸ τοῦ Θεοῦ	1		If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “whom God chose beforehand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ACT	10	41	xlbl	figs-synecdoche	οἵτινες συνεφάγομεν καὶ συνεπίομεν αὐτῷ	1		Peter is using one activity that he and the other apostles did with Jesus after he rose from the dead, eating and drinking (that is, sharing meals), to mean spending time with him personally. Alternate translation: “who spend time with him personally” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
ACT	10	41	q7d1	figs-nominaladj	ἐκ νεκρῶν	1	from the dead	Peter is using the adjective **dead** as a noun. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “those who have died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
ACT	10	42	ik96	figs-exclusive	ἡμῖν	1		Here, **us** refers to Peter and the other apostles whom Jesus chose, not to Cornelius and his guests. So use the exclusive form of “us” if your language marks that distinction. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
ACT	10	42	zne5	figs-explicit	τῷ λαῷ	1	Connecting Statement:	By **the people**, Peter means the Jewish people. Alternate translation: “to the Jewish people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ACT	10	42	c1ak	figs-activepassive	ὁ ὡρισμένος ὑπὸ τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	that he is the one who has been chosen by God	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the one whom God has chosen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ACT	10	42	ws4t	figs-nominaladj	ζώντων καὶ νεκρῶν	1	of the living and the dead	Peter is using the adjectives **living** and **dead** as nouns. (The word **living** is actually a participle, but it functions here as an adjective.) Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate these words with equivalent phrases. Alternate translation: “of those who are alive and of those who have died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
ACT	10	43	ub5d	writing-pronouns	τούτῳ	1	To this one, all the prophets bear witness that	The demonstrative pronoun **this** refers to Jesus. Alternate translation: “To Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
ACT	10	43	y6d1	figs-metonymy	διὰ τοῦ ὀνόματος αὐτοῦ	1	through his name	Peter is speaking of the **name** of Jesus. It could mean: (1) his actions. Alternate translation: “through what Jesus has done for them” (2) his authority. Alternate translation: “by his authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ACT	10	44	cz7x	figs-metaphor	ἐπέπεσε τὸ Πνεῦμα τὸ Ἅγιον ἐπὶ πάντας τοὺς ἀκούοντας τὸν λόγον	1	the Holy Spirit fell	Luke is speaking of the Holy Spirit as if it could fall on Cornelius and his guests. See how you translated the similar expression in [8:16](../08/16.md). Alternate translation: “all the ones listening to his word received the Holy Spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])Q
ACT	10	44	wf7u	figs-hyperbole	πάντας τοὺς ἀκούοντας	1	all of those who were listening	While the believers who came with Peter from Joppa were also **listening** to his message, the word **all** refers to the Gentiles who were present. Alternate translation: “Cornelius and his guests, who were listening” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
ACT	10	44	o839	figs-metonymy	τὸν λόγον	1		Luke is using the term **word** to mean what Peter was saying by using words. Alternate translation: “his message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ACT	10	45	j6wt	figs-nominaladj	οἱ&πιστοὶ	1	the gift of the Holy Spirit	Luke is using the adjective **faithful** as a noun, to mean people who have faith in Jesus. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “the faithful men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
ACT	10	45	qlpu	figs-metonymy	ἐκ περιτομῆς	1		Luke is using the term **circumcision** by association to identify these **faithful** people as Jewish. Alternate translation: “who were Jewish” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ACT	10	45	g161	figs-activepassive	ἡ δωρεὰ τοῦ Ἁγίου Πνεύματος ἐκκέχυται	1	the gift of the Holy Spirit was poured out	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God was pouring out the gift of the Holy Spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ACT	10	45	mqs8	figs-metaphor	ἐκκέχυται	1	was poured out	Luke is speaking of the Holy Spirit as if he were a liquid that could be poured on people. This image implies a generous amount. Alternate translation: “was generously given” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ACT	10	45	hfs9	figs-possession	ἡ δωρεὰ τοῦ Ἁγίου Πνεύματος	1		Luke is using a possessive form to identify **the Holy Spirit** as a **gift** from God. Alternate translation: “the Holy Spirit as a gift” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
ACT	10	45	f33n	figs-explicit	καὶ ἐπὶ τὰ ἔθνη	1	also on the Gentiles	Here, **also** refers to the fact that the Holy Spirit had already been given to the Jewish believers. Alternate translation: “on the Gentiles, as it had been on Jewish believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ACT	10	45	rt18	translate-names	τὰ ἔθνη	1		**Gentiles** is a name for people who are not Jewish. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
ACT	10	46	p6pa	figs-explicit	λαλούντων γλώσσαις	1	speaking with tongues and praising God	The implication is that at least some of these **languages** were ones that the Jews recognized and could understand, but which Cornelius and his guests had not learned. This caused the Jews to acknowledge that the Holy Spirit was giving them the ability to speak these languages. Alternate translation: “speaking in languages they had not learned” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ACT	10	47	zktm	figs-doublenegatives	μήτι τὸ ὕδωρ δύναται κωλῦσαί τις τοῦ μὴ βαπτισθῆναι τούτους, οἵτινες τὸ Πνεῦμα τὸ Ἅγιον ἔλαβον, ὡς καὶ ἡμεῖς	1		The first word of this sentence in Greek is a negative word that can be used to turn a negative statement into a question that expects a negative answer. ULT shows this by adding **is he**. Your language may have other ways of asking a question that expects a negative answer, for example, by changing the word order of a positive statement. Translate this in the way that would be clearest in your language. Alternate translation: “Is anyone able to withhold water so that these are not baptized who have received the Holy Spirit as we also did” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
ACT	10	47	u5d5	figs-rquestion	μήτι τὸ ὕδωρ δύναται κωλῦσαί τις τοῦ μὴ βαπτισθῆναι τούτους, οἵτινες τὸ Πνεῦμα τὸ Ἅγιον ἔλαβον, ὡς καὶ ἡμεῖς?	1	No one is able to withhold water, is he, that these are not baptized, who have received the Holy Spirit as we also did?	Peter is using the question form to convince the Jewish Christians that the Gentile believers should be baptized. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “No one should withhold water so that these are not baptized who have received the Holy Spirit as we also did!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
ACT	10	47	vuax	figs-doublenegatives	μήτι τὸ ὕδωρ δύναται κωλῦσαί τις τοῦ μὴ βαπτισθῆναι τούτους, οἵτινες τὸ Πνεῦμα τὸ Ἅγιον ἔλαβον, ὡς καὶ ἡμεῖς?	1		Even if the negative question is turned into a positive statement, a double negative still remains, the negative verb **withhold** and the negative particle **not**. This double negative can also be stated in positive form. Alternate translation: “We should make water available so that these can be baptized who have received the Holy Spirit as we also did!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
ACT	10	47	df24	figs-synecdoche	τὸ ὕδωρ	1		Peter is using **water**, one thing necessary for baptism, to signify all the means and permission necessary for baptism. Alternate translation: “the means and permission” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
ACT	10	47	kwv5	figs-activepassive	τοῦ μὴ βαπτισθῆναι τούτους	1		If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “so that these do not receive baptism” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ACT	10	48	l8ci	figs-explicit	προσέταξεν&αὐτοὺς&βαπτισθῆναι	1		The implication is that Peter and the believers who accompanied him from Joppa would be the ones to baptize the Gentile believers. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Peter told the Gentile believers to allow the Jewish Christians to baptize them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ACT	10	48	z4fh	figs-activepassive	προσέταξεν&αὐτοὺς&βαπτισθῆναι	1		If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “he commanded them to receive baptism” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ACT	10	48	ax6x	figs-idiom	ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ βαπτισθῆναι	1	be baptized in the name of Jesus Christ	Here, **in the name** is an idiomatic way of saying “on the basis of naming.” Peter commanded Cornelius and his guests to acknowledge Jesus as the Messiah as the basis of their baptism for the forgiveness of their sins, as described in [10:43](../10/43.md). See how you translated the similar expression in [2:48](../02/48.md). Alternate translation: “on the basis of naming Jesus as the Christ” or “upon acknowledging that Jesus is the Messiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
ACT	11	intro	hva5			0		# Acts 11 General Notes<br><br>## Special Concepts in this Chapter<br><br>### “The Gentiles also had received the word of God”<br><br>Almost all of the first believers were Jewish. Luke writes in this chapter that many Gentiles started to believe in Jesus. They believed that the message about Jesus was true and so began to “receive the word of God.” Some of the believers in Jerusalem did not believe that Gentiles could truly follow Jesus, so Peter went to them and told them what had happened to him and how he had seen the Gentiles receive the Word of God and receive the Holy Spirit.<br><br>## Important Figures of Speech in this Chapter<br><br>### “the Lord”<br><br>In verse 16, Peter refers to Jesus by a respectful title, “the Lord.” Luke refers to Jesus the same way in the second instance of the phrase in verse 21 and in verses 23 and 24. In your translation, you may wish to clarify that this means “the Lord Jesus.” Or you could say “Jesus,” as UST does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-politeness]])<br><br>## Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter<br><br>### Peter’s summary of his visit to Cornelius<br><br>In Acts 11:5–17, Peter summarizes the events that are described in greater detail in 10:9–47. Very similar language is used throughout both passages. As you translate 11:5–17, in order to ensure that your translation is consistent, compare how you translated specific terms and phrases in 10:9–47.
ACT	11	1	ab75	writing-newevent	δὲ	1	Now	Luke uses the word translated **Now** to introduce a new event in the story. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for introducing a new event. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
ACT	11	1	f1md	figs-metaphor	οἱ&ἀδελφοὶ	2	the brothers	Luke is using the term **brothers** to mean people who share the same faith. Alternate translation, as in UST: “the other believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ACT	11	1	w3rx	figs-metonymy	τὸν λόγον τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	had received the word of God	Luke is using the term **word** to mean the message about Jesus that Peter, by using words, shared with Cornelius and his guests. Alternate translation: “the message about Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ACT	11	2	kb4m	figs-idiom	ἀνέβη&εἰς Ἰερουσαλήμ	1	came up to Jerusalem	Luke says that Peter **came up** because that was the customary way of speaking about traveling to Jerusalem, since that city is up on a mountain. Alternate translation: “returned to Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
ACT	11	2	yar6	figs-metonymy	οἱ ἐκ περιτομῆς	1	those from the circumcision	As in [10:45](../10/45.md), Luke is using the term **circumcision** by association to identify as Jewish these believers who disputed with Peter. They were likely to have been strictly observant Jews who followed the teaching of the Pharisees about Jews visiting with Gentiles. See the discussion of this in the General Notes to Chapter 10. Alternate translation: “some believers who were strictly observant Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ACT	11	3	pcce	figs-quotations	λέγοντες, ὅτι εἰσῆλθεν πρὸς ἄνδρας, ἀκροβυστίαν ἔχοντας, καὶ συνέφαγεν αὐτοῖς.	1		It may be more natural in your language to have a direct quotation here. Alternate translation: “saying, ‘You went in to men having foreskins and ate with them!’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
ACT	11	3	zmou	figs-explicit	εἰσῆλθεν πρὸς	1		This expression implicitly means that Peter went in to the home of these **men**. Alternate translation: “he went into the home of” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ACT	11	3	ah7v	figs-metonymy	ἄνδρας, ἀκροβυστίαν ἔχοντας	1	uncircumcised men	The phrase **men having foreskins** refers to men who are not Jewish. It is a crude and dismissive expression, and it shows that these Jewish believers still regarded Gentiles with disdain. Alternate translation: “uncircumcised men” or “Gentiles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ACT	11	4	aakb	figs-explicitinfo	ἀρξάμενος&Πέτρος ἐξετίθετο αὐτοῖς	1		Luke is using the word **beginning** to indicate that Peter had been doing something else (listening to the complaints against him) but then began to do something new when he had the opportunity to speak. It might not be necessary to translate the word **began**, since it may seem to convey redundant information that would be not be natural to express in your language. Alternate translation: “Peter explained to them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo]])
ACT	11	5	dtt5	figs-activepassive	καθιεμένην	1		If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “It appeared as if someone was letting it down” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ACT	11	6	lbh4	figs-explicit	καὶ τὰ πετεινὰ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ	1	the four-legged animals of the earth, and the wild beasts, and the creeping animals, and the birds of the sky	From Peter’s response in [11:8](../11/08.md), the implication is that the law of Moses commanded the Jews not to eat some of the creatures in the container. See how you translated this in [10:12](../10/12.md). Alternate translation: “… and the birds of the sky, including some that the law of Moses commanded Jews not to eat” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ACT	11	7	gm0m	figs-personification	φωνῆς λεγούσης μοι	1		Peter speaks of this **voice** as if it were a living thing that could speak on its own. Alternate translation: “someone saying to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
ACT	11	7	ag7l	figs-idiom	ἀναστάς	1		Here the term **arising** means that the voice wanted Peter to take action, not that the voice wanted him to stand up from a seated position. Alternate translation, as in UST: “Go ahead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
ACT	11	7	t1mg	figs-quotesinquotes	λεγούσης μοι, ἀναστάς, Πέτρε, θῦσον καὶ φάγε	1		If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “telling me to arise and kill and eat” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
ACT	11	8	p8vb	figs-quotesinquotes	εἶπον δέ, μηδαμῶς, Κύριε, ὅτι κοινὸν ἢ ἀκάθαρτον οὐδέποτε εἰσῆλθεν εἰς τὸ στόμα μου	1		If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “But I told the Lord that I would certainly not do that, since the common or unclean had never entered my mouth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
ACT	11	8	m4mu	figs-exclamations	μηδαμῶς	1	By no means	**By no means** is an exclamation that communicates a strong refusal to do or even to consider something. Use an exclamation that is natural in your language for communicating this. See how you translated this in [10:14](../10/14.md). Alternate translation: “No, never” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
ACT	11	8	nbju	figs-doublet	κοινὸν ἢ ἀκάθαρτον	1		The words **common** and **unclean** mean similar things. Peter may be using them together for emphasis. Alternate translation: “food that our Jewish laws forbid us to eat” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
ACT	11	8	m5p5	figs-explicit	κοινὸν ἢ ἀκάθαρτον οὐδέποτε εἰσῆλθεν εἰς τὸ στόμα μου	1	the profane or unclean has never entered into my mouth	The implication is that some the animals in the container were forbidden for Jews to eat. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “the common or unclean, like some of those animals, has never entered into my mouth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ACT	11	8	wwbw	figs-doublenegatives	κοινὸν ἢ ἀκάθαρτον οὐδέποτε εἰσῆλθεν εἰς τὸ στόμα μου	1		If it would be clearer in your language, you could use a positive expression to translate this double negative that consists of the word **never** and the negative terms **common** and **unclean**. Alternate translation: “only what is holy and clean has ever entered into my mouth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
ACT	11	8	j0rv	figs-synecdoche	κοινὸν ἢ ἀκάθαρτον οὐδέποτε εἰσῆλθεν εἰς τὸ στόμα μου	1		Peter is using one part of the eating process to represent the entire process. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language. Alternate translation: “I have never eaten anything that is common or unclean” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
ACT	11	9	at0t	figs-quotesinquotes	ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ, ἃ ὁ Θεὸς ἐκαθάρισεν, σὺ μὴ κοίνου	1		If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “from heaven and told me that I must not make common what God had cleansed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
ACT	11	9	b24j	figs-123person	ἃ ὁ Θεὸς ἐκαθάρισεν	1		If God is the speaker, he is referring to himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you can use the first person in your translation. Alternate translation: “What I, God, have cleansed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
ACT	11	9	txbl	writing-pronouns	σὺ μὴ κοίνου	1		The voice is adding the pronoun **you** for emphasis. If your language does not ordinarily use a pronoun with the imperative but can do so for emphasis, it would be appropriate to do that here. You could also express the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “you must not make common” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
ACT	11	10	xrq6	figs-explicit	τοῦτο&ἐγένετο ἐπὶ τρίς	1	this happened three times	This could mean: (1) that the voice told Peter three times to kill and eat, Peter refused three times, and each time the voice told him not to call unclean what God had cleansed. Alternate translation: “Peter had this exchange with the voice three times” (2) that after Peter first refused, the voice said to him three times, “What God has cleansed, you must not make common.” Alternate translation: “the voice said this three times” See how you translated this in [10:16](../10/16.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ACT	11	10	s2ik	figs-activepassive	ἀνεσπάσθη&ἅπαντα	1		If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “it appeared as if someone was pulling everything up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ACT	11	11	ias8	figs-exclusive	ἦμεν	1	General Information:	The term **we** refers to Peter and the others in the house in Joppa. It does not include his current audience in Jerusalem. So use the exclusive form of “we” if your language marks that distinction. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
ACT	11	11	b2qv	figs-metaphor	ἰδοὺ, ἐξαυτῆς	1	behold	Peter is using the term **behold** to focus his listeners’ attention on how soon after his vision ended these **three men** arrived. Your language may have a comparable expression that you can use in your translation. Alternate translation: “right then” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ACT	11	11	k44j		ἐξαυτῆς	1	right away	Alternate translation: “immediately” or “at that exact moment”
ACT	11	11	qwn5	figs-activepassive	ἀπεσταλμένοι	1	having been sent	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “Someone had sent them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ACT	11	12	lf6m	figs-explicit	μηδὲν διακρίναντα	1	not making any distinction	This could mean: (1) that the Spirit did not want Peter to have any doubts or worries about going with the men, even though they were Gentiles. Alternate translation: “not worrying about it” (2) that the Spirit did not want Peter to feel that he should not be in the company of these men, because they were Gentiles. Alternate translation: “not making a distinction between these men and others you would associate with” See how you translated this in [10:20](../10/20.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ACT	11	12	xrc6	figs-metaphor	οἱ ἓξ ἀδελφοὶ οὗτοι	1	these six brothers	Peter is using the term **brothers** to mean people who share the same faith. Alternate translation: “these six fellow believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ACT	11	12	w6ia	figs-explicit	τὸν οἶκον τοῦ ἀνδρός	1	into the house of the man	Peter implicitly means the **house** of Cornelius. Alternate translation: “the house of the man who had sent the messengers to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ACT	11	13	mwzd	figs-exclusive	ἡμῖν	1		The term **us** refers to Peter and the believers who came with him to Caesarea. It does not include his current audience in Jerusalem. So use the exclusive form of “us” if your language marks that distinction. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
ACT	11	13	few6	figs-activepassive	Σίμωνα, τὸν ἐπικαλούμενον Πέτρον	1	Simon, who is called Peter	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. See how you translated the same phrase in [10:32](../10/32.md). Alternate translation: “whom people call Peter” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ACT	11	14	rwpw	figs-metonymy	ῥήματα	1		The angel is using the term **words** to mean what Peter would say to Cornelius by using words. Alternate translation: “a message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ACT	11	14	fnjz	figs-yousingular	σὲ&σωθήσῃ σὺ&σου	1		All the instances of the words **you** and **your** in this verse are singular, since they refer to Cornelius. So use the singular forms of those word in your translation if your language marks that distinction. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])
ACT	11	14	p3gk	figs-activepassive	σωθήσῃ	1		If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. It is clear from the context that God will do the action. Alternate translation, as in UST: “God will save you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ACT	11	14	hpr2	figs-metonymy	πᾶς ὁ οἶκός σου	1	all your household	Here, **house** refers to an entire household living together. Alternate translation: “all the people living in your house” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ACT	11	15	a8jw	figs-explicitinfo	ἐν&τῷ ἄρξασθαί με λαλεῖν	1	as I began to speak, the Holy Spirit came on them	Peter is using the word **began** to indicate that he had been doing something else (listening to Cornelius tell why he had summoned him) but then began to do something new when Cornelius finished speaking. It might not be necessary to translate the word **began**, since it may seem to convey redundant information that would be not be natural to express in your language. Alternate translation: “as I was speaking” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo]])
ACT	11	15	ak2p	figs-metaphor	ἐπέπεσεν τὸ Πνεῦμα τὸ Ἅγιον ἐπ’ αὐτοὺς, ὥσπερ καὶ ἐφ’ ἡμᾶς ἐν ἀρχῇ	1	the Holy Spirit came on them, just as also on us in the beginning	Peter is speaking of the Holy Spirit as if it **fell** on Cornelius and his guests. See how you translated the similar expressions in [8:16](../08/16.md) and [10:44](../10/44.md). Alternate translation: “they received the Holy Spirit, just as we did in the beginning” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ACT	11	15	qdon	writing-pronouns	αὐτοὺς	1		The pronoun **them** refers to Cornelius and his guests. Alternate translation: “the man who had sent for me and the others in his house” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
ACT	11	15	qy12	figs-exclusive	ὥσπερ καὶ ἐφ’ ἡμᾶς	1	General Information:	Here the word **us** refers to Peter himself and to the believers to whom he is speaking in Jerusalem, so use the inclusive form of that word if your language marks that distinction. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
ACT	11	15	th4m	figs-explicit	ἐν ἀρχῇ	1	in the beginning	By **in the beginning**, Peter means the day of Pentecost. Alternate translation: “on the day of Pentecost” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ACT	11	16	xd9t	figs-metonymy	τοῦ ῥήματος	1		Peter is using the term **word** to mean what Jesus said by using words. Alternate translation: “the statement” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ACT	11	16	ett3	writing-politeness	τοῦ Κυρίου	1		As the General Notes to this chapter discuss, Peter is referring to Jesus here by a respectful title. Use a form for addressing someone respectfully in your language. Alternate translation: “of the Lord Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-politeness]])
ACT	11	16	wwnl	figs-metaphor	ὑμεῖς&βαπτισθήσεσθε ἐν Πνεύματι Ἁγίῳ	1		After first describing how John baptized people literally, Jesus uses baptism in this second instance as a metaphor. See the discussion in the General Notes to Chapter 1, and see how you translated this in [1:5](../01/05.md). Alternate translation: “the Holy Spirit will come and empower you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ACT	11	16	v116	figs-activepassive	ὑμεῖς&βαπτισθήσεσθε	1	you will be baptized in the Holy Spirit	You may wish to retain the metaphor of baptism in your translation. If you do, if it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you can say who will do the action. Alternate translation, as in UST: “God will baptize you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ACT	11	17	pe42	figs-exclusive	ἡμῖν	1		Here the word **us** refers to Peter himself and to the believers to whom he is speaking in Jerusalem, so use the inclusive form of that word if your language marks that distinction. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
ACT	11	17	y7ag	figs-explicit	τὴν ἴσην δωρεὰν ἔδωκεν αὐτοῖς ὁ Θεὸς, ὡς καὶ ἡμῖν πιστεύσασιν	1	the same gift	Peter is referring to the **gift** of the Holy Spirit. Alternate translation: “the gift of the Holy Spirit, just as he did to us when we believed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ACT	11	17	u3nu	figs-rquestion	ἐγὼ τίς ἤμην δυνατὸς κωλῦσαι τὸν Θεόν	1	If, therefore, God gave to them the same gift as also to us when we believed on the Lord Jesus Christ, who was I, able to oppose God?	Peter is using the question form to convince his listeners that God wanted him to accept the Gentile believers. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “I could not hinder God!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
ACT	11	17	xpsl	writing-pronouns	ἐγὼ τίς ἤμην δυνατὸς κωλῦσαι τὸν Θεόν	1		For emphasis, Peter is adding the pronoun **I**, which is not required with the verb. If your language does not ordinarily use a pronoun with verbs but can do so for emphasis, it would be appropriate to do that here. You could also express the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “I certainly could not hinder God!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
ACT	11	17	ot1z	figs-explicit	κωλῦσαι τὸν Θεόν	1		It may be helpful to indicate in what way Peter thought he might be able to **hinder** God. Alternate translation: “to hinder God by refusing to welcome and baptize people to whom he had given his own Spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ACT	11	18	xlpt	writing-pronouns	ἡσύχασαν	1		The pronoun **they** refers to the Jewish believers to whom Peter was speaking. Alternate translation: “the Jewish believers became quiet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
ACT	11	18	nr7g	figs-idiom	ἡσύχασαν	1	they became quiet	This is an idiom that means they no longer argued. Alternate translation: “they no longer argued with Peter” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
ACT	11	18	z3fy	figs-abstractnouns	καὶ τοῖς ἔθνεσιν ὁ Θεὸς τὴν μετάνοιαν εἰς ζωὴν ἔδωκεν	1	God has given repentance unto life to the Gentiles also	If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **repentance** and **life**, you could express the same idea in other ways. Here the term **life** refers to everlasting life. Alternate translation: “God has allowed the Gentiles as well to repent and live forever” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ACT	11	19	bwb8	writing-newevent	οὖν	1	Then	Luke uses the word translated **Then** to introduce a new event in the story. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for introducing a new event. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
ACT	11	19	whm6	figs-activepassive	οἱ&διασπαρέντες ἀπὸ	1	those who had been scattered from the persecution that happened over Stephen	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. This is a reference to the **persecution** that Luke describes in [8:1](../08/01.md), which began after the trial and death of Stephen. See how you translated the similar expression in that verse. Alternate translation: “those who had scattered because of” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ACT	11	19	w3wq	translate-names	Φοινίκης	1		The word **Phoenicia** is the name of a region. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
ACT	11	19	ig50	translate-names	Κύπρου	1		The word ** Cyprus** is the name of an island. See how you translated it in [4:36](../04/36.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
ACT	11	19	zbml	figs-metonymy	τὸν λόγον	1		Luke is using the term **word** to mean the message about Jesus that these scattered believers proclaimed by using words. Alternate translation: “the message about Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ACT	11	19	c8ha	grammar-connect-exceptions	μηδενὶ λαλοῦντες τὸν λόγον εἰ μὴ μόνον Ἰουδαίοις	1	only to Jews	Since Luke says here that the scattered believers spoke about Jesus **only to Jews**, but he says in the next verse that some of them spoke to “Greeks” (that is, Gentiles), it might appear in your language that Luke was contradicting himself. If so, you could reword this to avoid using an exception clause. It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “Most of them believed they should speak the message about Jesus only to Jews, so that is what they did” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions]])
ACT	11	20	ogva	figs-idiom	ἄνδρες, Κύπριοι καὶ Κυρηναῖοι	1		Luke is describing these **men** in an idiomatic way. Alternate translation: “Cypriot and Cyrenian men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
ACT	11	20	k6si	translate-names	Κύπριοι	1		The word **Cypriots** is the name for people who come from the island of Cyprus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
ACT	11	20	tz12	translate-names	Κυρηναῖοι	1		The word **Cyrenians** is the name for people who come from the city of Cyrene. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
ACT	11	20	mww9	figs-explicit	τοὺς Ἑλληνιστάς	1	and spoke also to Greeks	Luke assumes that his readers will know that these people he calls **Greeks** were not necessarily from Greece; rather, they were Greek-speaking people who were also Gentiles, not Jews. Alternate translation: “Gentiles who spoke Greek” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ACT	11	21	ebxq	writing-politeness	χεὶρ Κυρίου	1		In this instance, Luke seems to mean God the Father when he says **the Lord**. In [4:29–30](../04/29.md), the believers pray, “Lord … stretch out your hand to heal and for signs and wonders to happen through the name of your holy Servant Jesus.” Luke seems to be describing these events as part of the answer to that prayer. Alternate translation: “the hand of God the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-politeness]])
ACT	11	21	aj5g	figs-metonymy	χεὶρ	1	The hand of the Lord was with them	Here, the **hand** represents power, since hands give people the capability to do things. Alternate translation: “the power” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ACT	11	21	bfm5	figs-idiom	ἦν&μετ’ αὐτῶν	1		When Luke says that God **was with** the men from Cyprus and Cyrene who were proclaiming the gospel, this is an idiom that means God was working through them. Alternate translation: “was working through them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
ACT	11	21	n9pq	figs-metaphor	ἐπέστρεψεν ἐπὶ τὸν Κύριον	1	turned to the Lord	Luke speaks of these Gentiles in Antioch as if they physically **turned to the Lord**. He means that they stopped living in one way and began to live in another way. They believed in Jesus and started to obey him. Alternate translation: “became disciples of Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ACT	11	21	qcn3	writing-politeness	ἐπὶ τὸν Κύριον	1		In this instance, Luke is referring to Jesus by a respectful title, as the General Notes to this chapter discuss. Use a form for addressing someone respectfully in your language. Alternate translation: “to the Lord Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-politeness]])
ACT	11	22	i7vs	figs-explicitinfo	ἠκούσθη&ὁ λόγος εἰς τὰ ὦτα τῆς ἐκκλησίας τῆς οὔσης ἐν Ἰερουσαλὴμ περὶ αὐτῶν	1	the ears of the church	In your language, the expression **was heard in the ears** might seem to convey redundant information that would be not be natural to express. If so, you can abbreviate it. Alternate translation: “the word about them was heard by the church being in Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo]])
ACT	11	22	kcb8	figs-activepassive	ἠκούσθη δὲ ὁ λόγος εἰς τὰ ὦτα τῆς ἐκκλησίας τῆς οὔσης ἐν Ἰερουσαλὴμ περὶ αὐτῶν	1		If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. It is clear from the context that God will do the action. Alternate translation: “The church being in Jerusalem heard the word about them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ACT	11	22	rdhr	figs-metonymy	ὁ λόγος	1		Luke is using the term **word** to mean a report about the Gentile believers in Antioch. Alternate translation: “a report” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ACT	11	22	oa8h	writing-pronouns	αὐτῶν&ἐξαπέστειλαν	1		The pronoun **them** refers to the Gentile believers in Antioch, and the pronoun **they** refers to the leaders of the church in Jerusalem. It may be helpful to your readers to clarify this. Alternate translation: “these Gentile believers … its leaders sent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
ACT	11	23	b7w7	figs-abstractnouns	τὴν χάριν τὴν τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	saw the grace that is of God	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **grace**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “how gracious God had been to them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ACT	11	23	bz6w	figs-metonymy	τῇ προθέσει τῆς καρδίας	1	with purpose of heart	Here the **heart** represents the will and desires of a person. Alternate translation: “with firm determination” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ACT	11	24	b9a8	grammar-connect-logic-result	ὅτι	1		Luke is using the word **For** to introduce the reason why Barnabas encouraged the new believers in Antioch so well. Alternate translation: “He was able to do this because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
ACT	11	24	he5z	figs-metaphor	πλήρης Πνεύματος Ἁγίου καὶ πίστεως	1	full of the Holy Spirit	Luke speaks of Barnabas as if he were a container that was **full** of the **Holy Spirit** and of **faith**. Alternate translation: “who was inspired by the Holy Spirit and who had strong faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ACT	11	24	m7yy	figs-abstractnouns	καὶ πλήρης Πνεύματος Ἁγίου καὶ πίστεως	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **faith**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “who was inspired by the Holy Spirit and who believed firmly in Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ACT	11	24	e35e	figs-activepassive	προσετέθη ὄχλος ἱκανὸς	1		If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. It is clear from the context that God did the action. Alternate translation: “God added a considerable crowd” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ACT	11	24	e57t	figs-metonymy	τῷ Κυρίῳ	1	a considerable crowd was added to the Lord	Luke says **the Lord** (a title for Jesus) to mean the community of believers in Jesus. Alternate translation: “to the community of believers in Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ACT	11	25	yhl6	writing-pronouns	ἐξῆλθεν	1		The pronoun **he** refers to Barnabas. Alternate translation: “Barnabas went out” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
ACT	11	26	qzml	writing-pronouns	εὑρὼν ἤγαγεν	1		The pronoun **he** refers to Barnabas, and the pronoun **him** refers to Saul. Alternate translation: “and having found Saul, Barnabas brought him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
ACT	11	26	z36c		ἐγένετο δὲ αὐτοῖς καὶ ἐνιαυτὸν ὅλον συναχθῆναι ἐν τῇ ἐκκλησίᾳ	1		This wording suggests that Barnabas and Saul did not know initially how long they would be meeting with the church in Antioch, but in the end it amounted to a whole year. If it would be clearer in your language, you could express it that way. Alternate translation: “in the end they were gathered together with the church for an entire year”
ACT	11	26	w4dz	figs-activepassive	αὐτοῖς&συναχθῆναι ἐν τῇ ἐκκλησίᾳ	1	they were gathered together with the church	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “they gathered together with the church” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ACT	11	26	x8gx	figs-activepassive	χρηματίσαι&πρώτως&τοὺς μαθητὰς	1	And the disciples were called Christians first in Antioch	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “people first called the disciples” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ACT	11	26	w0sz	translate-names	Χριστιανούς	1		The word **Christians** is a name for people who believe that Jesus is the Christ, that is, the Messiah. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
ACT	11	26	r6sl		πρώτως ἐν Ἀντιοχείᾳ	1	first in Antioch	Alternate translation: “for the first time in Antioch”
ACT	11	27	h6zw	writing-newevent	δὲ	1	Now	Luke is using the word translated **Now** to introduce a new event in the story. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for introducing a new event. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
ACT	11	27	kep8	figs-idiom	ἐν ταύταις&ταῖς ἡμέραις	1		Luke is using the word **days** to describe a specific time. Alternate translation: “at this time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
ACT	11	27	d8bb	figs-idiom	κατῆλθον	1	came down from Jerusalem to Antioch	Luke says that these prophets **came down** from Jerusalem because that was the customary way of speaking about traveling from Jerusalem, since that city is up on a mountain. Alternate translation: “traveled” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
ACT	11	28	q3tl	translate-symaction	ἀναστὰς	1	and indicated by the Spirit that	Here, **having arisen** means that Agabus stood up as a symbolic action to indicate that he had something important to say. Alternate translation: “having stood up to show that he had something important to say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
ACT	11	28	w18f	figs-hyperbole	ἐφ’ ὅλην τὴν οἰκουμένην	1		The term **whole** is a generalization for emphasis. Alternate translation: “throughout the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
ACT	11	28	pd2t	figs-explicit	τὴν οἰκουμένην	1	over the whole world	Luke assumes that his readers will know that by **world**, he means the part of the world that they were familiar with. Alternate translation: “the … Roman Empire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ACT	11	28	jmc5	figs-idiom	ἐπὶ Κλαυδίου	1	in the days of Claudius	The expression **upon Claudius** refers to the time during the reign of Claudius. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “during the reign of Claudius” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
ACT	11	28	fjyk	translate-names	Κλαυδίου	1		The word **Claudius** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
ACT	11	29	rk9z	figs-explicit	τῶν&μαθητῶν καθὼς εὐπορεῖτό τις, ὥρισαν ἕκαστος αὐτῶν&πέμψαι	1	just as anyone prospered	The implication is that while some of the disciples were **prospering** greatly but others were struggling financially, every one of them resolved to send something according to his own means. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “while some of the believers in Antioch were rich and others were poor, every one of them resolved to send what they could afford” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ACT	11	29	up7a	figs-metaphor	τοῖς&ἀδελφοῖς	1	to the brothers living in Judea	Luke is using the term **brothers** to mean people who share the same faith. Alternate translation: “to their fellow believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ACT	11	30	taw4	figs-explicit	πρὸς τοὺς πρεσβυτέρους	1		Luke assumes that his readers will know that he is referring to the **elders** who were the leaders of the church in Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “to the elders in Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ACT	11	30	l8i8	figs-synecdoche	διὰ χειρὸς Βαρναβᾶ καὶ Σαύλου	1	by the hand of Barnabas and Saul	Here, the **hand**, one part of a person, represents the action of the whole person. Alternate translation: “by having Barnabas and Saul take it to them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
ACT	11	30	rq2w		διὰ χειρὸς Βαρναβᾶ καὶ Σαύλου	1		If you retain the figurative word **hand** in your translation, it may be more natural in your language to use the plural form of that word, if you would not ordinarily speak of two people having one hand. Alternate translation: “by the hands of Barnabas and Saul”
ACT	12	intro	f66j			0		# Acts 12 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and Formatting<br><br>Chapter 12 tells what happened to King Herod while Barnabas and Saul were delivering money from Antioch to Jerusalem, as described in 11:25-30. Herod killed one of the apostles, James, and he put Peter in prison. God helped Peter escape from the prison, so Herod executed the prison guards, but God then killed Herod.
ACT	12	1	ti1y	writing-newevent	δὲ	1	Now	Luke is using the word translated **Now** to introduce a new event in the story. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for introducing a new event. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
ACT	12	1	f2gr	figs-explicit	κατ’ ἐκεῖνον&τὸν καιρὸν	1	about that time	The phrase **that time** implicitly refers to the time that Luke has just described, when the church in Antioch sent Barnabas and Saul to Jerusalem with money to help the believers there. Alternate translation: “at the time when the church in Antioch sent assistance to the believers in Jerusalem,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ACT	12	1	aqd0	translate-names	Ἡρῴδης	1		The word **Herod** is the name of a man. See how you translated it in [4:27](../04/27.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
ACT	12	1	zy6y	figs-metonymy	ἐπέβαλεν&τὰς χεῖρας κακῶσαί τινας τῶν ἀπὸ τῆς ἐκκλησίας	1	laid hands on	The expression **laid on hands** means to arrest someone by association with the way that arresting officers might physically take hold of a person with their **hands**. See how you translated it in [5:18](../05/18.md). Alternate translation: “arrested some from the church, intending to harm them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ACT	12	1	og4q	figs-synecdoche	ἐπέβαλεν&τὰς χεῖρας κακῶσαί τινας τῶν ἀπὸ τῆς ἐκκλησίας	1		Herod most likely did not do this himself, Rather, as a ruler, he ordered his soldiers to arrest **some from the church**. Luke is speaking of Herod, one person who was involved in this action, to mean everyone who was involved. Alternate translation: “had his soldiers arrest some from the church, intending to harm them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
ACT	12	2	i7zy	translate-names	Ἰάκωβον&Ἰωάννου	1		The words **James** and **John** are the names of men. See how you translated them in [1:13](../01/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
ACT	12	2	r1zv	figs-synecdoche	ἀνεῖλεν&Ἰάκωβον	1	he killed James	It was probably not Herod himself who **killed James**. Rather, he most likely ordered his soldiers to do this. Alternate translation: “he ordered his soldiers to execute James” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
ACT	12	3	v4ag	figs-synecdoche	τοῖς Ἰουδαίοις	1	And when he saw that this is pleasing to the Jews	Luke is using the name of a whole group, **the Jews**, to refer to one part of that group, its leaders. Alternate translation: “to the leaders of the Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
ACT	12	3	ly66	translate-names	ἡμέραι τῶν Ἀζύμων	1	the days of unleavened bread	The phrase **Unleavened Bread** is the name of a Jewish religious observance that took place over several **days**. If your readers would not be familiar with the food known as “bread” or the substance known as “leaven,” you could translate this with a general expression. Alternate translation: “the days of Special Food” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
ACT	12	4	tza2	writing-pronouns	ὃν καὶ πιάσας, ἔθετο εἰς φυλακήν	1		The pronouns **whom** refers to Peter, and the pronoun **he** refers to Herod. It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “After Herod had arrested Peter, he put him in prison” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
ACT	12	4	pps1	translate-unknown	τέσσαρσιν τετραδίοις στρατιωτῶν	1	to four squads of soldiers	These **quaternions** were groups of four **soldiers** each. They would have taken turns guarding Peter in six-hour shifts throughout the day and night. Two soldiers would have been at Peter’s side and the other two soldiers by the entrance. Your language and culture may have a term for a group of four soldiers that you can use in your translation. You could also explain the meaning of the term “quaternion,” as UST does. Alternate translation: “to four teams of soldiers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
ACT	12	4	i23a	figs-idiom	βουλόμενος&ἀναγαγεῖν αὐτὸν τῷ λαῷ	1	he was intending to bring him out to the people	The phrase **to bring him out** means to put Peter on trial publicly. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Herod planned to judge Peter in a public trial in the presence of the Jewish people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
ACT	12	5	xpcx	figs-activepassive	ὁ&Πέτρος ἐτηρεῖτο	1		If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to specify who did the action, it is clear from the context that it was the soldiers. Alternate translation: “the soldiers were guarding Peter” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ACT	12	5	f8qc	figs-activepassive	προσευχὴ&ἦν ἐκτενῶς γινομένη ὑπὸ τῆς ἐκκλησίας πρὸς τὸν Θεὸν περὶ αὐτοῦ	1	prayer was being made earnestly to God for him by the church	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the church was earnestly praying to God for him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ACT	12	6	km83	figs-explicit	προαγαγεῖν αὐτὸν	1	Herod was going to bring him out for trial, that night	Here, the word translated **to bring him out** is slightly different from the word translated that same way in [12:4](../12/04.md). It means to put someone on trial, and the implications, based on the fact that Herod saw that it pleased the Jewish leaders when he executed James, are that Herod planned to execute Peter after this trial. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “to put Peter on trial and then execute him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ACT	12	6	g2bh	figs-activepassive	δεδεμένος ἁλύσεσιν δυσίν	1	bound with two chains	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “with two chains binding him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ACT	12	7	i7g3	figs-metaphor	ἰδοὺ, ἄγγελος	1	behold	Luke is using the term **behold** to focus readers’ attention on how suddenly this **angel** appeared. Your language may have a comparable expression that you can use in your translation. Alternate translation: “suddenly an angel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ACT	12	9	wqct	figs-quotations	οὐκ ᾔδει ὅτι ἀληθές ἐστιν τὸ γινόμενον διὰ τοῦ ἀγγέλου; ἐδόκει δὲ	1		It may be more natural in your language to have a direct quotation here and to add a sentence break. Alternate translation: “he did not realize, ‘What is being done by the angel is real!’ He was thinking” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
ACT	12	9	p9ty	figs-activepassive	τὸ γινόμενον διὰ τοῦ ἀγγέλου	1	what is done by the angel is real	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “what the angel was doing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ACT	12	9	s9j0	figs-quotations	ἐδόκει&ὅραμα βλέπειν	1		It may be more natural in your language to have a direct quotation here. Alternate translation: “he was thinking, ‘I am seeing a vision’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
ACT	12	10	r7gy	figs-explicit	διελθόντες&πρώτην φυλακὴν καὶ δευτέραν	1	But when they had passed by the first guard and the second	The implication is that the guards were not able to see Peter and the angel as they walked by. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “having passed by the first guard and the second without being noticed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ACT	12	10	e36s	figs-ellipsis	καὶ δευτέραν	1	and the second	The word **guard** can be supplied from the previous phrase. Alternate translation: “and the second guard” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
ACT	12	11	wlb6	figs-idiom	ὁ Πέτρος ἐν ἑαυτῷ γενόμενος εἶπεν	1	And when Peter had come to himself	The phrase **having come to himself** means that Peter became fully awake and realized he was not just seeing a vision. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “when Peter became fully awake and alert, he said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
ACT	12	11	ue4k	figs-metonymy	χειρὸς	1	delivered me from the hand of Herod	Here, **hand** represents the capability of a person. Alternate translation: “the power” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ACT	12	11	p739	figs-abstractnouns	πάσης τῆς προσδοκίας τοῦ λαοῦ τῶν Ἰουδαίων	1	from all the expectations of the Jewish people	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **expectation**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “all that the Jewish people expected that Herod would do to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ACT	12	11	sl07	figs-synecdoche	τοῦ λαοῦ τῶν Ἰουδαίων	1		Luke is likely using the phrase **the Jewish people** to refer to one part of that group, its leaders. Alternate translation: “of the leaders of the Jewish people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
ACT	12	12	jds2	translate-names	Μαρίας	1		The word **Mary** is the name of a woman. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
ACT	12	12	dn16	translate-names	Ἰωάννου&Μάρκου	1		The words **John** and **Mark** are two names of the same man. **Mark** is a Roman name, and it may be a name that this man used for official purposes and in interactions with people who spoke Latin. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
ACT	12	12	ux4v	figs-activepassive	τοῦ ἐπικαλουμένου Μάρκου	1	of John, who was called Mark	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “whom people called Mark” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ACT	12	12	c1ur	figs-nominaladj	ἱκανοὶ	1		Luke is using the adjective **many** as a noun in order to indicate a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “many people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
ACT	12	13	pfn7	translate-unknown	κρούσαντος&αὐτοῦ	1	when he knocked	To “knock” at a door means to tap or hit it a few times to let a person inside the house know you are standing outside. You could translate this expression with the way people in your culture show that they have arrived at a house, such as “call out” or “cough” or “clap.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
ACT	12	13	c634	translate-unknown	τὴν θύραν τοῦ πυλῶνος	1	at the door of the gate	Here, the word **gate** probably describes an entrance from the street to a courtyard in front of the house. If houses in your culture have a similar entrance, in your translation you could use the name for it in your language. If not, you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “the door of the entrance from the street to the courtyard” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
ACT	12	13	vbjj	translate-names	Ῥόδη	1		The word **Rhoda** is the name of a woman. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
ACT	12	14	y2ff	figs-abstractnouns	ἀπὸ τῆς χαρᾶς	1	from joy	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **joy**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “because she was so joyful,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ACT	12	15	j2kx	writing-pronouns	οἱ&εἶπαν	1		The pronoun **they** refers to the people who were inside the house praying. Alternate translation: “the people who were inside the house praying said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
ACT	12	15	qa8m	figs-explicit	ὁ ἄγγελός ἐστιν αὐτοῦ	1	It is his angel	Some Jews believed in guardian angels, and the people inside thehouse may have thought that Peter’s **angel** had come to them. Alternate translation: “What you saw was Peter’s guardian angel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ACT	12	16	wwg1	figs-synecdoche	ἀνοίξαντες δὲ εἶδαν αὐτὸν	1		While the word **they** refers to the people in the house as in the previous verse, it is likely that only some of them came to the door. Alternate translation: “so some of the people in the house came and opened the door, and they saw him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
ACT	12	17	fr3y	figs-explicit	Ἰακώβῳ	1		Peter assumes that his listeners will know that by **James**, he means the brother of Jesus who was the leader of the church in Jerusalem. UST models one way to express this implicit information. However, since this is something that Peter assumes his listeners will know, you may find it preferable to explain this in a footnote rather than add information to the text. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ACT	12	17	k3lg	translate-names	Ἰακώβῳ	1		The word **James** is the name of a man. See how you translated the same name for different men in [1:13](../01/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
ACT	12	17	jf16	figs-metaphor	τοῖς ἀδελφοῖς	1	the brothers	Luke is using the term **brothers** to mean people who share the same faith. Alternate translation: “the other believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ACT	12	18	ail9	writing-newevent	δὲ	1	Now	Luke is using the word translated **Now** to introduce a significant development in this story. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for introducing a new development. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
ACT	12	18	zl7i	figs-litotes	τάραχος οὐκ ὀλίγος	1	there was no small disturbance among the soldiers over what therefore had happened to Peter	Luke is using a figure of speech that expresses a positive meaning by using a negative word together with a word that is the opposite of the intended meaning. Alternate translation: “a great disturbance” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
ACT	12	18	bt2b	figs-quotations	ἐν τοῖς στρατιώταις, τί ἄρα ὁ Πέτρος ἐγένετο	1		It may be more natural in your language to have a direct quotation here. Alternate translation: “among the soldiers: ‘What then had Peter become?’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
ACT	12	18	plyg		τί ἄρα ὁ Πέτρος ἐγένετο	1		The word translated **become** can be used to indicate that a person has entered a new condition, and in this context it indicates that Peter has changed his location. Alternate translation: “where then Peter had gone”
ACT	12	19	blx5	writing-pronouns	αὐτὸν	1		The pronoun **him** refers to Peter. Alternate translation: “Peter” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
ACT	12	19	pz6v	figs-synecdoche	ἐπιζητήσας αὐτὸν	1	And Herod, having searched for him	It was probably not Herod himself who **searched for** Peter. Rather, he most likely ordered his soldiers to do this. Alternate translation: “having ordered a search for him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
ACT	12	19	br16	figs-idiom	κατελθὼν	1	And having gone down	Luke speaks of Herod **having gone down** to Caesarea because that city is lower in elevation than Judea. Alternate translation: “traveled” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
ACT	12	20	aip7	writing-newevent	δὲ	1	Now	Luke is using the word translated **Now** to introduce a new event in the story. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for introducing a new event. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
ACT	12	20	l5gl	writing-pronouns	ἦν&θυμομαχῶν	1		The pronoun **he** refers to Herod. Alternate translation: “Herod was quarreling” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
ACT	12	20	osyv	translate-names	Τυρίοις&Σιδωνίοις	1		**Tyrians** is the name for people from the city of Tyre, and **Sidonians** is the name for people from the city of Sidon. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
ACT	12	20	mpgk	figs-go	ὁμοθυμαδὸν&παρῆσαν πρὸς αὐτόν	1		Your language may say “went” rather than **came** in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “they went to him unanimously” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
ACT	12	20	gxs4	figs-synecdoche	ὁμοθυμαδὸν&παρῆσαν πρὸς αὐτόν	1	they went to him together	It is unlikely that all the people of Tyre and Sidon came to Herod. Instead, they sent representatives. Luke is using the names of their groups to refer to one part of those groups, these representatives. Alternate translation: “they sent representatives to him unanimously” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
ACT	12	20	oln5		ὁμοθυμαδὸν&παρῆσαν πρὸς αὐτόν	1		The word **unanimously** indicates that the Tyrians and Sidonians recognized that they had a common interest and that they agreed to act together to pursue that interest. See how you translated the same word in [1:14](../01/14.md). Alternate translation: “they agreed together to send representatives to him”
ACT	12	20	qsg4	translate-names	Βλάστον	1	Blastus	The word **Blastus** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
ACT	12	20	qqj9	translate-unknown	τὸν ἐπὶ τοῦ κοιτῶνος τοῦ βασιλέως	1		This phrase indicates that **Blastus** was an official whom the king trusted with important responsibilities for his personal affairs. In your translation, use the word or phrase for the most comparable role in your culture. Alternate translation: “the king’s chamberlain” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
ACT	12	20	l5r1	figs-abstractnouns	ᾐτοῦντο εἰρήνην	1	they asked for peace	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **peace**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “they were asking the king to restore peaceful relations” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ACT	12	20	j253	figs-activepassive	τὸ τρέφεσθαι αὐτῶν τὴν χώραν ἀπὸ τῆς βασιλικῆς	1	their food for their country was from the king’s country	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “their country depended on the king’s country for its food supply” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ACT	12	20	dy51	figs-explicit	τὸ τρέφεσθαι αὐτῶν τὴν χώραν ἀπὸ τῆς βασιλικῆς	1	their food	The implication is that Herod had stopped supplying food to the people of Tyre and Sidon because he was angry with them. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “their country depended on the king’s country for its food supply, and Herod had cut off that supply because he was angry with them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ACT	12	21	e3w9	figs-explicit	τακτῇ&ἡμέρᾳ	1	on a set day	The implication is that this was the **day** on which Herod had agreed to meet with the representatives of the Tyrians and Sidonians. Alternate translation: “on the day when Herod had agreed to meet with them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ACT	12	21	kv7g	translate-symaction	ἐνδυσάμενος ἐσθῆτα βασιλικὴν, καὶ καθίσας ἐπὶ τοῦ βήματος	1	in royal clothing	Putting on this **royal clothing**, which was visibly expensive, and sitting on the **throne** were symbolic actions by which Herod demonstrated that he was a wealthy and powerful king. He did these things to impress and intimidate the Tyrians and Sidonians as they negotiated. Alternate translation: “having put on royal clothing and having sat on the throne to show what a wealthy and powerful king he was” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
ACT	12	21	g6ir		καθίσας ἐπὶ τοῦ βήματος	1	sitting on the throne	The **throne** was where Herod formally addressed people who came to see him.
ACT	12	22	feyy	figs-synecdoche	Θεοῦ φωνὴ, καὶ οὐκ ἀνθρώπου	1		The people are using one part of Herod, his **voice**, to represent all of him in the act of speaking. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language. Alternate translation: “This person who is speaking to us is a god, not a man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
ACT	12	23	iw57	grammar-connect-logic-result	ἀνθ’ ὧν οὐκ ἔδωκεν τὴν δόξαν τῷ Θεῷ	1	he did not give the glory to God	If it would be clearer in your language, you could put this reason before the result it led to (the angel striking Herod), as UST does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
ACT	12	23	d419	figs-activepassive	γενόμενος σκωληκόβρωτος, ἐξέψυξεν	1	becoming worm-eaten, he died	The word translated **worm-eaten** is an adjective, so this is not a passive verbal form. However, if your language does not use passive forms, it might be clearer for your readers if you use an expression that does not seem to be a passive verbal form. The word **worm-eaten** expresses the result of action by a different agent, so you can use an active form with that agent as the subject. It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. UST models one way to do this. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ACT	12	23	pjbw	figs-explicit	γενόμενος σκωληκόβρωτος, ἐξέψυξεν	1		It is not clear exactly what this means, and you might choose to say nothing further in your translation. However, this could mean: (1) that when the angel **struck** Herod, this caused a deep wound, and by the time Herod died of this wound, it was already infested with maggots. Alternate translation: “he died after his wound became so infected that it was infested with maggots” (2) that the word **struck** is figurative and it refers to an illness, a severe case of intestinal worms. Alternate translation: “he got such a severe case of intestinal worms that he died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ACT	12	24	sv8l	figs-hendiadys	ὁ&λόγος τοῦ Θεοῦ ηὔξανεν καὶ ἐπληθύνετο	1		Luke is expressing a single idea by using two verbs connected with **and.** The verb **being multiplied** tells in what way the word of God was **increasing**, that is, very rapidly. If it would be clearer in your language, you could express this same idea with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “the word of God was increasing very rapidly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
ACT	12	24	m1sw	figs-personification	ὁ&λόγος τοῦ Θεοῦ ηὔξανεν καὶ ἐπληθύνετο	1	the word of God increased and was multiplied	Luke is speaking of the way the message about Jesus was becoming more widespread as if the word of God itself were **increasing** and **being multiplied**. Alternate translation: “more and more people were hearing and believing the word of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
ACT	12	24	wn8m	figs-metonymy	ὁ&λόγος τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	the word of God	Luke is using the term **word** to mean the message about Jesus that God told the believers to spread by using words. Alternate translation: “the message about Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ACT	12	24	iwr1	figs-activepassive	ἐπληθύνετο	1		If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God was multiplying it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ACT	12	25	j2un	writing-endofstory	δὲ	1		Luke uses the word translated **Then** to introduce information about what happened after Herod died. This is the end of the part of the story about him. Your language may have its own way of indicating how such information relates to a significant part of a larger story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-endofstory]])
ACT	12	25	rt9o	figs-explicit	Βαρναβᾶς δὲ καὶ Σαῦλος ὑπέστρεψαν εἰς Ἰερουσαλὴμ, πληρώσαντες τὴν διακονίαν	1		This can also be translated, “Then Barnabas and Saul returned, having completed their service in Jerusalem.” If that is the correct translation, then Luke is saying implicitly that they **returned** to Antioch. Alternate translation: “Then Barnabas and Saul returned to Antioch, having completed their service in Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ACT	12	25	t7d8	translate-textvariants	Βαρναβᾶς δὲ καὶ Σαῦλος ὑπέστρεψαν εἰς Ἰερουσαλὴμ	1	And Barnabas and Saul returned to Jerusalem	Some ancient copies say that Barnabas and Saul returned “from” Jerusalem, which makes sense, since in the next verse, Barnabas and Saul are back in Antioch. If the reading **to** is correct, this verse may be indicating that they went somewhere else in Judea and then returned to Jerusalem before going back to Antioch. If a translation of the Bible already exists in your area, you could consider using the reading in that translation. If there is not already a Bible translation in your area, you may wish to follow the readings of ULT and UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
ACT	12	25	pv6a	figs-explicit	πληρώσαντες τὴν διακονίαν	1	having completed their service	This refers implicitly to the trip that Barnabas and Saul made to Jerusalem to deliver money from the believers in Antioch, which Luke describes in [11:29-30](../11/29.md). Alternate translation: “having delivered to the church leaders in Jerusalem the money that the believers in Antioch had collected” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ACT	12	25	zhsc	figs-activepassive	Ἰωάννην, τὸν ἐπικληθέντα Μᾶρκον	1		If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. See how you translated it in [12:12](../12/12.md). Alternate translation: “John, whom people called Mark” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ACT	13	intro	rlh6			0		# Acts 13 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and Formatting<br><br>Verses 1–4 describe how the Holy Spirit called Barnabas and Paul to go on a special mission to share the gospel of Jesus.<br>Verses 5–12 describe how they shared the gospel on the island of Cyprus.<br>Verses 13–52 describe how they shared the gospel in the city of Antioch in the province of Pamphylia.<br><br>Some translations set quotations from the Old Testament farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text. The ULT does this with the three quotations from Psalms in 13:33–35.<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry that is quoted from the Old Testament in 13:41.<br><br>The chapter is where the second half of the Book of Acts begins. Luke writes more about Paul than about Peter, and he describes how the believers told the message about Jesus to Gentiles. Luke begins to tell about the mission trips on which the church at Antioch sent Barnabas and Saul.<br><br>## Special Concepts in this Chapter<br><br>### A light for the Gentiles<br><br>The Bible often speaks of unrighteous people, people who do not do what pleases God, as if they were walking around in darkness. It speaks of light as if light were what enables sinful people to understand that what they are doing is wrong and begin to obey God. The Jews considered all Gentiles to be walking in darkness, but Paul and Barnabas spoke of telling the Gentiles about Jesus as if they were going to bring them physical light. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])<br><br>## Important Figures of Speech in this Chapter<br><br>### “the Lord”<br><br>In verses 2, 12, 48, and 49, Luke refers to Jesus by a respectful title, “the Lord.” Paul refers to Jesus the same way in verses 10 and 11. In your translation, you may wish to clarify that this means “the Lord Jesus.” Or you could say “Jesus,” as UST does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-politeness]])<br><br>## Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter<br><br>### “our” in Paul’s sermon in Antioch of Pisidia<br><br>In verses 17, 32, and 33, Paul uses the term **our** to refer to himself and the other Jews who are present in the synagogue; the term does not include the Gentiles who are also present. If your language marks the distinction between inclusive and exclusive “our,” use the form that would be natural in such a situation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
ACT	13	1	fij7	writing-newevent	δὲ	1		Luke is using the word translated **Now** to introduce a new event in the story. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for introducing a new event. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
ACT	13	1	srw6	translate-names	Συμεὼν ὁ καλούμενος Νίγερ	1	Simeon … Niger … Lucius … Manaen	The word **Simeon** is the name of a man. The word **Niger** is another name by which he was known. This is not a racial epithet; it is the Latin word for “black,” and it probably indicates that he was African. Alternate translation: “Simeon the African” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
ACT	13	1	nqp1	figs-activepassive	Συμεὼν ὁ καλούμενος Νίγερ	1		If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Simeon, whom people called Niger” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ACT	13	1	ccel	translate-names	Μαναήν	1		The word **Manaen** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
ACT	13	1	o8jb	translate-names	Λούκιος ὁ Κυρηναῖος	1		The word **Lucius** is the name of a man. The word **Cyrenian** is the name for someone who comes from the city of Cyrene. See how you translated it in [11:20](../11/20.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
ACT	13	1	u48c	translate-unknown	σύντροφος	1	one brought up with Herod the tetrarch	In this culture, rulers would sometimes bring the children of other parents into their homes to be raised and educated with their own children. This gave their children playmates and friends, and it was also a way of honoring or thanking the parents of the other children. A boy who was raised with the son of a ruler would be considered the **foster brother** of that son. There may be a similar role in your culture, and your language may have a term for it that you can use in your translation. You could also explain the meaning of the term “foster brother,” as UST does. Alternate translation: “the childhood playmate” or “the boyhood friend” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
ACT	13	1	hxh6	translate-unknown	Ἡρῴδου τοῦ τετράρχου	1		In the Roman Empire, a **tetrarch** was the governor of one of four divisions of a country or province. **Herod the tetrarch** ruled over Galilee, one of four areas that the kingdom of his father, Herod the Great, was divided into after his death. (The Herod described in Chapter 12 was a different man, the grandson of Herod the Great and the nephew of Herod the tetrarch.) If it would be clearer in your language, you could use a general term instead of “tetrarch.” Alternate translation: “the ruler Herod” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
ACT	13	2	m70r	figs-idiom	λειτουργούντων&αὐτῶν τῷ Κυρίῳ	1		The expression **ministering to** means that the believers in Antioch were worshiping God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “while they were worshiping the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
ACT	13	2	kox1	writing-politeness	τῷ Κυρίῳ	1		As the General Notes to this chapter discuss, Peter is referring to Jesus here by a respectful title. Use a form for addressing someone respectfully in your language. Alternate translation: “of the Lord Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-politeness]])
ACT	13	2	ifb9		ἀφορίσατε	1	Set apart	Alternate translation: “Set apart”
ACT	13	2	j6ym	figs-extrainfo	εἰς τὸ ἔργον ὃ προσκέκλημαι αὐτούς.	1		The Holy Spirit is referring implicitly to the **work** of proclaiming the gospel of Jesus in new areas, Cyprus and Asia Minor. Since Luke describes Barnabas and Paul doing this work in the rest of this chapter and in Chapter 14, you do not need to explain its meaning further here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
ACT	13	3	l0cj	writing-pronouns	νηστεύσαντες, καὶ προσευξάμενοι, καὶ ἐπιθέντες τὰς χεῖρας αὐτοῖς, ἀπέλυσαν	1		The pronouns **their** and **they** refer to the believers in Antioch, and the pronoun **them** refers to Barnabas and Saul. The phrase **having fasted and prayed** refers to all of them. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: “after they had all fasted and prayed together, the believers in Antioch laid their hands on Barnabas and Saul, and then the believers released them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
ACT	13	3	ku45	translate-symaction	ἐπιθέντες τὰς χεῖρας αὐτοῖς	1	laid their hands on them	The believers in Antioch **laid their hands** on Barnabas and Saul as a symbolic action to show that they were sending them on their mission with the blessing and support of the whole church and that they were entrusting them to God’s care. Alternate translation: “placed their hands on them as a sign of blessing and support and as a way of entrusting them to God’s care” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
ACT	13	3	p1us	figs-explicit	ἀπέλυσαν	1	they sent them off	While in this context the term **released** basically means “sent off,” the implication is that the believers in Antioch were freeing Barnabas and Saul of all of their responsibilities in the church so that they could go on the mission on which the Holy Spirit was sending them. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “they gave them the freedom to go on their new mission” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ACT	13	4	abcj	writing-pronouns	αὐτοὶ&ἐκπεμφθέντες	1	they, having been sent out	The pronoun **they** refers to Barnabas and Saul. Alternate translation: “Barnabas and Saul” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
ACT	13	4	pisj	figs-activepassive	ἐκπεμφθέντες ὑπὸ τοῦ Ἁγίου Πνεύματος	1		If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “because the Holy Spirit had sent them out” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ACT	13	4	iyh8	figs-idiom	κατῆλθον	1	went down	Luke says that Barnabas and Saul **went down** to Caesarea because that city is lower in elevation than Judea. Alternate translation: “traveled” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
ACT	13	4	d1q5	translate-names	Σελεύκιαν	1	Seleucia	The word **Seleucia** is the name of a city that is on the seacoast. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
ACT	13	5	at85	translate-names	Σαλαμῖνι	1	Salamis	The word **Salamis** is the name of a city on the island of Cyprus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
ACT	13	5	ct8b	figs-metonymy	τὸν λόγον τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	they were proclaiming the word of God	Luke is using the term **word** to mean the message that the Holy Spirit wanted Barnabas and Saul to share by using words. Alternate translation: “the message from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ACT	13	6	cl2z	translate-names	Πάφου	1	Paphos	The word **Paphos** is the name of a major city on the island of Cyprus. It was where the Roman proconsul lived. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
ACT	13	6	zf3b	figs-idiom	εὗρον	1	they found	The word **found** does not mean that Barnabas, Saul, and Mark were intentionally searching for a certain man. They happened to meet him. Alternate translation: “they happened to meet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
ACT	13	6	xe7h	translate-unknown	ἄνδρα, τινὰ μάγον	1	a certain man, a magician	The word **magician** here does not mean someone who entertains others with tricks based on slight of hand and optical illusions. It means someone who practices witchcraft or supernatural magic arts. Your language and culture may have a term for such a person that you can use in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
ACT	13	6	ak38	translate-names	ᾧ ὄνομα Βαριησοῦς	1	whose name was Bar Jesus	The words **Bar Jesus** are a name that means “Son of Jesus.” However, there was no relation between this man and Jesus Christ. **Jesus** was a common name at that time. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
ACT	13	7	s1su	translate-unknown	τῷ ἀνθυπάτῳ	1	proconsul	A **proconsul** was a governor in charge of a Roman province. Alternate translation, as in UST: “the governor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
ACT	13	7	pf5d	translate-names	Σεργίῳ Παύλῳ	1		The words **Sergius** and **Paulus** are the names of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
ACT	13	7	h5xx	writing-background	ἀνδρὶ συνετῷ	1	an intelligent man	Luke provides this background information about Sergius Paulus to help readers understand what happens next in the story. In your translation, present this information in a way that would be natural in your own language and culture. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
ACT	13	8	lp2u	translate-transliterate	Ἐλύμας ὁ μάγος	1	Elymas “the magician”	The word **Elymas** is an Arabic word that Bar-Jesus was using as another name. Luke spells it out using Greek letters so his readers will know how it sounds, and then he says what it means, **the Magician**. In your translation you can spell it the way it sounds in your language and then explain its meaning. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]])
ACT	13	8	qw4j	figs-activepassive	οὕτως γὰρ μεθερμηνεύεται τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ	1	for that is how his name is translated	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “for that is how one translates his name” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ACT	13	8	w2xt	figs-metaphor	ζητῶν διαστρέψαι τὸν ἀνθύπατον ἀπὸ τῆς πίστεως	1	he sought to turn the proconsul away from the faith	Here, **to turn** someone **away from** something is a metaphor for convincing someone to not do something. Alternate translation: “he attempted to persuade the governor not to believe the gospel message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ACT	13	9	ey6d	translate-names	Σαῦλος&ὁ καὶ Παῦλος	1	Saul, who is also Paul	The word **Paul** is the name of a man. It is another name by which Saul called himself. **Saul** was his Jewish name, and **Paul** was his Roman name. Since he was speaking to a Roman official, he used his Roman name. (From this point on, Saul is called Paul in the book of Acts.) Alternate translation: “Saul, who now called himself Paul” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
ACT	13	9	fy7t	figs-metaphor	πλησθεὶς Πνεύματος Ἁγίου	1		Luke is speaking of Paul as if he were a container that the Holy Spirit **filled**. Alternate translation: “inspired by the Holy Spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ACT	13	9	w3lh	figs-activepassive	πλησθεὶς Πνεύματος Ἁγίου	1		If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “whom the Holy Spirit was inspiring” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ACT	13	10	un00	figs-nominaladj	ὦ πλήρης παντὸς δόλου καὶ πάσης ῥᾳδιουργίας	1		Paul is using the adjective **full** as a noun to identify Elymas as a person who is full of the negative qualities he describes. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “O you who are full of all deceit and all trickery” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
ACT	13	10	u8n3	figs-abstractnouns	ὦ πλήρης παντὸς δόλου καὶ πάσης ῥᾳδιουργίας	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the ideas of **deceit** and **trickery**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “O you who are always deceiving and tricking other people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ACT	13	10	r8x2	figs-metaphor	ὦ πλήρης παντὸς δόλου καὶ πάσης ῥᾳδιουργίας	1	O one full of all deceit and all wickedness	Paul is speaking of Elymas as if he were a container that was **full** of negative qualities. Alternate translation: “O you who practice all deceit and all trickery” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ACT	13	10	wq5i	figs-doublet	παντὸς δόλου καὶ πάσης ῥᾳδιουργίας	1		The terms **deceit** and **wickedness** mean similar things. Paul may be using the two terms together for emphasis. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could express the emphasis with a single phrase. Alternate translation: “of all evil treachery” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
ACT	13	10	kdwj	figs-hyperbole	παντὸς δόλου καὶ πάσης ῥᾳδιουργίας	1		Paul says **all** in these two instances as a generalization for emphasis. (But when he calls Elymas the **enemy of all righteousness**, that may be understood more literally.) Alternate translation: “of great deceit and great trickery” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
ACT	13	10	d2pk	figs-idiom	υἱὲ διαβόλου	1	son of the devil	The expression **son of** describes a person who shares the qualities of something or someone else. Paul is saying that Elymas is acting like the devil in trying to keep Sergius Paulus from believing in Jesus. Alternate translation: “you who are acting like the devil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
ACT	13	10	jgq8	figs-explicit	υἱὲ διαβόλου	1		Paul is drawing an implicit contrast between Elymas’ claim to be the “son of Jesus” (Bar Jesus) and his actual character as a **son of the devil**. If you retain the “son of” idiom in your translation, you could bring out this contrast explicitly. If you do, it may be helpful to make this a separate sentence. Alternate translation: “You are not the son of Jesus—you are the son of the devil!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ACT	13	10	hlq9	figs-personification	ἐχθρὲ πάσης δικαιοσύνης	1		Paul is speaking of **righteousness** as if it were a person who could have an **enemy**. If your language would not use this figure of speech, you could express the meaning in another way. Alternate translation: “opposed to all righteousness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
ACT	13	10	wa8t	figs-abstractnouns	ἐχθρὲ πάσης δικαιοσύνης	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **righteousness**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “enemy of everything that is right” or “opposed to everything that is right” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ACT	13	10	bc9p	figs-rquestion	οὐ παύσῃ διαστρέφων τὰς ὁδοὺς τοῦ Κυρίου τὰς εὐθείας?	1	will you not stop perverting the straight paths of the Lord?	Paul is using the question form to rebuke Elymas for opposing God. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “you must stop turning aside the straight paths of the Lord!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
ACT	13	10	p8sa	figs-metaphor	διαστρέφων τὰς ὁδοὺς τοῦ Κυρίου τὰς εὐθείας	1	the straight paths of the Lord	Paul is speaking of Elymas as if he were physically redirecting **paths** that God wanted people to follow so that these paths no longer went **straight**. He means that if people believe in God and obey him, they live in the right way, and that Elymas is trying to keep people, especially Sergius Paulus, from doing that. Alternate translation: “preventing people from believing in God, obeying him, and living right” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ACT	13	11	q0w8	figs-metaphor	ἰδοὺ	1		Paul is using the term **behold** to focus Elymas’ attention on what he is about to say. Your language may have a comparable expression that you can use in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ACT	13	11	xul9	figs-metonymy	χεὶρ Κυρίου ἐπὶ σέ	1	the hand of the Lord upon you	Here the word **hand** represents the power of God, and the phrase **upon you** indicates punishment. Alternate translation: “the Lord is going to punish you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ACT	13	11	w3gh	figs-hendiadys	τυφλὸς, μὴ βλέπων τὸν ἥλιον	1	not seeing the sun	Paul is using a word and a phrase together to express a single idea. The phrase **not seeing the sun** tells to what degree Elymas will be **blind**. If it would be more natural in your language, you could express this meaning with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “so blind that you will not be able to tell whether it is day or night” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
ACT	13	11	t7j1	figs-metaphor	ἔπεσεν ἐπ’ αὐτὸν ἀχλὺς καὶ σκότος	1	a mist and darkness fell on Elymas	Paul is speaking of this **mist** and **darkness** as if they were going to **fall** on Elymas. Alternate translation: “what Elymas could see became blurry and then dark” or see the next note for another possibility. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ACT	13	11	x7rt	figs-hendiadys	ἔπεσεν ἐπ’ αὐτὸν ἀχλὺς καὶ σκότος	1		Luke may be using the two words **mist** and **darkness** together to express a single idea. The word **mist** may tell what kind of **darkness** was all that Elymas could see. If it would be more natural in your language, you could express this meaning with an equivalent phrase that does not use **and**. Alternate translation: “a misty darkness was all that Elymas could see” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
ACT	13	12	x9fl		ὁ ἀνθύπατος	1	proconsul	A **proconsul** was a governor in charge of a Roman province. Alternate translation: “the governor”
ACT	13	12	twa8	figs-activepassive	ἐκπλησσόμενος ἐπὶ τῇ διδαχῇ τοῦ Κυρίου	1	being astonished at the teaching of the Lord	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “The teaching of the Lord astonished him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ACT	13	12	ob5x	figs-metonymy	τῇ διδαχῇ τοῦ Κυρίου	1		Luke is using the word **teaching** to mean the truth and power associated with the teaching about Jesus. Alternate translation: “the truth and power that accompanied the teaching of the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ACT	13	12	efle	figs-possession	τῇ διδαχῇ τοῦ Κυρίου	1		In this possessive form, **the Lord** is the object rather than the subject of **teaching**. That is, this does not mean “what the Lord taught,” it means “what Barnabas and Paul taught about the Lord.” You could say that as an alternate translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
ACT	13	13	r9hi	writing-newevent	δὲ	1	Now	Luke is using the word translated **Now** to introduce a new event in the story. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for introducing a new event. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
ACT	13	13	i65t	writing-background	οἱ περὶ, Παῦλον	1		The phrase **those around Paul** refers to Barnabas and John (who is also called John Mark). This phrase provides some background to the rest of the story by indicating that Paul had become the leader of the group. It is important to communicate this by keeping Paul’s name first when he is mentioned with others, for example, in [13:46](../13/46.md), [13:50](../13/50.md), etc. The order of names is important. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
ACT	13	13	abcl		οἱ περὶ, Παῦλον	1	those around Paul	Alternate translation: “Paul and his traveling companions”
ACT	13	13	mmj6	translate-names	Πέργην τῆς Παμφυλίας	1		The word **Perga** is the name of a city, and the word **Pamphylia** is the name of the province in which that city was located. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
ACT	13	14	et2e	writing-pronouns	αὐτοὶ	1		The pronoun **they** refers to Paul and Barnabas. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: “Paul and Barnabas” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
ACT	13	14	vrp1	translate-names	Ἀντιόχειαν τὴν Πισιδίαν	1	Antioch of Pisidia	The word **Antioch** is the name of a city. See how you translated the same name for a different city in [6:5](../06/05.md). The word **Perga** is the name of the province in which this city of Antioch was located. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
ACT	13	14	c21u	translate-symaction	ἐκάθισαν	1		Paul and Barnabas may have **sat down** in the place where rabbis would sit, or in the way that rabbis would sit, as a way of asking permission to speak to the congregation. The fact that they were invited to speak ([13:15](../13/15.md)) suggests that this is the case. Alternate translation: “sat down as rabbis would, to ask permission to speak to the congregation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
ACT	13	15	dnb4	translate-names	τοῦ νόμου καὶ τῶν προφητῶν	1	And after the reading of the law and of the prophets	The word **Law** is the name for one part of the Hebrew Scriptures, and the word **Prophets** is the name for another part of the Hebrew Scriptures. Even though these are common nouns, Luke is using them to mean specific things. Show this in your translation in the way that is natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
ACT	13	15	kno1	figs-idiom	ἄνδρες, ἀδελφοί	1		This is an idiomatic form of address. Alternate translation: “Our brothers” or “You brothers of ours” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
ACT	13	15	td4h	figs-metaphor	ἀδελφοί	1	brothers	The synagogue leaders are using the term **brothers** to mean people who share the same faith. Alternate translation: “Our fellow believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ACT	13	15	jru8	figs-metonymy	εἴ τίς ἐστιν ἐν ὑμῖν λόγος παρακλήσεως πρὸς τὸν λαόν	1	if there is among you any word of exhortation for the people	The synagogue leaders are using the term **word** to mean what Barnabas or Paul would want to say using words. Alternate translation: “if you want to say anything to encourage our people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ACT	13	15	kj1h	figs-imperative	λέγετε	1	speak it	This is an imperative, but it communicates an invitation rather than a command. Use a form in your language that communicates an invitation. Alternate translation: “we invite you to speak it now” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
ACT	13	16	keqb	translate-symaction	ἀναστὰς	1		Here the term **arising** means that Paul stood up to show that he indeed wanted to speak, as he had been invited to do. See how you translated the similar expression in [2:14](../02/14.md). Alternate translation: “standing up to show that he wanted to speak” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
ACT	13	16	i8pz	translate-symaction	κατασείσας τῇ χειρὶ	1	motioned with his hand	This likely means that Paul waved his hand to get the attention of the audience and signal that he was about to speak. He wanted everyone in the synagogue to hear what he had to say from the very first word, so he did this to quiet them. Alternate translation: “waving his hand to signal that he was about to speak” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
ACT	13	16	m0yu	figs-idiom	ἄνδρες, Ἰσραηλεῖται, καὶ οἱ φοβούμενοι τὸν Θεόν	1		This is an idiomatic form of address. Alternate translation: “You Israelites and you who fear God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
ACT	13	16	rh93	figs-idiom	οἱ φοβούμενοι τὸν Θεόν	1	ones who fear God	Jews in the time of the New Testament used the expression **fearing God** to describe Gentiles (non-Jews) who worshiped the God of Israel and attended the synagogue. That is what Paul means here. See how you translated the similar expression in [10:2](../10/02.md). Alternate translation: “you Gentiles who sincerely worship the God of Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
ACT	13	16	ah55	figs-imperative	ἀκούσατε	1	God, listen	This is an imperative, but it communicates a request rather than a command. Use a form in your language that communicates a request. It may be helpful to add an expression such as “please” to make this clear. Alternate translation: “please listen to what I am about to say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
ACT	13	17	se2b		ὁ Θεὸς τοῦ λαοῦ τούτου Ἰσραὴλ	1	The God of this people Israel	Alternate translation: “The God whom the people of Israel worship”
ACT	13	17	tbc4	figs-exclusive	ἡμῶν	1		See the discussion in the General Notes to this chapter to decide whether to use an inclusive or exclusive form of the word **our** here and in verses 32 and 33. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
ACT	13	17	l9cn	figs-metaphor	τοὺς πατέρας	1	our fathers	Paul is using the term **fathers** to mean “ancestors.” Alternate translation: “ancestors” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ACT	13	17	aaj5	figs-metonymy	τὸν λαὸν ὕψωσεν	1	exalted the people	When Paul says that God **exalted the people** of Israel when they were in Egypt, he is referring to the way God made them great in number and strength even while they were still slaves. Alternate translation: “greatly enlarged their population” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ACT	13	17	vw4z	figs-metonymy	μετὰ βραχίονος ὑψηλοῦ	1	with an uplifted arm	Here, **an uplifted arm** describes God’s mighty power. Alternate translation: “with great power” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ACT	13	18	zv9e	translate-textvariants	ἐτροποφόρησεν αὐτοὺς	1	he put up with them	This means “he put up with their disobedience.” Some ancient copies have a different word that means “he took care of them,” which makes sense, since in this part of his speech, Paul is listing all of the good things that God did for the Israelites. Paul would be quoting Deuteronomy 1:13 from a well-known Greek translation. If the reading **put up with them** is correct, Paul may be foreshadowing the warning he gives at the end of his speech in [13:40–41](../13/40.md). If a translation of the Bible already exists in your area, you could consider using the reading in that translation. If there is not already a Bible translation in your area, you may wish to follow the readings of ULT and UST. Alternate translation: “he took care of them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
ACT	13	19	nvp7	writing-pronouns	κατεκληρονόμησεν τὴν γῆν αὐτῶν	1		The pronoun **he** refers to God, the pronoun **them** refers to the Israelites, and the pronoun **their** refers to the seven nations that God destroyed. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: “God gave the Israelites for an inheritance the land that these seven nations had previously occupied” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
ACT	13	20	xyg6	figs-ellipsis	ὡς ἔτεσι τετρακοσίοις καὶ πεντήκοντα	1		Paul is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You can supply these words from the context. It may be helpful to make this a separate sentence. Alternate translation: “All these events took place over a period of about 450 years” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
ACT	13	20	qmc8	figs-metonymy	ἔδωκεν κριτὰς ἕως Σαμουὴλ προφήτου	1	until Samuel the prophet	This could mean: (1) that God gave the Israelites a series of judges and Samuel was the last of them. Alternate translation: “he gave them a series of judges ending with Samuel, who was also a prophet” (2) that the phrase ** Samuel the prophet** represents the time period associated with Samuel. Alternate translation: “until the time of Samuel the prophet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ACT	13	20	tb5w	translate-names	Σαμουὴλ	1		The word**Samuel** is the name of a man. See how you translated it in [3:24](../03/24.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
ACT	13	21	nrug	translate-names	τὸν Σαοὺλ&Κείς&Βενιαμείν	1		The word **Saul** is the name of a man. The word **Kish** is the name of another man, the father of Saul. The word **Benjamin** is the name of one of the tribes of Israel, the tribe to which Saul belonged. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
ACT	13	21	yxi8	figs-ellipsis	ἔτη τεσσεράκοντα	1	for 40 years	Paul is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You can supply these words from earlier in the sentence. Alternate translation: “to be their king for 40 years” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
ACT	13	22	bsp6	figs-idiom	ἤγειρεν τὸν Δαυεὶδ αὐτοῖς εἰς βασιλέα	1	he raised up David for them as their king	Here, the expression **raised up** describes God giving someone an important position. See how you translated it in [3:22](../03/22.md). Alternate translation: “made David their king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
ACT	13	22	akg6	figs-quotesinquotes	εἶπεν μαρτυρήσας, εὗρον Δαυεὶδ τὸν τοῦ Ἰεσσαί, ἄνδρα κατὰ τὴν καρδίαν μου, ὃς ποιήσει πάντα τὰ θελήματά μου	1		In order to avoid having a second-level quotation, you could turn Paul’s quotation into an indirect quotation. (Paul is quoting from 1 Samuel [13:14](../1sa/13/14.md) and Psalm [89:20](../psa/089/020.md).) Alternate translation: “he said, testifying, that he had found David, son of Jesse, a man according to his heart, who would do all his will” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
ACT	13	22	dbu5	figs-idiom	εὗρον	1	I have found	While God was indeed searching for someone to replace Saul, here the word **found** does not refer to the results of that search, but rather to God’s estimation of David. Alternate translation: “I have recognized that David, son of Jesse, is a man according to my heart” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
ACT	13	22	jf03	translate-names	τοῦ Ἰεσσαί	1		The word **Jesse** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
ACT	13	22	mp53	figs-idiom	ἄνδρα κατὰ τὴν καρδίαν μου	1	a man according to my heart	This is an idiomatic expression. Alternate translation: “the kind of person who does what pleases me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
ACT	13	23	xj5a	figs-infostructure	τούτου&ἀπὸ τοῦ σπέρματος	1	From the descendants of this one	This information is placed at the beginning of the sentence to emphasize that the Savior had to be one of David’s descendants. It would be appropriate to retain this order in your translation rather than say, for example, “According to promise, God brought to Israel a Savior, Jesus, from the seed of this one.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
ACT	13	23	vnz7	figs-metaphor	τοῦ σπέρματος	1		The term **seed** means “descendants.” Alternate translation: “the descendants” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ACT	13	23	l50d	writing-pronouns	τούτου	1		The demonstrative pronoun **this one** refers to David. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: “of David” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
ACT	13	23	kc76	figs-metonymy	τῷ Ἰσραὴλ	1	brought to Israel	Here, **Israel** refers to the people of Israel. Alternate translation: “to the people of Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ACT	13	24	wbpf	figs-explicit	Ἰωάννου	1		By **John**, Paul is referring implicitly to John the Baptist. Alternate translation: “John the Baptist” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ACT	13	24	xzf2	figs-explicitinfo	πρὸ προσώπου τῆς εἰσόδου αὐτοῦ	1		In your language, the expression **before the face of his entrance**, meaning “before the appearance of his entry into ministry” (see next two notes), might seem to convey redundant information that would be not be natural to express. If so, you can abbreviate it. Alternate translation: “before he appeared” or “before he entered into his ministry” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo]])
ACT	13	24	abcn	figs-metaphor	πρὸ προσώπου τῆς εἰσόδου αὐτοῦ	1	before the face of his coming	Here the term **face** means “appearance.” Alternate translation: “appearance” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ACT	13	24	igpi	figs-metaphor	τῆς εἰσόδου αὐτοῦ	1		By **entrance**, Paul is referring to Jesus beginning his ministry. Alternate translation: “of the start of his ministry” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ACT	13	24	gqs9	writing-pronouns	τῆς εἰσόδου αὐτοῦ	1		The pronoun **his** refers to Jesus. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: “of Jesus’ entrance” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
ACT	13	24	x892	figs-abstractnouns	βάπτισμα μετανοίας παντὶ τῷ λαῷ Ἰσραήλ	1	a baptism of repentance	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **repentance**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “to all the people of Israel a baptism that people received to show that they were repenting” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ACT	13	25	ntrj	figs-metaphor	τὸν δρόμον	1		Paul is speaking of John as if he had been running a race or **course**. Alternate translation: “his work” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ACT	13	25	judg	figs-quotemarks	ἔλεγεν, τί ἐμὲ ὑπονοεῖτε εἶναι? οὐκ εἰμὶ ἐγώ, ἀλλ’ ἰδοὺ, ἔρχεται μετ’ ἐμὲ, οὗ οὐκ εἰμὶ ἄξιος τὸ ὑπόδημα τῶν ποδῶν λῦσαι	1		Even if your language does not customarily put one direct quotation inside another, it might be good to present this quotation from John the Baptist as a direct quotation if possible, since it uses several figures of speech that might not sound natural in an indirect quotation. (As an indirect quotation, this would read something like this: “he asked the people who they thought him to be, and he told them he was not he and that behold, one was coming after him, the sandals of whose feet he was not worthy to untie.”) You may be able to indicate the beginning of Paul’s quotation from John with some punctuation or convention that your language uses. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
ACT	13	25	vww3	figs-rquestion	τί ἐμὲ ὑπονοεῖτε εἶναι?	1	Who do you think I am?	John is using the question form to challenge his listeners’ idea of who he is. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “I am not who you think I am!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
ACT	13	25	rp32	writing-pronouns	οὐκ εἰμὶ ἐγώ	1	I am not him	The pronoun **he** refers to the Messiah. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: “I am not the Messiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
ACT	13	25	nnl5	figs-metaphor	ἰδοὺ	1	But behold	John is using the term **behold** to focus his listeners’ attention on what he is about to say. Your language may have a comparable expression that you can use in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ACT	13	25	gys2	translate-symaction	οὗ οὐκ εἰμὶ ἄξιος τὸ ὑπόδημα τῶν ποδῶν λῦσαι	1	of whom the sandals of his feet I am not worthy to untie	John is using the action of untying sandals symbolically to signify humble service. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could translate this with a general expression. Alternate translation: “to whom I am not even worthy to offer humble service” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
ACT	13	25	gj98	figs-explicitinfo	τὸ ὑπόδημα τῶν ποδῶν	1		In your language, the expression **the sandals of his feet** might seem to convey redundant information that would be not be natural to express. If so, you can abbreviate it. Alternate translation: “his sandals” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo]])
ACT	13	26	bwet	figs-idiom	ἄνδρες, ἀδελφοί, υἱοὶ γένους Ἀβραὰμ, καὶ οἱ ἐν ὑμῖν φοβούμενοι τὸν Θεόν	1		Paul is using an idiomatic form of address. Alternate translation: “My brothers—my fellow sons of the family of Abraham—and you others who fear God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
ACT	13	26	kci9	figs-metaphor	ἀδελφοί, υἱοὶ γένους Ἀβραὰμ, καὶ οἱ ἐν ὑμῖν φοβούμενοι τὸν Θεόν	1	brothers, sons of the family of Abraham, and those among you who fear God	Paul is using the term **brothers** to mean people who share the same faith. Alternate translation: “My fellow believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ACT	13	26	c9pw	figs-metaphor	υἱοὶ	1		Paul is using the term **sons** to mean “descendants.” Alternate translation: “descendants” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ACT	13	26	jdp6	figs-exclusive	ἡμῖν	1		Here the word **us** includes Paul and his entire audience in the synagogue, so use the inclusive form of that word if your language marks this distinction. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
ACT	13	26	u6zn	figs-activepassive	ὁ λόγος τῆς σωτηρίας ταύτης ἐξαπεστάλη	1	the word about this salvation has been sent	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, it is clear from the context that this was God. Alternate translation: “God has sent the word about this salvation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ACT	13	26	zx08	figs-metonymy	ὁ λόγος	1		Paul is using the term **word** to mean the message that God sent about Jesus by using words. Alternate translation: “the message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ACT	13	26	v6r3	figs-abstractnouns	τῆς σωτηρίας ταύτης	1	about this salvation	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **salvation**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “how God is saving people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ACT	13	27	s64d	writing-pronouns	τοῦτον ἀγνοήσαντες	1		The demonstrative pronoun **this one** refers to Jesus. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: “not recognizing Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
ACT	13	27	psk5	figs-explicit	τοῦτον ἀγνοήσαντες	1	did not recognize this one	Paul means implicitly that the people of Jerusalem and their leaders did not recognize that God had sent Jesus to be the Messiah. Alternate translation: “not recognizing that God had sent Jesus to be the Messiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ACT	13	27	ri1f	figs-metonymy	τὰς φωνὰς τῶν προφητῶν	1	the voices of the prophets	Paul is using the word **voices** to mean the prophecies that the prophets spoke with their voices. Alternate translation: “the prophecies of the prophets” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ACT	13	27	m4tz	figs-activepassive	τὰς&ἀναγινωσκομένας	2	that are read	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “that someone reads” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ACT	13	27	i6jo	figs-explicit	τὰς&ἀναγινωσκομένας	2		Paul is referring implicitly to the way that someone reads from the writings of **the prophets** on each **Sabbath** in the synagogues. Alternate translation: “that someone reads aloud in each synagogue” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ACT	13	28	v3hw	writing-pronouns	ᾐτήσαντο Πειλᾶτον ἀναιρεθῆναι αὐτόν	1	General Information:	Here the word **they** refers to the Jewish people and their religious leaders in Jerusalem, and the pronoun **him** refers to Jesus. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: “the Jewish leaders asked Pilate for Jesus to be killed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
ACT	13	28	iect	figs-activepassive	ἀναιρεθῆναι αὐτόν	1		If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “to execute him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ACT	13	29	sq1j	figs-activepassive	πάντα τὰ περὶ αὐτοῦ γεγραμμένα	1	And when they had completed all that had been written about him	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “all that the prophets had written about him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ACT	13	29	m5f1	figs-explicit	καθελόντες ἀπὸ τοῦ ξύλου	1	taking him down from the tree	It may be helpful to say explicitly that Jesus had died before this happened. Alternate translation: “taking him down from the tree after he died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ACT	13	29	vwt4	figs-metonymy	τοῦ ξύλου	1	from the tree	The word translated **tree** can mean either an actual tree or something made of wood. Paul is using the word to refer to the cross, which was made out of wood. Alternate translation: “from the cross” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ACT	13	30	h5jw	grammar-connect-logic-contrast	ὁ δὲ Θεὸς ἤγειρεν αὐτὸν	1	But God raised him	Paul uses the word **But** to indicate a strong contrast between what the people did and what God did. Alternate translation: “Nevertheless” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
ACT	13	30	zsx4	figs-idiom	ἤγειρεν αὐτὸν	1	raised him	Here, **raised** is an idiom for causing someone who has died to become alive again. Alternate translation: “caused him to live again after he had died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
ACT	13	30	mqx8	figs-nominaladj	ἤγειρεν αὐτὸν ἐκ νεκρῶν	1	raised him from the dead	Paul is using the adjective **dead** as a noun to mean people who have died. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “from among those who were dead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
ACT	13	31	zesg	writing-pronouns	ὃς ὤφθη ἐπὶ ἡμέρας πλείους τοῖς συναναβᾶσιν αὐτῷ ἀπὸ τῆς Γαλιλαίας εἰς Ἰερουσαλήμ	1		The pronoun **who** refers to Jesus. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers, and it may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “Jesus was seen for many days by the ones having come up with him from Galilee to Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
ACT	13	31	ig7w	figs-activepassive	ὃς ὤφθη ἐπὶ ἡμέρας πλείους τοῖς συναναβᾶσιν αὐτῷ ἀπὸ τῆς Γαλιλαίας εἰς Ἰερουσαλήμ	1	He was seen for many days by those who had come up with him from Galilee to Jerusalem	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “The ones having come up with him from Galilee to Jerusalem saw him for many days” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ACT	13	31	g4vl	figs-explicit	ἡμέρας πλείους	1	many days	We know from the Gospels that this period was 40 days. Translate **many days** with a term that would be appropriate for that length of time. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ACT	13	31	rw9e	figs-idiom	τοῖς συναναβᾶσιν	1		Paul says **having come up** because that was the customary way of speaking about traveling to Jerusalem, since that city is up on a mountain. Alternate translation: “by the ones who traveled” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
ACT	13	32	h6ch	figs-explicit	τὴν πρὸς τοὺς πατέρας ἐπαγγελίαν γενομένην	1		Paul assumes that his listeners will know that he is referring to a **promise** that God made. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “the promise that God made to our fathers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ACT	13	32	hr2g	figs-metaphor	τοὺς πατέρας	1	our fathers	Paul is using the term **fathers** to mean “ancestors.” Alternate translation: “our ancestors” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ACT	13	33	b1uh	translate-versebridge	ὅτι ταύτην ὁ Θεὸς ἐκπεπλήρωκεν τοῖς τέκνοις ἡμῶν	1	God has fulfilled this for our children	It may be helpful to create a verse bridge that combines verse 32 with the first part of verse 33. You could say something like this: “And we are proclaiming to you that by raising Jesus, God has completely fulfilled for our children the promise he made to our fathers.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-versebridge]])
ACT	13	33	t0wt	figs-explicit	ταύτην	1		Paul assumes that his listeners will know that by **this** he means the promise he described in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “this promise” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ACT	13	33	dy6w	translate-textvariants	τοῖς τέκνοις ἡμῶν	1	for our children	Some ancient copies read, “for us, their children” which makes sense, since Paul is saying that this promise was fulfilled in his own generation, not in the next generation. If the reading **for our children** is correct, Paul may mean “for the children of us Israelites.” If a translation of the Bible already exists in your area, you could consider using the reading in that translation. If there is not already a Bible translation in your area, you may wish to follow the readings of ULT and UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
ACT	13	33	t176	figs-metaphor	τοῖς τέκνοις ἡμῶν	1		If this is the correct reading, then Paul may be using the term **children** to mean “descendants.” Alternate translation: “for our descendants” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ACT	13	33	d95n	figs-idiom	ἀναστήσας Ἰησοῦν	1	by raising up Jesus	Here, **raising up** is an idiom for causing someone who has died to become alive again. Alternate translation: “causing Jesus to live again after he had died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
ACT	13	33	y3tz	figs-activepassive	ὡς καὶ ἐν τῷ ψαλμῷ γέγραπται τῷ δευτέρῳ	1	As it is also written in the second Psalm	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “As we can also read in the second Psalm” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ACT	13	33	h9ir	translate-ordinal	τῷ ψαλμῷ&τῷ δευτέρῳ	1	the second Psalm	If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use a cardinal number here or an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “Psalm 2” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
ACT	13	33	ljnl	figs-quotemarks	Υἱός μου εἶ σύ, ἐγὼ σήμερον γεγέννηκά σε	1		Even if your language does not customarily put one direct quotation inside another, it would be good to present this quotation from Psalm 2 as a direct quotation if possible, since God is addressing the Messiah directly in it. You may be able to indicate its beginning with an opening second-level quotation mark or with some other punctuation or convention that your language could use to indicate the start of a second-level quotation. You may also be able to use special formatting to set off the quotation, as ULT does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
ACT	13	33	c1pn	figs-parallelism	Υἱός μου εἶ σύ, ἐγὼ σήμερον γεγέννηκά σε	1		These two phrases mean basically the same thing. The second emphasizes the meaning of the first by repeating the same idea with different words. Hebrew poetry was based on this kind of repetition, and it would be good to show this to your readers by including both phrases in your translation rather than combining them. However, if the repetition might be confusing, you could connect the phrases with a word that shows that the second phrase is repeating the first one, not saying something additional. Alternate translation: “You are my Son, yes, today I have fathered you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
ACT	13	33	tla1	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Υἱός&γεγέννηκά σε	1	Son … I have fathered you	**Son** is an important title that describes the relationship between Jesus and God. Be sure to retain this title in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
ACT	13	34	zhjq	writing-pronouns	ἀνέστησεν αὐτὸν&εἴρηκεν	1		The pronoun **he** refers to God, and the pronoun **him** refers to Jesus. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: “God raised Jesus …God has spoken” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
ACT	13	34	je9s	figs-idiom	ἀνέστησεν αὐτὸν	1		As in [2:24](../02/24.md), the idiom **raised up** means that God made Jesus alive again after he died. Alternate translation: “he brought him back to life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
ACT	13	34	h3nj	figs-nominaladj	ἐκ νεκρῶν	1	from the dead	Paul is using the adjective **dead** as a noun to mean people who have died. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “from among those who were dead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
ACT	13	34	ipb9	figs-quotemarks	δώσω ὑμῖν τὰ ὅσια Δαυεὶδ τὰ πιστά	1		This quotation is from the prophet Isaiah. Even if your language does not customarily put one direct quotation inside another, it would be good to present this quotation from Isaiah as a direct quotation if possible, since God is addressing the Israelites and ultimately the Messiah directly in it. You may be able to indicate its beginning with an opening second-level quotation mark or with some other punctuation or convention that your language uses to indicate the start of a second-level quotation. You may also be able to use special formatting to set off the quotation, as ULT does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
ACT	13	34	q3kq	figs-nominaladj	τὰ ὅσια Δαυεὶδ τὰ πιστά	1	the holy and sure blessings	Paul is using the adjectives **holy** and **trustworthy** as nouns. ULT adds the word **things** to show this. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “the trustworthy promises that God made to David as the ancestor of the Holy One” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
ACT	13	35	r1ev	figs-explicit	ἐν ἑτέρῳ	1	On account of this he also says in another place	Paul assumes that his listeners will know that by **another place**, he means another place in the Scriptures. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “in another place in the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ACT	13	35	gl8s	writing-pronouns	καὶ&λέγει	1	he also says	Even though David is the author of Psalm 16, from which this quotation is taken, the pronoun **he** refers to God, as in [13:34](../13/34.md). It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: “God also says” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
ACT	13	35	d4px	figs-explicit	τὸν Ὅσιόν σου	1		The expression **Holy One** is a title for the Messiah. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “your Messiah” or “your holy Messiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ACT	13	35	jvpy	figs-123person	τὸν Ὅσιόν σου	1		This is a Messianic prophecy, and the Messiah is referring to himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you can use the first person in your translation. Alternate translation: “me, your Holy One” or “me, the Messiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
ACT	13	35	hvt8	figs-idiom	ἰδεῖν διαφθοράν	1	You will not allow your Holy One to see decay	Paul is using the word **see** to mean “experience.” Alternate translation: “to experience decay” or “to undergo decay” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
ACT	13	35	bhos	figs-explicit	ἰδεῖν διαφθοράν	1		The term **decay** refers in this context to the decomposition of the body after death. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “to experience the decomposition of his body” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ACT	13	36	rpb4	figs-euphemism	ἐκοιμήθη	1	fell asleep	Paul is referring to death in a polite way by using the phrase **fell asleep**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a polite way of referring to this in your language or you could state this plainly. Alternate translation: “passed away” or “died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
ACT	13	36	nwy9	figs-activepassive	προσετέθη πρὸς τοὺς πατέρας αὐτοῦ, καὶ εἶδεν	1	was laid with his fathers	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “people buried him with his fathers and he saw” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ACT	13	36	f5s2	figs-metaphor	πρὸς τοὺς πατέρας αὐτοῦ	1		Paul is using the term **fathers** to mean “ancestors.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “with his ancestors” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ACT	13	36	la5s	figs-idiom	εἶδεν διαφθοράν	1	saw decay	Paul is using the word **saw** to mean “experienced.” Alternate translation: “experienced decay” or “underwent decay” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
ACT	13	36	okfp	figs-explicit	διαφθοράν	1		Here, the term **decay** refers to the decomposition of the body after death. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “the decomposition of his body” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ACT	13	37	bmw3	writing-pronouns	ὃν&ὁ Θεὸς ἤγειρεν	1	But he whom	The pronoun **he** refers to Jesus. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: “Jesus, whom God raised up,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
ACT	13	37	n9pl	figs-idiom	ὁ Θεὸς ἤγειρεν	1	God raised up	The idiom **raised up** means that God made Jesus alive again after he died. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “God brought back to life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
ACT	13	37	j52x	figs-idiom	οὐκ εἶδεν διαφθοράν	1	did not see decay	Paul is using the word **see** to mean “experience.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “experience decay” or “undergo decay” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
ACT	13	37	g3ie	figs-explicit	διαφθοράν	1		The term **decay** refers in this context to the decomposition of the body after death. Alternate translation: “the decomposition of his body” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ACT	13	38	yg35	figs-imperative3p	γνωστὸν&ἔστω ὑμῖν	1	let it be known to you	If your language does not use the third-person imperative in this way, you can state this in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “may it be known to you” or “you should know” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative3p]])
ACT	13	38	f917	figs-idiom	ἄνδρες, ἀδελφοί	1		This is an idiomatic form of address. Use a way that is natural in your language to refer to a particular group of people. Alternate translation: “my brothers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
ACT	13	38	qy18	figs-metaphor	ἀδελφοί	1	brothers	Paul is using the term **brothers** to mean people who share the same faith. He is addressing the people in the synagogue who are his fellow-Jews and followers of Judaism. They are not Christian believers at this point. He may also be using the word **brothers** as a term of friendship for the Gentiles who are present. Alternate translation, as in UST: “my fellow Israelites and other friends” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ACT	13	38	an8q	writing-pronouns	τούτου	1		The demonstrative pronoun **this one** refers to Jesus. Alternate translation: “Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
ACT	13	38	t3i5	figs-activepassive	ὑμῖν ἄφεσις ἁμαρτιῶν καταγγέλλεται, καὶ	1	that because of this, forgiveness of sins is being proclaimed to you, and freedom	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “we are proclaiming forgiveness of sins to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ACT	13	38	w7y1	figs-ellipsis	ὑμῖν ἄφεσις ἁμαρτιῶν καταγγέλλεται, καὶ ἀπὸ πάντων	1	forgiveness of sins	Paul is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You can supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “release of sins is proclaimed to you, and release is also proclaimed to you from the guilt of everything” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
ACT	13	38	xjzi	figs-activepassive	πάντων ὧν οὐκ ἠδυνήθητε ἐν νόμῳ Μωϋσέως δικαιωθῆναι	1		If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “everything that you were not able to do in obedience to the law of Moses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ACT	13	39	g5h9	figs-activepassive	ἐν τούτῳ πᾶς ὁ πιστεύων δικαιοῦται	1	In this one every one who believes is justified	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “God justifies everyone who believes in this one” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ACT	13	39	ki8q	writing-pronouns	τούτῳ	1		The demonstrative pronoun **this one** refers to Jesus. Alternate translation: “Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
ACT	13	40	y2kg	figs-metonymy	βλέπετε	1	be careful that	Paul is using the term **Look** to mean “Be careful,” since looking around alertly is associated with being careful. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Be careful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ACT	13	40	tt1x	figs-activepassive	τὸ εἰρημένον ἐν τοῖς προφήταις	1	the thing spoken about in the prophets	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the thing that the prophets spoke about” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ACT	13	40	osou	figs-personification	μὴ ἐπέλθῃ	1		Paul is speaking of what the prophets spoke as if it were a living thing that could **come upon** his listeners. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “that … may not happen to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
ACT	13	41	kk1j	figs-quotemarks	ἴδετε, οἱ καταφρονηταί, καὶ θαυμάσατε καὶ ἀφανίσθητε, ὅτι ἔργον ἐργάζομαι ἐγὼ ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις ὑμῶν, ἔργον ὃ οὐ μὴ πιστεύσητε, ἐάν τις ἐκδιηγῆται ὑμῖν	1		This quotation is from the prophet Habakkuk. Even if your language does not customarily put one direct quotation inside another, it would be good to present this quotation from Habakkuk as a direct quotation if possible, since God is addressing the Israelites directly in it. You may be able to indicate its beginning with an opening second-level quotation mark or with some other punctuation or convention that your language could use to indicate the start of a second-level quotation. You may also be able to use special formatting to set off the quotation, as ULT does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
ACT	13	41	jveu	figs-metonymy	ἴδετε	1		Paul is using the term **Look** to mean “Be careful,” since looking around altertly is associated with being careful. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Be careful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ACT	13	41	xcdg	figs-activepassive	ἀφανίσθητε	1		If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “perish” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ACT	13	41	dvn1	figs-metonymy	ἔργον ἐργάζομαι&ἔργον	1	am doing a work	God is using the word **work** to mean a judgment that he will work to bring about. Alternate translation: “I am carrying out a judgment … a judgment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ACT	13	41	nm2q	figs-idiom	ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις ὑμῶν	1	in your days	God is using the term **days** to refer to a specific time. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “during your lifetime” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
ACT	13	42	ax8v	writing-pronouns	ἐξιόντων δὲ, αὐτῶν	1	And as they were leaving	Here the pronoun **they** refers to Paul and Barnabas. Alternate translation: “as Paul and Barnabas were leaving” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
ACT	13	42	f3sw	writing-pronouns	παρεκάλουν	1	they begged them	Here the pronoun **they** refers to the people who were in the synagogue. Alternate translation: “the people in the synagogue begged them for” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
ACT	13	42	w9h6	figs-activepassive	λαληθῆναι αὐτοῖς τὰ ῥήματα ταῦτα	1		If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “them to speak these words to them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ACT	13	42	y4p9	figs-metonymy	τὰ ῥήματα ταῦτα	1	these same words	Here, **words** refers to the message that Paul had spoken using words. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “this message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ACT	13	43	a58z	figs-activepassive	λυθείσης&τῆς συναγωγῆς	1	And when the synagogue meeting had ended	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “when the synagogue meeting ended” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ACT	13	43	sws7	translate-unknown	προσηλύτων	1	proselytes	These **proselytes** were non-Jewish people who had converted to Judaism. Alternate translation: “converts to Judaism” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
ACT	13	43	mygk	figs-idiom	ἠκολούθησαν&τῷ Παύλῳ καὶ τῷ Βαρναβᾷ	1		In this context, to **follow** someone means to become that person’s disciple or accept that person as a teacher. Alternate translation: “accepted Paul and Barnabas as their teachers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
ACT	13	43	fv15	figs-abstractnouns	προσμένειν τῇ χάριτι τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	to continue in the grace of God	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **grace**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “to remain faithful to God, who had graciously saved them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ACT	13	44	vq3y	figs-metonymy	σχεδὸν πᾶσα ἡ πόλις	1	almost the whole city was gathered together	The **city** represents the people in the city. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “almost all the people of the city” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ACT	13	44	h40t	figs-activepassive	συνήχθη	1		If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “gathered together” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ACT	13	44	yga7	figs-explicit	ἀκοῦσαι τὸν λόγον τοῦ Κυρίου	1	to hear the word of the Lord	The implication is that Paul and Barnabas were going to speak **the word of the Lord**. Alternate translation: “to hear Paul and Barnabas speak the word of the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ACT	13	44	evox	figs-metonymy	τὸν λόγον τοῦ Κυρίου	1		Luke is using the term **word** to mean the message that Paul and Barnabas were going to share by using words. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the message of the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ACT	13	45	j4zq	figs-synecdoche	οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι	1	the Jews	Luke is using the name of a whole group, **the Jews**, to refer to one part of that group, its leaders. Alternate translation: “the leaders of the Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
ACT	13	45	qrh2	figs-metaphor	ἐπλήσθησαν ζήλου	1	they were filled with jealousy	For emphasis, Luke is speaking of the Jewish leaders as if they were a container that jealousy **filled**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the emphasis another way. Alternate translation: “became very jealous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ACT	13	45	m1an	figs-activepassive	τοῖς ὑπὸ Παύλου λαλουμένοις	1	the things that were said by Paul	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the things that Paul was saying” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ACT	13	46	d08v	figs-activepassive	λαληθῆναι τὸν λόγον τοῦ Θεοῦ	1		If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “for us to speak the word of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ACT	13	46	jn55	figs-metonymy	ὑμῖν&ἀναγκαῖον πρῶτον λαληθῆναι τὸν λόγον τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	necessary for the word of God first to be spoken to you	Paul and Barnabas are using the term **word** to mean the message that God commanded them to share by using words. Alternate translation: “the message from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ACT	13	46	as6q	figs-explicit	ὑμῖν&πρῶτον	1	It was necessary for	Paul means implicitly that it was necessary to speak to the Jews first because they were God’s chosen people, and God had sent the Messiah initially to them. Alternate translation: “to you Jews first because you are God’s chosen people, and God sent the Messiah initially to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ACT	13	46	lly5	figs-metaphor	ἐπειδὴ ἀπωθεῖσθε αὐτὸν	1	Since you reject it	Their rejection of the word of God is spoken of as if it were something they pushed away. Alternate translation: “Since you reject the word of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ACT	13	46	ms36	figs-irony	οὐκ ἀξίους κρίνετε ἑαυτοὺς τῆς αἰωνίου ζωῆς	1	judge yourselves unworthy of eternal life	Paul does not seriously believe that the Jewish leaders do not consider themselves worthy of eternal life. Paul actually means to communicate the opposite of the literal meaning of his words. Alternate translation: “are acting as if you judge yourselves not worthy of eternal life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
ACT	13	46	kzm1	figs-metaphor	ἰδοὺ	1		Paul and Barnabas are using the term **behold** to focus the attention of the Jewish leaders on what they are about to say. Your language may have a comparable expression that you can use in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ACT	13	46	rf9k	figs-explicit	στρεφόμεθα εἰς τὰ ἔθνη	1	we will turn to the Gentiles	Paul and Barnabas are speaking as if they are going to be physically **turning** toward **the Gentiles**. They mean that they are going to stop preaching in the Jewish synagogue and begin preaching to gatherings of Gentiles. Alternate translation: “we will leave you and start preaching to the Gentiles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ACT	13	46	zvt5	figs-exclusive	στρεφόμεθα	1		By **we**, Paul and Barnabas mean themselves, but not the Jewish leaders to whom they are speaking, so use the exclusive form of that word in your translation if your language marks that distinction. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
ACT	13	47	tx94	figs-exclusive	ἡμῖν	1		By **us**, Paul and Barnabas mean themselves, but not the Jewish leaders to whom they are speaking, so use the exclusive form of that word in your translation if your language marks that distinction. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
ACT	13	47	xbiw	figs-quotemarks	τέθεικά σε εἰς φῶς ἐθνῶν, τοῦ εἶναί σε εἰς σωτηρίαν ἕως ἐσχάτου τῆς γῆς	1		This quotation is from the prophet Isaiah. Even if your language does not customarily put one direct quotation inside another, it would be good to present this quotation from Isaiah as a direct quotation if possible, since God is addressing the Messiah directly in it. (Paul and Barnabas are saying that since they are disciples of the Messiah, the quotation also refers to their ministry.) You may be able to indicate its beginning with an opening second-level quotation mark or with some other punctuation or convention that your language could use to indicate the start of a second-level quotation. You may also be able to use special formatting to set off the quotation, as ULT does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
ACT	13	47	v8au	figs-simile	τέθεικά σε εἰς φῶς	1	as a light	Through this quotation from Isaiah, Paul and Barnabas are saying that the truth they are preaching about Jesus is like a **light** that allows people to see. You could use the same simile in your translation, or you could use a different comparison, to something else your readers would recognize that helps people to understand. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
ACT	13	47	za1q	figs-yousingular	σε	1		The word **you** is singular here because it refers to the Messiah. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])
ACT	13	47	t5sp	figs-abstractnouns	εἶναί&εἰς σωτηρίαν ἕως ἐσχάτου τῆς γῆς	1	should be for salvation as far as the end of the earth	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **salvation**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “should go and help people to be saved” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ACT	13	47	ismw	figs-idiom	ἕως ἐσχάτου τῆς γῆς	1		This phrase is an idiom. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “everywhere on earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
ACT	13	48	e9ag	figs-metonymy	τὸν λόγον τοῦ Κυρίου	1	glorified the word of the Lord	Luke is using the term **word** to mean the message that Paul and Barnabas had shared by using words. Alternate translation: “the message about the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ACT	13	48	jct2	figs-activepassive	τεταγμένοι	1	as many as were appointed to eternal life	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, it is clear from the context that it was God. Alternate translation: “God had appointed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ACT	13	49	qh9z	figs-metonymy	ὁ λόγος τοῦ Κυρίου	1	the word of the Lord was being spread throughout the whole region	Luke is using the term **word** to mean the message that Paul and Barnabas had shared by using words. Alternate translation: “the message about the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ACT	13	49	fpkr	figs-activepassive	διεφέρετο&ὁ λόγος τοῦ Κυρίου	1		If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, the context suggests that it was those who believed in Jesus. Alternate translation: “those who believed in Jesus spread the word of the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ACT	13	50	u8rm	figs-synecdoche	οἱ&Ἰουδαῖοι	1	the Jews	Luke is using the name of a whole group, **the Jews**, to refer to one part of that group, its leaders. Alternate translation: “the leaders of the Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
ACT	13	50	ef21	figs-metaphor	παρώτρυναν	1		Luke says that the Jewish leaders **stirred up** these women and men, as if calm waters were being disturbed. This figurative expression means that the leaders said things to make them very upset with Paul and Barnabas. Alternate translation: “agitated” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ACT	13	50	f5yd		τὰς σεβομένας γυναῖκας τὰς εὐσχήμονας	1		Alternate translation: “the influential women among the Gentile women who worshiped in the synagogue”
ACT	13	50	wmm5	figs-nominaladj	τοὺς πρώτους	1	the leading men	Luke is using the adjective **principal** as a noun, to mean people who are important. (ULT adds the word **ones** to show this.) Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “the most important men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
ACT	13	50	uc54	writing-pronouns	ἐξέβαλον αὐτοὺς	1		The pronoun **they** refers to the influential women and important men, not to the Jewish leaders. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: “the influential women and important men threw them out” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
ACT	13	50	cq9h	figs-metaphor	ἐξέβαλον αὐτοὺς ἀπὸ τῶν ὁρίων αὐτῶν	1	threw them out from their boundaries	Luke is probably not speaking literally when he says that they **threw** them out. It is unlikely that they actually picked up Paul and Barnabas and heaved them through the air. Alternate translation: “they forced Paul and Barnabas to leave their boundaries” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ACT	13	50	kzzk	figs-metonymy	τῶν ὁρίων αὐτῶν	1		Luke is describing the city of Antioch in Pisidia by association with the way that it had **boundaries** and its leading citizens could determine who could be within those boundaries. Alternate translation: “their city” or “the territory they controlled” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ACT	13	51	abco	writing-pronouns	οἱ	1	But when they had shaken off	The pronoun **they** refers to Paul and Barnabas. Alternate translation: “Paul and Barnabas” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
ACT	13	51	xi1z	translate-symaction	ἐκτιναξάμενοι τὸν κονιορτὸν τῶν ποδῶν ἐπ’ αὐτοὺς	1	when they had shaken off the dust from their feet against them	This symbolic action was an expression of strong rejection in this culture. It showed that someone did not want even the dust of a town to remain on them. If there is a similar gesture in your culture, you could consider using it here in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
ACT	13	51	fvop	translate-names	Ἰκόνιον	1		The word **Iconium** is the name of a city. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
ACT	13	52	dp5k	figs-explicit	οἵ&μαθηταὶ	1	the disciples	Here, **the disciples** implicitly means the new believers that Paul and Barnabas were leaving behind in Antioch of Pisidia. Alternate translation: “the new believers in Antioch of Pisidia” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ACT	13	52	hhgj	figs-metaphor	ἐπληροῦντο χαρᾶς καὶ Πνεύματος Ἁγίου	1		Luke is speaking of these disciples as if they were a container that **joy** and **the Holy Spirit** had **filled**. Alternate translation: “experienced great joy and a strong sense of the Holy Spirit’s presence” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ACT	14	intro	rsg2			0		# Acts 14 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and Formatting<br><br>- Verses 1–4 describe how Paul and Barnabas proclaimed the gospel in Iconium.<br>- Verses 5–19 describe how Paul and Barnabas proclaimed the gospel in Lystra.<br>- Verses 20–28 describe how Paul and Barnabas proclaimed the gospel and strengthened the believers in several cities on their way back to Antioch.<br><br>## Special Concepts in this Chapter<br><br>### “the word of his grace”<br><br>The expression “the word of his grace” refers to the message that God will graciously forgive and accept those who believe in Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/grace]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/believe]])<br><br>### Zeus and Hermes<br><br>In this chapter, Barnabas and Paul are mistaken for the pagan gods Zeus and Hermes. The Gentiles in the Roman Empire worshiped many different false gods that did not really exist. Paul and Barnabas told them to believe in the “living God,” that is, the one and only true God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]])<br><br>## Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter<br><br>### “We must enter into the kingdom of God through many sufferings.”<br><br>Jesus told his followers before he died that everyone who followed him would suffer persecution. Paul and Barnabas were saying the same thing using different words as they encouraged the new believers in the cities that they had visited.
ACT	14	1	hk1z	writing-newevent	ἐγένετο δὲ	1	And it happened that Iconium	Luke is using this phrase to introduce a new event in the story. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for introducing a new event. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
ACT	14	1	f4sq	figs-explicit	λαλῆσαι	1	spoke in such a way	It may be helpful to say explicitly that they spoke about Jesus. Alternate translation: “spoke about Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ACT	14	2	wc4x		οἱ&ἀπειθήσαντες Ἰουδαῖοι	1	the Jews who were disobedient	Alternate translation: “those Jews who did not believe the message about Jesus”
ACT	14	2	n2pp	figs-metaphor	ἐπήγειραν	1	stirred up the souls of the Gentiles	Luke says that these Jews**stirred up** the Gentiles, as if calm waters were being disturbed. This expression means that the Jews said things to make the Gentiles very upset with Paul and Barnabas. Alternate translation: “agitated” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ACT	14	2	k8mv	figs-synecdoche	τὰς ψυχὰς τῶν ἐθνῶν	1	the souls	Luke is using one part of the Gentiles, their **souls**, to mean all of them. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the Gentiles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
ACT	14	2	fu13	figs-metaphor	τῶν ἀδελφῶν	1	the brothers	Luke is using the term **brothers** to mean people who share the same faith. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ACT	14	3	a3gp	grammar-connect-logic-contrast	οὖν	1	So they stayed there	Luke uses the word **But** here to indicate a contrast between what the unfaithful Jews did and what Paul and Barnabas did in response. In your translation, indicate this contrast in a way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Nevertheless” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
ACT	14	3	fifi	writing-politeness	ἐπὶ τῷ Κυρίῳ	1		Luke is referring to Jesus by a respectful title. Use a form for addressing someone respectfully in your language. Alternate translation: “about the Lord Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-politeness]])
ACT	14	3	f2xh	figs-metonymy	τῷ λόγῳ	1	who is testifying to the word of his grace	Luke is using the term **word** to mean the message that the Holy Spirit wanted Paul and Barnabas to share by using words. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “in support of the message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ACT	14	3	wcn5	figs-abstractnouns	τῆς χάριτος αὐτοῦ	1	to the word of his grace	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **grace**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “about how God graciously saves us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ACT	14	3	c2cv	figs-doublet	σημεῖα καὶ τέρατα	1	by granting signs and wonders to be done by their hands	The terms **signs** and **wonders** mean similar things. Luke is using them together for emphasis. See how you translated this expression in [4:30](../04/30.md). Alternate translation: “great miracles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
ACT	14	3	p9iq	figs-metonymy	διὰ τῶν χειρῶν αὐτῶν	1	by their hands	Here, **hands** represents the capability of a person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly.Alternate translation: “through them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ACT	14	4	btu3	figs-activepassive	ἐσχίσθη&τὸ πλῆθος τῆς πόλεως	1	the population of the city was divided	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the people of the city disagreed with each other” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ACT	14	4	q1xc	figs-ellipsis	σὺν τοῖς ἀποστόλοις	1	with the apostles	Paul is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You can supply these words from earlier in the sentence if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “were with the apostles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
ACT	14	5	q6g2	figs-hendiadys	ὑβρίσαι καὶ λιθοβολῆσαι αὐτούς	1	to mistreat and stone them	Luke is expressing a single idea by using two words connected with **and**. The word **stone** tells how their opponents in Iconium wanted to **mistreat** Paul and Barnabas. If it would be more natural in your language, you could express this meaning with an equivalent phrase that does not use “and.” Alternate translation: “to put them to death by stoning them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
ACT	14	6	tpl1	translate-names	τῆς Λυκαονίας	1	of Lycaonia	The word **Lycaonia** is the name of a district in Asia Minor (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
ACT	14	6	m5gv	translate-names	Λύστραν	1	Lystra	The word **Lystra** is the name of a city in Asia Minor. It is south of Iconium and north of Derbe. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
ACT	14	6	tl4q	translate-names	Δέρβην	1	Derbe	The word**Derbe** is the name of a city in Asia Minor. It is south of Iconium and Lystra. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
ACT	14	8	wb5k	writing-participants	τις ἀνὴρ&ἐκάθητο	1	a certain man sat	Luke uses this phrase to introduce a new character into the story. If your language has its own way of doing that, you can use it here in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
ACT	14	8	kz7d	figs-metonymy	ἀδύνατος&τοῖς ποσὶν	1	powerless in his feet	Luke is referring to the strength of this man’s legs by association with the way people are able to stand on their **feet** when their legs are strong. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “whose legs could not support him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ACT	14	8	tca1	figs-metonymy	χωλὸς ἐκ κοιλίας μητρὸς αὐτοῦ	1	lame from the womb of his mother	Luke is referring to the time of this man’s birth by association with the way he came out of the **womb of his mother** when he was born. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “lame from the time he was born” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ACT	14	9	di49	figs-pronouns	οὗτος ἤκουσεν τοῦ Παύλου λαλοῦντος, ὃς ἀτενίσας αὐτῷ καὶ ἰδὼν ὅτι ἔχει πίστιν	1	He looked intently at him	The pronouns **he** and **him** refer to the lame man, and the pronoun **who** refers to Paul. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers, and it may be helpful to make this two sentences. Alternate translation: “This man heard Paul speaking. Paul looked intently at the man and saw that he had faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns]])
ACT	14	9	xak4	figs-abstractnouns	ἔχει πίστιν τοῦ σωθῆναι	1	he has faith to be saved	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **faith**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “he could trust in Jesus to heal him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ACT	14	9	uwov	figs-activepassive	ἔχει πίστιν τοῦ σωθῆναι	1		If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who would do the action, it is clear from the context that it would be Jesus. (Here Luke is using the word that is often translated “saved” in one of its specific senses to mean **healed**.) Alternate translation: “he could trust Jesus to heal him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ACT	14	10	i2kz	writing-pronouns	εἶπεν&ἥλατο	1		The first instance of the pronoun **He** refers to Paul, and the second instance refers to the man who was lame. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: “Paul said … the man jumped up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
ACT	14	10	tect	figs-imperative	ἀνάστηθι ἐπὶ τοὺς πόδας σου ὀρθός	1		This was not a command that the man was capable of obeying. Instead, it was a command that directly caused the man to be healed. Alternate translation: “Jesus the Messiah gives you the ability to walk” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative)
ACT	14	10	sagd	figs-explicitinfo	ἀνάστηθι ἐπὶ τοὺς πόδας σου ὀρθός!	1		It might seem that the expression **Arise upon your feet** contains extra information that would be unnatural to express in your language. If so, you can shorten it. Alternate translation: “Get up!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo]])
ACT	14	10	v1kz	figs-explicit	ἥλατο	1	he jumped up	The implication is that the man’s legs were completely healed. You can include this information if your readers need it to understand the sentence. Alternate translation: “the man was completely healed and he jumped up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ACT	14	11	isyz		ἐπῆραν τὴν φωνὴν αὐτῶν	1		Since Luke is referring to a group of people, it might be more natural in your language to use the plural form of **voice**. Alternate translation: “they raised their voices”
ACT	14	11	lvs9	figs-idiom	ἐπῆραν τὴν φωνὴν αὐτῶν	1	they raised their voice	The phrase **raised up their voice** is an idiom that means that the crowds spoke loudly. Alternate translation: “they said loudly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
ACT	14	11	dw4w	figs-quotesinquotes	Λυκαονιστὶ λέγοντες, οἱ θεοὶ ὁμοιωθέντες ἀνθρώποις, κατέβησαν πρὸς ἡμᾶς	1		If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “saying in Lycaonian that the gods, having been made like men, had come down to them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
ACT	14	11	x3bi	translate-names	Λυκαονιστὶ	1		The word **Lycaonian** is the name of the language that was spoken in district District of Lycaonia. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
ACT	14	11	rm85	figs-activepassive	ὁμοιωθέντες ἀνθρώποις	1	being made like men	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “having become like men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ACT	14	12	t7uu	translate-names	Δία	1	Zeus	The word **Zeus** is the name of a pagan god who was considered to be the ruler of all the other pagan gods. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
ACT	14	12	hh25	translate-names	Ἑρμῆν	1	Hermes	The word **Hermes** is the name of the pagan god who was thought to bring messages to people from Zeus and the other gods. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
ACT	14	12	i1fa	figs-ellipsis	τὸν δὲ Παῦλον, Ἑρμῆν,	1		Luke is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You can supply these words from earlier in the sentence if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “and they were calling Paul ‘Hermes,’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
ACT	14	12	d9lu	figs-metonymy	ὁ ἡγούμενος τοῦ λόγου	1		Luke is using the term **word** to mean the message about Jesus that Paul and Barnabas were sharing. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the leader of the message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ACT	14	12	l63q	figs-personification	ὁ ἡγούμενος τοῦ λόγου	1		Luke is speaking of the message about Jesus as if it were a living thing that Paul could lead. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the main speaker” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
ACT	14	13	iz6r	figs-metonymy	τοῦ Διὸς, τοῦ ὄντος πρὸ τῆς πόλεως	1	And the priest of the temple of Zeus, which was in front of the city, brought	Luke is using the name **Zeus** to mean the temple that was associated with the worship of Zeus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the temple of Zeus, which was before the city” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ACT	14	13	sh4o	figs-explicit	τοῦ Διὸς, τοῦ ὄντος πρὸ τῆς πόλεως	1		Here, **before** means “in front of”. Luke is referring to the temple of Zeus that was located right outside the entrance to the city of Iconium. You can include this information if your readers need it to understand the sentence. Alternate translation: “of the Temple of Zeus that was located right outside the entrance to the city” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ACT	14	13	v2a9	figs-explicit	ταύρους καὶ στέμματα	1	oxen and wreaths	The implication is that the priest had put these **wreaths** on the **oxen** because they were going to be offered as a sacrifice. That was the custom in this culture. You can include this information if your readers need it to understand the sentence. Alternate translation: “oxen that were wearing wreaths as sacrificial animals” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ACT	14	13	ud37	figs-explicit	σὺν τοῖς ὄχλοις ἤθελεν θύειν	1	wanting to sacrifice	Luke means implicitly that the priest of Zeus wanted to offer the oxen as sacrifices to Paul and Barnabas, whom the people thought were the gods Zeus and Hermes. You can include this information if your readers need it to understand the sentence. Alternate translation: “was wanting to offer sacrifice with the crowds to Paul and Barnabas as the gods Zeus and Hermes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ACT	14	14	kx43	translate-symaction	διαρρήξαντες τὰ ἱμάτια ἑαυτῶν	1	they tore their clothing	Barnabas and Paul tore their clothes as a symbolic action to show that they were deeply distressed and upset that the crowd wanted to sacrifice to them. If this would not be clear to your readers, you can explain the significance of this action. Alternate translation: “tearing their clothing to show how distressed they were that the crowd wanted to sacrifice to them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
ACT	14	14	wa4h	figs-hendiadys	κράζοντες	1		Together with the word “saying” in the next verse, the phrase “crying out” expresses a single idea. The phrase **crying out** tells how Barnabas and Paul were **saying** what they said. If it would be more natural in your language, you could express this meaning with an equivalent phrase that does not use “and.” Alternate translation: “saying loudly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
ACT	14	15	ee13	figs-gendernotations	ἄνδρες	1		Although the term **men** is masculine, Paul and Barnabas are likely using the term in a generic sense that includes both men and women, since both men and women of Lystra were probably in the crowd that wanted to sacrifice to them. To make this clear to your readers, you could use a term in your language that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “You people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
ACT	14	15	w4fd	figs-rquestion	ἄνδρες, τί ταῦτα ποιεῖτε?	1	Men, why are you doing these things?	Barnabas and Paul are rebuking the people for trying to sacrifice to them. If it would be helpful in your language, you would express this question as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “People, you must not do these things!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
ACT	14	15	u9pq	figs-explicit	καὶ ἡμεῖς ὁμοιοπαθεῖς ἐσμεν ὑμῖν ἄνθρωποι	1	We also are men with the same feelings as you	People in this culture believed that the gods did not have passions as humans do. So the implication of this statement is that Paul and Barnabas are human beings and not gods. You can include this information in your translation if your readers need it to understand the sentence. Alternate translation: “We are human beings just like you. We are not gods!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ACT	14	15	n98g	figs-metaphor	ἀπὸ τούτων τῶν ματαίων ἐπιστρέφειν ἐπὶ Θεὸν ζῶντα	1	turn from these useless things to a living God	Paul and Barnabas are speaking as if they want the people in Lystra physically to **turn** from idol worship and believe in the one true God. They mean that the people should stop living in one way and should start living in another way. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to get you to stop worshiping these false gods and lead you to worship the living God instead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ACT	14	15	blhg	figs-nominaladj	τούτων τῶν ματαίων	1		Paul and Barnabas are using the adjective **useless** as a noun to mean the false gods that the people of Lystra had been worshiping. ULT adds the word **things** to show this. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this expression with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “these false gods” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
ACT	14	15	qr5b	figs-idiom	Θεὸν ζῶντα	1	a living God	This expression is an idiom. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the one God who truly exists” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
ACT	14	15	lw9o	figs-merism	ὃς ἐποίησεν τὸν οὐρανὸν, καὶ τὴν γῆν, καὶ τὴν θάλασσαν, καὶ πάντα τὰ ἐν αὐτοῖς	1		Paul and Barnabas are referring to all of creation by naming its components. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “all of creation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
ACT	14	16	vpt5	figs-metaphor	πορεύεσθαι ταῖς ὁδοῖς αὐτῶν	1	to go their own ways	This is a metaphor that refers to how people live their lives. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to live their lives the way they wanted to” or “to do what they wanted to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ACT	14	17	kig8	figs-doublenegatives	οὐκ ἀμάρτυρον αὑτὸν ἀφῆκεν	1	he did not leave himself without witness	If it would be clearer in your language, you could use a positive expression to translate this double negative that consists of the negative particle **not** and the negative preposition **without**. Alternate translation: “he left himself a witness” or “he showed you what he was like” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
ACT	14	17	c1se	figs-explicitinfo	οὐρανόθεν ὑμῖν ὑετοὺς διδοὺς	1		It might seem that the expression **rains from the sky** contains extra information that would be unnatural to express in your language. If so, you can shorten it. Alternate translation: “providing rain” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo]])
ACT	14	17	ps9z	figs-synecdoche	ἐμπιπλῶν&τὰς καρδίας ὑμῶν	1	filling your hearts with food and gladness	Paul and Barnabas are using one part of these people, their **hearts**, meaning their desires, to mean their entire beings. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language. Alternate translation: “satisfying you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
ACT	14	17	en5y	figs-hendiadys	τροφῆς καὶ εὐφροσύνης	1		This phrase expresses a single idea by using two words connected with **and**. The word **gladness** tells how the food that God provided made these people feel. If it would be more natural in your language, you could express this meaning with an equivalent phrase that does not use “and.” Alternate translation: “enjoyable food” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
ACT	14	19	wmc2	figs-explicit	πείσαντες τοὺς ὄχλους	1	persuaded the crowds	It may be helpful to state explicitly what they **persuaded the crowds** to do. Alternate translation: “persuaded the crowds not to believe Paul and Barnabas and to turn violently against them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ACT	14	20	aqx3	writing-pronouns	αὐτὸν&εἰσῆλθεν&ἐξῆλθεν	1	he entered into the city	The pronouns **him** and **he** refer to Paul. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: “Paul … he entered … Paul went” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
ACT	14	21	lint	figs-nominaladj	μαθητεύσαντες ἱκανοὺς	1		Luke is using the adjective **many** as a noun to mean the people who became disciples. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “having helped many people to become disciples” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
ACT	14	22	ek9l	figs-synecdoche	ἐπιστηρίζοντες τὰς ψυχὰς τῶν μαθητῶν	1	They were strengthening the souls of the disciples	Luke is using one part of the disciples, their **souls**, to represent their entire beings as believers in Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “They were strengthening the disciples” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
ACT	14	22	zkd2	figs-abstractnouns	παρακαλοῦντες ἐμμένειν τῇ πίστει	1	and encouraging them to continue in the faith	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **faith**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “encouraging them to keep believing in Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ACT	14	22	d9ic	figs-quotations	καὶ ὅτι διὰ πολλῶν θλίψεων, δεῖ ἡμᾶς εἰσελθεῖν εἰς τὴν Βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	and saying, “It is necessary for us to enter into the kingdom of God through many afflictions.”	You may want to have an indirect quotation here, if that would be more natural in your language. Alternate translation: “and saying that it was necessary for all of them to enter into the kingdom of God through many afflictions” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
ACT	14	22	ci6q	figs-abstractnouns	δεῖ ἡμᾶς εἰσελθεῖν εἰς τὴν Βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ	1		See the discussion of the concept of the **kingdom of God** in Part 2 of the General Introduction to Acts. If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **kingdom** with a noun such as “king.” Alternate translation: “It is necessary for us to endure many afflictions in order to live in allegiance to God as our true king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ACT	14	22	wu1c	figs-exclusive	δεῖ ἡμᾶς εἰσελθεῖν	1	It is necessary for us to enter	By **us**, Paul and Barnabas mean both themselves and the believers to whom they were speaking, so use the exclusive form of that word in your translation if your language marks that distinction. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
ACT	14	23	pk5l	writing-pronouns	χειροτονήσαντες&παρέθεντο&πεπιστεύκεισαν	1		The pronoun **them** refers to the new believers in the cities of Lystra, Iconium, and Antioch, and the pronoun **they** refer to Paul and Barnabas. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: “for the new believers in these cities … Paul and Barnabas entrusted these believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
ACT	14	23	mqp9		κατ’ ἐκκλησίαν	1	And when they had appointed for them elders in every church	Alternate translation: “in each new group of believers”
ACT	14	23	n81l	writing-politeness	τῷ Κυρίῳ	1		Luke is referring to Jesus by a respectful title. Use a form for addressing someone respectfully in your language. Alternate translation: “to the Lord Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-politeness]])
ACT	14	25	t513	figs-metonymy	τὸν λόγον	1	And when they had spoken the word in Perga	Luke is using the term **word** to mean the message about Jesus that the Holy Spirit wanted Paul and Barnabas to share by using words. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the message about Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ACT	14	25	h8sh	figs-idiom	κατέβησαν εἰς Ἀττάλιαν	1	they went down to Attalia	Luke says that Paul and Barnabas **went down** to Attalia because that city is lower in elevation than Perga. Alternate translation: “traveled to Attalia” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
ACT	14	26	f2cg	figs-activepassive	ὅθεν ἦσαν παραδεδομένοι τῇ χάριτι τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	where they had been commended to the grace of God	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “where the believers had commended them to the grace of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ACT	14	26	p2gd	figs-abstractnouns	ὅθεν ἦσαν παραδεδομένοι τῇ χάριτι τοῦ Θεοῦ	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **grace**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “where the believers had asked God to care for them graciously” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ACT	14	27	vcd3	writing-pronouns	ἀνήγγελλον&αὐτῶν&ἤνοιξεν	1		The pronouns **they** and **them** refer to Paul and Barnabas, and the pronoun **he** refers to God. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: “Paul and Barnabas were reporting … them … God had opened” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
ACT	14	27	qcl8	figs-idiom	ὅσα ἐποίησεν ὁ Θεὸς μετ’ αὐτῶν	1		In many languages it would be an idiom to say that God **had done** something with Paul and Barnabas. It would mean that they had been the objects of God’s action. But the expression is not an idiom here. It means that Paul and Barnabas had been able to work in partnership **with** God. Alternate translation: “how much they had been able to do by working together with God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
ACT	14	27	vymy	figs-possession	ἤνοιξεν τοῖς ἔθνεσιν θύραν πίστεως	1		Here, the possessive form describes not a **door** consisting of **faith** but a door that leads to faith. Alternate translation: “a door leading to faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
ACT	14	27	b4id	figs-metaphor	ἤνοιξεν τοῖς ἔθνεσιν θύραν πίστεως	1	he had opened a door of faith for the Gentiles	Here the expression **opened a door** means that God created an opportunity, as if a door that gave access to this opportunity had previously been closed. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “he had given the Gentiles an opportunity for faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ACT	14	27	xgvb	figs-abstractnouns	ἤνοιξεν τοῖς ἔθνεσιν θύραν πίστεως	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **faith**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “he had given the Gentiles the opportunity to believe in Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ACT	14	28	abcq	figs-litotes	χρόνον οὐκ ὀλίγον	1	for not a little time	Luke is using a figure of speech that expresses a positive meaning by using a negative word together with a word that is the opposite of the intended meaning. If it would be helpful in your language, you could take the meaning plainly. Alternate translation, as in UST: “for a long time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
ACT	15	intro	h917			0		# Acts 15 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and Formatting<br><br>Verses 1–35 tell how the church resolved the question of whether Gentiles who believed in Jesus needed to keep the whole law of Moses.<br>Verses 36–41 tell how Paul began a new journey to proclaim the gospel, bringing Silas with him.<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry that is quoted from the Old Testament in 15:16–18.<br><br>Even if your language does not customarily put one direct quotation inside another, it would be good to present the quotation from the prophet Amos in verses 16–18 as a direct quotation if possible, since in it God is speaking directly the people of Israel. Since Amos acknowledges in verse 17 that God is speaking by saying “says the Lord,” a third-level quotation actually starts in verse 16. ULT uses second-level and third-level quotation marks within the first-level quotation from James to identify the various speakers. But it may not be necessary to do this in your translation. You could just use second-level quotation marks or some other punctuation or convention available in your language to indicate the beginning and ending of the second-level quotation from Amos. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])<br><br>## Special Concepts in this Chapter<br><br>### Did Gentiles have to obey the law of Moses?<br><br>Some believers wanted the Gentiles to be circumcised because God had told Abraham and Moses that everyone who wanted to belong to him had to be circumcised, so this was a law that would always exist. But Paul and Barnabas had seen God give uncircumcised Gentiles the gift of the Holy Spirit, so they did not believe that the Gentiles needed to be circumcised. Both groups went to Jerusalem to have the church leaders decide what they should do. The meeting that the apostles and elders held to decide about this issue is commonly called the “Jerusalem Council.”
ACT	15	1	su66	figs-explicit	τινες	1	certain ones	Luke assumes that his readers will recognize that these were Jews who believed in Jesus. You can include this information if your readers will need it to understand this sentence. Alternate translation: “certain Jews who believed in Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ACT	15	1	p3k9	figs-idiom	κατελθόντες ἀπὸ τῆς Ἰουδαίας	1	coming down from Judea	Luke speaks of these Jews ** coming down** to Antioch because that city is lower in elevation than Judea. Alternate translation: “who had traveled” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
ACT	15	1	zi1n	figs-metaphor	ἐδίδασκον τοὺς ἀδελφοὺς	1	taught the brothers	Luke is using the term **brothers** to mean people who share the same faith. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “were teaching the believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ACT	15	1	pm8h	figs-activepassive	ἐὰν μὴ περιτμηθῆτε	1	Unless you are circumcised in the custom of Moses, you are not able to be saved	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “Unless someone circumcises you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ACT	15	1	lwbi	figs-activepassive	οὐ δύνασθε σωθῆναι	1		If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who would do the action, it is clear from the context that it would be God. Alternate translation, as in UST: “God will not save you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ACT	15	2	abcr	figs-litotes	στάσεως καὶ ζητήσεως οὐκ ὀλίγης	1	not a little dispute and debate	Luke is using a figure of speech that expresses a positive meaning by using a negative word, **not**, together with a word, **little**, that is the opposite of the intended meaning. If it would be helpful in your language, you could states the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “a great dispute and debate” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
ACT	15	2	f9nd	figs-doublet	στάσεως καὶ ζητήσεως	1	not a little dispute and debate	The terms **dispute** and **debate** mean similar things. Luke may be using the two terms together for emphasis. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could express the emphasis with a single word or phrase. Alternate translation: “controversy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
ACT	15	2	w6tc	writing-pronouns	πρὸς αὐτοὺς&ἔταξαν&ἐξ αὐτῶν	1		The first instance of the pronoun **them** refers to the Jewish believers from Judea, and the pronoun **they** and the second instance of the pronoun **them** refers to the believers in the church in Antioch. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: “with the Jewish believers from Judea … the believers in Antioch appointed … from the church there” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
ACT	15	2	ek6a	figs-idiom	ἀναβαίνειν&εἰς Ἰερουσαλὴμ	1	to go up … in Jerusalem	Luke says **to go up** because that was the customary way of speaking about traveling to Jerusalem, since that city is up on a mountain.. Use a natural way in your language of referring to traveling to a higher elevation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
ACT	15	3	av5y	figs-activepassive	οἱ&προπεμφθέντες ὑπὸ τῆς ἐκκλησίας	1	Therefore, the ones who had been sent by the church	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the ones the church had sent out” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ACT	15	3	aia5	figs-metonymy	τῆς ἐκκλησίας	1	who had been sent by the church	Luke is using the phrase **the church** to mean the people who were associated with the church. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the people of the church” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ACT	15	3	rk37	figs-abstractnouns	ἐκδιηγούμενοι τὴν ἐπιστροφὴν τῶν ἐθνῶν	1	announcing the conversion of the Gentiles	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **conversion**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “describing how some of the Gentiles had stopped worshiping false gods and were now worshiping the true God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ACT	15	3	nje7	figs-abstractnouns	ἐποίουν χαρὰν μεγάλην πᾶσι τοῖς ἀδελφοῖς	1	they brought great joy to all the brothers	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **joy**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “making all the brothers very happy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ACT	15	3	bbd4	figs-metaphor	πᾶσι τοῖς ἀδελφοῖς	1	to all the brothers	Luke is using the term **brothers** to mean people who share the same faith. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “in all the believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ACT	15	3	c03o	figs-hyperbole	πᾶσι τοῖς ἀδελφοῖς	1		The word **all** here may be a generalization for emphasis. If it would be helpful in your language, use a different way to convey this general statement. Alternate translation: “in the believers in those places” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
ACT	15	4	ej1r	figs-activepassive	παρεδέχθησαν ὑπὸ τῆς ἐκκλησίας, καὶ τῶν ἀποστόλων, καὶ τῶν πρεσβυτέρων	1	they were welcomed by the church, and the apostles, and the elders	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the church the apostles and the elders welcome them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ACT	15	4	jblr	figs-metonymy	τῆς ἐκκλησίας, καὶ τῶν ἀποστόλων, καὶ τῶν πρεσβυτέρων	1		Luke is using the phrase **the church** to mean the people who were associated with the church. Since he mentions the **apostles** and **elders** separately, here means the ordinary members of the church. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the members of the church” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ACT	15	4	a2x1	figs-idiom	ὅσα ὁ Θεὸς ἐποίησεν μετ’ αὐτῶν	1	with them	See how you translated this same expression in [14:27](../14/27.md). Alternate translation: “how much they had been able to do working together with God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
ACT	15	5	kras	translate-names	τῶν Φαρισαίων	1		The name **Pharisee** describes a member of a group of Jewish priests. See how you translated it in [5:34](../05/34.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
ACT	15	5	zcv0		πεπιστευκότες	1		Alternate translation: “who had believed in Jesus”
ACT	15	5	crr7	translate-symaction	ἐξανέστησαν	1		These believers **stood up** to indicate that they had something important to say. Alternate translation: “stood up to show that they had something important to say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
ACT	15	5	efe5	writing-pronouns	αὐτοὺς&παραγγέλλειν	1		Both instances of the pronoun **them** refer to the Gentiles who had converted to belief in the true God, as described in [15:3](../15/03.md). It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: “these Gentiles who have converted … command them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
ACT	15	6	gqt1	figs-activepassive	συνήχθησάν	1		If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “gathered together” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ACT	15	6	ugu6	figs-idiom	ἰδεῖν περὶ	1	to see about this matter	Here the phrase **to see about** is an idiom that means “to consider.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to consider” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
ACT	15	6	vcsc	figs-metonymy	τοῦ λόγου τούτου	1		Luke is using the term **word** to mean the claim that the Jewish believers who were Pharisees had made by using words. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the claim that the Jewish believers who were Pharisees had made” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ACT	15	7	zhco	translate-symaction	ἀναστὰς Πέτρος	1		Peter stood up to indicate that he had something important to say. If your readers might not understand the significance of this action, you could explain it in your translation. Alternate translation: “Peter, standing up to show that he had something important to say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
ACT	15	7	c2q7	writing-pronouns	αὐτούς	1		The pronoun **them** refers to the apostles and elders. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: “the apostles and elders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
ACT	15	7	s6ap	figs-idiom	ἄνδρες, ἀδελφοί	1		This is an idiomatic form of address. Use a way that is natural in your language to refer to a particular group of people. Alternate translation: “My brothers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
ACT	15	7	a6q9	figs-metaphor	ἀδελφοί	1	brothers	Peter is using the term **brothers** to mean people who share the same faith. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation, as in UST: “fellow believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ACT	15	7	wct8	figs-yousingular	ὑμεῖς&ὑμῖν	1		Both occurrences of **you** are plural since they refer to the apostles and elders. So use the plural form in your translation if your language marks that distinction. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])
ACT	15	7	hk4g	writing-pronouns	ὑμεῖς ἐπίστασθε	1		For emphasis, Peter is stating the pronoun **you**, which is already implied in the verb **know**. If your language can state implied pronouns explicitly for emphasis, you may want to use that construction here. Other languages may have other ways of bringing out this emphasis. Alternate translation: “you know very well” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
ACT	15	7	ftl9	figs-idiom	ἀφ’ ἡμερῶν ἀρχαίων	1		Peter is using an idiom that refers to the time when something began or had its origin. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “at the time when the Gentiles would first begin to believe in Jesus,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
ACT	15	7	s3wb	figs-synecdoche	διὰ τοῦ στόματός μου	1	by my mouth	Peter is using one part of himself, his **mouth**, to represent all of himself in the act of speaking. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language. Alternate translation: “From me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
ACT	15	7	b5s8	figs-metonymy	τὸν λόγον	1	the word of the gospel	Peter is using the term **word** to mean the message that he shared by using words. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ACT	15	8	m1xc	figs-metonymy	καρδιογνώστης	1	who knows the heart	Here, the word **heart** refers to a person’s character and intentions. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “who understands each person’s character and intentions” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ACT	15	8	p6d2	figs-explicit	ἐμαρτύρησεν αὐτοῖς	1	testified to them	The implication is not that God testified to the Gentiles about Jesus, but that by giving the Gentiles the Holy Spirit, God testified to Peter and his companions that they could have genuine faith. You can include this information if your readers need it to understand the sentence. Alternate translation: “testified to their genuine faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ACT	15	8	abcs	figs-ellipsis	καθὼς καὶ ἡμῖν	1	just as also to us	Peter is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You can supply these words from earlier in the sentence if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “just as he also gave the Holy Spirit to us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
ACT	15	8	wlzx	figs-exclusive	ἡμῖν	1		Peter is using the word **us** to refer to himself and his listeners, so use the inclusive form of that word if your language marks that distinction. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
ACT	15	9	zs2g	figs-doublenegatives	οὐδὲν διέκρινεν μεταξὺ ἡμῶν τε καὶ αὐτῶν	1	he did not distinguish	If it would be clearer in your language, you could use a positive expression to translate this double negative that consists of the negative particle **not** and the negative verb **distinguish**, which in this context means “discriminate.” Alternate translation: “he regarded them in the same way he regarded us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
ACT	15	9	jr3b	figs-exclusive	ἡμῶν	1		Peter is using the word **us** to refer to himself and his listeners, so use the inclusive form of that word if your language marks that distinction. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
ACT	15	9	ase1	figs-metaphor	τῇ πίστει καθαρίσας τὰς καρδίας αὐτῶν	1	having made their hearts clean by faith	Peter speaks of God forgiving the Gentile believers’ sins as though God literally **cleansed** their hearts. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “having made them innocent because they believed in Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ACT	15	9	yi8r	figs-metonymy	τῇ πίστει καθαρίσας τὰς καρδίας αὐτῶν	1		Here, the word **hearts** represents the inner beings of the Gentiles. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “having forgiven them because they believed in Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ACT	15	10	rfr4		νῦν οὖν τί	1	Now	**Now** in this context does not mean “at this moment.” Peter is using the word to draw attention to the important point that follows. Alternate translation: “So tell me, therefore: Why”
ACT	15	10	zaz6	figs-rquestion	τί πειράζετε τὸν Θεόν, ἐπιθεῖναι ζυγὸν ἐπὶ τὸν τράχηλον τῶν μαθητῶν, ὃν οὔτε οἱ πατέρες ἡμῶν οὔτε ἡμεῖς ἰσχύσαμεν βαστάσαι?	1	why are you testing God, to put a yoke upon the neck of the disciples which neither our fathers nor we were able to bear?	Peter is using the question form to challenge the believers who are Pharisees about what they want the Gentiles to do. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement, ending the verse with a period or exclamation point. Alternate translation: “you must not test God to put a yoke upon the neck of the disciples which neither our fathers nor we were able to bear!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
ACT	15	10	ha45	figs-exclusive	ἡμῶν&ἡμεῖς	1		Peter is using the words **our** and **we** to refer to himself and his listeners, so use the inclusive form of those words if your language marks that distinction. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
ACT	15	10	n2bv		τί πειράζετε τὸν Θεόν	1		Here the word **testing** means **challenging**. Peter is saying that God has accepted the Gentiles without requiring them to be circumcised or keep the law, but the believers who are Pharisees are challenging God’s judgment that the Gentiles should be accepted on that basis. See how you translated the similar expression in [5:9](../05/09.md). Alternate translation: “why are you challenging God”
ACT	15	10	qpyd	figs-metaphor	ἐπιθεῖναι ζυγὸν ἐπὶ τὸν τράχηλον τῶν μαθητῶν, ὃν οὔτε οἱ πατέρες ἡμῶν οὔτε ἡμεῖς ἰσχύσαμεν βαστάσαι	1		Peter is speaking as if the believers who are Pharisees literally want to put a **yoke** on the necks of the Gentile believers. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “requiring the disciples to meet an onerous obligation that neither our fathers nor we have been able to fulfill” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ACT	15	10	bdfu		τὸν τράχηλον	1		Since Peter is referring to a group of people, it might be more natural in your language to use the plural form of **neck**. Alternate translation: “the necks”
ACT	15	10	bfd5	figs-metaphor	οἱ πατέρες ἡμῶν	1	our fathers	Peter is using the term **fathers** to mean “ancestors.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “our ancestors” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ACT	15	11	e1m4	figs-rpronouns	πιστεύομεν σωθῆναι	1		Peter is using a construction in which the object is implied. Since the object is the same as the subject of the verb, the construction calls for the relative pronoun **ourselves**. Your language may have its own way of expressing the same meaning. Alternate translation: “we believe that we will be saved” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
ACT	15	11	q28c	figs-activepassive	πιστεύομεν σωθῆναι	1	But we believe to be saved through the grace of the Lord Jesus, and they according to that same manner	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who will do the action, it is clear from the context that it will be God. Alternate translation: “we believe that God will save us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ACT	15	11	nhq8	figs-exclusive	πιστεύομεν σωθῆναι	1		Peter is using the pronoun **we** and the implied pronoun **ourselves** to refer to himself and his listeners, so use the inclusive form of that word if your language marks that distinction. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
ACT	15	11	d3z7	figs-abstractnouns	διὰ τῆς χάριτος τοῦ Κυρίου Ἰησοῦ	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **grace**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “through what God has graciously done for us through the Lord Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ACT	15	11	ln38	figs-explicit	διὰ τῆς χάριτος τοῦ Κυρίου Ἰησοῦ	1		Peter means implicitly that we are saved through the grace of the Lord Jesus and not by obeying the law of Moses. You can include this information if your readers need it to understand the sentence. Alternate translation: “through the grace of the Lord Jesus and not by obeying the law of Moses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ACT	15	11	e96c	figs-ellipsis	καθ’ ὃν τρόπον κἀκεῖνοι	1		Peter is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You can supply these words from earlier in the sentence if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “according to the way they also will be saved” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
ACT	15	11	c8mw	figs-explicit	κἀκεῖνοι	1		Peter assumes that his listeners will know that he is using the pronoun **they** to refer to the Gentiles. You can include this information if your readers need it to understand this sentence. Alternate translation: “the Gentiles also will be saved” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ACT	15	12	kxjq	figs-doublet	σημεῖα καὶ τέρατα	1		The terms **signs** and **wonders** mean similar things. Luke is using them together for emphasis. See how you translated the similar expression in [2:43](../02/43.md). Alternate translation, as in UST: “great miracles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
ACT	15	13	odjm	figs-hendiadys	ἀπεκρίθη Ἰάκωβος λέγων	1		Together the words **answered** and **saying** mean that James responded to what everyone in the meeting had said to that point. Alternate translation: “James responded” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
ACT	15	13	yqcm	translate-names	Ἰάκωβος	1		The word **James** is the name of a man, the brother of Jesus who was the leader of the church in Jerusalem. See how you translated it in [12:17](../12/17.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
ACT	15	13	pl6m	figs-idiom	ἄνδρες, ἀδελφοί	1	brothers, listen	This is an idiomatic form of address. Use a way that is natural in your language to refer to a particular group of people. Alternate translation: “My fellow believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
ACT	15	14	jjyc	translate-names	Συμεὼν	1		The word **Simeon** is the name of a man. It is the Hebrew form of the name whose Greek form is Simon. James is referring to Peter by his Hebrew name. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could use either the name Simon or the name Peter here in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
ACT	15	14	abct	figs-metonymy	ὁ Θεὸς ἐπεσκέψατο	1	concerned himself to take from the Gentiles	James is speaking of the way God showed concern for the Gentiles by association with the way someone would look carefully at a situation he was concerned about. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “God concerned himself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ACT	15	14	pnr9	figs-metonymy	λαὸν τῷ ὀνόματι αὐτοῦ	1	for his name	This could mean: (1) that God chose the Gentiles for himself. James would be using the term **name** to refer to a person, God, by association with the way that each person has a name. Alternate translation: “a people who would belong to him” (2) that God chose the Gentiles to worship him. James would be using the term **name** to refer to worship by association with the way that worshipers call upon the name of God. Alternate translation: “a people who would worship him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ACT	15	15	am6y	figs-metonymy	οἱ λόγοι τῶν προφητῶν	1	this agrees with the words of the prophets	James is using the term **words** to mean the message that God spoke through the prophets. (This is a quotation from the prophet Amos.) If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the message of the prophets” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ACT	15	15	j4f5	figs-activepassive	καθὼς γέγραπται	1	just as it is written	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “as one of the prophets wrote” or “as the prophet Amos wrote” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ACT	15	16	m3lq	figs-quotemarks	μετὰ ταῦτα ἀναστρέψω	1		See the discussion in the General Notes to this chapter about whether to represent this as the beginning of a third-level quotation or a second-level quotation, or whether to use some other punctuation or convention that is available in your language to indicate who the various speakers are in verses 16–18. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
ACT	15	16	h9um	writing-pronouns	ἀναστρέψω&ἀνοικοδομήσω&ἀνοικοδομήσω	1		The pronoun **I** refers to God, who is speaking through the prophet Amos. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: “I, God, will return” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
ACT	15	16	wqi6	figs-metaphor	ἀναστρέψω	1		God is speaking of showing favor to the Israelites once again as if he had gone somewhere else but will now **return**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “I will show favor to the Israelites once again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ACT	15	16	fhdr	figs-parallelism	ἀνοικοδομήσω τὴν σκηνὴν Δαυεὶδ τὴν πεπτωκυῖαν, καὶ τὰ κατεστραμμένα αὐτῆς, ἀνοικοδομήσω καὶ ἀνορθώσω αὐτήν	1		These two phrases mean basically the same thing. The second emphasizes the meaning of the first by repeating the same idea with different words. Hebrew poetry was based on this kind of repetition, and it would be good to show this to your readers by including both phrases in your translation rather than combining them. However, if the repetition might be confusing, you could connect the phrases with a word other than **and** in order to show that the second phrase is repeating the first one, not saying something additional. Alternate translation: “I will rebuild the fallen tent of David, yes, I will rebuild its ruins and restore it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
ACT	15	16	f5wf	figs-metaphor	ἀνοικοδομήσω τὴν σκηνὴν Δαυεὶδ τὴν πεπτωκυῖαν, καὶ τὰ κατεστραμμένα αὐτῆς, ἀνοικοδομήσω καὶ ἀνορθώσω αὐτήν	1	I will build again the tent of David, which has fallen down; and I will rebuild its ruins and will restore it	God is speaking of the royal dynasty of David as if it were a **tent** that had **fallen** down. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “I will restore the dynasty of David, which is no longer ruling over the people of Israel, yes, I will make one of David’s descendants king again and restore his dynasty” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ACT	15	16	u0r6	figs-activepassive	τὴν σκηνὴν Δαυεὶδ τὴν πεπτωκυῖαν	1		If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the tent of David that has fallen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ACT	15	17	hkw1	figs-gendernotations	κατάλοιποι τῶν ἀνθρώπων	1	remnant of men	Although the term **men** is masculine, God is using the word in a generic sense that includes both men and women. You may wish to indicate this in your translation. Alternate translation: “the remnant of humanity” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
ACT	15	17	pe4l	figs-123person	ἐκζητήσωσιν&τὸν Κύριον	1	may seek the Lord	God is speaking about himself in the third person. Alternate translation: “may seek me, the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
ACT	15	17	sm79	figs-metaphor	ἐκζητήσωσιν&τὸν Κύριον	1	the remnant of men may seek the Lord	God is speaking as if the Gentiles would literally **seek** or look for him. The expression means that the Gentiles will begin to worship God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “may begin to worship the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ACT	15	17	s6de	figs-explicitinfo	ἐφ’ οὓς ἐπικέκληται τὸ ὄνομά μου ἐπ’ αὐτούς	1		It might seem that this phrase contains extra information that would be unnatural to express in your language. If so, you can shorten it. Alternate translation: “upon whom my name has been called” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo]])
ACT	15	17	tu21	figs-activepassive	ἐφ’ οὓς ἐπικέκληται τὸ ὄνομά μου ἐπ’ αὐτούς	1	including all the Gentiles upon whom my name has been called upon them	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “whom I have called by my name” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ACT	15	17	c8gm	figs-metonymy	ἐφ’ οὓς ἐπικέκληται τὸ ὄνομά μου ἐπ’ αὐτούς	1	my name	See how you translated the similar expression in [15:14](../15/14.md). (1) Alternate translation: “who will belong to me” (2) Alternate translation: “who will worship me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ACT	15	18	tr27	figs-activepassive	γνωστὰ	1	known	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “that people have known” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ACT	15	19	pyb9	figs-explicit	μὴ παρενοχλεῖν τοῖς ἀπὸ τῶν ἐθνῶν, ἐπιστρέφουσιν ἐπὶ τὸν Θεόν	1	not to trouble those from the Gentiles who are turning to God	In your translation, you can make explicit in what way James does not want to **trouble** these **Gentiles**. Alternate translation: “that we should not require the Gentiles who are believing in God to be circumcised and obey the laws of Moses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ACT	15	19	vr6u	figs-metaphor	ἐπιστρέφουσιν ἐπὶ τὸν Θεόν	1	who are turning to God	James is speaking of these Gentiles as if they are physically **turning** to God. He means that they are believing in the true God and starting to live in a way that pleases him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning of this expression plainly. Alternate translation: “believing in God and obeying him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ACT	15	20	vcm4	translate-versebridge		0		James lists four regulations in this verse and he gives the reason for them in the next verse. To put the reason before the result, you could create a verse bridge for verses 19–21. It might say something like this: “Therefore, I judge that we should not trouble the Gentiles who are turning to God. However, since Moses has had those proclaiming him in every city from ancient generations—he is read in the synagogues on every Sabbath—we should write to the Gentiles to abstain from the pollution of idols and sexual immorality and strangled things and blood.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-versebridge]])
ACT	15	20	wx8f	figs-abstractnouns	τῶν ἀλισγημάτων τῶν εἰδώλων	1	to keep away from the pollution of idols, and sexual immorality, and things that are strangled, and blood	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **pollution**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “from things that idols have polluted” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ACT	15	20	qun9	figs-possession	τῶν ἀλισγημάτων τῶν εἰδώλων	1		If your language would not use a possessive form here, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “from things that idols have polluted” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
ACT	15	20	n6f2	figs-explicit	τῶν ἀλισγημάτων τῶν εἰδώλων	1	pollution of idols	James is likely talking about food that has been offered to **idols**, and he is speaking as if being offered to idols has polluted this food. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “from eating food that has been offered to idols” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ACT	15	20	j2rl	figs-explicit	τοῦ πνικτοῦ, καὶ τοῦ αἵματος	1	things that are strangled, and blood	God did not allow the Jews to consume blood in any form. Therefore, for one thing, they could not eat the meat from an animal that had been **strangled**, because the blood would not have been properly drained from the body of the animal. For another thing, while James is not saying that the Gentiles should have no contact at all with blood, he is saying implicitly that they should not consume blood. You can include this information if your readers need it to understand the sentence. Alternate translation: “from eating the meat of animals that have been killed by strangulation, because this meat still contains blood, and from consuming blood” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ACT	15	20	brc2	figs-nominaladj	καὶ τοῦ πνικτοῦ	1		James is using the adjective **strangled** as a noun to mean animals that have been killed by strangulation. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “animals that have been killed by strangulation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
ACT	15	20	h27f	figs-metonymy	τοῦ πνικτοῦ	1		James is referring by association to meat from animals that have been killed by strangulation. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “from eating the meat of animals that have been killed by strangulation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ACT	15	21	si1h	figs-explicit	Μωϋσῆς γὰρ ἐκ γενεῶν ἀρχαίων κατὰ πόλιν τοὺς κηρύσσοντας αὐτὸν, ἔχει ἐν ταῖς συναγωγαῖς κατὰ πᾶν Σάββατον ἀναγινωσκόμενος	1	For Moses has in every city, from ancient generations, those proclaiming him, being read in the synagogues every Sabbath	James is saying implicitly that Gentile believers should observe at least the four regulations he has listed because they embody essential aspects of the law of Moses (not worshiping idols, not practicing sexual immorality, and respecting the blood of sacrifices), and the law of Moses is well known because it is read aloud regularly in the Jewish synagogues. If the Gentiles did not observe even these regulations, that would upset Jewish believers and make Jews who were not yet believers more hostile to Christianity. You can include this information if your readers need it to understand what James is saying. UST models one way to do this. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ACT	15	21	zd7t	figs-metonymy	Μωϋσῆς&ἐκ γενεῶν ἀρχαίων κατὰ πόλιν τοὺς κηρύσσοντας αὐτὸν, ἔχει&ἀναγινωσκόμενος	1	Moses	James is using the name **Moses** to mean the law associated with Moses. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “people have been proclaiming the law of Moses by city from ancient generations; it is read” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ACT	15	21	wp1s	figs-activepassive	ἀναγινωσκόμενος	1	Moses has in every city, from ancient generations, those proclaiming him	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “People read him” or “People read from the law of Moses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ACT	15	21	xg5n	figs-explicit	κατὰ πόλιν	1	in every city	The expression **by city** means “in every city,” and James implicitly means every city in which there are Jews. You can include this information if your readers need it to understand the sentence. Alternate translation: “in every city in which there are Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ACT	15	22	hp6j	figs-metonymy	ὅλῃ τῇ ἐκκλησίᾳ	1	the whole church	Here the word **church** describes the people who were part of the church. Alternate translation: “all the people of the church” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ACT	15	22	g6e8	figs-explicit	ὅλῃ τῇ ἐκκλησίᾳ	1		Luke assumes that his readers will know that he is referring to the **church** in Jerusalem. You can include this information if your readers need it to understand this sentence. Alternate translation: “the church in Jerusalem” or “all the people of the church in Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ACT	15	22	c711	translate-names	Ἰούδαν τὸν καλούμενον Βαρσαββᾶν	1	Judas called Barsabbas	The words **Judas** and **Barsabbas** are the names of men. **Barsabbas** was another name by which **Judas** was known. **Barsabbas** is probably a patronymic, that is, an indication of who his father was. If your language and culture identify people by patronymics, it may be helpful to translate this name as “the son of Sabbas,” as UST does. See how you translated this same name for another man in [1:23](../01/23.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
ACT	15	22	s6lv	figs-activepassive	Ἰούδαν τὸν καλούμενον Βαρσαββᾶν	1		If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Judas, whom people called Barsabbas” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ACT	15	22	ywen	translate-names	Σιλᾶν	1		The word **Silas** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
ACT	15	22	s6d8	figs-metaphor	τοῖς ἀδελφοῖς	1		Luke is using the term **brothers** to mean people who share the same faith. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the members of the church” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ACT	15	23	k6cq	figs-metonymy	γράψαντες διὰ χειρὸς αὐτῶν	1		Luke does not mean that the apostles and elders ask Judas and Silas to write out this letter for them. Rather, Luke is using the word **hand** to mean that Judas and Silas carried the letter and delivered it. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “sending the following letter with them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ACT	15	23	xz3f	figs-youdual	χειρὸς αὐτῶν	1		Since Luke is referring to two people, it might be more natural in your language to use the dual or plural form here, as your language may require. Alternate translation: “their hands” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]])
ACT	15	23	e4g2		οἱ ἀπόστολοι καὶ οἱ πρεσβύτεροι, ἀδελφοὶ, τοῖς κατὰ τὴν Ἀντιόχειαν, καὶ Συρίαν, καὶ Κιλικίαν, ἀδελφοῖς τοῖς ἐξ ἐθνῶν, χαίρειν	1	The apostles and the elders, brothers, to those throughout Antioch and Syria and Cilicia, who are brothers from among the Gentiles. Greetings	This is the introduction of the letter. In the culture of this time, letter writers would give their own names first. Your language and culture may have its own way of introducing the author of a letter and saying to whom it is written. Alternate translation: “This letter is from your brothers, the apostles and elders. We are writing to you Gentile believers in Antioch, Syria, and Cilicia. Greetings to you” or “To our Gentile brothers in Antioch, Syria, and Cilicia. Greetings from the apostles and elders, your brothers”
ACT	15	23	kp51	figs-metaphor	ἀδελφοὶ&ἀδελφοῖς	1	brothers … brothers	The apostles and elders are using the term **brothers** to mean people who share the same faith. By doing this, they are assuring the Gentile believers that they accept them as fellow believers. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to our fellow believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ACT	15	23	php8	translate-names	Συρίαν, καὶ Κιλικίαν	1	Cilicia	The words **Syria** and **Cilicia** are the names of Roman provinces. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
ACT	15	24	g8m9	figs-exclusive	ἠκούσαμεν&ἡμῶν&οὐ διεστειλάμεθα	1		Here and in the rest of the letter, by **we** and **us** (and “our”), the apostles and elders mean themselves and probably the rest of the church in Jerusalem, but not the Gentiles to whom they are writing, so use the exclusive forms of those words in your translation if your language marks that distinction. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
ACT	15	24	p1tl	figs-explicit	ἐξ ἡμῶν	1	that certain ones	The apostles and elders seem to mean implicitly that these people have gone out from their community, but not from among themselves. That is, the word **some** refers to people who were part of the church in Jerusalem, but who were not apostles or elders. You can include this information if your readers need it to understand the sentence. Alternate translation: “from our community” or “from here in Judea” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ACT	15	24	hbw5	figs-metonymy	λόγοις	1		The apostles and elders are using the term **words** to mean what the people who have gone out from them have been teaching by using words. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “by what they have been teaching” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ACT	15	24	bxq8	figs-synecdoche	ἀνασκευάζοντες τὰς ψυχὰς ὑμῶν	1	to disturb you with teachings that are upsetting your souls	The apostles and elders are using one part of the people to whom they are writing, their **souls**, to mean the people themselves. Alternate translation: “upsetting you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
ACT	15	26	gldi	figs-explicit	ἀνθρώποις παραδεδωκόσι	1		By **men**, the letter implicitly means Paul and Barnabas. You can include this information if your readers need it to understand the sentence. It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “Those two men have handed over” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ACT	15	26	dhj8	figs-metonymy	παραδεδωκόσι τὰς ψυχὰς αὐτῶν	1		The letter is using the term **souls** to mean the lives of Paul and Barnabas, by association with the way a living person has a soul. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “having handed over their lives” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ACT	15	26	dinn	figs-metaphor	παραδεδωκόσι τὰς ψυχὰς αὐτῶν	1		The letter is speaking as if Paul and Barnabas have literally **handed over** their lives. This means that they have been willing to risk their lives. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “having put their lives at risk” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ACT	15	26	t7vw	figs-metonymy	ὑπὲρ τοῦ ὀνόματος τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν, Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ	1	for the name of our Lord Jesus Christ	This is a figurative expression. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. This could mean: (1) that the **name** of Jesus represents his person. Alternate translation: “out of loyalty to our Lord Jesus Christ” (2) that the **name** of Jesus represents his cause in the world. Alternate translation: “for the cause of our Lord Jesus Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ACT	15	27	y972	figs-nominaladj	ἀπαγγέλλοντας τὰ αὐτά	1		The letter is using the adjective **same** as a noun to mean the details of the decision that the apostles and elders have reached. ULT adds **thing** to show this. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “confirming that this is our decision” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
ACT	15	27	xw8l	figs-explicit	διὰ λόγου	1	they are reporting to you the same thing in words	The letter is using the term **word** to mean “by word of mouth,” that is, “in person.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “in person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ACT	15	28	l9z6	figs-metaphor	μηδὲν πλέον&βάρος	1	to be laid upon you no greater burden than these necessary things	The letter is speaking of the restrictions it describes as if they were a physical **burden** that the Gentiles would need to carry. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “no greater obligation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ACT	15	28	bx90	figs-activepassive	μηδὲν πλέον ἐπιτίθεσθαι ὑμῖν βάρος	1		If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “to lay no greater burden upon you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ACT	15	29	nt7s	figs-nominaladj	εἰδωλοθύτων	1	things sacrificed to idols	The letter is using the adjective **sacrificed**, with the qualifier **to idols**, as a noun to mean the meat of animals that have been sacrificed to idols. (ULT adds **things** to show this.) Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “the meat of animals that have been sacrificed to idols” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
ACT	15	29	vcc6	figs-explicit	αἵματος	1	blood	See how you translated **blood** in [15:20](../15/20.md). Alternate translation: “consuming blood” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ACT	15	29	rt55	figs-nominaladj	πνικτῶν	1	things strangled	See how you translated **the strangled** in [15:20](../15/20.md). Alternate translation: “the meat of animals that have been killed by strangulation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
ACT	15	29	buy9	figs-imperative	ἔρρωσθε	1	Farewell	This is an imperative, but it communicates a friendly wish rather than a command. This was the customary way of ending a letter in this culture. Your language may have its own way of ending a letter that you can use in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
ACT	15	30	usz6	figs-activepassive	οἱ&ἀπολυθέντες, κατῆλθον	1	when they were dismissed	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “once the apostles and elders had dismissed them, they came down” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ACT	15	30	c3uk	figs-pronouns	οἱ	1	So when they were dismissed, they came down to Antioch	The pronoun **they** refers to Paul, Barnabas, Judas, and Silas. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: “Paul, Barnabas, Judas, and Silas” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns]])
ACT	15	30	t55a	figs-idiom	κατῆλθον	1	they came down to Antioch	Luke says that these four men **came down** to Antioch because that city is lower in elevation than Judea. Alternate translation: “traveled” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
ACT	15	30	oh4g	figs-go	κατῆλθον	1		You may wish to retain the idiom for travel to a lower elevation, and if so, your language might say “went” instead of **came**. Alternate translation: “went down” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
ACT	15	30	yl8v	figs-explicit	τὸ πλῆθος	1		Luke assumes that his readers will know that by **the crowd**, he means the people of the church in Antioch. You can include this information if your readers need it to understand this sentence. Alternate translation: “the people of the church in Antioch” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ACT	15	31	k1mr	writing-pronouns	ἐχάρησαν	1	they rejoiced	The pronoun **they** refers to the believers in Antioch. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: “the believers in Antioch rejoiced” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
ACT	15	31	e4gf	figs-abstractnouns	ἐπὶ τῇ παρακλήσει	1	because of the encouragement	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **encouragement**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “because they were so encouraged” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ACT	15	32	r65l	figs-explicit	καὶ αὐτοὶ προφῆται ὄντες	1	also being prophets themselves	When Luke says **also**, he means implicitly that Judas and Silas were prophets as Paul and Barnabas were [13:1](../13/01.md). You can include this information if your readers need it to understand the sentence. Alternate translation: “who were prophets as Paul and Barnabas were prophets” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ACT	15	32	e2en	figs-metaphor	τοὺς ἀδελφοὺς	1	the brothers	Luke is using the term **brothers** to mean people who share the same faith. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “their fellow believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ACT	15	32	frea	figs-metonymy	διὰ λόγου πολλοῦ&καὶ ἐπεστήριξαν	1		Luke is using the term **word** to mean a message of encouragement that Judas and Silas spoke to the believers in Antioch by using words. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “by speaking to them at length to strengthen them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ACT	15	32	j99g	figs-metaphor	ἐπεστήριξαν	1	strengthened them	Luke does not mean that Judas and Silas strengthened the believers physically but that they strengthened them spiritually. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “strengthened them in their faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ACT	15	33	v6im	figs-activepassive	ἀπελύθησαν μετ’ εἰρήνης ἀπὸ τῶν ἀδελφῶν	1	they were sent away with peace from the brothers	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the brothers sent them away with peace” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ACT	15	33	wzw4	figs-metaphor	τῶν ἀδελφῶν	1	the brothers	Luke is using the term **brothers** to mean people who share the same faith. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ACT	15	33	xv3h	figs-explicit	πρὸς τοὺς ἀποστείλαντας αὐτούς	1	to those who had sent them	Luke is referring implicitly to the apostles and elders in Jerusalem, who had sent Judas and Silas to Antioch. You can include this information if your readers need it to understand the sentence. Alternate translation: “back to the apostles and elders in Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ACT	15	34	hkh0	translate-textvariants		0		As the General Introduction to Acts explains, this verse is found in many traditional versions of the Bible, but it is not found in the most accurate ancient manuscripts of the Bible. ULT and UST indicate this by putting the verse in brackets. If a translation of the Bible already exists in your area, you could consider including this verse if that translation does. If there is not already a Bible translation in your area, we recommend that you indicate in some way that this verse may not be original, such as by putting it in brackets or in a footnote. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
ACT	15	35	anfc	writing-endofstory	δὲ	1		Luke uses the word **But** to introduce information about what happened once the church resolved the question about whether the Gentiles needed to obey all the laws of Moses. Your language may have its own way of indicating how such information relates to a story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-endofstory]])
ACT	15	35	e7s4	figs-metonymy	τὸν λόγον τοῦ Κυρίου	1	the word of the Lord	Luke is using the term **word** to mean the message that God wanted the believers to share by using words. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the message of the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ACT	15	35	hnnb	writing-politeness	τοῦ Κυρίου	1		Luke is referring to Jesus by a respectful title. Use a form for addressing someone respectfully in your language. Alternate translation: “about the Lord Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-politeness]])
ACT	15	36	jjoa	figs-idiom	ἡμέρας	1		Luke is using the term **days** to mean “time.” Alternate translation: “time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
ACT	15	36	ib2j	figs-metaphor	τοὺς ἀδελφοὺς	1	let us visit the brothers	Paul is using the term **brothers** to mean people who share the same faith. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the people who believed in Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ACT	15	36	ua1f	figs-metonymy	τὸν λόγον τοῦ Κυρίου	1	the word of the Lord	Paul is using the term **word** to mean the message that he and Barnabas shared by using words. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the message of the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ACT	15	36	k08n	writing-politeness	τοῦ Κυρίου	1		Luke is referring to Jesus by a respectful title. Use a form for addressing someone respectfully in your language. Alternate translation: “about the Lord Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-politeness]])
ACT	15	36	y9i9	figs-ellipsis	πῶς ἔχουσιν	1	how they are	Paul is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You can supply these words from the context if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation, with no comma preceding: “to see how they are doing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
ACT	15	38	a5nn	figs-litotes	Παῦλος&ἠξίου&μὴ συνπαραλαμβάνειν τοῦτον	1	Paul thought it wise not to take along him	Luke is using a figure of speech that expresses a positive meaning by using a negative word together with a word that is the opposite of the intended meaning. Alternate translation: “Paul was thinking it would be foolish to take him with them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
ACT	15	39	u97a	figs-activepassive	ὥστε ἀποχωρισθῆναι αὐτοὺς ἀπ’ ἀλλήλων; τόν τε Βαρναβᾶν παραλαβόντα τὸν Μᾶρκον, ἐκπλεῦσαι εἰς Κύπρον	1	And there arose a sharp disagreement, so as to separate them from each other	If your language does not use the passive form **to be separated**, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “so that they separated from each other and Barnabas, taking Mark with him, sailed away to Cyprus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ACT	15	40	l2uq	figs-activepassive	παραδοθεὶς&ὑπὸ τῶν ἀδελφῶν	1	after he had been entrusted by the brothers to the grace of the Lord	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “after the brothers had commended him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ACT	15	40	tt2w	figs-abstractnouns	τῇ χάριτι	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **grace**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “to the gracious care” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ACT	15	40	xkjo	writing-politeness	τοῦ Κυρίου	1		Luke is referring to Jesus by a respectful title. Use a form for addressing someone respectfully in your language. Alternate translation: “of the Lord Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-politeness]])
ACT	15	41	cbat	writing-pronouns	διήρχετο	1		The pronoun **he** refers to Paul. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: “Paul was going through” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
ACT	15	41	e3ym	figs-synecdoche	διήρχετο	1	he went through	Luke says **he**, meaning Paul, to refer both to Paul and to Silas, who was traveling with him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “they went through” or “Paul and Silas went through” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
ACT	15	41	s7yf	figs-metonymy	ἐπιστηρίζων τὰς ἐκκλησίας	1		Luke is using the term **churches** to refer to the people associated with the churches. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “strengthening the people of the churches” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ACT	15	41	tbv3	figs-metaphor	ἐπιστηρίζων τὰς ἐκκλησίας	1	strengthening the churches	Luke does not mean that Paul and Silas strengthened the people of the churches physically but that they strengthened them spiritually. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “strengthening the people of the churches in their faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ACT	16	intro	e7z2			0		# Acts 16 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and Formatting<br><br>- Verses 1–5 describe how Paul began his second missionary journey and met Timothy and brought him along with him.<br>- Verses 6–12 describe how the Holy Spirit led Paul and his companions to share the gospel in the city of Philippi<br>- Verses 13–40 describe how Paul and Silas made disciples in Philippi, delivered a young woman from an evil spirit, and were imprisoned but miraculously released. Acts [16:5](../16/05.md) is a summary statement that Luke uses to mark the transition into the fourth major part of the book.<br><br>## Special Concepts in this Chapter<br><br>### Timothy’s circumcision<br><br>Paul circumcised Timothy because he and Silas were telling the message of Jesus to Jews as well as to Gentiles. Many Jews would have been so offended that Timothy was not circumcised, even though his mother was Jewish, that they would not have listened to the message. Paul felt that he could have Timothy circumcised as a discretionary matter to remove an offense to hearing the gospel, even though the church leaders in Jerusalem had decided that Gentile believers did not have to be circumcised.
ACT	16	1	m5tb	figs-synecdoche	κατήντησεν&καὶ	1		Luke says **he**, meaning Paul, to refer both to Paul and to Silas, who was traveling with him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Paul and Silas also came down” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
ACT	16	1	rhut	figs-idiom	κατήντησεν&καὶ	1		Luke says that Paul **came down** to Derbe and Lystra because that was the customary way in this culture of describing a person arriving somewhere after traveling by sea. Paul likely travel by sea from Syria to Cilicia, and Luke is saying that he then also went to Derbe and to Lystra. Alternate translation: “he also traveled” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
ACT	16	1	km5q	figs-go	κατήντησεν&καὶ	1	Paul also came down	If you retain the idiom, it may be more natural in your language to say “went” rather than **came**. Alternate translation: “he also went down” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
ACT	16	1	u3vr	figs-metaphor	ἰδοὺ	1	behold	Luke is using the term **behold** to focus readers’ attention on the new character he is about to introduce. Your language may have a comparable expression that you can use in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ACT	16	1	f49m	writing-participants	μαθητής τις ἦν ἐκεῖ ὀνόματι Τιμόθεος, υἱὸς γυναικὸς Ἰουδαίας πιστῆς, πατρὸς δὲ Ἕλληνος	1		Luke is using the phrase **a certain disciple** to introduce **Timothy** as a new participant in the story. If your language has its own way of introducing new participants, you can use it here in your translation. Alternate translation: “there was a disciple there named Timothy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
ACT	16	1	mc9i	figs-explicit	ἐκεῖ	1		By **there**, Luke means the city of Lystra. You can include this information if your readers need it to understand the sentence. Alternate translation: “in Lystra” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ACT	16	1	l0w5	translate-names	Τιμόθεος	1		The word **Timothy** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
ACT	16	1	wxl8	figs-explicit	γυναικὸς Ἰουδαίας πιστῆς	1	a believing Jewish woman	By **believing**, Luke means believing in Jesus. You can include this information if your readers need it to understand the sentence. Alternate translation: “a Jewish woman who believed in Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ACT	16	1	vh73	figs-idiom	πατρὸς δὲ Ἕλληνος	1		Luke is describing Timothy’s father in an idiomatic way. Use a way that is natural in your language to refer to a particular kind of person. Alternate translation: “but whose father was Greek” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
ACT	16	2	t1lu	figs-activepassive	ὃς ἐμαρτυρεῖτο ὑπὸ τῶν ἐν Λύστροις καὶ Ἰκονίῳ ἀδελφῶν.	1	He was well spoken of by the brothers	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “The brothers in Lystra and Iconium spoke well of him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ACT	16	2	rez2	figs-metaphor	ὑπὸ τῶν&ἀδελφῶν	1	by the brothers	Luke is using the term **brothers** to mean people who share the same faith. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ACT	16	3	p6z8	figs-explicit	περιέτεμεν αὐτὸν	1	he circumcised him	It is possible that Paul himself **circumcised** Timothy, but it is more likely that he had someone else circumcise him.You can include that information if your readers need it to understand the sentence. Alternate translation: “he had him circumcised” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ACT	16	3	bdd6	writing-pronouns	τοῦτον	1		The demonstrative pronoun **this one** refers to Timothy. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: “Timothy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
ACT	16	3	za93	figs-explicit	διὰ τοὺς Ἰουδαίους τοὺς ὄντας ἐν τοῖς τόποις ἐκείνοις	1	because of the Jews who were in those places	By **those places**, Luke means the areas where Paul and Timothy would be traveling. You can include this information if your readers need it to understand the sentence. Alternate translation: “in the areas where Paul and Timothy would be traveling” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ACT	16	3	hk2l	figs-explicit	ᾔδεισαν γὰρ ἅπαντες, ὅτι Ἕλλην ὁ πατὴρ αὐτοῦ ὑπῆρχεν	1	for they all knew that his father was a Greek	Luke assumes that his readers will know that **Greek** men did not have their sons circumcised, and so the Jews would have known that Timothy had not been circumcised. As a result, they would have rejected Paul and Timothy before hearing their message about Christ. See the discussion of this in the General Notes to this chapter. Alternate translation: “for they all knew that his father was a Greek and that he therefore had not been circumcised” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ACT	16	3	pybf	figs-hyperbole	ᾔδεισαν&ἅπαντες	1		Luke says **all** here as a generalization for emphasis. If it would be helpful in your language, use a different way to express the emphasis. Alternate translation: “they knew very well” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
ACT	16	4	n46i	writing-pronouns	διεπορεύοντο&παρεδίδοσαν αὐτοῖς	1		The pronoun **they** refers to Paul, Silas, and Timothy, and the pronoun **them** refers to the believers in the cities they were visiting. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: “Paul, Silas, and Timothy were going … they were delivering to the believers in those cities” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
ACT	16	4	bu6r	figs-ellipsis	αὐτοῖς φυλάσσειν	1	for them to keep	Luke is writing in a compact way. You can explain his meaning more fully if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “to the believers the decrees that had been decided by the apostles and elders in Jerusalem, and they were instructing the believers to keep” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
ACT	16	4	gpi3	figs-activepassive	τὰ κεκριμένα ὑπὸ τῶν ἀποστόλων καὶ πρεσβυτέρων τῶν ἐν Ἱεροσολύμοις	1	that had been decided by the apostles and elders who were in Jerusalem	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “that the apostles and elders in Jerusalem had decided” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ACT	16	5	q8v9	figs-activepassive	αἱ&ἐκκλησίαι ἐστερεοῦντο τῇ πίστει	1	the churches were being strengthened in the faith and were increasing in number each day	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, it is clear from the context that it was Paul, Silas, and Timothy. Alternate translation: “Paul, Silas, and Timothy were strengthening the churches in the faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ACT	16	6	dhmn	grammar-connect-logic-result	διῆλθον&τὴν Φρυγίαν καὶ Γαλατικὴν χώραν, κωλυθέντες ὑπὸ τοῦ Ἁγίου Πνεύματος λαλῆσαι τὸν λόγον ἐν τῇ Ἀσίᾳ	1		If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “having been forbidden by the Holy Spirit to speak the word in Asia, they went through Phrygia and the Galatian region” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
ACT	16	6	g97e	translate-names	τὴν Φρυγίαν&Γαλατικὴν χώραν&τῇ Ἀσίᾳ	1	Phrygia	The word **Phrygia** is the name of a region in northwestern Asia Minor. See how you translated this name in [2:10](../02/10.md). The word **Galatian** describes the region of Galatia in central Asia Minor. The word **Asia** is the name of a Roman province in western Asia Minor. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
ACT	16	6	qk0k	figs-infostructure	τὴν Φρυγίαν καὶ Γαλατικὴν χώραν	1		Paul, Silas, and Timothy actually had to go through Galatia in order to reach Phrygia, so it might be more natural to put the information about Galatia first. Alternate translation: “the Galatian region and Phrygia” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
ACT	16	6	ue3k	figs-activepassive	κωλυθέντες ὑπὸ τοῦ Ἁγίου Πνεύματος	1	having been forbidden by the Holy Spirit	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “because the Holy Spirit had forbidden them” or “because the Holy Spirit did not permit them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ACT	16	6	d56g	figs-extrainfo	κωλυθέντες ὑπὸ τοῦ Ἁγίου Πνεύματος	1		Since Luke explains shortly after this that the Holy Spirit actually wanted Paul, Silas, and Timothy to share the good news about Jesus in two other regions, you do not need to explain here why the Holy Spirit forbade them to share the good news at this time in the province of Asia. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
ACT	16	6	h4u4	figs-metonymy	τὸν λόγον	1	the word	Luke is using the term **word** to mean the message that God wanted the believers to share by using words. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the message about Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ACT	16	7	b1xq	translate-names	Μυσίαν&Βιθυνίαν	1	Mysia … Bithynia	The words **Mysia** and **Bithynia** are the names of two more regions in Asia Minor. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
ACT	16	7	b539	figs-explicit	τὸ Πνεῦμα Ἰησοῦ	1	the Spirit of Jesus	Luke assumes that his readers will know that by **the Spirit of Jesus**, he means the Holy Spirit. You can use that name instead if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “the Holy Spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ACT	16	8	s6l1	figs-idiom	κατέβησαν	1	they came down to the city of Troas	Luke says that Paul, Silas, and Timothy **came down** to Troas because that city is lower in elevation than Mysia. Alternate translation: “they traveled” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
ACT	16	8	xq6n	figs-go	κατέβησαν	1	they came down	In a context such as this, if you retain the idiom, your language might say “went” instead of **came**. Alternate translation: “they went down” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
ACT	16	8	h9d3	translate-names	Τρῳάδα	1		The word **Troas** is the name of a city. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
ACT	16	9	cm2u	figs-idiom	διαβὰς	1	Coming over into Macedonia	The man in the vision uses the phrase **coming over** because **Macedonia** is across the sea from Troas. Alternate translation: “across the sea” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
ACT	16	9	tzxh	figs-idiom	ἀνὴρ Μακεδών τις	1		Luke is describing this man in an idiomatic way. Use a way that is natural in your language to refer to a particular kind of person. Alternate translation: “A certain man of Macedonia” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
ACT	16	10	q0c7	writing-pronouns	εἶδεν	1		The pronoun **he** refers to Paul. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: “Paul had seen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
ACT	16	10	fg5h	figs-explicit	ἐζητήσαμεν&προσκέκληται ἡμᾶς ὁ Θεὸς	1	we sought to go out to Macedonia, reasoning together that God had called us to proclaim the gospel to them	Luke assumes that his readers will understand that he says **we** and **us** because he joined Paul and his other companions at this point in the story. You can include this information if your readers need it to understand what is happening. UST models a way to do this. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ACT	16	10	e884	figs-exclusive	ἐζητήσαμεν&προσκέκληται ἡμᾶς ὁ Θεὸς	1		Luke is using the pronouns **we** and **us** to refer to himself and his traveling companions, but not to his readers, so use the inclusive form of that word if your language marks that distinction. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
ACT	16	10	iu0e	writing-pronouns	αὐτούς	1		The pronoun **them** refers to the people of Macedonia. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: “to the people of Macedonia” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
ACT	16	11	q2pr	translate-names	Σαμοθρᾴκην&Νέαν Πόλιν	1	Samothrace … Neapolis	The word **Samothrace** is the name of an island, and the word **Neapolis** is the name of a city. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
ACT	16	11	ojte	figs-ellipsis	τῇ δὲ ἐπιούσῃ εἰς Νέαν Πόλιν	1		Luke is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You can supply these words from earlier in the sentence if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “and the next day we sailed to Neapolis” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
ACT	16	12	c8ox	figs-ellipsis	κἀκεῖθεν εἰς Φιλίππους	1		Luke is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You can supply these words from the context if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “and from there we traveled overland to Philippi” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
ACT	16	12	y0z5	translate-names	Φιλίππους&Μακεδονίας	1		The word **Philippi** is the name of a city, and the word **Macedonia** is the name of a district. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
ACT	16	12	thk7	figs-explicit	κολωνία	1		Luke assumes that his readers will know that by **colony** he means a Roman colony. You can include this information if your readers need it to understand this sentence. It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “Philippi is a Roman colony” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ACT	16	12	tl9f	figs-explicit	κολωνία	1	a colony	In the Roman empire, a **colony** was a city outside of Italy where many people who came from Rome lived. The people there had the same rights and freedoms as people who lived in cities in Italy. They could govern themselves and they did not have to pay taxes. This information will become important later in the story. Alternate translation: “a Roman colony, where Roman citizens had special rights” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ACT	16	14	n952	writing-participants	τις γυνὴ ὀνόματι Λυδία&ἤκουεν	1	a certain woman named Lydia	Luke is using the phrase **a certain woman** to introduce **Lydia** as a new participant in the story. If your language has its own way of introducing new participants, you can use it here in your translation. Alternate translation: “there was a woman named Lydia … who was listening” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
ACT	16	14	se6e	translate-names	Λυδία	1		The word **Lydia** is the name of a woman. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
ACT	16	14	qj86	figs-metonymy	πορφυρόπωλις	1	a seller of purple	Luke is using the color of **purple** cloth to mean the cloth itself by association. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “a seller of purple cloth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ACT	16	14	c6n8	translate-names	Θυατείρων	1	of Thyatira	The word **Thyatira** is the name of a city. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
ACT	16	14	cyk3	figs-idiom	σεβομένη τὸν Θεόν	1	worshiping God	Here the expression **worshiping God** means the same thing as the expression “fearing God,” which Jews in the time of the New Testament used to describe Gentiles (non-Jews) who worshiped the God of Israel and attended the synagogue. See how you translated “fearing God” in [10:2](../10/02.md). Alternate translation: “a Gentile who sincerely worshiped the God of Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
ACT	16	14	rd4r	figs-metaphor	ἧς ὁ Κύριος διήνοιξεν τὴν καρδίαν	1	of whom the Lord opened the heart to pay attention to	Luke is speaking as if the Lord physically **opened** Lydia’s heart to receive the message that Paul was sharing. Alternate translation: “whom the Lord made disposed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ACT	16	14	s9ju	figs-metonymy	ἧς ὁ Κύριος διήνοιξεν τὴν καρδίαν	1	opened the heart	Here, the **heart** represents a person’s will and disposition. Alternate translation: “whom the Lord made disposed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ACT	16	14	a74y	figs-activepassive	τοῖς λαλουμένοις ὑπὸ τοῦ Παύλου	1	what was being said by Paul	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the things that Paul was saying” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ACT	16	15	f38e	figs-explicit	ὡς&ἐβαπτίσθη	1		The implication is that Lydia believed in Jesus and then was baptized. You can include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “when she believed in Jesus and was baptized” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ACT	16	15	g7e9	figs-activepassive	ὡς δὲ ἐβαπτίσθη	1	And when she was baptized, and her household	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, it is likely from the context that it was Paul. Alternate translation: “when Paul baptized her” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ACT	16	15	lv50	figs-ellipsis	καὶ ὁ οἶκος αὐτῆς	1		Luke is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You can supply these words from earlier in the sentence if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “and her household was also baptized” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
ACT	16	15	s799	figs-metonymy	ὁ οἶκος αὐτῆς	1	her household	Here, **her household** refers to all the people who lived in Lydia’s house. Alternate translation: “the members of her household” or “her family and household servants” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ACT	16	15	igcw	figs-yousingular	κεκρίκατέ	1		The word **you** is plural here. Lydia is addressing Paul and his companions. So use the plural form in your translation if your language marks that distinction. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])
ACT	16	15	g8ul	writing-politeness	τῷ Κυρίῳ	1		Lydia is referring to Jesus by a respectful title. Use a form for addressing someone respectfully in your language. Alternate translation: “to the Lord Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-politeness]])
ACT	16	15	xnkk	figs-imperative	εἰσελθόντες εἰς τὸν οἶκόν μου, μένετε	1		This is an imperative, but it communicates a polite request rather than a command. Use a form in your language that communicates a polite request. It may be helpful to add an expression such as “please” to make this clear. Alternate translation: “please come to my house and stay with me as my guests” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
ACT	16	15	hkh3	figs-exclusive	ἡμᾶς	1		Luke is using the pronoun **us** to refer to himself and his traveling companions, but not to his readers, so use the exclusive form of that word if your language marks that distinction. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
ACT	16	16	ufy4	writing-newevent	ἐγένετο δὲ	1	And it happened that	Luke is using this phrase to introduce a new event in the story. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for introducing a new event. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
ACT	16	16	y1gc	writing-participants	παιδίσκην τινὰ ἔχουσαν πνεῦμα Πύθωνα, ὑπαντῆσαι ἡμῖν	1	a certain young female slave	Luke is using the phrase **a certain young female slave** to introduce this woman as a new participant in the story. If your language has its own way of introducing new participants, you can use it here in your translation. Alternate translation: “there was a certain young female slave who had a Python spirit and who met us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
ACT	16	16	ymt9	figs-metonymy	πνεῦμα Πύθωνα	1	a spirit of divination	Luke is describing the **spirit** that enabled this woman to tell fortunes by association with the Pythian serpent that the ancient Greeks believed to have guarded the oracle at Delphi. This was not an actual god named Python; it was a demonic spirit. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “a spirit of divination” or “a demonic spirit that enabled her to tell fortunes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ACT	16	16	h2c5	translate-names	Πύθωνα	1		The word **Python** is the name of a pagan god. However, Luke is using the name here by association to mean a demonic spirit of divination. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
ACT	16	17	tni9	figs-metaphor	ὁδὸν σωτηρίας	1	the way of salvation	This woman is speaking as if **salvation** were a **way** or path that people walked on. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “how you can receive salvation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ACT	16	17	gsbj	figs-abstractnouns	ὁδὸν σωτηρίας	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **salvation**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation, as in UST: “how God can save you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ACT	16	18	lj79	figs-activepassive	διαπονηθεὶς δὲ Παῦλος, καὶ ἐπιστρέψας&εἶπεν	1	But Paul, being greatly annoyed and turning	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “she greatly annoyed Paul, so he turned and said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ACT	16	18	qi1k	figs-metonymy	ἐν ὀνόματι Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ	1	in the name of Jesus Christ	Here the **name** of Jesus represents his authority. Alternate translation: “by the authority of Jesus Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ACT	16	18	u4z8	figs-idiom	ἐξῆλθεν αὐτῇ τῇ ὥρᾳ	1	it came out that same hour	In the ancient world, an **hour** was the shortest time span that people envisioned. In this context, the term does not mean a literal hour of 60 minutes; it means the shortest time imaginable. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “it came out that instant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
ACT	16	19	r1a1	figs-explicit	ἐξῆλθεν ἡ ἐλπὶς τῆς ἐργασίας αὐτῶν	1	when her masters saw that their hope of profit was gone	The implication is that the **masters** could no longer **profit** from the woman because she could no longer tell fortunes. You can include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “their hope of profit had gone because their young female slave could no longer tell fortunes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ACT	16	19	bws7	translate-unknown	εἰς τὴν ἀγορὰν	1	into the marketplace	The **marketplace** was a public area for business where the buying and selling of goods and services took place. If you have a term in your language for such an area, you can use it in your translation. Alternate translation: “into the public square” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
ACT	16	19	hf82	figs-explicit	ἐπὶ τοὺς ἄρχοντας	1	before the authorities	The implication is that the masters of the young female slave brought Paul and Silas **to the rulers** in order to charge them with a crime and have them punished. You can include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “to the rulers so that they would judge and punish them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ACT	16	20	wn77	figs-metonymy	ἡμῶν τὴν πόλιν	1		The masters of the slave girl are referring to the people of the city by association with the city itself. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the people of our city” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ACT	16	20	dkz2	figs-exclusive	οὗτοι οἱ ἄνθρωποι ἐκταράσσουσιν ἡμῶν τὴν πόλιν	1	These men are stirring up our city	The masters of the slave girl are using the pronoun **our** to refer to themselves and to their listeners, so use the inclusive form of that word if your language marks that distinction. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
ACT	16	21	gna6	figs-doublet	παραδέχεσθαι οὐδὲ ποιεῖν	1	to accept nor to practice	The terms **accept** and **practice** mean similar things. The crowd in Philippi is using the two terms together for emphasis. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could express the emphasis with a single phrase. Alternate translation: “practice at all” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
ACT	16	21	vmp0	translate-names	Ῥωμαίοις	1		Here the word **Romans** is a name for people who are citizens of the Roman Empire. Alternate translation: “Roman citizens” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
ACT	16	22	f03y	figs-metaphor	συνεπέστη ὁ ὄχλος	1		Luke is speaking as if the crowd in Philippi literally **rose up** against Paul and Silas. He means that the people in the crowd became hostile to them and began shouting their own accusations against them. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the crowd became hostile and shouted further accusations” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ACT	16	22	r1gr	writing-pronouns	αὐτῶν&αὐτῶν&ἐκέλευον	1		The pronouns **them** and **their** refer to Paul and Silas. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: “Paul and Silas … their … commanded Paul and Silas” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
ACT	16	22	at6i	figs-activepassive	ἐκέλευον ῥαβδίζειν	1	commanding them to be beaten with rods	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “commanded soldiers to beat them with rods” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ACT	16	23	dsr3	figs-idiom	πολλάς&ἐπιθέντες αὐτοῖς πληγὰς	1	when they had laid many blows upon them	This is an idiomatic expression. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “having hit them many times with the rods” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
ACT	16	23	la4h	figs-metaphor	ἔβαλον εἰς φυλακήν	1		Luke is speaking when he says that the rulers **threw them into prison**. They did not pick up Paul and Silas and heave them through the air. Alternate translation: “they confined Paul and Silas in prison” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ACT	16	24	jug6	translate-unknown	ξύλον	1	stocks	The word **stocks** describes a wooden frame with holes to hold a person’s feet and prevent them from moving. UST models a good way of describing **stocks** for readers who are not familiar with them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
ACT	16	24	z12w	figs-metaphor	ἔβαλεν αὐτοὺς εἰς τὴν ἐσωτέραν φυλακὴν	1		Luke is speaking when he says that the jailer **threw them into the inner prison**. He did not pick up Paul and Silas and heave them through the air. Alternate translation: “confined Paul and Silas to the inner prison” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ACT	16	26	q7z1	figs-activepassive	σεισμὸς ἐγένετο μέγας, ὥστε σαλευθῆναι τὰ θεμέλια τοῦ δεσμωτηρίου	1	a great earthquake happened, so that the foundations of the prison were shaken	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “a severe earthquake shook the foundations of the prison” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ACT	16	26	m4ye	figs-synecdoche	σαλευθῆναι τὰ θεμέλια τοῦ δεσμωτηρίου	1	the foundations of the prison	Luke is using one part of the prison, its **foundations**, to refer to the entire prison in the state of being **shaken**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “a shaking that began in the prison’s foundations shook the entire prison” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
ACT	16	26	s6mu	figs-activepassive	ἠνεῴχθησαν&αἱ θύραι πᾶσαι	1	all the doors were opened	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “all the doors opened” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ACT	16	26	p393	figs-activepassive	πάντων τὰ δεσμὰ ἀνέθη	1	the chains of everyone were unfastened	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the chains of all came loose” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ACT	16	26	b540	figs-explicit	πάντων	1		Luke assumes that his readers will know that by **all** he means all the prisoners. You can include this information if your readers need it to understand this sentence. Alternate translation: “all the prisoners” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ACT	16	27	cwt5	figs-explicit	ἤμελλεν ἑαυτὸν ἀναιρεῖν, νομίζων ἐκπεφευγέναι τοὺς δεσμίους	1	he was about to kill himself	Luke assumes that his readers will know that death was the punishment in the Roman Empire for allowing prisoners to escape. The jailer thought his prisoners had escaped, and he preferred to commit suicide rather than face trial and execution. You can include this information if your readers need it to understand this sentence. Alternate translation: “he was about to kill himself, because he thought that his prisoners had escaped and he knew that he would be tried and executed for allowing them to escape” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ACT	16	27	viov	figs-activepassive	ἀνεῳγμένας τὰς θύρας τῆς φυλακῆς	1		If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “that the prison doors were open” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ACT	16	28	ljy6	figs-exclusive	ἐσμεν	1		By **we**, Paul means himself and the other prisoners but not the jailer, so use the exclusive form of that word in your translation if your language marks that distinction. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
ACT	16	28	s2s2	figs-imperative	μηδὲν πράξῃς σεαυτῷ κακόν	1		This is an imperative, but it communicates an urgent request rather than a command. Use a form in your language that communicates such a request. It may be helpful to add an expression such as “please” to make this clear. Alternate translation: “Please do not hurt yourself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
ACT	16	29	pe66	figs-explicit	αἰτήσας&φῶτα	1	having called for lights	Luke assumes that his readers will understand that the jailer **called for lights** because it was midnight and dark, and he wanted to be sure that his prisoners were still in the prison. You can include this information if your readers need it to understand this sentence. UST models a way to do this. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ACT	16	29	bb6t	translate-symaction	προσέπεσεν τῷ Παύλῳ καὶ Σιλᾷ	1	fell down before Paul and Silas	Be sure that it is clear in your translation that the jailer did not fall down accidentally. He knelt down at the feet of Paul and Silas as a gesture to honor them. Alternate translation: “he knelt down respectfully in front of Paul and Silas” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
ACT	16	30	u132	figs-activepassive	ἵνα σωθῶ	1	what must I do in order to be saved	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “in order for God to save me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ACT	16	31	m801	writing-pronouns	οἱ	1		The pronoun **they** refers to Paul and Silas. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: “Paul and Silas” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
ACT	16	31	f104	figs-imperative	πίστευσον ἐπὶ τὸν Κύριον Ἰησοῦν καὶ σωθήσῃ	1		This is an imperative, but it communicates an encouraging invitation rather than a command. Use a form in your language that communicates such an invitation. Alternate translation: “If you believe in the Lord Jesus, you will be saved” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
ACT	16	31	br4k	figs-activepassive	σωθήσῃ	1	you will be saved	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God will save you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ACT	16	31	w8ed	figs-metonymy	ὁ οἶκός σου	1	your household	Here, **your household** refers to all the people who lived in the jailer’s house. Alternate translation: “all the members of your household” or “your family” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ACT	16	32	pq5w	figs-metonymy	τὸν λόγον	1	they spoke the word of the Lord to him	Luke is using the term **word** to mean the message that Paul and Silas had come to Philippi to share by using words. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ACT	16	32	ftg1	writing-politeness	τοῦ Κυρίου	1		Luke is referring to Jesus by a respectful title. Use a form for addressing someone respectfully in your language. Alternate translation: “about the Lord Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-politeness]])
ACT	16	33	gied	figs-idiom	ἐν ἐκείνῃ τῇ ὥρᾳ τῆς νυκτὸς	1		Luke is using the term **hour** to mean a particular time. Alternate translation: “at that time in the night” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
ACT	16	33	r3la	figs-activepassive	ἐβαπτίσθη	1	he was baptized immediately—he and all those who were his	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, the context suggests that it was Paul and Silas who baptized the jailer and his family. Alternate translation: “Paul and Silas baptized him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ACT	16	34	v5fy	figs-metonymy	παρέθηκεν τράπεζαν	1		Luke is referring to a meal by association with the way, in this culture, a meal was served at a **table**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “he set a meal before them” or “he served them a meal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ACT	16	35	lb4z	writing-newevent	δὲ	1	Now	Luke is using the word translated **Now** to introduce a significant development in this story. Here Luke tells the last part of the story that started in [16:16](../16/16.md). Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for introducing a new development in a story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
ACT	16	36	qrw0	figs-metonymy	τοὺς λόγους	1		Luke is using the term **words** to mean the message that the officers whom the magistrates sent communicated by using words. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ACT	16	36	f76u	figs-imperative	ἐξελθόντες, πορεύεσθε ἐν εἰρήνῃ	1		The word **go** is an imperative, but it communicates permission rather than a command. Use a form in your language that communicates permission. Alternate translation: “you may come out of the jail and go in peace” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
ACT	16	36	noc2	figs-abstractnouns	πορεύεσθε ἐν εἰρήνῃ	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **peace**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “go peacefully” or “go without being concerned that the authorities will trouble you any further” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ACT	16	37	b4jm	figs-explicit	πρὸς αὐτούς	1	said to them	The implication is that the officers whom the magistrates sent had come into the prison with the jailer. That is why Luke says **them** and not just **him**, meaning the jailer. You can include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “to the officers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ACT	16	37	xmqz	writing-pronouns	αὐτούς&ἔβαλαν&ἡμᾶς ἐκβάλλουσιν&ἡμᾶς ἐξαγαγέτωσαν	1		The first instance of the pronoun **them** refers to the officers whom the magistrates sent to the prison, and the pronoun **they** and the second instance of the pronoun **them** refer to the magistrates. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: “the officers … the magistrates threw us … they cast us out … let the magistrates lead us out” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
ACT	16	37	v4yk	figs-exclusive	ἡμᾶς&ἔβαλαν&ἡμᾶς&ἡμᾶς	1		By **us**, Paul means himself and Silas but not the officers to whom he is speaking, so use the exclusive form of that word in your translation if your language marks that distinction. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
ACT	16	37	qq1u	figs-rquestion	δείραντες ἡμᾶς δημοσίᾳ, ἀκατακρίτους ἀνθρώπους Ῥωμαίους ὑπάρχοντας, ἔβαλαν εἰς φυλακήν καὶ νῦν λάθρᾳ ἡμᾶς ἐκβάλλουσιν?	1	they cast us out secretly? No indeed!	Paul is using the question form to protest that what the magistrates want to do is not just or fair. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “The magistrates beat us in public without trial, men being Romans, and then they threw us into prison; I will not allow them, after doing that, to cast us out secretly!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
ACT	16	37	b7cc	figs-metonymy	δείραντες ἡμᾶς δημοσίᾳ	1	They have beaten us in public	The magistrates did not do this themselves. They ordered soldiers to do it. Paul is speaking of the magistrates, some of the people who were involved in this action, to mean everyone who was involved. Alternate translation: “having ordered their soldiers to beat us in public” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ACT	16	37	v1fd	translate-names	ἀνθρώπους Ῥωμαίους ὑπάρχοντας	1		Here the word **Romans** is a name for people who are citizens of the Roman Empire. Alternate translation: “even though we are Roman citizens” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
ACT	16	37	b5a3	figs-ellipsis	οὔ γάρ	1		Paul is using an expression that leaves out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You can supply these words if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “No, for they will not do that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
ACT	16	37	jr2j	figs-rpronouns	ἐλθόντες αὐτοὶ, ἡμᾶς ἐξαγαγέτωσαν	1	Instead, coming themselves	Paul is using the reflexive pronoun **themselves** for emphasis. It may be more natural in your language to express this emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “let them come in person and lead us out” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
ACT	16	37	sw3a	figs-imperative3p	ἡμᾶς ἐξαγαγέτωσαν	1		If your language does not use the third-person imperative in this way, you can state this in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “may they lead us out” or “they should lead us out” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative3p]])
ACT	16	37	x82d	figs-extrainfo	ἡμᾶς ἐξαγαγέτωσαν	1		It is likely that Paul wanted the magistrates to bring him and Silas out of prison, which would effectively be an apology for mistreatment, so that the believers in Philippi would have the protection of the law even after Paul and his companions left the city. However, this is more a matter of interpretation than of implied information, so it would probably be best not to put an explanation of it in your translation. You can leave it to teachers and preachers of the Bible to explain. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
ACT	16	38	ldfi	figs-metonymy	τὰ ῥήματα ταῦτα	1		Luke is using the term **words** to mean what Paul said to the officers by using words. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “what Paul had said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ACT	16	38	ym2u	figs-explicit	ἐφοβήθησαν&ἀκούσαντες ὅτι Ῥωμαῖοί εἰσιν	1	they were terrified when they heard that they are Romans	Roman citizenship provided freedom from torture and the right to a fair trial. So the implication is that the magistrates were **terrified** that more important Roman authorities might learn how they had mistreated Paul and Silas. You can include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “they were terrified when they heard that they were Roman citizens, because as magistrates they were supposed to make sure that citizens were not tortured and received fair trials, and they were concerned that more important authorities would punish them for the way they had treated Paul and Silas” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ACT	16	38	lqs5	figs-quotations	ἐφοβήθησαν&ἀκούσαντες ὅτι Ῥωμαῖοί εἰσιν	1		It may be more natural in your language to have a direct quotation here. Alternate translation: “they were terrified when they heard, ‘They are Romans!’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
ACT	16	38	vle2	translate-names	Ῥωμαῖοί	1		Here the word **Romans** is a name for people who are citizens of the Roman Empire. Alternate translation: “Roman citizens” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
ACT	16	39	q59h	writing-pronouns	παρεκάλεσαν αὐτούς&ἐξαγαγόντες, ἠρώτων	1		The pronoun **they** refers to the magistrates, and the pronoun **them** refers to Paul and Silas. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: “the magistrates entreated Paul and Silas … bringing them out, the magistrates were asking Paul and Silas” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
ACT	16	39	a7yq	figs-explicit	παρεκάλεσαν αὐτούς	1		Luke means implicitly that the magistrates **entreated** or begged Paul and Silas not to make any protest about how they had been treated. In effect, they apologized to them and asked them to overlook the offense. Alternate translation: “they apologized to them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ACT	16	40	y14i	writing-endofstory	δὲ	1		Luke uses the word **So** to introduce information about what happened at the end of the story of the imprisonment of Paul and Silas. Your language may have its own way of presenting such information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-endofstory]])
ACT	16	40	ylk9	figs-metonymy	τὴν Λυδίαν	1	the house of Lydia	Luke is referring to the house of **Lydia** by association with the name of the woman who lived there. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “they came to the house of Lydia” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ACT	16	40	t1pf	figs-go	εἰσῆλθον	1	they came to the house of Lydia	In a context such as this, your language might say “went” instead of **came**. Alternate translation: “they went” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
ACT	16	40	ntc9	figs-metaphor	τοὺς ἀδελφοὺς	1	when they had seen the brothers	Luke is using the term **brothers** to mean people who share the same faith. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ACT	16	40	qs0x	figs-synecdoche	καὶ ἐξῆλθαν	1		Luke says that **they … went out**, meaning Paul and Silas, to refer to those two men and to Timothy, who was still traveling with them. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and then Paul and Silas and Timothy left Philippi” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
ACT	16	40	gld6	figs-explicit	καὶ ἐξῆλθαν	1		Since Luke says **they … went out**, not “we went out,” the implication is that Luke remained in Philippi for a time, likely to strengthen and encourage the new believers there. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. UST models one way to do this. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ACT	17	intro	gj4c			0		# Acts 17 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and Formatting<br><br>- Verses 1–9 describe how Paul, Silas, and Timothy proclaimed the gospel in the city of Thessalonica.<br>- Verses 10–14 describe how Paul, Silas, and Timothy proclaimed the gospel in the city of Berea.<br>Verses 15–34 describe how Paul proclaimed the gospel in the city of Athens.<br><br>## Special Concepts in this Chapter<br><br>### The religion of Athens<br><br>Paul said that the people in the city of Athens were “religious,” but this did not mean that they worshiped the true God. They worshiped many different false gods. In the past they had conquered other peoples, and they had begun to worship the gods of the peoples they had conquered. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]])<br><br>As Paul spoke to the philosophers in Athens, he told the message of Christ for the first time to people who knew nothing of the Old Testament.
ACT	17	1	e4w5	writing-newevent	δὲ	1	Now	Luke is using the word translated **Now** to introduce a new event in the story. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for introducing a new event. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
ACT	17	1	kll1	translate-names	τὴν Ἀμφίπολιν καὶ τὴν Ἀπολλωνίαν	1	Amphipolis and Apollonia	The words **Amphipolis** and **Apollonia** are the names of coastal cities in the Roman province of Macedonia. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
ACT	17	1	yj66	translate-names	Θεσσαλονίκην	1	they came to Thessalonica	The word **Thessalonica** is the name of another city on the coast of Macedonia. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
ACT	17	1	o19x	figs-explicitinfo	συναγωγὴ τῶν Ἰουδαίων	1		It might seem that the expression **a synagogue of the Jews** contains extra information that would be unnatural to express in your language. If so, you can shorten it. Alternate translation: “a synagogue” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo]])
ACT	17	2	mkn6	writing-pronouns	αὐτοὺς&αὐτοῖς	1		The pronoun **them** refers the Jews who attended the synagogue in Thessalonica. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: “the Jews in the synagogue” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
ACT	17	3	lt8q	figs-hendiadys	διανοίγων καὶ παρατιθέμενος	1		This phrase expresses a single idea by using two expressions connected with **and**. The phrase **fully opening them** tells how Paul was **demonstrating** from the Scriptures that Jesus is the Messiah. If it would be more natural in your language, you could express this meaning with an equivalent phrase that does not use “and.” Alternate translation: “by opening the Scriptures fully, demonstrating” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
ACT	17	3	ir9q	figs-metaphor	διανοίγων	1	He is fully opening	Luke is speaking as if Paul had been literally **opening** the Scriptures **fully**, as by unrolling a scroll, so that the Jews in the synagogue could understand them. Luke means that Paul was explaining the Scriptures thoroughly. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “explaining them thoroughly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ACT	17	3	ipb2	figs-idiom	ἀναστῆναι	1	to rise	Luke is using the word **rise** to mean that Jesus came back to life again after he died. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to come back to life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
ACT	17	3	b9qi	figs-nominaladj	ἐκ νεκρῶν	1	from the dead	Luke is using the adjective **dead** as a noun. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “from among those who have died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
ACT	17	4	es2u	figs-activepassive	τινες ἐξ αὐτῶν ἐπείσθησαν	1	some from them were persuaded	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “some of the Jews believed” or “some of the Jews understood” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ACT	17	4	t21z	figs-idiom	τῶν&σεβομένων Ἑλλήνων	1	of worshiping Greeks	Here the expression **worshiping God** describes Gentiles (non-Jews) who worshiped the God of Israel and attended the synagogue. See how you translated the expression in [16:14](../16/14.md). Alternate translation: “Greeks who sincerely worshiped the God of Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
ACT	17	4	ye8v	figs-litotes	οὐκ ὀλίγαι	1	not a few of the leading women	Luke is using a figure of speech that expresses a positive meaning by using a negative word together with a word that is the opposite of the intended meaning. Alternate translation: “many” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
ACT	17	5	clcz	figs-synecdoche	οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι	1		Luke is using the name of a whole group, **the Jews**, to refer to one part of that group, its leaders. Alternate translation: “the leaders of the Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
ACT	17	5	ie1f	translate-unknown	τῶν ἀγοραίων	1	of the marketplace	The **marketplace** was a public area for business where the buying and selling of goods and services took place. See how you translated this term in [16:20](../16/20.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
ACT	17	5	t3bc	figs-metonymy	τὴν πόλιν	1	they set the city in an uproar	The word **city** represents the people of the city. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the people of the city” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ACT	17	5	w94p	figs-explicit	Ἰάσονος	1		Luke does not tell us anything further about this **Jason**, but the implication is that the Jewish leaders believed that Paul and Silas were staying in his home. You can include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “of Jason, where they believed Paul and Silas were staying,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ACT	17	5	ks2l	translate-names	Ἰάσονος	1	of Jason	The word **Jason** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
ACT	17	5	abcu	writing-pronouns	αὐτοὺς	1	to lead them	The pronoun **them** refers to Paul and Silas. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: “Paul and Silas” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
ACT	17	6	i79p	figs-metaphor	τινας ἀδελφοὺς	1	certain brothers	Luke is using the term **brothers** to mean people who share the same faith. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “some other believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ACT	17	6	x90b	figs-hyperbole	οἱ τὴν οἰκουμένην ἀναστατώσαντες	1		The Jewish leaders are exaggerating the influence of Paul and Silas and their teaching. Alternate translation: “These men who have caused trouble wherever they have gone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
ACT	17	8	ixmb	writing-pronouns	ἐτάραξαν	1		The pronoun **they** refers to the Jewish leaders in Thessalonica. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: “the Jewish leaders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
ACT	17	9	ya44	translate-unknown	τὸ ἱκανὸν	1	after they had received a bond from Jason and the rest of them	A **bond** was an amount of money that the city officials required Jason and the rest of the believers to pay as a guarantee of good behavior. The city officials would return the money if those men did not cause any further trouble. Your language and culture may have a term that you can use in your translation for this kind of monetary guarantee. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
ACT	17	9	eq4y	writing-pronouns	ἀπέλυσαν αὐτούς	1		The pronoun **they** refers to the city officials, and the pronoun **them** refers to Jason and the other believers. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: “the city officials released them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
ACT	17	10	qy5c	figs-metaphor	οἱ&ἀδελφοὶ	1	the brothers	Luke is using the term **brothers** to mean people who share the same faith. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ACT	17	10	z39h	translate-names	Βέροιαν	1		The word **Berea** is the name of a city. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
ACT	17	10	m75m	figs-explicitinfo	τὴν συναγωγὴν τῶν Ἰουδαίων	1		It might seem that the expression **the synagogue of the Jews** contains extra information that would be unnatural to express in your language. If so, you can shorten it. Alternate translation: “the synagogue” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo]])
ACT	17	11	k2st	writing-background	δὲ	1	Now	Luke uses the word **Now** to introduce background information about the Jews in Berea to help readers understand what happens next in the story. In your translation, present this information in a way that would be natural in your own language and culture. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
ACT	17	11	alq1	writing-pronouns	οὗτοι&τῶν ἐν Θεσσαλονίκῃ	1		Luke is using the demonstrative pronoun **these** to refer to the Jews in Berea and the demonstrative pronoun **those** to refer to the Jews in Thessalonica. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: “the Jews in Berea … the Jews in Thessalonica” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
ACT	17	11	gu6s	figs-metonymy	εὐγενέστεροι	1	these were more open-minded than	Luke is using the word **noble**, which literally describes a person of a certain lineage, to mean the gracious behavior that should characterize people of that lineage. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “more gracious” or “more considerate” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ACT	17	11	hle3	figs-metonymy	τὸν λόγον	1	received the word	Luke is using the term **word** to mean the message about Jesus that Paul was sharing by using words. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the message about Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ACT	17	11	uh8a	figs-hyperbole	μετὰ πάσης προθυμίας	1	with all readiness	Luke says **all** here as a generalization for emphasis. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different way to express the emphasis. Alternate translation: “with great readiness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
ACT	17	11	qrnm	figs-explicit	ταῦτα	1		Luke assumes that his readers will understand that Paul was showing the Bereans from the Scriptures that Jesus was the Messiah, just as Paul did for the Thessalonians. You can include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “the things that Paul was teaching about Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ACT	17	11	g8an	figs-ellipsis	εἰ ἔχοι ταῦτα οὕτως	1	these things were so	Luke is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You can supply these words from earlier in the sentence if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “to find out whether these things might be so” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
ACT	17	12	abcv	figs-litotes	ἀνδρῶν οὐκ ὀλίγοι	1	not a few men	Luke is using a figure of speech that expresses a positive meaning by using a negative word together with a word that is the opposite of the intended meaning. Alternate translation: “many men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
ACT	17	13	ybos	figs-activepassive	καὶ&κατηγγέλη ὑπὸ τοῦ Παύλου ὁ λόγος τοῦ Θεοῦ	1		If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Paul was also proclaiming the word of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ACT	17	13	dijk	figs-metonymy	ὁ λόγος τοῦ Θεοῦ	1		Luke is using the term **word** to mean the message that Paul was sharing by using words. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the message from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ACT	17	13	wjq3	figs-doublet	σαλεύοντες καὶ ταράσσοντες τοὺς ὄχλους	1	troubled the crowds	The terms **exciting** and **troubling** mean similar things. Luke may be using the two terms together for emphasis. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could express the emphasis with a single phrase. Alternate translation: “greatly upsetting” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
ACT	17	14	ael8	figs-metaphor	οἱ ἀδελφοὶ	1	brothers	Luke is using the term **brothers** to mean people who share the same faith. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ACT	17	14	zw1c	figs-explicitinfo	ἕως ἐπὶ τὴν θάλασσαν	1	to go as far as to the sea	It might seem that the expression **as far as to the sea** contains extra information that would be unnatural to express in your language. If so, you can shorten it. Alternate translation: “to the seacoast” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo]])
ACT	17	15	vn8h	translate-names	Ἀθηνῶν	1		The word **Athens** is the name of one of the most important cities in ancient Greece. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
ACT	17	15	gs1p	figs-quotations	πρὸς τὸν Σιλᾶν καὶ τὸν Τιμόθεον, ἵνα ὡς τάχιστα ἔλθωσιν πρὸς αὐτὸν, ἐξῄεσαν	1	after receiving a command to Silas and Timothy	It may be more natural in your language to have a direct quotation here. Alternate translation: “to Silas and Timothy, ‘Come to me as quickly as possible!’ they departed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
ACT	17	16	y9cr	writing-newevent	δὲ	1	Now	Luke is using the word translated **Now** to introduce a new event in the story. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for introducing a new event. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
ACT	17	16	wk63	writing-pronouns	αὐτοὺς	1		The pronoun **them** refers to Silas and Timothy. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: “Silas and Timothy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
ACT	17	16	u2th	grammar-connect-logic-result	παρωξύνετο τὸ πνεῦμα αὐτοῦ ἐν αὐτῷ, θεωροῦντος κατείδωλον οὖσαν τὴν πόλιν	1		If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “when he saw that the city was full of idols, his spirit was provoked within him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
ACT	17	16	s011	figs-activepassive	παρωξύνετο τὸ πνεῦμα αὐτοῦ ἐν αὐτῷ	1		If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “this provoked his spirit within him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ACT	17	16	we78	figs-metonymy	παρωξύνετο τὸ πνεῦμα αὐτοῦ ἐν αὐτῷ	1	his spirit was being provoked within him, seeing the city being full of idols	Here the **spirit** represents a person’s feelings and sensitivities, particularly of a spiritual nature. Alternate translation: “this offended his spiritual sensitivities” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ACT	17	17	jkj8	figs-idiom	τοῖς σεβομένοις	1	those who were worshiping	See how you translated the similar expression in [16:14](../16/14.md). Alternate translation: “the Greeks who sincerely worshiped the God of Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
ACT	17	17	ec14	translate-unknown	ἐν τῇ ἀγορᾷ	1	in the marketplace	See how you translated the similar expression in [16:19](../16/19.md). Alternate translation: “in the public square” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
ACT	17	18	ru6a	writing-pronouns	αὐτῷ&δοκεῖ&εὐηγγελίζετο	1		The pronouns **him**, **He**, and **he** all refer to Paul.It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: “with Paul … He seems … Paul was proclaiming” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
ACT	17	18	l7le	translate-names	τῶν Ἐπικουρίων	1	of the Epicurean and Stoic philosophers	The word **Epicurean** is the name of a certain kind of philosopher. Epicureans believed that all things were formed by chance and that the gods were too busy being happy to be bothered with governing the universe. They rejected the resurrection and wanted only simple pleasures. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
ACT	17	18	f976	translate-names	Στοϊκῶν	1	Stoic philosophers	The word **Stoic** is the name of another kind of philosopher. Stoics believed that freedom comes from resigning oneself to fate. They rejected a personal, loving God and the resurrection. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
ACT	17	18	g4bv	figs-idiom	ὁ σπερμολόγος	1	What is this babbler wanting to say?	These Athenian philosophers are using a common expression in their culture that refers negatively to a person who only knows little bits of information. The expression depicts a person picking up words or ideas the way a bird picks up seeds. The philosophers are saying that Paul has only a few bits of information that are not worth listening to. Alternate translation: “uneducated person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
ACT	17	18	sx9t	figs-explicit	ξένων δαιμονίων	1	of foreign gods	Luke assumes that his readers will understand that the Athenian philosphers misunderstood Paul and thought that he was introducing two new **gods** that the Greeks and Romans had not known about before, Jesus and Anastasis (the Greek word for resurrection). You can include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “of two new gods, Jesus and Anastasis” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ACT	17	19	unc8	translate-transliterate	Ἄρειον Πάγον	1	Areopagus	The word **Areopagus** means “Hill of Ares” in Greek. It was named after the pagan god whose name was Ares in Greek and Mars in Latin. Luke does not explain the meaning of this word, since his readers already understand Greek. ULT spells this name the way it sounds in English. In your translation, you could spell it the way it sounds in your language. You could also translate the meaning of the word and use the name “Mars Hill,” as UST does. Or you could spell the word the way it sounds and then explain its meaning. Alternate translation: “Mars Hill” or “the Areopagus, that is, Mars Hill” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]])
ACT	17	19	b56g	figs-metonymy	ἐπὶ τὸν Ἄρειον Πάγον	1	to the Areopagus	Luke most likely means that the philosophers from the marketplace brought Paul to meet the main group of philosophers on the Areopagus, not that they just brought Paul to the hill itself. Luke would be using the word **Areopagus** by association to mean the philosophers who gathered there. Alternate translation: “to the philosophers who met on the Areopagus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ACT	17	19	aciu	figs-rquestion	δυνάμεθα γνῶναι τίς ἡ καινὴ αὕτη, ἡ ὑπὸ σοῦ λαλουμένη, διδαχή?	1		This is not actually a rhetorical question, since the philosophers really do want to know whether Paul is willing to explain himself more fully to the group at the Areopagus. However, if in your language it might seem to be a rhetorical question, you could translate it as a statement instead. Alternate translation: “We would like to know what this new teaching is that is being spoken by you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
ACT	17	19	g9gb	figs-exclusive	δυνάμεθα	1		By **we**, the philosophers mean themselves but not Paul, to whom they are speaking, so use the exclusive form of that word in your translation if your language marks that distinction. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
ACT	17	19	n250	figs-activepassive	ἡ ὑπὸ σοῦ λαλουμένη	1		If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “that you are speaking” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ACT	17	20	lay8	figs-metaphor	ξενίζοντα&τινα εἰσφέρεις εἰς τὰς ἀκοὰς ἡμῶν	1	For you are bringing some strange things to our ears	The philosophers are speaking of Paul’s teachings about Jesus and the resurrection as if they were objects that one person could bring to another person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “you are saying some startling things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ACT	17	20	us7g	figs-metonymy	ξενίζοντα γάρ τινα εἰσφέρεις εἰς τὰς ἀκοὰς ἡμῶν	1		The philosophers are referring to hearing by association with the **ears**, which people use to hear. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “we are hearing you say some startling things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ACT	17	20	fs5g	figs-exclusive	ἡμῶν&βουλόμεθα	1		By **our** and **we**, the philosophers mean themselves but not Paul, to whom they are speaking, so use the exclusive form of those words in your translation if your language marks that distinction. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
ACT	17	20	fe4p	figs-idiom	τίνα θέλει ταῦτα εἶναι	1		The philosophers are using an idiom. Your language may have a similar idiom that you could use in your translation. Or, if it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “what these things mean” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
ACT	17	21	ujgi	writing-background	δὲ	1		Luke is using the word translated **Now** to introduce background information about the people of Athens that will help readers understand what happens next in the story. In your translation, present this information in a way that would be natural in your own language and culture. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
ACT	17	21	dn1t	figs-hyperbole	Ἀθηναῖοι&πάντες καὶ οἱ ἐπιδημοῦντες ξένοι&ηὐκαίρουν	1	And all the Athenians and the foreigners living there	Luke says **all** here as a generalization for emphasis. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different way to express the emphasis. Alternate translation: “the Athenians and the sojourning foreigners loved to devote their leisure” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
ACT	17	21	d8yb	translate-names	Ἀθηναῖοι	1	the Athenians	The word ** Athenians** is the name for people who live in or come from the city of Athens. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
ACT	17	21	ij4e	figs-hyperbole	εἰς οὐδὲν ἕτερον ηὐκαίρουν	1	spent their time in nothing other than	Here, Luke says **nothing other** as a generalization for emphasis. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different way to express the emphasis. Alternate translation: “made it their favorite leisure activity” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
ACT	17	21	wr1r	figs-explicit	τι καινότερον	1	to tell something or to listen to something new	This could mean: (1) that the implication is that the Athenians were looking for something **newer** than the last new thing they had said or heard. You can include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “something newer than the last new thing they had said or heard” (2) that Luke may be using the comparative form **newer** with simple positive meaning. Alternate translation: “something new” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ACT	17	22	k5dy	figs-activepassive	σταθεὶς δὲ Παῦλος ἐν μέσῳ τοῦ Ἀρείου Πάγου ἔφη	1		If your language does not use the passive form **having been stood**, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Once the philosophers had stood Paul in the middle of the Areopagus, he was saying” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ACT	17	22	zq3y	figs-metonymy	ἐν μέσῳ τοῦ Ἀρείου Πάγου	1		As in [17:19](../17/19.md), Luke uses the word **Areopagus** by association to mean the philosophers who gathered there. He does not mean that the philosophers placed Paul in the middle of the hill known as the Areopagus. Alternate translation: “in the middle of the group of philosophers who met on the Areopagus” or “in the middle of the group of philosophers who met on Mars Hill” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ACT	17	22	h5et	figs-idiom	ἄνδρες, Ἀθηναῖοι	1		This is an idiomatic form of address. Use a way that is natural in your language to refer to a particular group of people. Alternate translation: “You Athenians” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
ACT	17	22	kcag		δεισιδαιμονεστέρους	1		Paul is using the comparative form **more religious** for emphasis. Your language may use comparative forms in the same way. If not, you could convey the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “very religious”
ACT	17	22	ja1k	figs-hyperbole	κατὰ πάντα	1	very religious in every way	Paul says **everything** here as a generalization for emphasis. He is referring to the Athenians’ public display of honoring the gods through prayers, building altars, and offering sacrifices. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different way to express the emphasis. Alternate translation: “in many different ways” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
ACT	17	23	cem7	figs-quotesinquotes	βωμὸν ἐν ᾧ ἐπεγέγραπτο, ἀγνώστῳ Θεῷ	1	To an Unknown God	While it would be preferable to present this as a direct quotation (see next note), you could translate this as an indirect quotation so that there is not one direct quotation within another. Alternate translation: “an altar whose inscription dedicated it to an unknown god” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
ACT	17	23	nmwv	figs-quotemarks	βωμὸν ἐν ᾧ ἐπεγέγραπτο, ἀγνώστῳ Θεῷ	1		Even if your language does not customarily put one direct quotation inside another, it would be good to present this as a direct quotation if possible, since it is the inscription on the altar that Paul is describing. You may be able to enclose this quotation in second-level quotation marks or use some other punctuation or convention that is available in your language to indicate a second-level quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
ACT	17	23	t3mu	figs-activepassive	ἐν ᾧ ἐπεγέγραπτο	1		If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “on which someone had inscribed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ACT	17	24	f2mz	figs-merism	οὐρανοῦ καὶ γῆς	1	of heaven and earth	Paul is referring to all of creation by naming its two major components. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “of everything that exists” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
ACT	17	24	ju4h	figs-synecdoche	χειροποιήτοις ναοῖς	1	built with hands	Paul is using one part of a person, the **hand**, to represent all of a person in the act of building. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “temples that humans have made” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
ACT	17	25	e3dg	figs-activepassive	ὑπὸ χειρῶν ἀνθρωπίνων θεραπεύεται	1	Neither is he served by hands of men	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “do hands of men care for him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ACT	17	25	cqri		προσδεόμενός τινος	1		Alternate translation: “as if he needed anything”
ACT	17	25	yq68	figs-synecdoche	ὑπὸ χειρῶν ἀνθρωπίνων	1	by hands of men	Paul is using one part of a person, the **hands**, to represent all of a person in the act of supposedly caring for God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “by people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
ACT	17	25	sj89	figs-rpronouns	αὐτὸς διδοὺς	1	himself giving	Paul is using the word **himself** for emphasis. Alternate translation: “because he himself gives” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
ACT	17	25	zv8x	figs-doublet	ζωὴν, καὶ πνοὴν	1		The terms **life** and **breath** mean similar things. Paul is using the two terms together for emphasis. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could express the emphasis with a single phrase. Alternate translation: “existence itself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
ACT	17	25	sw8d	figs-explicit	πᾶσι	1		By **all**, Paul implicitly means “all people.” You can include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “to all people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ACT	17	26	p1e4	figs-explicit	ἑνὸς	1	one man	By **one**, Paul implicitly means “one man.” He means Adam, the first person God created. You can include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “one man” or “Adam” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ACT	17	26	cnbu	figs-gendernotations	πᾶν ἔθνος ἀνθρώπων	1		Although the term **men** is masculine, Paul is using the word in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could use a term in your language that is clearly inclusive of both men and women. Alternate translation: “every nation of humanity” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
ACT	17	27	s2xs	figs-explicit	ζητεῖν τὸν Θεὸν	1		Paul means implicitly that God did the things he described in the previous verse, giving the nations of humanity particular times to live in particular places, so that they would **seek** him. You can include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “God did this so that people would seek him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ACT	17	27	jae5	figs-metaphor	ψηλαφήσειαν αὐτὸν καὶ εὕροιεν	1	to seek God and perhaps they might feel around for him and find him	Paul is speaking as if people could **feel around for** God and **find him** that way. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “they might sincerely try to know God and come to know him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ACT	17	27	p8hk	figs-litotes	οὐ μακρὰν ἀπὸ	1	Yet he is not far from each one of us	Paul is using a figure of speech that expresses a positive meaning by using a negative word together with a word that is the opposite of the intended meaning. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “close to” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
ACT	17	27	onm4	figs-exclusive	ἡμῶν	1		Paul is using the pronoun **us** to refer to himself and his listeners, so use the inclusive form of that word if your language marks that distinction. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
ACT	17	28	tkd3	writing-pronouns	αὐτῷ&γένος	1	General Information:	The pronouns **him** and **his** refer to God. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: “in God … God’s offspring” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
ACT	17	28	o4vy	figs-exclusive	ζῶμεν&ἐσμέν	1		Paul is using the pronoun **we** to refer to himself and his listeners, so use the inclusive form of that word if your language marks that distinction. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
ACT	17	28	jxph	figs-quotesinquotes	ἐν αὐτῷ γὰρ ζῶμεν καὶ κινούμεθα καὶ ἐσμέν; ὡς καί τινες τῶν καθ’ ὑμᾶς ποιητῶν εἰρήκασιν, τοῦ γὰρ καὶ γένος ἐσμέν.	1		Here Paul is quoting from the Greek philosopher-poet Epimenides and from the Greek poets Aratus and Cleanthes. While it would be preferable to present these two quotations as direct quotations (see next note), you could translate them as indirect quotations so that there are not direct quotations within a direct quotation. Alternate translation: “For some of your own poets have said that in him we live and are moved and are and that we too are his offspring” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
ACT	17	28	rpaz	figs-quotemarks	ἐν αὐτῷ γὰρ ζῶμεν καὶ κινούμεθα καὶ ἐσμέν; ὡς καί τινες τῶν καθ’ ὑμᾶς ποιητῶν εἰρήκασιν, τοῦ γὰρ καὶ γένος ἐσμέν	1		Even if your language does not customarily put one direct quotation inside another, it would be good to present these two quotations as direct quotations if possible, since that would show that Paul is quoting Greek poets as he speaks to the philosophers in Athens. You may be able to enclose these quotations within second-level quotation marks or use some other punctuation or convention that is available in your language to indicate second-level quotations. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
ACT	17	28	ii2n	figs-doublet	ἐν αὐτῷ γὰρ ζῶμεν καὶ κινούμεθα καὶ ἐσμέν	1		The expressions **live** and **are moved** and **are** mean similar things. Epimenides is using the three terms together for poetic effect. It would be good to preserve that effect if possible, but it would be clearer for your readers, you could express the same idea with a single phrase. Alternate translation: “For he is the source of our entire existence” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
ACT	17	28	cbd9	figs-activepassive	ἐν αὐτῷ γὰρ ζῶμεν καὶ κινούμεθα καὶ ἐσμέν	1	For in him	If your language does not use the passive form **are moved**, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “For ‘he is the one in whom we live and who moves us and in whom we exist’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ACT	17	28	lil5	figs-metaphor	τοῦ γὰρ καὶ γένος ἐσμέν.	1		Aratus and Cleanthes do not mean that people are literally God’s **offspring** or children. They are speaking and poetically. It would be good to preserve the poetic effect if possible, but it would be clearer for your readers, you could express this metaphor as a simile. Alternate translation: “For it is as if we too are his offspring” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ACT	17	29	k9ws	figs-metaphor	γένος&ὑπάρχοντες τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	are God’s offspring	Paul is speaking as if people were literally God’s **offspring** or children. He means that God created people, and they are his creatures. If it would be clearer in your language, you could express this metaphor as a simile. Alternate translation: “being like God’s children” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ACT	17	29	czi9	figs-nominaladj	τὸ θεῖον	1	the divine being	Paul is using the adjective **Divine** as a noun to mean God, who is divine. ULT capitalizes the word to show this. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
ACT	17	29	xfp9	figs-metonymy	χρυσῷ, ἢ ἀργύρῳ, ἢ λίθῳ	1		Paul is referring to idols by association with the materials out of which people made idols. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to idols made of gold or silver or stone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ACT	17	29	q4q2	figs-possession	χαράγματι τέχνης καὶ ἐνθυμήσεως ἀνθρώπου	1	images of the skill and imagination of man	Paul is using the possessive form not to mean images that resemble human **skill** and **imagination** but to describe the qualities that people use to create **images** or idols. Alternate translation: “images that people create by using their skill and imagination” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
ACT	17	29	gnk6	figs-gendernotations	ἀνθρώπου	1		Although the term **man** is masculine, Paul is using the word in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could use a term in your language that is clearly inclusive of both men and women. Alternate translation: “of humans” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
ACT	17	30	h8uy	figs-possession	χρόνους τῆς ἀγνοίας	1	times of ignorance	Paul is using the possessive form here not to describe **times** that were themselves ignorant but **times** when people were characterized by spiritual **ignorance**. Paul is referring to the times before God fully revealed himself through Jesus Christ and before people truly knew how to obey God. Alternate translation: “the times when people were ignorant of the true God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
ACT	17	30	qim5	figs-gendernotations	τοῖς ἀνθρώποις	1	all men	Although the term **men** is masculine, Paul is using the word in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could use a term in your language that is clearly inclusive of both men and women. Alternate translation: “people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
ACT	17	31	jt3a	figs-metonymy	τὴν οἰκουμένην	1	he is about to judge the world	Here the term **world** refers to the people who live in the world. If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the people of the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ACT	17	31	htp7	figs-abstractnouns	ἐν δικαιοσύνῃ	1	in which he is about to judge the world in righteousness by the man whom he has appointed	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **righteousness**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “by his own righteous standards” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ACT	17	31	ebve	figs-explicit	ἐν ἀνδρὶ ᾧ ὥρισεν	1		By **the man**, Paul implicitly means Jesus. You can include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “by Jesus, the man whom he has appointed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ACT	17	31	l61p	figs-abstractnouns	πίστιν παρασχὼν πᾶσιν	1	He has provided signs	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **assurance**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “having given everyone reason to believe surely” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ACT	17	31	ulr4	figs-nominaladj	ἐκ νεκρῶν	1	from the dead	Paul is using the adjective **dead** as a noun in order to indicate a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “from among those who have died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
ACT	17	32	j44o	figs-nominaladj	νεκρῶν	1		Luke is using the adjective **dead** as a noun in order to indicate a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “of those who have died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
ACT	17	32	tc8t	figs-exclusive	ἀκουσόμεθά	1		By **We**, these philosophers mean themselves but not Paul, so use the exclusive form of that word in your translation if your language marks that distinction. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
ACT	17	32	txre	figs-explicitinfo	καὶ πάλιν	1		It might seem that the expression **also again** contains extra information that would be unnatural to express in your language. If so, you can shorten it. Alternate translation: “again” or “another time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo]])
ACT	17	32	c4sm	writing-endofstory		0		This is the end of the part of the story about Paul in Athens. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-endofstory]])
ACT	17	32	jlm5		ἀκούσαντες	1	when they heard of	These are the people who were present at the Areopagus, listening to Paul.
ACT	17	32	sn6j		οἱ μὲν ἐχλεύαζον	1	some mocked him	These did not believe it was possible for someone to die and then return to life. Alternate translation: “some ridiculed Paul” or “some laughed at Paul”
ACT	17	34	nb26	writing-endofstory	δὲ	1	Now	Luke uses the word **But** to introduce information about what happened at the end of the story of what Paul did in Athens. Your language may have its own way of presenting such information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-endofstory]])
ACT	17	34	nysg	figs-gendernotations	τινὲς&ἄνδρες	1		Although the term **men** is masculine, Paul is using the word in a generic sense that includes both men and women, as the mention of **Damaris** shows. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could use a term in your language that is clearly inclusive of both men and women. Alternate translation: “certain people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
ACT	17	34	hlgu	figs-infostructure	κολληθέντες αὐτῷ, ἐπίστευσαν	1		The people Luke describes here **believed** before they were **joined** to Paul, so it might be more natural to put the information about them believing first. Alternate translation: “believed and were joined to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
ACT	17	34	vcx3	figs-activepassive	κολληθέντες αὐτῷ	1		If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “joining him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ACT	17	34	psh8	translate-names	Διονύσιος ὁ Ἀρεοπαγίτης	1	Dionysius the Areopagite	The word **Dionysius** is the name of a man. The word **Areopagite** is the name for someone who was a member of a council of rulers and judges that met on the Areopagus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
ACT	17	34	hsz3	translate-names	Δάμαρις	1	Damaris	The word **Damaris** is the name of a woman. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
ACT	18	intro	rky6			0		# Acts 18 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and Formatting<br><br>- Verses 1–17 describe how Paul proclaimed the gospel in the city of Corinth.<br>- Verses 18–23 describe how Paul returned to Antioch and then started out on another missionary journey.<br>- Verses 24–28 describe how a man named Apollos became an effective preacher of the gospel.<br><br>## Special Concepts in this Chapter<br><br>### The baptism of John<br><br>Some Jews who lived far away from Jerusalem and Judea had heard of John the Baptist and followed his teachings. They had not yet heard about Jesus. One of these Jews was Apollos. He followed John the Baptist, but he did not know that the Messiah had come. John had baptized people to show that they were sorry for their sins, but that kind of baptism was different from Christian baptism. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faithful]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/christ]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]])
ACT	18	1	fky7	writing-newevent	μετὰ ταῦτα	1	After these things	Luke is using the phrase **After these things** to introduce a new event in the story. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for introducing a new event. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
ACT	18	1	abcw	writing-pronouns	ἦλθεν	1	having departed	The pronoun **he** refers to Paul. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: “Paul went” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
ACT	18	1	h2si	translate-names	Κόρινθον	1	Athens	The word **Corinth** is the name of a city. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
ACT	18	2	d9zx	figs-idiom	καὶ εὑρών	1	And when he found	The word **found** does not mean that Paul was intentionally searching for a certain man; he happened to meet him. Alternate translation: “And when Paul happened to meet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
ACT	18	2	hm16	writing-participants	τινα Ἰουδαῖον	1	a certain Jew named Aquila	Luke is using the phrase **a certain Jew** to introduce **Aquila** as a new participant in the story. If your language has its own way of introducing new participants, you can use it here in your translation. Alternate translation: “that there was a certain Jew there” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
ACT	18	2	n7uf	translate-names	Ἀκύλαν	1		The word **Aquila** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
ACT	18	2	y97p	translate-names	Ποντικὸν	1	a native of Pontus	The word **Pontian** was the name for someone who came from the province of Pontus on the southern coast of the Black Sea. See how you translated the name “Pontus” in [2:9](../02/09.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
ACT	18	2	q11b	figs-infostructure	προσφάτως ἐληλυθότα ἀπὸ τῆς Ἰταλίας, καὶ Πρίσκιλλαν γυναῖκα αὐτοῦ, διὰ τὸ διατεταχέναι Κλαύδιον χωρίζεσθαι πάντας τοὺς Ἰουδαίους ἀπὸ τῆς Ῥώμης	1		It might be more natural to keep all of the information about Aquila leaving Italy together and mention afterwards that Paul also met his wife Priscilla. Alternate translation: “having recently come from Italy because Claudius had ordered all the Jews to depart from Rome, and Priscilla, his wife” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
ACT	18	2	n631	translate-names	τῆς Ἰταλίας	1	Italy	The word **Italy** is the name of a country. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
ACT	18	2	b06i	translate-names	Πρίσκιλλαν	1		The word **Priscilla** is the name of a woman. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
ACT	18	2	n95f	translate-names	Κλαύδιον	1	Claudius had ordered	The word **Claudius** is the name of the man who was the Roman emperor at this time. See how you translated his name in [11:28](../11/28.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
ACT	18	2	db3t	translate-names	τῆς Ῥώμης	1		The word **Rome** is the name of a city. See how you translated the similar word “Romans” in [2:10](../02/10.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
ACT	18	5	r56h			0	General Information:	Silas and Timothy rejoin Paul.
ACT	18	5	btkg	figs-idiom	κατῆλθον	1		Luke says that Silas and Timothy **came down** to Corinth because that city is lower in elevation than Macedonia. Alternate translation: “traveled” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
ACT	18	5	rjl6	figs-activepassive	συνείχετο τῷ λόγῳ ὁ Παῦλος	1		If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Paul felt urgently that he needed to devote himself to the word” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ACT	18	5	vwj1	figs-personification	συνείχετο τῷ λόγῳ ὁ Παῦλος	1		Luke speaks of **the word** as if it were a living thing that could constrain Paul. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Paul felt urgently that he needed to devote himself to the word” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
ACT	18	5	bsgm	figs-metonymy	συνείχετο τῷ λόγῳ ὁ Παῦλος	1		Luke is using the term **word** to mean preaching the message about Jesus by using words. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Paul felt urgently that he needed to devote himself to preaching the message about Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ACT	18	6	ncx8	translate-symaction	ἐκτιναξάμενος τὰ ἱμάτια	1	shaking out his garment	This symbolic action was an expression of strong rejection in this culture. It showed that someone did not want even the dust of a place, in this case the synagogue, to remain on them. If there is a similar gesture in your culture, you could consider using it here in your translation. See what you did with the similar gesture in [13:51](../13/51.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
ACT	18	6	z12a	figs-metonymy	τὸ αἷμα ὑμῶν ἐπὶ τὴν κεφαλὴν ὑμῶν	1	Your blood be upon your head	Here, **blood** represents punishment, specifically for rejecting Jesus. Paul is telling the Jews that they are solely responsible for the divine judgment they will face for their stubbornness if they refuse to repent. Alternate translation: “You alone must bear the responsibility when God punishes you for rejecting Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ACT	18	6	pacx	figs-synecdoche	τὸ αἷμα ὑμῶν ἐπὶ τὴν κεφαλὴν ὑμῶν	1		Paul is using one part of a person, the **head**, to represent all of a person in the act of deciding. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Your punishment is your responsibility” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
ACT	18	6	ezpo	figs-yousingular	τὸ αἷμα ὑμῶν ἐπὶ τὴν κεφαλὴν ὑμῶν	1		The word **your** is plural. Paul is speaking to all the Jews in the synagogue, so use the plural form in your translation if your language marks that distinction. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])
ACT	18	6	vwpg		τὴν κεφαλὴν ὑμῶν	1		Since Paul is speaking to a group of people, it might be more natural in your language to use the plural form of **head**. Alternate translation: “your heads”
ACT	18	6	aq99	figs-metaphor	καθαρὸς ἐγώ	1		Paul is speaking as if he were physically **clean**. He means that he is satisfied in his conscience that he has fulfilled his duty to proclaim the gospel to these Jews. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “I have fulfilled my duty in proclaiming the gospel to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ACT	18	7	v8xg	figs-idiom	τινὸς&σεβομένου τὸν Θεόν	1	who worships God	See how you translated the similar expression in [16:14](../16/14.md). Alternate translation: “a Gentile man who sincerely worshiped the God of Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
ACT	18	7	vs6y	translate-names	Τιτίου Ἰούστου	1	Titius Justus	The words **Titius Justus** are the names of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
ACT	18	8	lj2t	translate-names	Κρίσπος	1	Crispus	The word **Crispus** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
ACT	18	8	zc89	writing-politeness	τῷ Κυρίῳ	1		Luke is referring to Jesus by a respectful title. Use a form for addressing someone respectfully in your language. Alternate translation: “in the Lord Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-politeness]])
ACT	18	8	uaq5	figs-metonymy	ὅλῳ τῷ οἴκῳ αὐτοῦ	1	all those in his house	Here, **house** refers to an entire household living together. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “his entire household” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ACT	18	8	ykso	translate-names	Κορινθίων	1		The word **Corinthians** is the name for people who live in or come from the city of Corinth. See how you translated that name in [18:1](../18/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
ACT	18	8	t3np	figs-activepassive	ἐβαπτίζοντο	1	were being baptized	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “were receiving baptism” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ACT	18	9	ws7p	figs-explicit	μὴ φοβοῦ	1		Jesus means implicitly that Paul should not **fear** what people might do to him if he continues proclaiming the gospel. You can include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “Do not fear what people might do to you if you continue proclaiming the gospel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ACT	18	9	l4yy	writing-politeness	ὁ Κύριος	1		Luke is referring to Jesus by a respectful title. Use a form for addressing someone respectfully in your language. Alternate translation: “the Lord Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-politeness]])
ACT	18	9	zg8a	figs-doublet	λάλει καὶ μὴ σιωπήσῃς	1	continue speaking and do not be silent	The expressions **speak** and **do not be silent** mean similar things. Jesus is using the two terms together for emphasis. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could express the emphasis with a single phrase. Alternate translation: “you must certainly continue speaking” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
ACT	18	9	a529	figs-explicit	μὴ σιωπήσῃς	1	do not be silent	Jesus means implicitly that Paul should not **be silent** about the gospel. You can include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “do not be silent about the gospel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ACT	18	10	isn8	writing-pronouns	ἐγώ εἰμι μετὰ σοῦ	1		Jesus is stating the pronoun **I**, which is already implied in the verb **am**, for emphasis. If your language can state implied pronouns explicitly for emphasis, you may want to use that construction here. Other languages may have other ways of bringing out this emphasis. Alternate translation: “I am certainly with you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
ACT	18	10	a8lq	figs-possession	λαός ἐστί μοι πολὺς ἐν τῇ πόλει ταύτῃ	1	I have many people in this city	This means “many people in this city are mine.” Jesus is using the possessive form to indicate that these people are loyal to him. Alternate translation: “there are many people in this city who are loyal to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
ACT	18	11	a18w	figs-metonymy	τὸν λόγον τοῦ Θεοῦ	1		Luke is using the term **word** to mean the message that God wanted Paul to teach by using words. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the message from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ACT	18	12	se8m	translate-names	Γαλλίωνος	1	Gallio	The word **Gallio** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
ACT	18	12	f41k	translate-names	τῆς Ἀχαΐας	1		The word **Achaia** was the name of the Roman province in which Corinth was located. Corinth was the largest city in southern Greece and the capital of the province. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
ACT	18	12	j762	figs-synecdoche	οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι	1	the Jews	Luke is using the name of a whole group, **the Jews**, to refer to one part of that group, its leaders. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the leaders of the Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
ACT	18	12	lp79	figs-idiom	κατεπέστησαν	1	rose up together against	Here the expression **rose up** means that the Jewish leaders took action, specifically to oppose Paul. It does not mean that they stood up from a seated position. Alternate translation: “took action against” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
ACT	18	12	rc85		ὁμοθυμαδὸν	1		The word **unanimously** indicates that the Jews in Corinth recognized that they had a common interest and that they agreed to act together to pursue that interest. See how you translated the same word in [1:14](../01/14.md). Alternate translation: “all together”
ACT	18	12	u36c	figs-explicit	ἤγαγον αὐτὸν ἐπὶ τὸ βῆμα	1	brought him before the judgment seat	The term **judgment seat** refers to the place where Gallio the governor sat when he made legal decisions in court. The implication is that the Jewish leaders wanted Gallio to judge and punish Paul. You can include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “brought him before the judgment seat so that the governor would judge and punish him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ACT	18	13	xpnq	writing-pronouns	οὗτος	1		The demonstrative pronoun **this** refers to Paul. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: “This man Paul” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
ACT	18	13	x23b	figs-gendernotations	τοὺς ἀνθρώπους	1		Although the term **men** is masculine, the Jewish leaders is using the word in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could use a term in your language that is clearly inclusive of both men and women. Alternate translation: “people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
ACT	18	13	il8i	figs-explicit	παρὰ τὸν νόμον	1		By **the law**, the Jewish leaders implicitly mean “Roman law.” You can include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “contrary to Roman law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ACT	18	14	uhyp	figs-metonymy	ἀνοίγειν τὸ στόμα	1		Luke is referring to “speaking” by association with a person would **open his mouth** in order to speak. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to speak” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ACT	18	14	cesw	figs-synecdoche	τοὺς Ἰουδαίους	1		Luke is using the name of a whole group, **the Jews**, to refer to one part of that group, its leaders. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the leaders of the Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
ACT	18	14	argm	figs-ellipsis	εἰ μὲν ἦν ἀδίκημά τι ἢ ῥᾳδιούργημα πονηρόν	1		Gallio is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You can supply these words from the context if it would be helpful in your language. Alternate translation: “if indeed it was some crime or evil wrongdoing on Paul’s part that brought you here today” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
ACT	18	14	psxf	figs-doublet	ἀδίκημά τι ἢ ῥᾳδιούργημα πονηρόν	1		The terms **crime** and **wrongdoing** mean similar things. Gallio using the two terms together for emphasis. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could express the emphasis with a single phrase. Alternate translation: “some serious crime” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
ACT	18	15	reg7	grammar-connect-condition-fact	εἰ	1		Gallio is speaking as if what follows was a hypothetical possibility, but he means that it is actually true. If your language does not state something as a condition if the speaker knows that it is certain or true, then you can translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “since” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]])
ACT	18	15	aaql	figs-metonymy	λόγου	1		By **word**, Gallio likely means speech, expressed in words, as opposed to action. He is saying that what Paul has been saying is not a matter of great importance if he has not actually committed any crime. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “teaching” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ACT	18	15	p0kk	figs-explicit	ὀνομάτων	1		By **names**, Gallio likely means the question of whether Jesus can be called the Messiah. You can include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. UST models one way to do that. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ACT	18	15	ywpd	figs-declarative	ὄψεσθε αὐτοί	1		Gallio is using a future statement to give an command. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a more natural form for giving a command. Alternate translation: “you must see yourselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]])
ACT	18	15	royp	figs-idiom	ὄψεσθε αὐτοί	1		By **see**, Gallio means investigate the matter and resolve it. Your language may have a similar idiom that you can use in your translation. Alternate translation: “you must see to it yourselves” or “you must look into it yourselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
ACT	18	16	d6nh	figs-metonymy	ἀπήλασεν αὐτοὺς ἀπὸ τοῦ βήματος	1	he sent them away from the judgment seat	Here, **judgment seat** refers to the place where Gallio sits to make legal decisions in court. Alternate translation: “Gallio made them leave his presence in the court” or “Gallio made them leave the court” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ACT	18	17	x9w5	translate-names	Σωσθένην	1	Sosthenes, the ruler of the synagogue	The word **Sosthenes** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
ACT	18	17	ju3w	figs-explicit	τὸν ἀρχισυνάγωγον	1		Since Luke says in [18:8](../18/08.md) that Crispus was the synagogue leader in Corinth, the implication is that during the year and a half that had passed since then, another man, Sosthenes, had become the leader. Since the Jewish leaders who were hostile to Paul were also hostile to him, a further implication is that, like Crispus, Sosthenes had become a believer in Jesus. You can include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. (However, see next note for another possibility that some interpreters favor.) Alternate translation: “the new synagogue leader, who believed in Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ACT	18	17	mj77	figs-explicit	ἐπιλαβόμενοι δὲ πάντες Σωσθένην τὸν ἀρχισυνάγωγον, ἔτυπτον ἔμπροσθεν τοῦ βήματος	1	But they all, having seized Sosthenes, the ruler of the synagogue, were beating him in front of the judgment seat	This could mean: (1) that the Jewish leaders were beating Sosthenes because he was a believer in Jesus. Alternate translation: “the Jewish leaders were all beating him” (2) that the Gentiles who were present in the court beat Sosthenes because the Jews had caused trouble by bothering Gallio with an insignificant matter and Sosthenes was the synagogue leader. Alternate translation: “the Gentiles who were in the court were all beating him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ACT	18	17	cyk6	figs-hyperbole	πάντες&ἔτυπτον	1	they all, having seized	Luke likely says **all** here as a generalization for emphasis. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different way to express the emphasis. Alternate translation: “they were angrily beating him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
ACT	18	18	j0we	grammar-connect-logic-contrast	ὁ δὲ Παῦλος ἔτι προσμείνας ἡμέρας ἱκανὰς	1		Luke is using the word **But** here to introduce a contrast between what Paul might have been expected to do—leave the city because he was in danger and to protect the believers from danger themselves, as he did in Thessalonica and Berea—and what Paul actually did—remain in the city. In your translation, indicate this contrast in a way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Nevertheless, Paul stayed yet many days, then” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
ACT	18	18	et8c	figs-metaphor	τοῖς ἀδελφοῖς	1	left the brothers	Luke is using the term **brothers** to mean people who share the same faith. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ACT	18	18	x25w	translate-names	Κενχρεαῖς	1		The word **Cenchreae** is the name of a city. This city was the seaport for the larger inland city of Corinth. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
ACT	18	18	kq6f	translate-symaction	κειράμενος ἐν Κενχρεαῖς τὴν κεφαλήν, εἶχεν γὰρ εὐχήν	1	He had cut the hair of his head … because he had a vow	Paul cut the hair off **his head** to show that he had fulfilled a vow that he had made to God. If this would not be clear to your readers, you can explain the significance of this action. It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “Paul cut off his hair in Cenchrea to show that he had fulfilled a vow that he had made to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
ACT	18	18	ceor	figs-infostructure	εἶχεν γὰρ εὐχήν	1		Luke seems to offer the information that Paul had made a **vow** as the explanation for why he **stayed yet many days** in Corinth despite the danger he was in. It may be more natural in your translation to put this information right after the phrase it seems to explain, **having stayed many days**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
ACT	18	18	cf3c	figs-extrainfo	εἶχεν γὰρ εὐχήν	1		Luke tells us nothing further about why Paul made this vow or what he did to carry it out, so it would not be appropriate to add any information in your translation about why Paul made it. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
ACT	18	18	c8z0	translate-unknown	εὐχήν	1		This **vow** was a promise that a person in this culture made to God that he would not drink alcohol or cut his hair until the end of a set period of time. A person might do this to express his sincerity about something he was praying for, to acknowledge something that God had done for him, or to consecrate himself to deeper devotion to God for a time. In your translation, you may be able to use the word for a comparable practice in your culture. Alternate translation: “made a special promise to God not to cut his hair for a time in order to be more devoted” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
ACT	18	19	abcx	writing-pronouns	κατήντησαν δὲ εἰς Ἔφεσον, κἀκείνους κατέλιπεν αὐτοῦ	1	he left them	The pronoun **they** refers to Paul, Priscilla, and Aquila, the pronoun **them** refers to Priscilla and Aquila, and the pronoun **he** refers to Paul. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: “And the three of them came down to Ephesus and Paul left Priscilla and Aquila there” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
ACT	18	19	eqi4	figs-idiom	κατήντησαν&εἰς Ἔφεσον	1		Luke says that Paul, Priscilla, and Aquila **came down** to Ephesus because that was the customary way in this culture of describing a person arriving somewhere after traveling by sea. Alternate translation: “they sailed to Ephesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
ACT	18	19	yrhy	translate-names	Ἔφεσον	1		The word **Ephesus** is the name of a city. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
ACT	18	20	u44s	writing-pronouns	ἐρωτώντων&αὐτῶν	1		The pronoun **they** refers to the Jews in the synagogue in Ephesus. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: “when the Jews in the synagogue asked him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
ACT	18	22	gyy4	figs-idiom	κατελθὼν εἰς Καισάρειαν	1	having landed at Caesarea	Luke says that Paul had **come down** to Caesarea because that was the customary way in this culture of describing a person arriving somewhere after traveling by sea. Your language may have its own way of describing that. Alternate translation: “having landed in Caesarea” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
ACT	18	22	bvw4	figs-explicit	ἀναβὰς	1		Luke assumes that his readers will understand that by **having gone up**. he means that Paul traveled to Jerusalem. You can include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “having gone up to Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ACT	18	22	r26z	figs-idiom	ἀναβὰς	1	having gone up	Luke says that Paul had **gone up** because that was the customary way of speaking about traveling from Jerusalem, since that city is up on a mountain. Use a natural way in your language of referring to traveling to a higher elevation. Alternate translation: “having traveled to Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
ACT	18	22	q9j6	figs-metonymy	τὴν ἐκκλησίαν	1	greeted the church	Luke is saying **the church** to mean the people who were associated with the church. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the members of the church” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ACT	18	22	n3rh	figs-idiom	κατέβη	1	he went down	Luke says that Paul **went down** to Antioch because that city is lower in elevation than Jerusalem. Use a natural way in your language of referring to traveling to a lower elevation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
ACT	18	23	plys	figs-metonymy	διερχόμενος καθεξῆς τὴν Γαλατικὴν χώραν καὶ Φρυγίαν	1		Luke means that Paul visited **in succession** the churches in **the region of Galatia and Phrygia**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “going through the region of Galatia and Phrygia and visiting the churches there in succession” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ACT	18	23	s2hd	figs-hyperbole	στηρίζων πάντας τοὺς μαθητάς	1		Luke says **all** here as a generalization for emphasis. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different way to express the emphasis. Alternate translation: “greatly strengthening the disciples” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
ACT	18	24	xqy7	writing-background	δέ	1	Now	Luke uses the word **Now** to introduce background information about **Apollos** that will help readers understand what happens next in the story. In your translation, introduce this information in a way that would be natural in your own language and culture. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
ACT	18	24	n2b4	writing-participants	Ἰουδαῖος&τις	1	a certain Jew named Apollos	Luke is using the phrase **a certain Jewish man** to introduce **Apollos** as a new participant in the story. If your language has its own way of introducing new participants, you can use it here in your translation. Alternate translation: “there was a Jewish man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
ACT	18	24	gsal	figs-nominaladj	Ἰουδαῖος	1		Luke is using the adjective **Jewish** as a noun to mean a person who is a Jew. ULT adds **man** to show this. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this expression with an equivalent word or phrase. Alternate translation: “Jew” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
ACT	18	24	di14	translate-names	Ἀλεξανδρεὺς	1	an Alexandrian by birth	The word **Alexandrian** is the name for people who live in or come from the city of Alexandria in Egypt. See how you translated this name in [6:9](../06/09.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
ACT	18	24	qn7z	figs-idiom	κατήντησεν εἰς Ἔφεσον	1		Luke does not say where Apollos traveled from when he came to Ephesus. However, he probably says that Apollos **came down** to Ephesus because that was the customary way in this culture of describing a person arriving somewhere after traveling by sea. Your language may have its own way of describing that. Alternate translation: “arrived in the port of Ephesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
ACT	18	24	bh25	figs-metaphor	δυνατὸς ὢν ἐν ταῖς Γραφαῖς	1	He was mighty in the scriptures	Luke is speaking of **Apollos** as if he had physical strength with regard to the Scriptures. Luke means that he knew the Scriptures very well. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “having great knowledge about the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ACT	18	25	ym5i	figs-hendiadys	ἐλάλει καὶ ἐδίδασκεν	1		This phrase expresses a single idea by using two words connected with **and**. The word **speaking** tells how Apollos was **teaching** about Jesus. If it would be more natural in your language, you could express this meaning with an equivalent phrase that does not use “and.” Alternate translation: “as he spoke, he taught” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
ACT	18	25	z7a8	figs-activepassive	οὗτος ἦν κατηχημένος	1	He had been instructed in the way of the Lord	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Other believers had taught him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ACT	18	25	jj3b	figs-metaphor	τὴν ὁδὸν τοῦ Κυρίου	1		Luke is speaking as if the salvation that God has provided through Jesus is a way or path that people walk on. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “about the salvation that God has provided through Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ACT	18	25	jwol	writing-politeness	τοῦ Κυρίου	1		Luke is referring to Jesus by a respectful title. Use a form for addressing someone respectfully in your language. Alternate translation: “of the Lord Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-politeness]])
ACT	18	25	ift8	figs-metonymy	ζέων τῷ πνεύματι	1	and being fervent in spirit	Here the **spirit** represents a person’s feelings and motivation. Alternate translation: “being very enthusiastic” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ACT	18	25	lr1h	figs-possession	τὸ βάπτισμα Ἰωάννου	1	the baptism of John	Luke is using the possessive form here not to describe a **baptism** that **John** received but the baptism that John performed. Alternate translation: “the baptism that John performed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
ACT	18	26	ga6v	figs-metaphor	τὴν ὁδὸν τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	the way of God	Luke is speaking as if the salvation that God has provided through Jesus is a way or path that people walk on. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “about the salvation that God has provided through Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ACT	18	27	c2sq	writing-pronouns	βουλομένου&αὐτοῦ	1		The pronoun **he** refers to Apollos. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: “when Apollos desired” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
ACT	18	27	ll36	figs-idiom	διελθεῖν εἰς τὴν Ἀχαΐαν	1	to pass over into Achaia	Luke uses the expression **pass over** here because Apollos had to cross the Aegean Sea to get to Achaia from Ephesus. Your language may have its own way of describing travel across a body of water. Alternate translation: “to go across the sea to Achaia” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
ACT	18	27	v2i6	figs-metaphor	οἱ ἀδελφοὶ	1	brothers	Luke is using the term **brothers** to mean people who share the same faith. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ACT	18	27	f99p	figs-abstractnouns	τοῖς πεπιστευκόσιν διὰ τῆς χάριτος	1	those who had believed by grace	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **grace**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “those whom God had graciously led to believe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ACT	18	28	mw2n	figs-abstractnouns	δημοσίᾳ	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **public**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “publicly” or “where anyone could listen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ACT	19	intro	g38y			0		# Acts 19 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and Formatting<br><br>- Verses 1–10 tell how Paul came to the city of Ephesus and proclaimed the gospel there.<br>- Verses 11–20 describe remarkable things that God did in Ephesus as a result of the gospel proclamation there.<br>- Verses 21–41 describe how the artisans in Ephesus created an uproar because people were no longer buying the idols they made.<br><br>Acts [19:20](../19/20.md) is a summary statement that Luke uses to mark the transition into the sixth major part of the book.<br><br>## Special Concepts in this Chapter<br><br>### Temple of Artemis<br><br>The temple of Artemis was an important place in the city of Ephesus. Many people came to Ephesus to see this temple, and they bought statues of the goddess Artemis while they were there. The people who sold statues of Artemis were afraid that if people did not believe Artemis was a real goddess, they would stop giving the sellers money for statues.
ACT	19	1	lp23	writing-newevent	ἐγένετο δὲ	1	And it happened that	Luke is using the phrase **And it happened that** to introduce a new event in the story. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for introducing a new event. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
ACT	19	1	rhv1	figs-explicit	διελθόντα τὰ ἀνωτερικὰ μέρη	1		Luke says that Paul traveled through **the upper parts** of the province of Asia to indicate that he followed a more direct route to Ephesus that went over higher ground than did the main route. The implication is that Paul wanted to go directly to Ephesus after visiting the churches in Galatia and Phrygia ([18:23](../18/23.md)), as he had promised he would do if that was God’s will ([18:21](../18/21.md)). You can include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “taking the most direct route” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ACT	19	1	munb	figs-idiom	κατελθεῖν εἰς	1		Luke says that Paul **came down** to Ephesus because he was coming down to the coast from a route that traveled over high ground. Alternate translation: “arrived in” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
ACT	19	1	iosy	writing-participants	τινας μαθητάς	1		Luke is using the phrase **certain disciples** to introduce these believers as new participants in the story. If your language has its own way of introducing new participants, you can use it here in your translation. Alternate translation: “that there were already some believers in the city” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
ACT	19	2	wqi4	figs-quotations	εἶπέν τε πρὸς αὐτούς, εἰ Πνεῦμα Ἅγιον ἐλάβετε, πιστεύσαντες?	1	Did you receive the Holy Spirit	Luke is recording how Paul used the typical form in his language for asking questions. It may be more natural in your language to have an indirect quotation here. Alternate translation: “And he asked them if they had received the Holy Spirit when they believed.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
ACT	19	3	mrm6	figs-activepassive	εἰς τί οὖν ἐβαπτίσθητε	1	Into what then were you baptized?	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Then what kind of baptism did you receive?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ACT	19	3	jzp7	figs-ellipsis	εἰς τὸ Ἰωάννου βάπτισμα	1	Into the baptism of John	The believers in Ephesus are leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You can supply these words from earlier in the sentence if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “We received the kind of baptism that John performed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
ACT	19	3	w76v	figs-explicit	Ἰωάννου	1		By **John**, the believers implicitly mean John the Baptist. You can include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “of John the Baptist” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ACT	19	4	g8iw		Ἰωάννης ἐβάπτισεν βάπτισμα	1		Paul is using a construction in which a verb and its object come from the same root. Your language may be able to do the same. But if that would sound unnatural in your language, you could express the meaning another way. Alternate translation: “John performed a baptism”
ACT	19	4	r46y	figs-abstractnouns	βάπτισμα μετανοίας	1	a baptism of repentance	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **repentance**, you could express the same idea with the verb “repent.” Alternate translation: “a baptism that people requested when they wanted to repent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ACT	19	5	k9st	writing-pronouns	ἐβαπτίσθησαν	1	they were baptized	The pronoun **they** refers to the believers in Ephesus who were speaking with Paul. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: “those believers were baptized” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
ACT	19	5	ueh1	figs-activepassive	ἐβαπτίσθησαν	1	they were baptized	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “they received baptism” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ACT	19	5	g2dm	figs-metonymy	εἰς τὸ ὄνομα τοῦ Κυρίου Ἰησοῦ	1	in the name of the Lord Jesus	Here the **name** of Jesus represents his authority. By being baptized, these believers were acknowledging Jesus’ authority over their lives as their Lord and Savior. Alternate translation: “to express their allegiance to Jesus as their Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ACT	19	6	gk8l	translate-symaction	ἐπιθέντος αὐτοῖς τοῦ Παύλου χεῖρας	1	when Paul had laid his hands on them	Paul **laid** his **hands** on these believers as a symbolic action to show that he wanted God to give the Holy Spirit to them. If there is a gesture with similar meaning in your culture, you could consider using it here in your translation. See how you translated the similar expression in [8:17](../08/17.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
ACT	19	6	udyf	figs-metaphor	ἦλθε τὸ Πνεῦμα τὸ Ἅγιον ἐπ’ αὐτούς	1		Luke is speaking as if the Holy Spirit physically **came upon** these believers. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “they received the Holy Spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ACT	19	6	j4n8	figs-explicit	ἐλάλουν&γλώσσαις	1	and they began to speak in tongues and prophesy	The implication is that these believers were speaking languages that they did not know. You can include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “they were speaking in languages that they did not know” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ACT	19	7	e7kj	writing-endofstory	δὲ	1	And they were about 12 men in all	Luke uses the word translated **And** to introduce information to conclude this part of the story of what Paul did in Ephesus. Your language may have its own way of presenting such information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-endofstory]])
ACT	19	8	qv8z	writing-pronouns	ἐπαρρησιάζετο	1	having gone into the synagogue, he was speaking boldly for three months	The pronoun **he** refers to Paul. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: “Paul was speaking boldly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
ACT	19	8	yky2	figs-hendiadys	διαλεγόμενος καὶ πείθων	1	reasoning and persuading them	This phrase expresses a single idea by using two words connected with **and**. The phrase **reasoning** tells how Paul was **persuading** people in the synagogue in Ephesus. If it would be more natural in your language, you could express this meaning with an equivalent phrase that does not use “and.” Alternate translation: “reasonably persuading” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
ACT	19	8	v8et	figs-abstractnouns	περὶ τῆς Βασιλείας τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	about the kingdom of God	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of a **kingdom**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “about how God had begun to rule as king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ACT	19	8	v5d5	figs-explicit	περὶ τῆς Βασιλείας τοῦ Θεοῦ	1		Luke assumes that his readers will understand that Paul was teaching that the **kingdom of God** had begun on earth when Jesus came as the Messiah. You can include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “about how, when Jesus came as the Messiah, God had begun to rule as king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ACT	19	9	mq1g	figs-hendiadys	ἐσκληρύνοντο καὶ ἠπείθουν	1	some were hardened and being disobedient	This phrase expresses a single idea by using two words connected with **and**. The phrase **being hardened** tells how **some** in the Ephesus synagogue were **disobeying** what God wanted them to do, according to Paul’s teaching. If it would be more natural in your language, you could express this meaning with an equivalent phrase that does not use “and.” Alternate translation: “stubbornly disobeying” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
ACT	19	9	yss2	figs-activepassive	ἐσκληρύνοντο	1		If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “were hardening themselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ACT	19	9	n6ir	translate-names	τὴν ὁδὸν	1	speaking evil of the Way before the crowd	As the General Notes to Chapter 9 explain, **the Way** was one of the first names that people used to describe the community of believers in Jesus. If your language has a word for “way” or “path” that you can use as a name, it would be appropriate to use it here. See what you did in [9:2](../09/02.md). Alternate translation: “who belonged to the Way” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
ACT	19	9	den4	translate-names	Τυράννου	1	of Tyrannus	The word **Tyrannus** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
ACT	19	10	cw5g	figs-hyperbole	πάντας τοὺς κατοικοῦντας τὴν Ἀσίαν ἀκοῦσαι	1	all those who lived in Asia heard the word of the Lord	Luke says **all** here as a generalization for emphasis. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different way to express the emphasis. Alternate translation: “people living throughout the province of Asia heard” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
ACT	19	10	t0ak	figs-metonymy	τὸν λόγον	1		Luke is using the term **word** to mean the message that Paul was proclaiming by using words. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ACT	19	10	n45g	writing-politeness	τοῦ Κυρίου	1		Luke is referring to Jesus by a respectful title. Use a form for addressing someone respectfully in your language. Alternate translation: “about the Lord Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-politeness]])
ACT	19	10	kj12	figs-metonymy	τὸν λόγον τοῦ Κυρίου	1	the word of the Lord	Here, **word** stands for a message. Alternate translation: “the message about the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ACT	19	11	abcy	figs-litotes	οὐ τὰς τυχούσας	1	not ordinary	Luke is using a figure of speech that expresses a positive meaning by using a negative word together with a word that is the opposite of the intended meaning. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “extraordinary” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
ACT	19	11	fa6h	figs-synecdoche	τῶν χειρῶν Παύλου	1	And God was doing not ordinary miracles by the hands of Paul	Luke is using one part of Paul, his **hands**, to represent all of Paul in the act of doing miracles. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “through Paul” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
ACT	19	12	m3kl	figs-activepassive	καὶ ἐπὶ τοὺς ἀσθενοῦντας ἀποφέρεσθαι ἀπὸ τοῦ χρωτὸς αὐτοῦ σουδάρια ἢ σιμικίνθια	1	even handkerchiefs and aprons from his body were taken to the sick and	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “people even took handkerchiefs or aprons from Paul’s skin to the sick” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ACT	19	12	vc1v	figs-explicit	ἀπὸ τοῦ χρωτὸς αὐτοῦ σουδάρια ἢ σιμικίνθια	1	even handkerchiefs and aprons from his body	This could mean implicitly: (1) that these were cloth items that others had placed on Paul’s **skin**. Alternate translation: “handkerchiefs or aprons that had touched Paul’s skin” (2) that these were cloth items that Paul had worn or used. Alternate translation: “handkerchiefs or aprons that Paul had worn or used” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ACT	19	12	aks4	translate-unknown	σουδάρια	1	handkerchiefs	These **handkerchiefs** were small pieces of cloth used to wipe one’s face. Your language and culture may have a term for a similar item that you can use in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
ACT	19	12	xs31	translate-unknown	σιμικίνθια	1	aprons	These **aprons** were clothing worn on the front of the body to protect the clothes of those who wore the aprons. Your language and culture may have a term for a similar item that you can use in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
ACT	19	12	kw9z	figs-nominaladj	τοὺς ἀσθενοῦντας	1	the sick	Luke is using the adjective **sick** as a noun to describe a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “people who were sick” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
ACT	19	12	nl3a	figs-personification	ἀπαλλάσσεσθαι ἀπ’ αὐτῶν τὰς νόσους	1	their illnesses departed from them	Luke is speaking of these **illnesses** as if they were living thing that could depart from a person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “God cured them of their illnesses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
ACT	19	13	he2x	writing-newevent	δέ	1	General Information:	Luke is using the word translated **Now** to introduce a new event in the story. This is the beginning of another event that happened while Paul was in Ephesus. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for introducing a new event. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
ACT	19	13	fgq4	translate-unknown	ἐξορκιστῶν	1	exorcists	These **exorcists** were people who sent evil spirits away from people or places.Your language and culture may have a term for this kind of person that you can use in your translation. You could also explain the meaning of the term “exorcists,” as UST does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
ACT	19	13	s12u	figs-metonymy	τὸ ὄνομα	1	the name of the Lord Jesus	Here, **name** refers to Jesus’ power and authority. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ACT	19	13	vqt1	figs-metonymy	τὸν Ἰησοῦν	1	by the Jesus	The exorcists are referring to Jesus himself to mean his authority. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “by the authority of the Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ACT	19	14	cwzb	writing-background	δέ	1		Luke uses the word **Now** to introduce background information about these **seven sons of Sceva** that will help readers understand what happens next in the story. In your translation, introduce this information in a way that would be natural in your own language and culture. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
ACT	19	14	emgz	writing-participants	ἦσαν&τινος Σκευᾶ Ἰουδαίου ἀρχιερέως, ἑπτὰ υἱοὶ τοῦτο ποιοῦντες	1		Luke is using the phrase **a certain Jewish high priest** to introduce his **seven sons** as new participants in the story. If your language has its own way of introducing new participants, you can use it here in your translation. Alternate translation: “there was a Jewish chief priest whose seven sons were doing this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
ACT	19	14	cb8p	translate-names	Σκευᾶ	1	of Sceva	The word **Sceva** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
ACT	19	15	fhzn	figs-hendiadys	ἀποκριθὲν&τὸ πνεῦμα τὸ πονηρὸν εἶπεν	1		Together the words **answering** and **said** mean that the evil spirit responded to the sons of Sceva. Alternate translation: “the evil spirit responded” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
ACT	19	15	lrky	figs-explicit	τὸ πνεῦμα τὸ πονηρὸν	1		Luke assumes that his readers will understand that he is continuing the story he began in verse 13 after providing background material in verse 14. By **the evil spirit**, he means one to which some of the sons of Sceva were saying on a specific occasion, “I adjure you by the Jesus whom Paul proclaims.” Luke indicates in verse 16 that two of the sons were involved on this occasion. You can include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. UST models one way to do that. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ACT	19	15	nsl1	figs-rquestion	ὑμεῖς δὲ τίνες ἐστέ?	1	but who are you?	The evil spirit is using the question form to emphasize that it does not know or respect these sons of Sceva the way he knows and respects Jesus and Paul, the representative of Jesus. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “but I do not know or respect you!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
ACT	19	15	vqwh	writing-pronouns	ὑμεῖς&τίνες ἐστέ?	1		The evil spirit is stating the pronoun **you**, which is already implied in the verb **are**, for emphasis. If your language can state implied pronouns explicitly for emphasis, you may want to use that construction here. Other languages may have other ways of bringing out this emphasis. Alternate translation: “I certainly do not know you!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
ACT	19	16	lu7u	figs-explicit	ἀμφοτέρων	1	them	Luke assumes that his readers will understand that only two of the seven sons of Sceva were involved on this particular occasion. You can include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “the two sons of Sceva who were trying to cast out the evil spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ACT	19	17	mx62	writing-endofstory	δὲ	1		Luke uses the word translated **And** to introduce information about what happened at the end of the story of the seven sons of Sceva. Your language may have its own way of presenting such information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-endofstory]])
ACT	19	17	jodu	figs-activepassive	τοῦτο&ἐγένετο γνωστὸν πᾶσιν&τοῖς κατοικοῦσιν τὴν Ἔφεσον	1		If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “all living in Ephesus came to know about this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ACT	19	17	fd5m	figs-hyperbole	τοῦτο&ἐγένετο γνωστὸν πᾶσιν&τοῖς κατοικοῦσιν τὴν Ἔφεσον	1		Luke says **all** here as a generalization for emphasis. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different way to express the emphasis. Alternate translation: “this became widely known among those who lived in Ephesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
ACT	19	17	h0lq	figs-metaphor	ἐπέπεσεν φόβος ἐπὶ πάντας αὐτούς	1		Luke is speaking of **fear** as if it could physically fall on the people of Ephesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “they all became very afraid” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ACT	19	17	w1su	figs-hyperbole	ἐπέπεσεν φόβος ἐπὶ πάντας αὐτούς	1		Luke says **all** here as a generalization for emphasis. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different way to express the emphasis. Alternate translation: “all who heard about it became very afraid” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
ACT	19	17	j85h	figs-activepassive	ἐμεγαλύνετο τὸ ὄνομα τοῦ Κυρίου Ἰησοῦ	1	the name of the Lord Jesus was magnified	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “they magnified the name of the Lord Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ACT	19	17	j2hh	figs-metonymy	ἐμεγαλύνετο τὸ ὄνομα τοῦ Κυρίου Ἰησοῦ	1	the name	Here the word **name** stands for the reputation of Jesus. Alternate translation: “the Lord Jesus received a great reputation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ACT	19	18	v9ib	figs-hendiadys	ἐξομολογούμενοι καὶ ἀναγγέλλοντες	1		This phrase expresses a single idea by using two words connected with **and**. The phrase **declaring** tells how these believers were **confessing** the wrong things that they had done. If it would be more natural in your language, you could express this meaning with an equivalent phrase that does not use “and.” Alternate translation: “publicly confessing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
ACT	19	19	i31a	figs-nominaladj	τὰ περίεργα	1		Luke is using the adjective **magical** as a noun to describe certain practices. ULT adds the word **arts** to show that. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “practices that involved magic” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
ACT	19	19	z9rj	figs-explicit	τὰς βίβλους	1	having brought their books together	Luke assumes that his readers will understand that the word **books** refers to scrolls on which magical incantations and formulas were recorded. You can include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “their scrolls of magical incantations” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ACT	19	19	u9pi	translate-bmoney	ἀργυρίου μυριάδας πέντε	1	50000	Each of these **pieces of silver** was the approximate daily wage of a common laborer. You could try to express this amount in terms of current monetary values, but that might cause your Bible translation to become outdated and inaccurate, since those values can change over time. So instead, you might say something more general or give the equivalent in wages. Alternate translation: “an amount equivalent to well over a hundred years’ wages” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]])
ACT	19	19	bcv2	translate-bmoney	ἀργυρίου	1	pieces of silver	Each of the **pieces of silver** was the approximate daily wage of a common laborer. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]])
ACT	19	20	es71	figs-personification	τοῦ Κυρίου ὁ λόγος ηὔξανεν καὶ ἴσχυεν	1	So the word of the Lord was spreading and prevailing according to power	Luke is speaking of the way that the **word of the Lord** was becoming more widely known and accepted as if it were a living thing that was **increasing** and **prevailing**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “more and more people were hearing and believing the word of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
ACT	19	20	lbg9	figs-metonymy	ὁ λόγος	1		Luke is using the term **word** to mean the message that Paul was proclaiming by using words. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ACT	19	20	t49m	writing-politeness	τοῦ Κυρίου	1		Luke is referring to Jesus by a respectful title. Use a form for addressing someone respectfully in your language. Alternate translation: “about the Lord Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-politeness]])
ACT	19	21	de4f	writing-newevent	δὲ	1	Now	Luke is using the word translated **Now** to introduce a new event in the story. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for introducing a new event. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
ACT	19	21	q18b	figs-idiom	ὡς&ἐπληρώθη ταῦτα, ἔθετο ὁ Παῦλος ἐν τῷ Πνεύματι&πορεύεσθαι	1	this was completed, Paul	The word **fulfilled** conveys the sense that Paul had completed the work that God had for him to do in Ephesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “once all these things had happened, the Spirit showed Paul that he had completed his work in Ephesus and that he should travel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
ACT	19	21	rdz4	figs-idiom	δεῖ με καὶ Ῥώμην ἰδεῖν	1	it is necessary for me also to see Rome	In this context, the word **see** means to visit a place. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “I must also visit Rome” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
ACT	19	22	cy6f	translate-names	Ἔραστον	1	Erastus	The word **Erastus** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
ACT	19	23	nb3p	figs-litotes	τάραχος οὐκ ὀλίγος	1	there was no small disturbance	Luke is using a figure of speech that expresses a positive meaning by using a negative word together with a word that is the opposite of the intended meaning. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “a great disturbance” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
ACT	19	23	rwf2	translate-names	τῆς ὁδοῦ	1	the Way	As the General Notes to Chapter 9 explain, **the Way** was one of the first names that people used to describe the community of believers in Jesus. If your language has a word for “way” or “path” that you can use as a name, it would be appropriate to use it here. See what you did in [19:9](../19/09.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
ACT	19	24	cg16	writing-participants	τις&ἀργυροκόπος&παρείχετο	1	a certain silversmith named Demetrius	Luke is using the phrase **a certain silversmith** to introduce **Demetrius** as a new participant in the story. If your language has its own way of introducing new participants, you can use it here in your translation. Alternate translation: “there was a silversmith … who was bringing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
ACT	19	24	opb9	translate-names	Δημήτριος	1		The word **Demetrius** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
ACT	19	24	y5ae	writing-background	τις&ἀργυροκόπος, ποιῶν ναοὺς ἀργυροῦς Ἀρτέμιδος	1		Luke provides this background information about **Demetrius** to help readers understand what happens next in the story. In your translation, present this information in a way that would be natural in your own language and culture. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
ACT	19	24	wg95	figs-extrainfo	ναοὺς ἀργυροῦς Ἀρτέμιδος	1		Luke assumes that his readers will know that Ephesus had a large temple dedicated to the goddess **Artemis**. (She was known as Diana in Latin; she was a false goddess of fertility.) Since Demetrius describes this temple in verse 27, you do not need to provide information about it here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
ACT	19	24	nwt7	translate-unknown	ἀργυροκόπος	1	a silversmith	A **silversmith** is a craftsman who works with silver metal to make statues and jewelry. Your language and culture may have a term for this kind of worker that you can use in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
ACT	19	24	p58m	figs-litotes	οὐκ ὀλίγην ἐργασίαν	1	brought in not a little business	Luke is using a figure of speech that expresses a positive meaning by using a negative word together with a word that is the opposite of the intended meaning. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “a great deal of business” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
ACT	19	25	f8rm		οὓς συναθροίσας καὶ τοὺς περὶ τὰ τοιαῦτα ἐργάτας, εἶπεν	1		It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “He gathered together the craftsmen, along with workers in similar occupations, and said”
ACT	19	25	w1xd	figs-nominaladj	περὶ τὰ τοιαῦτα	1		Luke is using the adjective **such** as a noun to mean a certain kind of work. ULT adds the word **things** to show that. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this expression with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “in similar occupations” or “who did similar crafts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
ACT	19	26	rm6w	figs-merism	θεωρεῖτε καὶ ἀκούετε	1	you see and hear that	Demetrius is referring to perception by naming the two major means of perception. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “you perceive clearly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
ACT	19	26	rx32	figs-metaphor	μετέστησεν ἱκανὸν ὄχλον	1	and turned away a considerable crowd	Demetrius is speaking as if Paul had physically **removed** a crowd that had been patronizing the artisans in Ephesus. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “has caused a considerable crowd to stop buying our shrines” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ACT	19	26	z7e7	figs-synecdoche	οἱ διὰ χειρῶν γινόμενοι	1	He is saying that the things that are being made with hands are not gods	Demetrius is using one part of the artisans, their **hands**, to represent all of them in the act of making idols. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “things which people make” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
ACT	19	27	j3bb	figs-activepassive	τὸ τῆς μεγάλης θεᾶς Ἀρτέμιδος ἱερὸν, εἰς οὐθὲν λογισθῆναι	1	the temple of the great goddess Artemis may be considered as nothing	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “that people will consider the temple of the great goddess Artemis to be nothing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ACT	19	27	hz7l	figs-hyperbole	ἣν ὅλη ἡ Ἀσία καὶ ἡ οἰκουμένη σέβεται	1	whom all Asia and the world worships	This was an exaggeration to show how popular the goddess Artemis was. Alternate translation: “whom people from all over the province of Asia and the world worship” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
ACT	19	27	aq5c	figs-metonymy	ἣν ὅλη ἡ Ἀσία καὶ ἡ οἰκουμένη σέβεται	1		Here the words **Asia** and **the world** refer to the people in Asia and in the known world. Alternate translation: “whom many people in Asia and in other parts of the world worship” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ACT	19	28	t4lm	writing-pronouns	ἔκραζον	1		The pronoun **they** refers to the craftsmen who were making the idols. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: “the craftsmen were shouting” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
ACT	19	28	uc5c	figs-metaphor	γενόμενοι πλήρεις θυμοῦ	1	having become filled with anger	Luke is speaking of the craftsmen as if they were containers that **anger** filled. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “becoming very angry” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ACT	19	28	ii1u	translate-names	Ἐφεσίων	1	General Information:	The word **Ephesians** describes people who live in or come from the city of Ephesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
ACT	19	29	t7xs	figs-activepassive	ἐπλήσθη ἡ πόλις τῆς συγχύσεως	1	the whole city was filled with confusion	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “confusion filled the city” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]);
ACT	19	29	u42d	figs-metaphor	ἐπλήσθη ἡ πόλις τῆς συγχύσεως	1		Luke is speaking of **the city** as if they was a container that **confusion** filled. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “there was confusion throughout the city” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ACT	19	29	u51d	figs-abstractnouns	ἐπλήσθη ἡ πόλις τῆς συγχύσεως	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **confusion**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “people throughout the city were confused” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ACT	19	29	ej3q	translate-unknown	τὸ θέατρον	1	into the theater	The **theater** in Ephesus was an outdoor semi-circular area with bench seats that could hold thousands of people. It was used for public meetings and for entertainment such as plays and music. If the word “theater” would communicate the wrong idea in your language, you could use a term that would be clearer for your readers. Alternate translation, as in UST: “the stadium” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
ACT	19	29	d6r9	translate-names	Γάϊον&Ἀρίσταρχον	1	Gaius … Aristarchus	The words **Gaius** and **Aristarchus** are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
ACT	19	29	zm0j	translate-names	Μακεδόνας	1		The word **Macedonians** described people who lived in or came from the province of Macedonia. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
ACT	19	31	o6qt	translate-names	τῶν Ἀσιαρχῶν	1		The word **Asiarchs** is the name for the provincial officers who governed the Roman province of Asia. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
ACT	19	31	we87	writing-pronouns	αὐτῷ&αὐτὸν&παρεκάλουν&ἑαυτὸν	1		The pronouns **him** and **himself** refer to Paul. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: “of Paul’s … him … were urging Paul … himself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
ACT	19	31	r183	figs-idiom	δοῦναι ἑαυτὸν εἰς τὸ θέατρον	1		The expression **to give himself** means “to go,” but it suggests risk and danger. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to risk going into the theater” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
ACT	19	33	ukaw	figs-explicit	συνεβίβασαν Ἀλέξανδρον	1		The implication is that some people **instructed Alexander** about how he could speak to everyone in the theater. You can include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “instructed Alexander about how he could speak to everyone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ACT	19	33	jr85	translate-names	Ἀλέξανδρον	1	Alexander	The word **Alexander** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
ACT	19	33	j1mi	translate-symaction	κατασείσας τὴν χεῖρα	1	motioned with his hand	This likely means that Alexander was **waving his hand** to get the attention of the audience and signal that he was about to speak. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say this specifically in your translation. Alternate translation: “waving his hand to signal that he was about to speak” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
ACT	19	33	tlq7	figs-explicit	ἀπολογεῖσθαι τῷ δήμῳ	1	to give a defense	The implication is that Alexander wanted to explain that although he and his fellow Jews did not worship idols themselves, they were not opposing the business of making silver shrines of Artemis. You can include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “to explain to the people that he and his fellow Jews were not responsible for the artisans losing business” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ACT	19	34	tyx6	figs-quotations	ἐπιγνόντες&ὅτι Ἰουδαῖός ἐστιν,	1		It may be more natural in your language to have a direct quotation here. Alternate translation: “recognizing, ‘He is a Jew!’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
ACT	19	34	u1hp	figs-metaphor	φωνὴ ἐγένετο μία ἐκ πάντων, ὡς&κραζόντων	1	there was one voice from all of them	Luke is speaking as if the people in the theater collectively had only **one voice**. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “they all shouted together” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ACT	19	35	sy9m	translate-unknown	ὁ γραμματεὺς	1	the town clerk	This **city clerk** was a high official in the government of Ephesus. He was not merely someone who kept records. In your translation, you can use a term for someone in a comparable role in your culture. Alternate translation: “an alderman” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
ACT	19	35	n4qz		φησίν	1		To call attention to a development in the story, here Luke uses the present tense in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “said”
ACT	19	35	gox9	figs-idiom	ἄνδρες, Ἐφέσιοι	1		This is an idiomatic form of address. Use a way that is natural in your language to refer to a particular group of people. Alternate translation: “Citizens of Ephesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
ACT	19	35	mtsc	figs-ellipsis	τίς γάρ ἐστιν	1		The city clerk is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You can supply these words from the context if that would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “you should stop this uproar because, after all, who is there” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
ACT	19	35	sd3s	figs-rquestion	τίς&ἐστιν ἀνθρώπων, ὃς οὐ γινώσκει τὴν Ἐφεσίων πόλιν νεωκόρον οὖσαν τῆς μεγάλης Ἀρτέμιδος καὶ τοῦ διοπετοῦς?	1	what man indeed is there who does not know that the city of Ephesus is temple keeper of the great Artemis and of that which is fallen down from heaven?	The city clerk is using the question form to emphasize that the people of Ephesus do not need to be concerned that the worship of Artemis is in peril. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “there is no one of men who does not know that the city of Ephesus is the temple warden of the great Artemis and of the Zeus-fallen image!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
ACT	19	35	k8dy	figs-doublenegatives	τίς&ἐστιν ἀνθρώπων, ὃς οὐ γινώσκει	1	who does not know	The city clerk’s question becomes a double negative when it takes the form of a statement or exclamation. If it would be clearer in your language, you could use a positive expression instead. Alternate translation: “all men know” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
ACT	19	35	gqr7	figs-hyperbole	τίς&ἐστιν ἀνθρώπων, ὃς οὐ γινώσκει	1		A generalization for emphasis is implicit in the city clerk’s question, and this generalization becomes explicit when the question takes the form of a statement or exclamation. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different way to express the emphasis. Alternate translation: “men know very well” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
ACT	19	35	zzmv	figs-gendernotations	τίς&ἐστιν ἀνθρώπων	1		Although the term **men** is masculine, the city clerk is using the word in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could use a term in your language that is clearly inclusive of both men and women. Alternate translation: “what person is there” or, as a statement or exclamation, “all people know” or “people know very well” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
ACT	19	35	hiw3	writing-politeness	τὴν Ἐφεσίων πόλιν νεωκόρον οὖσαν τῆς μεγάλης Ἀρτέμιδος	1	temple keeper	The term **temple keeper** was an honorary title that cities assumed when they built and maintained temples to the gods that the Greeks and Romans worshiped or to the emperor. In your translation, use an expression that shows that the city clerk is using honorific language. Alternate translation: “the city of Ephesus has the honor of hosting the temple of the great Artemis” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-politeness]])
ACT	19	35	afd1	figs-nominaladj	τοῦ διοπετοῦς	1	of that which is fallen down from heaven	The city clerk is using the adjective **Zeus-fallen** as a noun to mean a specific kind of object. ULT adds the word **image** to show that. (Within the temple of Artemis was an image of the goddess. It had been fashioned from a meteorite that had fallen from the sky. The people of Ephesus thought that this rock had come directly from Zeus, whom they considered the ruler of their pagan gods.) Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “the image that fell from the sky from Zeus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
ACT	19	35	fdfk	translate-names	τοῦ διοπετοῦς	1		The word **Zeus** is the name of a pagan god. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
ACT	19	36	o0ul	figs-activepassive	κατεσταλμένους ὑπάρχειν	1		If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “to calm down” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ACT	19	36	xj2n	figs-explicit	μηδὲν προπετὲς πράσσειν	1	to do nothing rash	The city clerk means implicitly that it would be **rash** for the people to do anything to harm Gaius and Aristarchus, as he says in the next verse. You can include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “not to act impulsively and hurt the two men you have brought here” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ACT	19	36	s67q	figs-doublenegatives	μηδὲν προπετὲς πράσσειν	1	rash	If it would be clearer in your language, you could use a positive expression to translate this double negative that consists of the negative word **nothing** and the negative adjective **rash**. Alternate translation: “to be careful about what you do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
ACT	19	37	cuhh	translate-versebridge		0		In this verse, the city clerk is giving the reason why the people of Ephesus should not harm Gaius and Aristarchus impulsively. To put the reason before the result, you could create a verse bridge for verses 36–37. It might say something like this: “You brought these two men here even though they are neither temple-robbers nor blasphemers of our goddess. Therefore it is necessary for you to be calmed and to do nothing rash, since it is undeniable that people from throughout the world come to Ephesus to worship Artemis.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-versebridge]])
ACT	19	37	s8a9	writing-pronouns	τοὺς ἄνδρας τούτους	1	these men	The pronoun **these** refers to refers to Gaius and Aristarchus, Paul’s traveling companions ([Acts 19:29](../19/29.md)). While the city clerk does not refer to them by name, you could find a way to identify them for your readers. UST models one way to do this. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
ACT	19	38	zkx5	figs-metonymy	ἔχουσιν πρός τινα λόγον	1	have a word against anyone	The city clerk is using the term **word** to mean an accusation that Demetrius might make against Gaius and Aristarchus by using words. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “wish to make an accusation against anyone” or “wish to bring a charge against anyone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ACT	19	38	i14r	figs-activepassive	ἀγοραῖοι ἄγονται καὶ ἀνθύπατοί εἰσιν	1		If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the proconsuls are holding court sessions” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ACT	19	38	szf7	translate-unknown	ἀνθύπατοί	1	proconsuls	The **proconsuls** were the Roman governor’s representatives who made legal decisions in court. In your translation, you can use a term for someone in a comparable role in your culture. Alternate translation: “judges” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
ACT	19	38	o1vf	figs-imperative3p	ἐγκαλείτωσαν ἀλλήλοις	1		If your language does not use the third-person imperative in this way, you can state this in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “they may accuse one another” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative3p]])
ACT	19	38	g8tp	writing-pronouns	ἐγκαλείτωσαν ἀλλήλοις	1	Let them accuse one another	The pronoun **them** refers both to Demetrius and his colleagues and to Gaius and Aristarchus. The city clerk does not mean that Demetrius and his colleagues will accuse each other. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: “let Demetrius and the craftsmen bring a charge against these men, and let these men respond” or “Demetrius and the craftsmen may bring a charge against these men, and these men may respond” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
ACT	19	39	hxh3	figs-idiom	εἰ δέ τι περὶ ἑτέρων ἐπιζητεῖτε	1	But if you seek anything about other matters	The word **seek** does not mean that Demetrius and his colleagues would be searching for something. The city clerk is speaking. Alternate translation: “But if you have other matters to discuss” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
ACT	19	39	wga5	figs-activepassive	ἐν τῇ ἐννόμῳ ἐκκλησίᾳ ἐπιλυθήσεται	1	it will be settled in the regular assembly	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the regular assembly will settle it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ACT	19	39	dsmg	figs-declarative	ἐν τῇ ἐννόμῳ ἐκκλησίᾳ ἐπιλυθήσεται	1		The city clerk may be using a future statement to give an command. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a more natural form for giving a command. Alternate translation: “you must settle it in the regular assembly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]])
ACT	19	39	et5j	translate-unknown	τῇ ἐννόμῳ ἐκκλησίᾳ	1	the regular assembly	This **regular assembly** refers to a public gathering of citizens over which the county clerk presided. In your translation, you can use a term for a comparable deliberative body in your culture. Alternate translation: “the town meeting” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
ACT	19	40	sds7	figs-activepassive	κινδυνεύομεν ἐνκαλεῖσθαι	1	we are in danger of being accused of rioting concerning this day	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who would do the action, the context suggests that it would be the Roman authorities. Alternate translation: “we are in danger of the Roman authorities accusing us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ACT	19	40	efat	figs-ellipsis	τῆς σήμερον	1		The city clerk is leaving out a word that a sentence would ordinarily need in Greek in order to be complete. The clerk is abbreviating the expression “the today day,” which means “this day.” You can say that in your translation if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “this day” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
ACT	19	40	up3g	figs-metonymy	τῆς σήμερον	1		The city clerk is referring to the events that were nearly a riot, by association with the day on which they took place. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the events of this day” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ACT	19	40	jtdu	figs-doublenegatives	μηδενὸς αἰτίου ὑπάρχοντος, περὶ οὗ οὐ δυνησόμεθα ἀποδοῦναι λόγον	1		In Greek this is a double negative for emphasis, “there being no cause about which we will not be able to give an account.” The second negative does not cancel the first to create a positive meaning. If for emphasis your language uses double negatives that do not cancel one another, it would be appropriate to use that construction here. You could also state the meaning positively. Alternate translation: “because we would have to have a reason in order to give an account” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
ACT	20	intro	u91c			0		# Acts 20 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and Formatting<br><br>In this chapter Luke describes Paul’s last visits to believers in the provinces of Macedonia and Asia before he went to Jerusalem.<br><br>## Special Concepts in this Chapter<br><br>### Race<br><br>Paul spoke of living for Jesus as if he were running in a race. By this he meant that he needed to keep working hard even when things were difficult and he wanted to quit. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/discipline]])<br><br>### “Compelled by the Spirit”<br><br>Paul thought that the Holy Spirit wanted him to go to Jerusalem even if Paul did not want to go there. The same Holy Spirit told other people that when Paul arrived in Jerusalem, people would try to harm him.
ACT	20	2	edb8	writing-pronouns	αὐτοὺς	1	had exhorted them with many words	The pronoun **them** refers to the believers in the **regions** of Macedonia. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation, as in UST: “the believers there” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
ACT	20	2	rvp8	translate-names	τὴν Ἑλλάδα	1		The word **Greece** is the name of a country. At this time, the word meant about the same thing as “Achaia,” the name of the Roman province that consisted essentially of that country. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
ACT	20	3	ah5w	figs-synecdoche	ὑπὸ τῶν Ἰουδαίων	1	by the Jews	Luke is using the name of a whole group, **the Jews**, to refer to some members of that group. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “by certain Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
ACT	20	3	bdq6	figs-idiom	γνώμης τοῦ ὑποστρέφειν διὰ Μακεδονίας.	1		The expression **of a resolution** means that Paul resolved to do something. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “he resolved to return through Macedonia” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
ACT	20	3	jypq		αὐτῷ&μέλλοντι ἀνάγεσθαι εἰς τὴν Συρίαν	1		Alternate translation: “as he was ready to sail to Syria”
ACT	20	4	dw6j	translate-names	Σώπατρος Πύρρου&Σεκοῦνδος,&Τυχικὸς&Τρόφιμος	1	were Sopater of Pyrrhus … Secundus … Tychicus … Trophimus	These words are the names of five men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
ACT	20	4	dpyn	figs-possession	Σώπατρος Πύρρου	1		Here, the possessive form indicates that **Sopater** is the son of **Pyrrhus**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say that specifically. Alternate translation: “Sopater, whose father was named Pyrrhus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
ACT	20	4	w4n1	translate-names	Βεροιαῖος&Θεσσαλονικέων&Δερβαῖος&Ἀσιανοὶ	1	from Berea … from Derbe	The word **Berean** is the name for someone from the city of Berea. The word **Thessalonians** describes people from the city of Thessalonica. The word **Derbean** is the name for someone from the city of Derbe. The word **Asians** describes people from the province of Asia. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
ACT	20	4	w8j6	translate-names	Ἀρίσταρχος&Γάϊος	1	Aristarchus … Gaius	The words **Aristarchus** and **Gaius** are the names of men. See how you translated these names in [19:29](../19/29.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
ACT	20	5	y35x	figs-exclusive	ἡμᾶς	1		As the General Notes to this chapter discuss, here Luke begins to use the pronouns **us** and **we** to refer to himself and his traveling companions, but not to his readers. So use the exclusive form of those words throughout this chapter if your language marks that distinction. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
ACT	20	5	gb5f	writing-pronouns	οὗτοι	1		The pronoun **they** refers to the seven men who were traveling with Paul, whom Luke lists in the previous verse. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: “those seven men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
ACT	20	5	o1bl	figs-explicit	ἡμᾶς	1		Luke assumes that his readers will understand that he says **us** because he joined Paul and his other companions at this point in the story. You can include this information if it will help your readers understand what is happening. UST models a way to do this. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ACT	20	5	itz1	translate-names	Τρῳάδι	1	Troas	The word **Troas** is the name of a city. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
ACT	20	6	l5dr	translate-names	τὰς ἡμέρας τῶν Ἀζύμων	1	the days of unleavened bread	The words **Unleavened Bread** are the name of a Jewish religious observance that took place over several **days**. See how you translated this in [12:3](../12/03.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
ACT	20	7	xsyv	figs-nominaladj	τῇ μιᾷ τῶν σαββάτων	1		Luke is using the adjective **first** as a noun to mean a particular day of the **week**. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “the first day of the week” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
ACT	20	7	wpfh	figs-explicit	τῇ μιᾷ τῶν σαββάτων	1		Luke assumes that his readers will understand that the believers met on **the first of the week** because that was the day Jesus rose from the dead. You can include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “the first day of the week, when Jesus rose from the dead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ACT	20	7	tgsb	figs-activepassive	συνηγμένων ἡμῶν	1		If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “we having gathered together” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ACT	20	7	ls6u	writing-pronouns	αὐτοῖς	1		The pronoun **them** refers to the believers in Troas with whom Paul and his traveling companions were meeting. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: “the believers in Troas” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
ACT	20	7	zff8	figs-synecdoche	κλάσαι ἄρτον	1	to break bread	Luke could be using the word **break** to mean “eat,” and he could be using the word **bread** to mean “food.” In each case he would be using one part of something to mean the whole thing. Breaking bread is one thing people do when they eat it, and bread is one kind of food. So this could be a reference to the believers sharing a meal together. Alternate translation: “to share a meal” or see the next note for a further possibility. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
ACT	20	7	ckiy	figs-explicit	κλάσαι ἄρτον	1		By **to break bread**, Luke could also mean remembering the death of Jesus in the way that Jesus commanded, by literally breaking a loaf of bread and sharing it (and also sharing a cup of wine). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “to observe the Lord’s Supper” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ACT	20	7	j888	figs-metonymy	τὸν λόγον	1	and so he continued his message	Luke is using the term **word** to mean the message that Paul was sharing by using words. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “his message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ACT	20	8	t6on	figs-explicit	ἦσαν&λαμπάδες ἱκαναὶ ἐν τῷ ὑπερῴῳ, οὗ ἦμεν συνηγμένοι	1		The implication seems to be that it became warm in this **upper room** because there were **many lamps** lit in it, and this helps account for why Eutychus fell asleep, as Luke describes in the next verse. You can include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “it was warm in the upper room where we were gathered together because many lamps were in it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ACT	20	8	ak8z	translate-unknown	ὑπερῴῳ	1	upper room	In this culture, in some houses, rooms were built above other rooms. According to the next verse, this room was actually built above a room that was built above another room. If your community does not have houses like that, you can use another expression to describe a large indoor space where people could meet. See how you translated this in [9:37](../09/37.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
ACT	20	8	cshh	figs-activepassive	ἦμεν συνηγμένοι	1		If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “we had gathered together” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ACT	20	9	ju64	translate-names	Εὔτυχος	1	Eutychus	The word **Eutychus** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
ACT	20	9	v5q7	translate-unknown	ἐπὶ τῆς θυρίδος	1	on the window	This **window** was an opening in the wall with a ledge that was wide enough for a person to sit on. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could describe this more fully. Alternate translation: “on the ledge of a window opening in the wall” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
ACT	20	9	tsp4	figs-activepassive	καταφερόμενος ὕπνῳ βαθεῖ&κατενεχθεὶς ἀπὸ τοῦ ὕπνου	1	was falling into a deep sleep	If your language does not use these passive forms, you could express this idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “a deep sleep overcoming him … sleep having overcome him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ACT	20	9	abcz	figs-personification	καταφερόμενος ὕπνῳ βαθεῖ&κατενεχθεὶς ἀπὸ τοῦ ὕπνου	1	having been overcome by sleep	Luke is speaking of **sleep** as if it were a living thing that could **overcome** Eutychus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “starting to sleep deeply … becoming completely asleep” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
ACT	20	9	kh3h		τριστέγου	1	third story	In this culture, the **third story** meant a level two floors above the ground floor. Some languages and cultures consider the “first story” to be one level above the ground floor, and so they would consider this level, two stories above the ground floor, to be the “second story.” You can say that in your translation if it would be helpful to your readers.
ACT	20	9	jp89	figs-activepassive	ἤρθη νεκρός	1	and was picked up dead	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, the context suggests that it was the believers who were meeting with Paul. Alternate translation: “the believers picked him up dead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ACT	20	9	z1wf	figs-explicit	ἤρθη νεκρός	1		The implication is that some of the believers rushed down to help Eutychus but discovered that he had died from the fall. You can include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “they lifted him from the ground, but he had died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ACT	20	10	uban	figs-activepassive	μὴ θορυβεῖσθε	1		If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Do not let this trouble you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ACT	20	10	gfol	figs-metaphor	ἡ&ψυχὴ αὐτοῦ ἐν αὐτῷ ἐστιν	1		Paul is speaking as if the life of Eutychus were contained within him. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “he is alive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ACT	20	11	w5w8	figs-synecdoche	κλάσας τὸν ἄρτον καὶ γευσάμενος	1	had broken bread	Luke could be using the words **broken** and **tasted** to mean “eaten,” and he could be using the word **bread** to mean “food.” In each case he would be using one part of something to mean the whole thing. Breaking and tasting bread are things people do when they eat bread, and bread is one kind of food. So this could be a reference to the believers sharing a meal together. Alternate translation: “having shared a meal with the believers” or see the next note for a further possibility. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
ACT	20	11	upkb	figs-explicit	κλάσας τὸν ἄρτον καὶ γευσάμενος	1		By ** having broken bread and having tasted **, Luke could also mean remembering the death of Jesus in the way that Jesus commanded, by literally breaking a loaf of bread and sharing it (and also sharing a cup of wine). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “having observe the Lord’s Supper with the believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ACT	20	11	av7m	writing-pronouns	ἐξῆλθεν	1		The pronoun **he** refers to Paul. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: “Paul left” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
ACT	20	12	lih8	writing-endofstory	δὲ	1		Luke uses the word **But** to introduce information about what happened at the end of the story of Eutychus. Your language may have its own way of presenting such information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-endofstory]])
ACT	20	12	jkj5	figs-explicit	τὸν παῖδα	1	the boy	Luke assumes that his readers will understand that by **the boy**, he means Eutychus. You can use his name if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “Eutychus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ACT	20	12	pk6c	figs-activepassive	παρεκλήθησαν	1		If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “this comforted them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ACT	20	12	abx0	figs-litotes	οὐ μετρίως	1	not moderately	Luke is using a figure of speech that expresses a positive meaning by using a negative word together with a word that is the opposite of the intended meaning. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “greatly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
ACT	20	13	w4ew	grammar-connect-logic-result	ἡμεῖς δὲ, προελθόντες ἐπὶ τὸ πλοῖον, ἀνήχθημεν ἐπὶ τὴν Ἆσσον, ἐκεῖθεν μέλλοντες ἀναλαμβάνειν τὸν Παῦλον; οὕτως γὰρ διατεταγμένος, ἦν μέλλων αὐτὸς πεζεύειν	1	we, having gone ahead	If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “Paul intended to go on foot to Assos and he arranged for us to take him on board there, so we went ahead to the ship and sailed away to Assos” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
ACT	20	13	q4yz	translate-names	τὴν Ἆσσον	1	Assos	The word **Assos** is the name of a town on the coast of the Aegean sea. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
ACT	20	13	nq2q	figs-explicit	μέλλων αὐτὸς πεζεύειν	1	ἦν μέλλων αὐτὸς πεζεύειν	In light of what Paul says in [20:23](../20/23.md), that the Holy Spirit was showing him that he would soon suffer and be imprisoned, the implication seems to be that Paul wanted to **go on foot himself** so that he could be alone for a while and reflect and pray. You can include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “intending to go on foot himself because he wanted to have some time alone to reflect and pray” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ACT	20	14	ju8f	translate-names	Μιτυλήνην	1	Mitylene	The word **Mitylene** is the name of a town on the coast of the Aegean sea. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
ACT	20	15	bbeq	figs-idiom	κατηντήσαμεν	1		Luke says that he and his traveling companions **came down** to a point on the mainland **opposite Chios** because that was the customary way in this culture of describing a person arriving somewhere after traveling by sea. Your language may have its own way of describing that. Alternate translation: “we landed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
ACT	20	15	ulk6	translate-names	Χίου	1	Chios	The word **Chios** is the name of an island in the Aegean Sea. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
ACT	20	15	b6c6	translate-names	Σάμον	1	Samos	The word **Samos** is the name of an island south of Chios in the Aegean Sea. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
ACT	20	15	s7g2	translate-names	Μίλητον	1	Miletus	The word **Miletus** is the name of a port city that was located in western Asia Minor. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
ACT	20	16	p61e	figs-metaphor	ὅπως μὴ γένηται αὐτῷ χρονοτριβῆσαι	1	so that he would not spend time	Luke is speaking about **time** as if it were a commodity that a person could **lose**. Alternate translation: “so that he would not have to remain for a time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ACT	20	17	nw52	writing-pronouns	μετεκαλέσατο	1		The pronoun **he** refers to Paul. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: “Paul sent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
ACT	20	18	xsa6	figs-infostructure	ὑμεῖς ἐπίστασθε ἀπὸ πρώτης ἡμέρας ἀφ’ ἧς ἐπέβην εἰς τὴν Ἀσίαν, πῶς μεθ’ ὑμῶν τὸν πάντα χρόνον ἐγενόμην	1		It may be more natural in your language to reverse the order of these phrases. Alternate translation: “You yourselves know how I was with you the whole time from the first day from which I set foot in Asia” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
ACT	20	18	b6li	writing-pronouns	ὑμεῖς ἐπίστασθε	1	You yourselves know	Paul is stating the pronoun **you**, which is already implied in the verb **know**, for emphasis. If your language can state implied pronouns explicitly for emphasis, you may want to use that construction here. Other languages may have other ways of bringing out this emphasis. Alternate translation: “You certainly know” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
ACT	20	18	vw6n	figs-synecdoche	ἐπέβην εἰς τὴν Ἀσίαν	1	I set foot in Asia	Paul is using one part of himself, his **foot**, to represent all of himself in the act of arriving in Asia. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “I entered Asia” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
ACT	20	19	uidc	writing-politeness	τῷ Κυρίῳ	1		Paul is referring to Jesus by a respectful title. Use a form for addressing someone respectfully in your language. Alternate translation: “the Lord Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-politeness]])
ACT	20	19	llqj	figs-hyperbole	μετὰ πάσης ταπεινοφροσύνης	1		Paul says **all** here as a generalization for emphasis. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different way to express the emphasis. Alternate translation: “with great humility” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
ACT	20	19	pg86	figs-abstractnouns	μετὰ πάσης ταπεινοφροσύνης	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **humility**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “very humbly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ACT	20	19	wh5m	figs-metonymy	δακρύων	1	tears	Paul is referring to strong emotion by association with the way a person who feels things deeply sheds **tears** of sadness or joy. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “deep emotion” or “genuine feeling” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ACT	20	19	e6k7	figs-ellipsis	καὶ πειρασμῶν, τῶν συμβάντων μοι	1	trials that happened to me	Paul is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You can supply these words from the context if that would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “and how I endured the trials that happened to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
ACT	20	19	y5iw	figs-synecdoche	τῶν Ἰουδαίων	1	of the Jews	Paul is using the name of a whole group, **the Jews**, to refer to some members of that group. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “of certain Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
ACT	20	20	sscz	figs-hyperbole	ὡς οὐδὲν ὑπεστειλάμην τῶν συμφερόντων τοῦ μὴ ἀναγγεῖλαι ὑμῖν	1		Paul says **nothing** here as a generalization for emphasis. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different way to express the emphasis. Alternate translation: “how I did not withhold things that would be useful and not declare them to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
ACT	20	20	nu7h	figs-doublenegatives	ὡς οὐδὲν ὑπεστειλάμην τῶν συμφερόντων τοῦ μὴ ἀναγγεῖλαι ὑμῖν	1	how I kept back nothing that was useful which I did not declare to you	If it would be clearer in your language, you could use a positive expression to translate this double negative that consists of the negative word **nothing** and the negative particle **not**. Alternate translation: “how I eagerly brought forth everything that would be useful so that I could declare it to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
ACT	20	21	sqf9	figs-ellipsis	διαμαρτυρόμενος&τὴν εἰς Θεὸν μετάνοιαν καὶ πίστιν εἰς τὸν Κύριον ἡμῶν, Ἰησοῦν	1		Paul is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You can supply these words from the context if that would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “testifying about the need for … repentance toward God and faith in our Lord Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
ACT	20	21	w7mv	figs-abstractnouns	τὴν εἰς Θεὸν μετάνοιαν καὶ πίστιν εἰς τὸν Κύριον ἡμῶν, Ἰησοῦν	1	about repentance toward God and faith in our Lord Jesus	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the ideas of **repentance** and **faith**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “about the need to repent towards God and believe in our Lord Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ACT	20	21	x552	figs-exclusive	ἡμῶν	1		Paul is using the pronoun **our** to refer to himself and his listeners, so use the inclusive form of that word if your language marks that distinction. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
ACT	20	22	hcs0	figs-metaphor	ἰδοὺ	1		Paul is using the term **behold** to focus his listeners’ attention on what he is about to say. Your language may have a comparable expression that you can use in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ACT	20	22	vam4	figs-activepassive	δεδεμένος&τῷ Πνεύματι	1		If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “with the Spirit binding me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ACT	20	22	n99n	figs-metaphor	δεδεμένος&τῷ Πνεύματι	1		Paul is speaking as if **the Spirit** had **bound** him. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “with the Spirit constraining me” or “with the Spirit leading me in a way that I cannot refuse” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ACT	20	22	um41	grammar-connect-exceptions	τὰ ἐν αὐτῇ συναντήσοντά μοι, μὴ εἰδώς	1		Since Paul says in the next verse that he does know one thing that will happen to him in Jerusalem, it might appear in your language he is contradicting himself. If so, you could reword this to avoid using an exception clause. You could begin a new sentence here that continues into the next verse, leaving out the word “except” at the start of the next verse. Alternate translation: “The one thing I do know that will happen to me in her is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions]])
ACT	20	22	a9j1	writing-pronouns	ἐν αὐτῇ	1	not knowing what will happen to me in it	The pronoun **her** refers to the city of Jerusalem. Conventionally, Greek referred to cities with feminine pronouns. Your language may use a different gender. You could also use a noun. Alternate translation: “in it” or “in that city” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
ACT	20	23	u26j	figs-personification	δεσμὰ καὶ θλίψεις με μένουσιν	1		Luke is speaking as if these **chains** and **sufferings** were living things that were waiting for Paul in Jerusalem. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “I will experience chains and afflictions when I get there” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
ACT	20	23	q3ie	figs-synecdoche	δεσμὰ	1	chains and sufferings await me	Paul is using one aspect of imprisonment, the **chains** that bound prisoners at this time, to mean the entire experience of being imprisoned. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “imprisonment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
ACT	20	24	cvw3	figs-metonymy	οὐδενὸς λόγου ποιοῦμαι τὴν ψυχὴν τιμίαν ἐμαυτῷ	1		Paul is using the term **word** to mean what he might say by using words. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “I do not consider my life to have any value for myself worth speaking of” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ACT	20	24	ga6d	figs-doublet	τελειῶσαι τὸν δρόμον μου, καὶ τὴν διακονίαν ἣν ἔλαβον παρὰ τοῦ Κυρίου Ἰησοῦ	1		The terms **race** and **ministry** mean the same thing; **race** is figurative and **ministry** is literal. Paul is using the two terms together for emphasis. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could show how the second term is the literal equivalent of the first. Alternate translation: “to finish my race, that is, the ministry that I received from the Lord Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
ACT	20	24	m5gc	figs-metaphor	τελειῶσαι τὸν δρόμον μου, καὶ τὴν διακονίαν ἣν ἔλαβον παρὰ τοῦ Κυρίου Ἰησοῦ	1	to finish my race	Paul is speaking as if the **ministry** that Jesus gave him were a **race** he was running. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to complete my assignment, that is, the ministry that I received from the Lord Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ACT	20	24	ljgc	figs-doublet	τελειῶσαι τὸν δρόμον μου, καὶ τὴν διακονίαν ἣν ἔλαβον παρὰ τοῦ Κυρίου Ἰησοῦ	1		If you decide to use a plain expression rather than the figurative expression **race**, you could also use another way to express the emphasis that Paul is conveying by using two similar terms together. Alternate translation: “to complete the entire ministry that I received from the Lord Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
ACT	20	24	w8d2	figs-metaphor	τελειῶσαι τὸν δρόμον μου, καὶ τὴν διακονίαν ἣν ἔλαβον παρὰ τοῦ Κυρίου Ἰησοῦ	1	so as to finish my race and the ministry that I received from the Lord Jesus	Paul is speaking about this **race** and **ministry** as if they were objects that Jesus gave him and he **received**. He means that Jesus commanded him to do this ministry. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say that plainly. Alternate translation: “to complete the entire ministry that the Lord Jesus commanded me to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ACT	20	24	hg3l	figs-abstractnouns	τὸ εὐαγγέλιον τῆς χάριτος τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	to solemnly testify to the gospel of the grace of God	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **grace**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “the good news that God graciously saves those who believe in Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ACT	20	25	kj9c	figs-metaphor	ἰδοὺ	1	And now, behold, I know	Paul is using the term **behold** to focus his listeners’ attention on what he is about to say. Your language may have a comparable expression that you can use in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ACT	20	25	l59w	figs-explicit	τὴν βασιλείαν	1		Paul assumes that his listeners will understand that by **kingdom** he means the kingdom of God. You can include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “the kingdom of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ACT	20	25	aur9	figs-abstractnouns	τὴν βασιλείαν	1	among whom I went about proclaiming the kingdom	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of a **kingdom**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “how God has begun to rule as king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ACT	20	25	cq45	figs-synecdoche	οὐκέτι ὄψεσθε τὸ πρόσωπόν μου	1	will see my face no more	Paul is using one part of himself, his **face**, to represent all of himself. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “will see me no more” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
ACT	20	26	rab4	figs-idiom	ἐν τῇ σήμερον ἡμέρᾳ	1		This is an idiomatic expression. Your language may have its own way of expressing the same meaning. Alternate translation: “this very day” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
ACT	20	26	e546	figs-metonymy	καθαρός εἰμι ἀπὸ τοῦ αἵματος πάντων	1	I am innocent from the blood of all	Paul is referring to death as a punishment by association with the way a person’s blood is often shed when they are executed. In this case the death is not physical but spiritual. It is the punishment of spiritual death. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “I am not responsible for the punishment of spiritual death that any of you might receive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ACT	20	26	rs87	figs-explicit	καθαρός εἰμι ἀπὸ τοῦ αἵματος πάντων	1		Paul assumes that his readers will understand that they would receive a punishment of spiritual death for rejecting Jesus as their Savior from the guilt of sin. You can include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “I am not responsible for the punishment of spiritual death that any of you might receive for rejecting Jesus as your Savior from the guilt of sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ACT	20	27	g1vx	translate-versebridge		0		In this verse, Paul is giving the reason why he is not responsible for any spiritual punishment the people in Ephesus might receive. To put the reason before the result, you could create a verse bridge for verses 26–27. It might say something like this: “I did not hold back from declaring all the counsel of God to you. Therefore I testify to you this very day that I am innocent of the blood of all of you.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-versebridge]])
ACT	20	27	qa9y	figs-doublenegatives	οὐ γὰρ ὑπεστειλάμην τοῦ μὴ ἀναγγεῖλαι&ὑμῖν	1	For I did not hold back from declaring to you	If it would be clearer in your language, you could use a positive expression to translate this double negative that consists of the negative particle **not** and the negative verb **hold back**. Alternate translation: “For I forthrightly declared to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
ACT	20	27	jl2w	figs-hyperbole	πᾶσαν τὴν βουλὴν τοῦ Θεοῦ ὑμῖν	1		Paul says **all** here as a generalization for emphasis. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “everything that you needed to know in order to be saved” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
ACT	20	28	u52d	figs-metaphor	τῷ ποιμνίῳ, ἐν ᾧ ὑμᾶς τὸ Πνεῦμα τὸ Ἅγιον ἔθετο ἐπισκόπους, ποιμαίνειν τὴν ἐκκλησίαν τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	the flock among which the Holy Spirit has made you overseers to shepherd the church of God	Paul is speaking as if the believers were a **flock** of sheep and the elders to whom he is speaking were their shepherds. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the believers whose leaders the Holy Spirit has made you, to care for the church of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ACT	20	28	hjh6	figs-metonymy	τὴν ἐκκλησίαν τοῦ Θεοῦ, ἣν περιεποιήσατο διὰ τοῦ αἵματος τοῦ ἰδίου	1	his own blood	Paul is referring to death by association with the way people may shed their **blood** when they die. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the church of God, which he obtained through his own death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ACT	20	28	cx69	figs-pronouns	τὴν ἐκκλησίαν τοῦ Θεοῦ, ἣν περιεποιήσατο διὰ τοῦ αἵματος τοῦ ἰδίου	1	the church of God, which he purchased with his own blood	The word translated **obtained** means to make something one’s own. The pronoun **he** may refer to Jesus, and this would mean that Jesus made the people of the church his own by dying for them. Alternate translation: “the people of the church of God, whom Jesus made his own by dying for them” or see next note for another possibility. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns]])
ACT	20	28	r66x	figs-nominaladj	τὴν ἐκκλησίαν τοῦ Θεοῦ, ἣν περιεποιήσατο διὰ τοῦ αἵματος τοῦ ἰδίου	1		This could also mean that God made the people of the church his own by sending his Son to die for them. In that case the translation would be “through the blood of his Own” and Paul would be using the adjective **own** as a noun to mean God’s own Son. Alternate translation: “the people of the church, whom God made his own through the death of his own Son” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
ACT	20	28	ybzd	figs-metonymy	τὴν ἐκκλησίαν τοῦ Θεοῦ	1		Here the term **church** refers to the people who belong to the church. If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the people of the church of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ACT	20	29	ka6u	figs-metaphor	εἰσελεύσονται&λύκοι βαρεῖς εἰς ὑμᾶς, μὴ φειδόμενοι τοῦ ποιμνίου	1	vicious wolves will come in among you, not sparing the flock	Paul is continuing to speak as if the believers were a **flock** of sheep and as if the false teachers he describes in the next verse are **vicious wolves**. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “false teachers will come to your group of believers and they will harm many of you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ACT	20	30	cbq1	figs-rpronouns	καὶ ἐξ ὑμῶν αὐτῶν	1		Paul is adding the word **yourselves** for emphasis. Use a way that is natural in your language to indicate this emphasis. Alternate translation: “From within your very own group” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
ACT	20	30	esme	figs-metaphor	ἀναστήσονται ἄνδρες λαλοῦντες διεστραμμένα	1		In this context, **arise** means to take action to get an enterprise under way, not to get up from a sitting or lying position. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “men will begin to speak perverted things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ACT	20	30	yn8u	figs-activepassive	διεστραμμένα	1		If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “distortions of the truth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ACT	20	30	ftf4	figs-metaphor	τοῦ ἀποσπᾶν τοὺς μαθητὰς ὀπίσω ἑαυτῶν	1	to draw away the disciples after them	Paul is speaking as if these false teachers would physically **draw away** people **after them** as they themselves left the fellowship of true believers in Jesus. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “in order to influence disciples to follow their teaching instead of Jesus’ teaching” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ACT	20	31	hs1m	figs-doublenegatives	οὐκ ἐπαυσάμην&νουθετῶν	1	I did not stop admonishing	If it would be clearer in your language, you could use a positive expression to translate this double negative that consists of the negative particle **not** and the negative word **stop**. Alternate translation: “I continued to warn” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
ACT	20	31	rvh6	figs-metonymy	μετὰ δακρύων	1	with tears	Paul is referring to strong emotion by association with the way a person who feels things deeply sheds **tears** of sadness or joy. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “with deep emotion” or “with genuine feeling” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ACT	20	31	rt1h	figs-merism	νύκτα καὶ ἡμέραν	1	for three years I did not stop admonishing … night and day	Paul is using the two parts of a full day, **night** and **day**, to mean all the time. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “all the time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
ACT	20	31	fc3b	figs-hyperbole	νύκτα καὶ ἡμέραν	1		Paul says **night and day** here as a generalization for emphasis. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different way to express the emphasis. Alternate translation: “without ever giving up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
ACT	20	32	zvz8	figs-personification	τῷ Θεῷ, καὶ τῷ λόγῳ τῆς χάριτος αὐτοῦ, τῷ δυναμένῳ	1	to give you the inheritance	Paul is speaking of the **word** of God’s **grace** as if it were a living thing that was **able** to do the things he describes. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to God who, through the word of his grace, is able” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
ACT	20	32	ylm3	figs-metonymy	τῷ λόγῳ τῆς χάριτος αὐτοῦ	1	I am entrusting you to God and to the word of his grace	Paul is using the term **word** to mean the message about God’s **grace** that Jesus and his apostles shared by using words. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to the message about his grace” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ACT	20	32	tbeo	figs-abstractnouns	τῷ λόγῳ τῆς χάριτος αὐτοῦ	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **grace**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “to the message about how God has graciously saved us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ACT	20	32	s7rf	figs-metaphor	τῷ δυναμένῳ οἰκοδομῆσαι	1	which is able to build you up	Paul is speaking as if these believers were a wall or building or other structure and the **word** of God’s **grace** was making them higher and stronger. Alternate translation: “which is able to make you more confident and mature in your faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ACT	20	32	x5jy	figs-metaphor	τὴν κληρονομίαν	1	the inheritance	Paul is speaking as if the blessings that God gives believers were money or property that a child inherits from a father. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “God’s blessings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ACT	20	32	sdlc	figs-activepassive	τοῖς ἡγιασμένοις	1		If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who does the action, it is clear from the context that it was God. Alternate translation: “the ones whom God has sanctified” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ACT	20	33	yw8a	figs-explicit	ἀργυρίου, ἢ χρυσίου, ἢ ἱματισμοῦ, οὐδενὸς ἐπεθύμησα	1	I coveted no one’s silver	The implication is that Paul did not desire any of these things and did not try to get them by charging for his ministry to the Ephesians. You can include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “I did not insist on being paid for my work” or “I did not try to become wealthy by teaching you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ACT	20	33	o5jp	figs-doublenegatives	ἀργυρίου, ἢ χρυσίου, ἢ ἱματισμοῦ, οὐδενὸς ἐπεθύμησα	1		If it would be clearer in your language, you could use a positive expression to translate this double negative that consists of the negative phrase **no one** and the negative word **coveted**. Alternate translation: “I served you freely” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
ACT	20	33	yl6k	figs-metonymy	ἀργυρίου, ἢ χρυσίου	1		Paul is referring to money by association with the way, in this culture, people used **silver** and **gold** as money. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the money” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ACT	20	33	ipq5	figs-merism	ἀργυρίου, ἢ χρυσίου, ἢ ἱματισμοῦ	1	no one’s silver, gold, or clothing	In this culture, owning expensive **clothing** was a way of storing and displaying wealth. Paul is referring to wealth by naming two of its major components. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the wealth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
ACT	20	34	f5a3	figs-rpronouns	αὐτοὶ γινώσκετε	1	You yourselves know	Paul is adding the word **yourselves** for emphasis. Use a way that is natural in your language to indicate this emphasis. Alternate translation: “You know very well” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
ACT	20	34	ja5v	figs-personification	ταῖς χρείαις μου&ὑπηρέτησαν αἱ χεῖρες αὗται	1	these hands ministered to my needs and to those who	Paul is speaking of his **hands** as if they were a living thing that **ministered** to his **needs**, that is, worked to pay his expenses. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “I worked with my hands to pay my own expenses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
ACT	20	34	izuu	figs-ellipsis	καὶ τοῖς οὖσι μετ’ ἐμοῦ	1		Paul is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You can supply these words from earlier in the sentence if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “and to the needs of those who were with me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
ACT	20	35	zibu	figs-ellipsis	πάντα ὑπέδειξα ὑμῖν, ὅτι&δεῖ	1		Paul is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You can supply these words if that would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “I showed you all things in order to demonstrate that it is necessary” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
ACT	20	35	pvrm	figs-hyperbole	πάντα&ὅτι&δεῖ	1		Paul says **all** here as a generalization for emphasis. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different way to express the emphasis. Alternate translation: “consistently, that it is necessary” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
ACT	20	35	b6o1	figs-nominaladj	πάντα	1		Paul is using the adjective **all** as a noun. ULT adds the word **things** to show that. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “all kinds of things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
ACT	20	35	d1bh	figs-metonymy	ἀντιλαμβάνεσθαι τῶν ἀσθενούντων	1		Paul is referring to helping people by association with the way that someone might **take hold** of a person who was **weak** to keep him from falling. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to help those who are weak” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ACT	20	35	tr1d	figs-rpronouns	τῶν λόγων τοῦ Κυρίου Ἰησοῦ, ὅτι αὐτὸς εἶπεν	1		Paul is adding the word **himself** for emphasis. Use a way that is natural in your language to indicate this emphasis. Alternate translation: “the words that none other than our Lord Jesus spoke” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
ACT	20	35	ps2i	figs-metonymy	τῶν λόγων τοῦ Κυρίου Ἰησοῦ	1	the words of the Lord Jesus	Paul is using the term **words** to mean a statement that Jesus made by using words. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the statement of the Lord Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ACT	20	35	mj5s	figs-quotesinquotes	εἶπεν, μακάριόν ἐστιν μᾶλλον, διδόναι ἢ λαμβάνειν	1		If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “said that it is more blessed to give than to receive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
ACT	20	36	u3uc	translate-symaction	θεὶς τὰ γόνατα αὐτοῦ	1	having bowed his knees, he prayed	Paul knelt down as a symbolic action to show that he was approaching God humbly in prayer. If this would not be clear to your readers, you could explain the significance of this action. Alternate translation: “humbly kneeling down” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
ACT	20	37	pb4r	figs-idiom	ἐπιπεσόντες ἐπὶ τὸν τράχηλον τοῦ Παύλου	1	having fallen upon Paul’s neck	The expression **falling upon** means that the Ephesian elders put their arms around Paul. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “embracing Paul” or “putting their arms around Paul” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
ACT	20	37	sze4	translate-symaction	κατεφίλουν αὐτόν	1	they were kissing him	To kiss someone on the cheek was an expression of brotherly or friendly love in this culture. If this would not be clear to your readers, you can explain the significance of this action. Alternate translation: “they were kissing him on the cheek to express their brotherly love for him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
ACT	20	38	npay	figs-metonymy	τῷ λόγῳ ᾧ εἰρήκει	1		Luke is using the term **word** to mean the statement that Paul made by using words. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the statement that he had made” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ACT	20	38	bs3s	figs-synecdoche	οὐκέτι μέλλουσιν τὸ πρόσωπον αὐτοῦ θεωρεῖν	1	they were never going to see his face again	In his statement, Paul was using one part of himself, his **face**, to represent all of himself. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “that they were never going to see him again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
ACT	20	38	m0wr	figs-quotations	εἰρήκει, ὅτι οὐκέτι μέλλουσιν τὸ πρόσωπον αὐτοῦ θεωρεῖν	1		It may be more natural in your language to have a direct quotation here. Alternate translation: “he had spoken, ‘You are going to see my face no more’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
ACT	21	intro	gh1j			0		# Acts 21 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and Formatting<br><br>Acts 21:1-19 describes Paul’s journey to Jerusalem. After he arrived in Jerusalem, the believers there told him that the Jews wanted to harm him and advised what he should do so they would not harm him (verses 20-26). Even though Paul did what the believers told him to do, the Jews tried to kill him. The Romans rescued him and gave him a chance to speak to the Jews.<br><br>The last verse of the chapter ends with an incomplete sentence. Most translations leave the sentence incomplete, as the ULT does.<br><br>## Special Concepts in this Chapter<br><br>### “They are all determined to keep the law”<br><br>The Jews in Jerusalem were following the law of Moses. Even those who were following Jesus still kept the law. Both groups thought that Paul had been telling Jews in Greece not to keep the law. But it was only the Gentiles to whom Paul was saying that.<br><br>### Nazarite vow<br><br>The vow that Paul and his three friends made was probably a Nazarite vow, because they shaved their heads ([Acts 21:23](../21/23.md)).<br><br>### Gentiles in the temple<br><br>The Jews accused Paul of bringing a Gentile man into a part of the temple into which God only allowed Jews to go. They thought that God wanted them to punish Paul by killing him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holy]])<br><br>### Roman citizenship<br><br>The Romans thought that they needed to treat only Roman citizens justly. They could do as they desired with people who were not Roman citizens, but they had to obey the law with other Romans. Some people were born Roman citizens, and others gave money to the Roman government so they could become Roman citizens.
ACT	21	1	s3h3	figs-exclusive	ἡμᾶς&ἤλθομεν	1	we … we came	As the General Notes to this chapter discuss, throughout this chapter Luke uses the pronoun **we** (as well as the pronouns “us” and “our”) to refer to himself and his traveling companions, but not to his readers. So use the exclusive form of those words if your language marks that distinction. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
ACT	21	1	a428	figs-activepassive	ἀποσπασθέντας ἀπ’ αὐτῶν	1	having been parted from them	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “having parted from them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ACT	21	1	e5y6	translate-names	Κῶ	1	Cos	The word **Cos** is the name of an island in the South Aegean Sea. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
ACT	21	1	p6ss	translate-names	Ῥόδον	1	Rhodes	The word **Rhodes** is the name of an island in the South Aegean Sea south of Cos. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
ACT	21	1	x7kg	translate-names	Πάταρα	1	Patara	The word **Patara** is the name of a city on the southwest coast of Asia Minor. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
ACT	21	2	nz9k	figs-personification	πλοῖον διαπερῶν εἰς Φοινίκην	1	a ship crossing over to Phoenicia	Luke is speaking of this **ship** as if it were a living thing that was **crossing over** the Mediterranean Sea to Phoenicia on its own. Luke means that the crew of this ship was sailing it to Phoenicia. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state that meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “a ship whose crew would be sailing it over to Phoenicia” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
ACT	21	3	vkr2	figs-idiom	καταλιπόντες αὐτὴν εὐώνυμον	1	having left it behind on the port side	The expression **leaving it behind on the port side** means on the left side of the ship. Since the ship was sailing east, this means that it sailed to the south of the island of Cyprus. If it would be clearer in your language, you could express that meaning plainly. However, if the people of your culture are familiar with sea travel, you could use the corresponding expression that is most natural in your language. Alternate translation: “having sailed to the south of it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
ACT	21	3	a429	figs-idiom	κατήλθομεν εἰς Τύρον	1	came down to Tyre	Luke says that he and his companions **came down** to Tyre because that was the customary way in this culture of describing a person arriving somewhere after traveling by sea. Your language may have its own way of describing that. Alternate translation: “landed at Tyre” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
ACT	21	3	a430	figs-synecdoche	ἐκεῖσε&τὸ πλοῖον ἦν ἀποφορτιζόμενον τὸν γόμον	1	there the ship was unloading its cargo	Luke is using the last part of a process to represent the entire process. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the ship was going there to unload its cargo” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
ACT	21	3	hwx8	figs-personification	τὸ πλοῖον ἦν ἀποφορτιζόμενον τὸν γόμον	1	the ship was unloading its cargo	Luke is speaking of this **ship** as if it were a living thing that was **unloading** its own **cargo**. Luke means that the crew of this ship was doing the unloading. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state that meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the ship’s crew was to unload its cargo” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
ACT	21	4	y35m	writing-pronouns	οἵτινες τῷ Παύλῳ ἔλεγον	1	who were saying to Paul	The pronoun **who** refers to the **disciples** in Tyre. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers, and you may want to begin a new sentence. Alternate translation: “Those disciples kept saying to Paul” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
ACT	21	4	a431	figs-synecdoche	ἐπιβαίνειν εἰς Ἱεροσόλυμα	1	to set foot in Jerusalem	The disciples were using one part of Paul, his **foot**, to represent all of him in the potential act of going to Jerusalem. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to go to Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
ACT	21	5	a432	figs-idiom	ὅτε&ἐγένετο ἡμᾶς ἐξαρτίσαι τὰς ἡμέρας	1	when it happened that we had completed the days	Luke is speaking of the seven days when he and his traveling companions were in Tyre as if those days were something they **finished**. Alternate translation: “at the end of those seven days” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
ACT	21	5	a433	figs-hyperbole	πάντων	1	everyone	Luke says **everyone** here as a generalization. He means all of the believers with whom he and his companions were meeting in Tyre. Alternate translation: “the believers from Tyre” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
ACT	21	5	q8xl	translate-symaction	θέντες τὰ γόνατα ἐπὶ τὸν αἰγιαλὸν προσευξάμενοι	1	having knelt down on the shore and having prayed	The travelers and their hosts knelt down as a symbolic action to show that they were approaching God humbly in prayer. If this would not be clear to your readers, you could explain the significance of this action. Alternate translation: “having humbly knelt down on the shore to pray” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
ACT	21	6	a434	writing-pronouns	ἐκεῖνοι	1	those	The pronoun **those** refers to the believers from Tyre. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: “the believers from Tyre” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
ACT	21	7	hy6e	figs-exclusive	ἡμεῖς&ἐμείναμεν	1	we … we stayed	Here the word **we** refers to Luke, Paul, and those traveling with them, but not to the reader. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
ACT	21	7	z4nt	translate-names	Πτολεμαΐδα	1	Ptolemais	The word **Ptolemais** is the name of a city that was south of Tyre. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
ACT	21	7	ff1s	figs-metaphor	τοὺς ἀδελφοὺς	1	the brothers	Luke is using the term **brothers** figuratively to mean people who share the same faith. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the believers there” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ACT	21	8	ay52	figs-explicit	ἐκ τῶν ἑπτὰ	1	from the seven	Luke assumes that his readers will understand that by **the Seven**, he means the seven men who were chosen in [6:5](../06/05.md) to distribute food and other assistance to the widows among the believers. You can include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “one of the seven men who had been chosen to oversee the assistance that the believers were providing to widows” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ACT	21	8	vi48	grammar-honorifics	τοῦ εὐαγγελιστοῦ	1	the Evangelist	Luke is using the title **evangelist** to acknowledge the special work that Philip did in proclaiming the gospel. If it would be clearer in your language, you could use a descriptive phrase preceded by a comma in your translation rather than a title. Alternate translation: “, a man known for proclaiming the gospel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-honorifics]])
ACT	21	9	cv8b	writing-background	δὲ	1	Now	Luke uses the word **Now** to introduce background information about the **daughters** of Philip that will help readers understand what happens next in the story. In your translation, introduce this information in a way that would be natural in your own language and culture. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
ACT	21	9	rcf4	writing-pronouns	τούτῳ&ἦσαν θυγατέρες τέσσαρες	1	to this one were four daughters	The pronoun **this** refers to Philip. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: “Philip had four daughters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
ACT	21	10	n3i8	writing-participants	κατῆλθέν τις&προφήτης ὀνόματι Ἅγαβος	1	a certain prophet, Agabus by name	Luke is using the phrase **a certain prophet** to introduce **Agabus** as a returning participant in the story. If your language has its own way of introducing returning participants, you can use it here in your translation. Alternate translation: “there was a prophet named Agabus who came down” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
ACT	21	10	f9cb	translate-names	Ἅγαβος	1	Agabus	The word **Agabus** is the name of a man. See how you translated it in [11:28](../11/28.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
ACT	21	10	a435	figs-idiom	κατῆλθέν τις ἀπὸ τῆς Ἰουδαίας	1	came down from Judea	Luke says that Agabus **came down** from Judea because that province is higher in elevation than Caesarea. Use a natural way in your language of referring to traveling to a lower elevation. Alternate translation: “arrived from up in Judea” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
ACT	21	11	a436	translate-symaction	ἄρας τὴν ζώνην τοῦ Παύλου, δήσας ἑαυτοῦ τοὺς πόδας καὶ τὰς χεῖρας	1	having taken the belt of Paul, having bound his own feet and hands	Agabus bound his own feet and hands with Paul’s belt as a symbolic action to illustrate the prophecy he was delivering. If this would not be clear to your readers, you can explain the significance of this action. Alternate translation: “having taken the belt of Paul and bound his own feet and hands to illustrate the prophecy he was delivering” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
ACT	21	11	nq2y	figs-quotesinquotes	τάδε λέγει τὸ Πνεῦμα τὸ Ἅγιον, τὸν ἄνδρα οὗ ἐστιν ἡ ζώνη αὕτη, οὕτως δήσουσιν ἐν Ἰερουσαλὴμ οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι, καὶ παραδώσουσιν εἰς χεῖρας ἐθνῶν	1	The Holy Spirit says these things: ‘Thus will the Jews in Jerusalem bind the man of whom is this belt, and they will deliver him into the hands of the Gentiles.’	If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “The Holy Spirit says that in this way the Jews in Jerusalem will bind the man who owns this belt and that they will deliver him into the hands of the Gentiles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
ACT	21	11	i8u7	figs-synecdoche	οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι	1	the Jews	Agabus is using the name of a whole group, **the Jews**, to refer to one part of that group, its leaders. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say that plainly. Alternate translation: “the leaders of the Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
ACT	21	11	s92d	figs-metonymy	εἰς χεῖρας ἐθνῶν	1	into the hands of the Gentiles	Here, **hands** represents the power of someone, in this case the power of an authority to hold an accused person in custody. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “into the custody of the Gentiles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ACT	21	11	b59g	figs-synecdoche	ἐθνῶν	1	of the Gentiles	Agabus is using the name of a whole group, **the Gentiles**, to refer to one part of that group, its members who are in authority. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say that plainly. Alternate translation: “of the Gentile authorities” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
ACT	21	12	a437	figs-nominaladj	οἱ ἐντόπιοι	1	the locals	Luke is using the adjective **locals** as a noun to mean the believers who lived in that local area, that is, Caesarea. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “the believers who lived in Caesarea” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
ACT	21	12	a438	figs-explicit	παρεκαλοῦμεν ἡμεῖς	1	were urging him	Luke means implicitly that this **urging** included weeping over what would happen to Paul if he went to Jerusalem, as the next verse indicates. You can include this information here if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “were weeping and urging” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ACT	21	12	a439	figs-idiom	τοῦ μὴ ἀναβαίνειν&εἰς Ἰερουσαλήμ	1	not to go up to Jerusalem	Luke says **to go up** because that was the customary way of speaking about traveling to Jerusalem, since that city is up on a mountain. Caesarea is lower in elevation. Use a natural way in your language of referring to traveling to a higher elevation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
ACT	21	13	uwt2	figs-rquestion	τί ποιεῖτε, κλαίοντες καὶ συνθρύπτοντές μου τὴν καρδίαν?	1	What are you doing, weeping and breaking my heart?	Paul is using the question form to insist that the believers in Caesarea do not need to weep over what will happen to him if he goes to Jerusalem. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “Please do not weep like that, breaking my heart” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
ACT	21	13	bj76	figs-metaphor	συνθρύπτοντές μου τὴν καρδίαν	1	breaking my heart	Paul is speaking as if the believers in Caesarea were literally **breaking** his **heart**. He means that they are making him very sad. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “making me so sad” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ACT	21	13	k34w	figs-metonymy	συνθρύπτοντές μου τὴν καρδίαν	1	breaking my heart	In this context, the **heart** represents the emotions. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “making me so sad” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ACT	21	13	p5e5	figs-activepassive	οὐ μόνον δεθῆναι	1	not only to be bound	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “not only for them to bind me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ACT	21	13	q35x	figs-metonymy	ὑπὲρ τοῦ ὀνόματος τοῦ Κυρίου Ἰησοῦ	1	for the name of the Lord Jesus	This could mean: (1) that the **name** of Jesus represents his person. Alternate translation: “out of loyalty to the Lord Jesus” (2) that the **name** of Jesus represents his cause in the world. Alternate translation: “for the cause of the Lord Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ACT	21	14	hwc5	figs-activepassive	μὴ πειθομένου&αὐτοῦ	1	he was not being persuaded	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “we were not persuading him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ACT	21	14	zl98	figs-explicit	μὴ πειθομένου	1	he was not being persuaded	Luke assumes that his readers will understand what he and the others were not persuading Paul about. You can include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “he was not being persuaded not to go to Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ACT	21	14	as1i	figs-imperative3p	τοῦ Κυρίου τὸ θέλημα γινέσθω	1	Let the will of the Lord happen	If your language does not use the third-person imperative in this way, you can state this in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “May the will of the Lord happen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative3p]])
ACT	21	15	a440	figs-idiom	ἀνεβαίνομεν εἰς Ἱεροσόλυμα	1	we went up to Jerusalem	Luke says that he and his traveling companions **went up** because that was the customary way of speaking about traveling to Jerusalem, since that city is up on a mountain. Use a natural way of referring in your language to traveling to a higher elevation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
ACT	21	16	k9kr	writing-participants	τινι Κυπρίῳ ἀρχαίῳ μαθητῇ	1	a certain Cypriot, an early disciple	Luke is using the phrase **a certain early disciple** to introduce **Mnason** as a new participant in the story. The phrase **early disciple** introduces him as one of the first people to believe in Jesus. If your language has its own way of introducing new participants, you can use it here in your translation. Alternate translation: “a Cypriot who was one of the first believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
ACT	21	16	zd9i	translate-names	Μνάσωνί&Κυπρίῳ	1	Mnason … Cypriot	The word **Mnason** is the name of a man. The word **Cypriot** is the name for someone who lives on or comes from the island of Cyprus. See how you translated it in [11:20](../11/20.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
ACT	21	16	a441	figs-activepassive	παρ’ ᾧ ξενισθῶμεν	1	with whom we would be hosted	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “who would be hosting us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ACT	21	17	d3gj	figs-metaphor	οἱ ἀδελφοί	1	the brothers	Luke is using the term **brothers** figuratively to mean people who share the same faith. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the believers there” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ACT	21	20	a1hk	writing-pronouns	οἱ&ἐδόξαζον&εἶπόν&αὐτῷ	1	they were glorifying … they said to him	The pronoun **they** refers in these instances to James and the elders, and the pronoun **him** refers to Paul. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: “James and the elders were glorifying … they said to Paul” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
ACT	21	20	a442	figs-metaphor	θεωρεῖς	1	you see	Paul does not physically **see** these tens of thousands of Jewish believers. James and the elders mean that he knows about them. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “You know” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ACT	21	20	xki4	figs-metaphor	ἀδελφέ	1	brother	James and the elders using the term **brother** to mean someone who shares the same faith. Since this expression occurs in direct discourse, you may want to preserve it in your translation to show how these believers addressed one another. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ACT	21	20	c5pu	writing-pronouns	ὑπάρχουσιν	1	they are	In this instance the pronoun **they** refers to the believing Jews whom James and the elders are describing. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: “these believing Jews are” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
ACT	21	20	a443	figs-hyperbole	πάντες ζηλωταὶ τοῦ νόμου ὑπάρχουσιν	1	they are all zealous for the law	James and the elders say **all** here as a generalization for emphasis. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different way to express the emphasis. Alternate translation: “they are very zealous for the law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
ACT	21	21	pyg8	figs-explicit	κατηχήθησαν&περὶ σοῦ	1	they have been told about you	James and the elders mean implicitly that people **have been told** this about Paul even though it is not true. You can include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “even though it is not true, they have been told about you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ACT	21	21	e5s4	figs-activepassive	κατηχήθησαν	1	they have been told	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “people have told them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ACT	21	21	sdl3	figs-metonymy	ἀποστασίαν&ἀπὸ Μωϋσέως	1	apostasy from Moses	James and the elders are referring to the Jewish law by association with **Moses**, through whom God gave the law. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “apostasy from the law of Moses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ACT	21	21	a444	figs-abstractnouns	ἀποστασίαν&ἀπὸ Μωϋσέως	1	apostasy from Moses	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **apostasy**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “not to obey the law of Moses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ACT	21	21	knt4	figs-metaphor	μηδὲ τοῖς ἔθεσιν περιπατεῖν	1	not to walk in the customs	James and the elders are speaking as if the Jewish **customs** were a path that people walked on. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “nor to observe the customs” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ACT	21	21	u56t	figs-explicit	μηδὲ τοῖς ἔθεσιν περιπατεῖν	1	not to walk in the customs	By **the customs**, James and the elders implicitly mean the customs that Jews ordinarily observe. You can include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “nor to observe our Jewish customs” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ACT	21	22	a445	figs-ellipsis	τί οὖν ἐστιν	1	What therefore is it	James and the elders are leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You can supply these words from the context if that would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “What therefore is it that you should do” or “So what should you do about this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
ACT	21	22	a446	figs-rquestion	τί οὖν ἐστιν	1	What therefore is it	James and the elders are using the question form to introduce what they think Paul should do in response to the situation they have described. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “You need to do something about this!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
ACT	21	23	b28b	figs-exclusive	λέγομεν	1	we say	As the General Notes to this chapter indicate, by **we**, James and the elders mean themselves but Paul, to whom they are speaking, so use the exclusive form of that word in your translation if your language marks that distinction. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
ACT	21	23	b22r	translate-unknown	εὐχὴν ἔχοντες	1	having a vow	See how you translated the term **vow** in [18:18](../18/18.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
ACT	21	23	a447	translate-textvariants	ἀφ’ ἑαυτῶν	1	from themselves	Some ancient manuscripts read **from themselves.** That would be indicating that these men made the vow on their own initiative. ULT follows that reading. Other ancient manuscripts read “upon themselves.” That would be indicating that the men still needed to fulfill the commitment implicit in the vow to make an offering in the temple at the end of the time during which the conditions of the vow were in effect. If a translation of the Bible exists in your region, you may wish to use the reading that it uses. If a translation of the Bible does not exist in your region, you may wish to use the reading of ULT. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
ACT	21	24	km4w	figs-explicit	ἁγνίσθητι σὺν αὐτοῖς	1	be purified with them	James and the elders assume that Paul will know that in order to make an offering at the end of the time of their vows, these men will need to be made ceremonially clean so that they can go into the temple area. You can include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “be purified with them so that you can all go to the temple area together” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ACT	21	24	a448	figs-activepassive	ἁγνίσθητι	1	be purified	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “participate in a purification ceremony” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ACT	21	24	c3ap	figs-explicit	δαπάνησον ἐπ’ αὐτοῖς	1	pay the expenses for them	James and the elders assume that Paul will know that the **expenses** at the end of a vow included buying a male and female lamb, a ram, grain, and wine for offerings. They also assume that Paul will know that the Jews considered paying such expenses for those who could not afford them to be an act of great piety. Alternate translation: “piously help them buy the animals and foods they will need for offerings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ACT	21	24	abq6	translate-symaction	ἵνα ξυρήσονται τὴν κεφαλήν	1	so that they will shear their heads	The men would cut the hair off **their heads** to show that he had fulfilled the vows that they had made to God. If this would not be clear to your readers, you can explain the significance of this action. See how you translated it in [18:18](../18/18.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
ACT	21	24	a449	grammar-connect-logic-goal	ἵνα ξυρήσονται τὴν κεφαλήν	1	so that they will shear their heads	Even though James and the elders are using the future tense, they are actually stating the purpose for which Paul would be purified with these four men and pay their expenses. Use a natural way in your language for expressing a purpose. Alternate translation: “so that they may shear their heads” or “so that they will be able to shear their heads to show that they have fulfilled their vows” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
ACT	21	24	a450	figs-idiom	ὧν κατήχηνται περὶ σοῦ οὐδέν ἐστιν	1	there is nothing in the things they have been told about you	The expression **there is nothing in** these things means that they are not true. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the things they have been told about you are not true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
ACT	21	24	nu9v	figs-activepassive	κατήχηνται περὶ σοῦ	1	they have been told about you	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “people have told them about you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ACT	21	24	a451	figs-rpronouns	καὶ αὐτὸς, φυλάσσων τὸν νόμον	1	also keeping the law yourself	James and the elders are using the word **yourself** for emphasis. Use a way that is natural in your language to indicate this emphasis. It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “You too observe the law very carefully” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
ACT	21	25	a452	figs-ellipsis	ἡμεῖς ἀπεστείλαμεν&φυλάσσεσθαι αὐτοὺς	1	we sent that they should guard	James and the elders are leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You can supply these words from the context if that would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “we sent them a letter telling them that they should guard themselves from” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
ACT	21	25	bpb5	figs-nominaladj	τό&εἰδωλόθυτον&πνικτὸν	1	the idol-sacrificed … the strangled	James and the elders are using the adjectives **idol-sacrificed** and **strangled** as nouns to mean specific kinds of animals. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate these words with equivalent phrases. Alternate translation: “animals that have been offered to idols … animals that have been killed by strangulation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
ACT	21	25	wjd2	figs-metonymy	τό&εἰδωλόθυτον&πνικτὸν	1	the idol-sacrificed … the strangled	James and the elders are referring by association to meat from animals that have been offered to idols or killed by strangulation. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “from eating the meat of animals that have been offered to idols … from what is killed by strangulation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ACT	21	25	nu0i	figs-explicit	πνικτὸν	1	the strangled	God did not allow the Jews to consume blood in any form. Therefore, they could not eat the meat from an animal that had been strangled, because the blood would not have been properly drained from the body of the animal. James and the elders wanted Gentiles who believed in Jesus not to consume blood either. You can include this information if your readers need it to understand the sentence. Alternate translation: “the meat of animals that have been killed by strangulation, because this meat still contains blood” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ACT	21	26	cr14	figs-explicit	τοὺς ἄνδρας	1	the men	Luke implicitly means the four **men** who had made a vow. You can include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “the men who had each made a vow” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ACT	21	26	a453	figs-explicit	ἁγνισθεὶς	1	having been purified	Luke is referring implicitly to the purification ceremony that allowed Paul and these men to enter the temple area. You can include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “having been purified in order to enter the temple area” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ACT	21	26	s8z9	figs-activepassive	ἁγνισθεὶς	1	having been purified	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “having participated in a purification ceremony” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ACT	21	26	xu9r	figs-metonymy	τὸ ἱερόν	1	the temple	Only priests were allowed inside the temple building, so when Luke says **the temple** here, he means the courtyard associated with the temple. Alternate translation: “the temple courtyard” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ACT	21	26	a454	figs-possession	διαγγέλλων τὴν ἐκπλήρωσιν τῶν ἡμερῶν τοῦ ἁγνισμοῦ	1	declaring the fulfillment of the days of purification	Luke is using the possessive form **the days of purification** to mean the days during which the men’s vows were in effect, at the end of which there needed to be a **purification** ceremony. Alternate translation: “declaring that the men had kept their vows for the number of days that they had promised and that they could now be purified” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
ACT	21	26	a455	figs-abstractnouns	διαγγέλλων τὴν ἐκπλήρωσιν τῶν ἡμερῶν τοῦ ἁγνισμοῦ	1	announcing the fulfillment of the days of purification	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **purification**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “declaring that the men had kept their vows for the number of days that they had promised and that they could now be purified” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ACT	21	26	pvy3	figs-explicit	τῶν ἡμερῶν τοῦ ἁγνισμοῦ	1	of the days of purification	In this case Luke is referring implicitly to a separate **purification** process from the one the men fulfilled in order to enter the temple area. He means the purification process that came at the end of a vow. You can include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “of the days of purification at the end of their vows” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ACT	21	26	gc23	figs-activepassive	ἕως οὗ προσηνέχθη ὑπὲρ ἑνὸς ἑκάστου αὐτῶν ἡ προσφορά	1	until the offering was offered for each one of them	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “until each one of them offered an offering for himself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ACT	21	27	j9zm	figs-explicit	αἱ ἑπτὰ ἡμέραι	1	the seven days	Luke assumes that his readers will understand that he means the **seven days** that were customarily required for the offerings and purification ceremony at the end of a vow. You can include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “the seven days that it took to purify these men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ACT	21	27	a456	figs-explicit	οἱ ἀπὸ τῆς Ἀσίας Ἰουδαῖοι	1	the Jews from Asia	Luke implicitly means some **Jews from Asia** who had come to Jerusalem for the Pentecost festival, as described in [20:16](../20/16.md). You can include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “some Jews from Asia who had come to Jerusalem for the Pentecost festival” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ACT	21	27	k4l1	figs-metonymy	ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ	1	in the temple	Only priests were allowed inside the temple building, so when Luke says **the temple** here, he means the courtyard associated with the temple. Alternate translation: “the temple courtyard” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ACT	21	27	a457	figs-hyperbole	συνέχεον πάντα τὸν ὄχλον	1	were agitating the whole crowd	Luke says **whole** here as a generalization for emphasis. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different way to express the emphasis. Alternate translation: “were making many people in the crowd very agitated” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
ACT	21	27	a458	figs-explicit	τὸν ὄχλον	1	the whole crowd	By the **crowd**, Luke implicitly means the crowd of people who had come to Jerusalem from all over the Roman Empire for the Pentecost festival. You can include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “the whole crowd of people who had come to Jerusalem for the Pentecost festival” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ACT	21	27	mks6	figs-metonymy	ἐπέβαλον ἐπ’ αὐτὸν τὰς χεῖρας	1	laid their hands on him	The expression **laid hands on** means to arrest or detain someone, by association with the way that arresting officers or concerned citizens might physically take hold of a person with their **hands**. Alternate translation: “they held onto him” or “they detained him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ACT	21	28	a459	figs-idiom	ἄνδρες, Ἰσραηλεῖται	1	Men, Israelites	This is an idiomatic form of address. Use a way that is natural in your language to refer to a particular group of people. Alternate translation: “You Israelites” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
ACT	21	28	a460	figs-hyperbole	πάντας πανταχῇ	1	all everywhere	The Jews from Asia are saying **all** and **everywhere** as a generalization for emphasis. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different way to express the emphasis. Alternate translation: “people throughout the empire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
ACT	21	28	sfg3	figs-explicit	τοῦ λαοῦ, καὶ τοῦ νόμου, καὶ τοῦ τόπου τούτου	1	the people and the law and this place	The Jews from Asia assume that their listeners will understand that they are referring to the special status of the people of Israel as God’s chosen people, the law of Moses, and the temple in Jerusalem. You can include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “the people of Israel and the law of Moses and this temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ACT	21	28	jc9q	figs-explicit	εἰς τὸ ἱερὸν	1	into the temple	The Jews from Asia assume that their listeners will understand that only Jewish males were allowed in certain areas of the courtyard of the Jerusalem **temple** and that they are accusing Paul of bringing **Greeks** into those areas. You can include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “into areas of the temple courtyard where they are not allowed to go” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ACT	21	28	a461	figs-metonymy	τὸ ἱερὸν	1	the temple	Only priests were allowed inside the temple building, so when Luke says **the temple** here, he means the courtyard associated with the temple. Alternate translation: “the temple courtyard” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ACT	21	29	t2z7	translate-versebridge		0		In this verse, Luke is giving the reason why the Jews from the province of Asia thought that Paul had “defiled” the temple area by bringing “Greeks” into it. To put the reason before the result, you could create a verse bridge for verses 28–29. It might say something like this: “Now some Jews from Asia had seen Trophimus the Ephesian with Paul in the city. When they saw Paul in the temple when the seven days were about to be finished, they were thinking that Paul had brought Trophimus into the temple. So they were agitating the whole crowd, and they laid {their} hands on him, shouting, ‘Men, Israelites, help! This is the man teaching all everywhere against the people and the law and this place. And he has even both brought Greeks into the temple and has defiled this holy place.’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-versebridge]])
ACT	21	29	h1uu	translate-names	Τρόφιμον	1	Trophimus	The word **Trophimus** is the name of a man. See how you translated this name in [20:4](../20/04.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
ACT	21	30	st3f	figs-metonymy	ἐκινήθη&ἡ πόλις ὅλη	1	the whole city was excited	Here, the word **city** means the people who lived in the city of Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “all the people of the city became excited” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ACT	21	30	upl8	figs-hyperbole	ἐκινήθη&ἡ πόλις ὅλη	1	the whole city was excited	Luke says **the whole** here as a generalization for emphasis. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different way to express the emphasis. Alternate translation: “the people of the city were very excited” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
ACT	21	30	a462	figs-activepassive	ἐκινήθη&ἡ πόλις ὅλη	1	the whole city was excited	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the people of the city were very angry” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ACT	21	30	a463	figs-metonymy	ἔξω τοῦ ἱεροῦ	1	outside of the temple	Only priests were allowed inside the temple building, so when Luke says **the temple** here, he means the courtyard associated with the temple. Alternate translation: “of the temple courtyard” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ACT	21	30	mmaa	figs-activepassive	ἐκλείσθησαν αἱ θύραι	1	the doors were shut	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, the context suggests that it would have been the temple gatekeepers. Alternate translation: “the gatekeepers shut the doors” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ACT	21	30	xd6r	figs-explicit	ἐκλείσθησαν αἱ θύραι	1	the doors were shut	The implication is that the gatekeepers **shut** the **doors** to the temple courtyard once the mob dragged Paul outside so that the mob would not defile the temple precincts by killing Paul within them. You can include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “the gatekeepers shut the doors so that the mob would not defile the temple courtyard by killing Paul there” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ACT	21	31	a464	writing-pronouns	ζητούντων τε αὐτὸν ἀποκτεῖναι	1	And as they were seeking to kill him	The pronoun **they** refers to the mob, and the pronoun **him** refers to Paul. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: “And as the mob was seeking to kill Paul” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
ACT	21	31	d6vt	figs-personification	ἀνέβη φάσις τῷ χιλιάρχῳ τῆς σπείρης	1	a report came up to the commander of the guard	Luke is speaking of this **report** as if they were a living thing that **came up to the commander** on its own. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “a messenger brought a report to the commander of the guard” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
ACT	21	31	hu5r	figs-idiom	ἀνέβη φάσις τῷ χιλιάρχῳ τῆς σπείρης	1	a report came up to the commander of the guard	Luke uses the phrase **came up ** because the commander was in a fortress connected to the temple that was higher in elevation than the temple courtyard. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “a messenger brought a report to the commander of the guard up in the temple fortress” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
ACT	21	31	p85a	translate-unknown	τῷ χιλιάρχῳ τῆς σπείρης	1	to the chiliarch of the cohort	A **chiliarch** was an officer in the Roman army who was in charge of a group of 1,000 soldiers. A **cohort** was a large military guard unit. Alternate translation: “to the commander of the military guard” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
ACT	21	31	u65r	figs-metonymy	ὅλη συνχύννεται Ἰερουσαλήμ	1	all Jerusalem was agitated	Here, the word **Jerusalem** means the people who lived in the city of Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “all the people who lived in the city of Jerusalem were agitated” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ACT	21	31	zgas	figs-hyperbole	ὅλη συνχύννεται Ἰερουσαλήμ	1	all Jerusalem was agitated	Luke says **all** here as a generalization for emphasis. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different way to express the emphasis. Alternate translation: “the people who lived in the city of Jerusalem were very agitated” or “the people who lived in the city of Jerusalem were rioting” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
ACT	21	31	a465	figs-activepassive	ὅλη συνχύννεται Ἰερουσαλήμ	1	all Jerusalem was agitated	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “something was greatly agitating the people who lived in Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ACT	21	32	j81t	writing-pronouns	ὃς ἐξαυτῆς παραλαβὼν στρατιώτας καὶ ἑκατοντάρχας, κατέδραμεν ἐπ’ αὐτούς	1	who, immediately taking soldiers and centurions, ran down to them	The pronoun **who** refers to the chiliarch (the Roman commander), and the pronoun **them** refer to the people who were rioting. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “The commander immediately took soldiers and centurions and ran down to them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
ACT	21	32	e4rj	translate-unknown	ἑκατοντάρχας	1	centurions	A **centurion** was an officer in the Roman army who was in charge of a group of 100 soldiers. See how you translated it in [10:1](../10/01.md). Alternate translation: “their commanding officers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
ACT	21	33	xd9w	figs-explicit	ἐκέλευσε δεθῆναι ἁλύσεσι δυσί	1	commanded him to be bound with two chains	These means implicitly that the commander ordered his soldiers to chain Paul to one soldier on each side of him. You can include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “commanded him to be chained to one soldier on each side of him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ACT	21	33	zi4l	figs-activepassive	ἐκέλευσε δεθῆναι	1	commanded him to be bound	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “commanded his soldiers to bind him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ACT	21	33	y6zw	figs-quotations	ἐπυνθάνετο τίς εἴη καὶ τί ἐστιν πεποιηκώς	1	he was asking who he might be and what he had done	It may be more natural in your language to have a direct quotation here. Alternate translation: “he was asking, ‘Who is this? What has he done?’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
ACT	21	33	fi22	figs-explicit	ἐπυνθάνετο	1	he was asking	Luke means implicitly that the commander **was asking** the people in the crowd these questions, not that he was asking them of Paul. You can include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “he was asking the people in the crowd” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ACT	21	34	k35e	writing-pronouns	αὐτοῦ&αὐτὸν	1	he … him	The pronoun **he** refers to the commander, and the pronoun **him** refers to Paul. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: “the commander … Paul” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
ACT	21	34	a466	figs-nominaladj	τὸ ἀσφαλὲς	1	the certain	Luke is using the adjective **certain** as a noun to mean what was reliable or true about Paul. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “the truth about Paul” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
ACT	21	34	qcc6	figs-activepassive	ἐκέλευσεν ἄγεσθαι αὐτὸν	1	ordered him to be brought	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “ordered his soldiers to bring Paul” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ACT	21	35	h9n7	figs-activepassive	βαστάζεσθαι αὐτὸν ὑπὸ τῶν στρατιωτῶν	1	he was carried by the soldiers	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the soldiers carried him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ACT	21	35	a467	figs-abstractnouns	διὰ τὴν βίαν τοῦ ὄχλου	1	because of the violence of the crowd	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **violence**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “because the crowd was so violent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ACT	21	36	kax6	figs-euphemism	αἶρε αὐτόν	1	Take him away	The crowd is using somewhat milder and less exact language to ask for Paul’s death. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a mild way of referring to this in your language or you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Put him to death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
ACT	21	37	j9xk	figs-activepassive	μέλλων&εἰσάγεσθαι εἰς τὴν παρεμβολὴν, ὁ Παῦλος	1	as Paul was about to be brought into the fortress	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “as the soldiers were about to bring Paul inside the fortress, Paul” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ACT	21	37	a468		ὁ Παῦλος λέγει	1	Paul says	To call attention to a development in the story, here Luke uses the present tense in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “Paul said”
ACT	21	37	a469	figs-quotations	ὁ Παῦλος λέγει τῷ χιλιάρχῳ, εἰ ἔξεστίν μοι εἰπεῖν τι πρὸς σέ?	1	Paul says to the chiliarch, “If it is permitted for me to say something to you?”	Luke is recording how Paul used the typical form in his language for asking questions. It may be more natural in your language to have an indirect quotation here. Alternate translation: “Paul asked the chiliarch if it was permitted for him to say something to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
ACT	21	37	p5cd	figs-rquestion	Ἑλληνιστὶ γινώσκεις?	1	Do you know Greek?	The commander is using the question form to express surprise that Paul is not who he thought he was. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “You know Greek!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
ACT	21	38	xx2w	figs-rquestion	οὐκ ἄρα σὺ εἶ ὁ Αἰγύπτιος, ὁ πρὸ τούτων τῶν ἡμερῶν, ἀναστατώσας καὶ ἐξαγαγὼν εἰς τὴν ἔρημον τοὺς τετρακισχιλίους ἄνδρας τῶν σικαρίων?	1	Are you not then the Egyptian&?	The commander is using the question form to emphasize the conclusion he has drawn about Paul. Jews who spoke Greek typically came from somewhere outside of Palestine, and since Paul seems to be someone whom the Jews in Jerusalem consider to be very dangerous, the commander concludes that he must be **the Egyptian** he knows about. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “Then you must not be the Egyptian who before this day revolted and led the 4,000 men of the ‘Assassins’ out into the wilderness!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
ACT	21	38	p2ym	translate-transliterate	τῶν σικαρίων	1	of the Sicarii	The term **Sicarii** is a Latin word. Luke spells it out using Greek letters so his readers will know how it sounds. The term means an assassin and it comes from the Latin word for a dagger. In this context, it refers to a group of Jewish rebels who carried daggers under their robes and killed Romans and people who supported the Romans. In your translation, you could spell this the way it sounds in your language, or you could use a term with the same meaning. Alternate translation: “of the Assassins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]])
ACT	21	39	a470	translate-names	Ταρσεὺς	1	a Tarsian	The word **Tarsian** is the name for someone who comes from the city of Tarsus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
ACT	21	39	a471	figs-litotes	οὐκ ἀσήμου πόλεως πολίτης	1	a not undistinguished city	Paul is using a figure of speech that expresses a positive meaning by using a negative word together with a word that is the opposite of the intended meaning. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “a very distinguished city” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
ACT	21	39	a139	figs-imperative	ἐπίτρεψόν μοι	1	allow me	This is an imperative, but as Paul’s phrase **I ask of you** shows, it communicates a polite request rather than a command. Use a form in your language that communicates a polite request. It may be helpful to add an expression such as “please” to make this clear. Alternate translation: “please allow me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
ACT	21	40	qp2q	writing-pronouns	ἐπιτρέψαντος&αὐτοῦ	1	when he had allowed	The pronoun **he** refers to the Roman commander. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: “when the commander allowed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
ACT	21	40	rk1y	translate-symaction	κατέσεισε τῇ χειρὶ τῷ λαῷ	1	motioned with his hand to the people	This likely means that Paul waved his hand to get the attention of the audience and signal that he was about to speak. He did this to quiet them. Alternate translation: “waved his hand to the people to signal that he was about to speak” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
ACT	22	intro	gq5g			0		# Acts 22 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and Formatting<br><br>This is the second account of Paul’s conversion in the book of Acts. Because this is such an important event in the early church, there are three accounts of Paul’s conversion. (See: [Acts 9](../09/01.md) and [Acts 26](../26/01.md))<br><br>## Special Concepts in this Chapter<br><br>### “In the Hebrew language”<br><br>Most Jews at this time spoke Aramaic and Greek. Most of the people who spoke Hebrew were educated Jewish scholars. This is why the people paid attention when Paul started speaking in Hebrew.<br><br>### “The Way”<br><br>No one knows for sure who first started calling believers “followers of the Way.” This is probably what the believers called themselves, because the Bible often speaks of a person living his life as if that person were walking on a path or “way.” If this is true, the believers were “following the way of the Lord” by living in a way that pleased God.<br><br>### Roman citizenship<br><br>The Romans thought that they needed to treat only Roman citizens justly. They could do as they desired with people who were not Roman citizens, but they had to obey the law with other Romans. Some people were born Roman citizens, and others gave money to the Roman government so they could become Roman citizens. The “chief captain” could have been punished for treating a Roman citizen the same way he would treat a noncitizen.
ACT	22	1	lrs0	figs-idiom	ἄνδρες, ἀδελφοὶ καὶ πατέρες	1	Men, brothers and fathers	This is an idiomatic form of address. Use a way that is natural in your language to refer to a particular group of people. Alternate translation: “You brothers and fathers of mine” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
ACT	22	1	xe46	figs-metaphor	ἄνδρες, ἀδελφοὶ καὶ πατέρες	1	Men, brothers and fathers	Paul is using the word **brothers** to refer to his fellow Israelites. He is using the word **fathers** to refer either to Jewish leaders who may be present or to Jewish men who are older than he is. In both cases he is speaking respectfully. Alternate translation: “My fellow Israelites and you leaders of Israel” or “My fellow Israelites young and old” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ACT	22	1	pe8t	figs-imperative	ἀκούσατέ μου τῆς πρὸς ὑμᾶς νυνὶ	1	hear to my defense to you now	This is an imperative, but it communicates a polite request rather than a command. Use a form in your language that communicates a polite request. It may be helpful to add an expression such as “please” to make this clear. Alternate translation: “please listen as I explain myself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
ACT	22	2	a472	figs-abstractnouns	μᾶλλον παρέσχον ἡσυχίαν	1	they granted more quietness	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **quietness**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “they became even more quiet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ACT	22	3	a473	figs-activepassive	γεγεννημένος ἐν Ταρσῷ τῆς Κιλικίας	1	born in Tarsus of Cilicia	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “a native of Tarsus of Cilicia” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ACT	22	3	d4dx	figs-metonymy	ἀνατεθραμμένος δὲ ἐν τῇ πόλει ταύτῃ, παρὰ τοὺς πόδας Γαμαλιήλ, πεπαιδευμένος	1	but educated in this city at the feet of Gamaliel, instructed	Paul is using the phrase **at the feet** to refer to Gamaliel himself by association with the way a student in this culture would sit at the feet of a teacher (that is, on the ground in front of a teacher) while learning from him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “but educated in this city by Gamaliel, instructed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ACT	22	3	g311	figs-activepassive	ἀνατεθραμμένος δὲ ἐν τῇ πόλει ταύτῃ, παρὰ τοὺς πόδας Γαμαλιήλ, πεπαιδευμένος	1	but educated in this city at the feet of Gamaliel, instructed	If your language does not use these passive forms, you can state this using active forms. It may be helpful to begin new sentences here. Alternate translation: “However, Gamaliel educated me in this city. He instructed me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ACT	22	3	b1dq	translate-names	Γαμαλιήλ	1	of Gamaliel	The word **Gamaliel** is the name of the man who was one of the most prominent teachers of the Jewish law at this time. See how you translated his name in [5:34](../05/34.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
ACT	22	3	iz4g	figs-abstractnouns	κατὰ ἀκρίβειαν	1	according to the strictness	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **strictness**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “according to the most strict interpretation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ACT	22	3	lqk7	figs-metaphor	πατρῴου	1	of our fathers	Peter is using the term **fathers** to mean “ancestors.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “of our ancestors” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ACT	22	3	dbl4		καθὼς πάντες ὑμεῖς ἐστε σήμερον	1	just as all of you are today	Paul compares himself with the crowd. Alternate translation: “in the same way that all of you are today”
ACT	22	4	dr8c	figs-abstractnouns	ὃς ταύτην τὴν Ὁδὸν ἐδίωξα ἄχρι θανάτου	1	who persecuted this Way unto death	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **death**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “who persecuted this Way to the point of killing those who belonged to it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ACT	22	4	a474	writing-pronouns	ὃς&ἐδίωξα	1	who persecuted	Paul is using the pronoun **who** to refer to himself. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “I persecuted” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
ACT	22	4	jy3z	figs-metonymy	ταύτην τὴν Ὁδὸν	1	this Way	Here, **this Way** represents the people who belonged to the group called the Way. Alternate translation: “I persecuted the people who belonged to the group called the Way” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ACT	22	4	bk4c	translate-names	ταύτην τὴν Ὁδὸν	1	this Way	As the General Notes to chapter 9 explain, **the Way** was one of the first names that people used to describe the community of believers in Jesus. If your language has a word for “way” or “path” that you can use as a name, it would be appropriate to use it in your translation. See what you did in [9:2](../09/02.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
ACT	22	5	v2km	writing-politeness	μαρτυρεῖ μοι	1	testifies for me	Paul is speaking politely of the high priest as if it may be assumed that he will willingly testify to what he knows to be true. Use a form in your language that implicitly suggests good will on the part of someone. Alternate translation: “will tell you about me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-politeness]])
ACT	22	5	a475	figs-metonymy	τὸ πρεσβυτέριον	1	the elderhood	Paul is referring to the Sanhedrin by association with the way it was composed of the elders of the Jewish people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the Sanhedrin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ACT	22	5	in72	figs-metaphor	τοὺς ἀδελφοὺς	1	the brothers	Paul is using the term **brothers** to mean people who share the same faith. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “our fellow Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ACT	22	5	y82b	figs-activepassive	ἄξων&τοὺς ἐκεῖσε ὄντας, δεδεμένους εἰς Ἰερουσαλὴμ	1	going to bring back bound to Jerusalem those who were there	If your language does not use the passive form **bound**, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “to bind those who were there and bring them back to Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ACT	22	5	ht9f	figs-activepassive	ἵνα τιμωρηθῶσιν	1	in order that they might be punished	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “in order that they might receive punishment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ACT	22	6	w4l7	writing-newevent	ἐγένετο δέ μοι	1	It happened to me that	Paul is using this phrase to introduce a significant development in his story. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for this purpose. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
ACT	22	7	a476	figs-quotesinquotes	φωνῆς λεγούσης μοι, Σαοὺλ, Σαούλ, τί με διώκεις?	1	a voice saying to me, ‘Saul, Saul, why are you persecuting me?’	If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “someone addressing me by name and asking me why I was persecuting him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
ACT	22	7	d6nd	figs-synecdoche	φωνῆς λεγούσης μοι	1	a voice saying to me	Paul is figuratively using one part of this speaker, his **voice**, to represent all of him in the act of speaking. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “someone saying to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
ACT	22	7	a477	figs-rquestion	τί με διώκεις?	1	why are you persecuting me?	The voice is using the question form to rebuke Saul. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate its words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the rebuke in another way. Alternate translation: “you should not be persecuting me!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
ACT	22	8	a478	figs-quotesinquotes	ἐγὼ δὲ ἀπεκρίθην, τίς εἶ, κύριε? εἶπέν τε πρὸς ἐμέ, ἐγώ εἰμι Ἰησοῦς ὁ Ναζωραῖος, ὃν σὺ διώκεις	1	And I answered, ‘Who are you, Lord?’ And he said to me, ‘I am Jesus the Nazarene, whom you are persecuting’	If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “And in response I asked this divine figure who he was, and he told me that he was Jesus the Nazarene, whom I was persecuting” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
ACT	22	8	a479	writing-politeness	τίς εἶ, κύριε	1	Who are you, Lord	Paul was not yet acknowledging that Jesus was **Lord**. He used that respectful title because he recognized that he was speaking to someone of divine power. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could use a similar term of respect. Alternate translation: “Who are you, Sir” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-politeness]])
ACT	22	9	h95h	figs-idiom	τὴν&φωνὴν οὐκ ἤκουσαν	1	they did not hear the voice	In this context the word **hear** likely means “understand,” since Luke says in [9:7](../09/07.md) that the men traveling with Paul did actually hear the voice. You may wish to make this clear in your translation. Alternate translation: “they did not understand the voice” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
ACT	22	10	a480	figs-quotesinquotes	εἶπον δέ, τί ποιήσω, Κύριε? ὁ δὲ Κύριος εἶπεν πρός με, ἀναστὰς πορεύου εἰς Δαμασκόν, κἀκεῖ σοι λαληθήσεται περὶ πάντων ὧν τέτακταί σοι ποιῆσαι	1	But I said, ‘What should I do, Lord?’ And the Lord said to me, ‘Arising, go into Damascus, and there it will be told to you about all that has been appointed to you to do.’	If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “But I asked the Lord what I should do, and the Lord told me to get up and go into Damascus, because there it would be told to me about all that had been appointed to me to do’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
ACT	22	10	a91a	figs-activepassive	σοι λαληθήσεται	1	it will be told to you	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “someone will tell you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ACT	22	10	a481	figs-activepassive	πάντων ὧν τέτακταί	1	all that has been appointed	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, it is clear from the context that it was God. Alternate translation: “all that God has appointed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ACT	22	11	n1kb	figs-abstractnouns	ἀπὸ τῆς δόξης τοῦ φωτὸς ἐκείνου	1	because of the glory of that light	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **glory**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “because that light was so bright” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ACT	22	11	qyf0	figs-activepassive	χειραγωγούμενος ὑπὸ τῶν συνόντων μοι	1	being led by the hand by the ones being with me	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “with the ones being with me leading me by the hand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ACT	22	11	a482	figs-go	ἦλθον	1	I came	In a context such as this, your language might say “went” instead of **came**. Alternate translation: “I went” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
ACT	22	12	a17q	writing-participants	τις ἀνὴρ εὐλαβὴς	1	a certain devout man	Paul is using the phrase **a certain devout man** to introduce **Ananias** as a new participant in his story. If your language has its own way of introducing new participants, you can use it here in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
ACT	22	12	e7uw	figs-activepassive	μαρτυρούμενος ὑπὸ πάντων τῶν κατοικούντων Ἰουδαίων	1	being attested by all the Jews living there	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “whom all the Jews there attested” or “of whom all the Jews there spoke well” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ACT	22	13	a483	figs-quotesinquotes	εἶπέν μοι, Σαοὺλ, ἀδελφέ, ἀνάβλεψον	1	said to me, ‘Saul, brother, look up.’	If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “addressed me as a brother and told me to look up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
ACT	22	13	un4g	figs-metaphor	Σαοὺλ, ἀδελφέ	1	Saul, brother	Ananias was using the word **brother** as a title for **Saul**. The two men were not actual brothers. This could mean: (1) that Ananias was already addressing Saul as someone who shared the same faith. Alternate translation: “Saul, my fellow believer” (2) that Ananias is addressing Saul as a fellow Israelite, as the word “brother” is used in [3:17](../03/17.md) and many other places in this book. Alternate translation: “Saul, my fellow Israelite” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ACT	22	13	a484	figs-imperative	ἀνάβλεψον	1	look up	In one sense, this was not a command that Paul was capable of obeying, since he could not see. Instead, it was a command that directly caused him to be healed, if he would **look up** as if he could see. Alternate translation: “if you look up, you will be able to see” or see next note for another possibility. (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative)
ACT	22	13	x3kc	figs-idiom	ἀνάβλεψον	1	look up	The expression **look up** can also mean “see again,” that is, to have one’s sight restored. If this is the meaning, then Ananias was telling Paul what Jesus was going to do for him. Alternate translation: “Jesus is restoring your sight” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
ACT	22	13	se47	figs-idiom	αὐτῇ τῇ ὥρᾳ	1	in the same hour	In the ancient world, an **hour** was the shortest time span that people envisioned. In this context, the term does not mean a literal hour of 60 minutes, but it means the shortest time imaginable. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “right at that instant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
ACT	22	13	x4s0	figs-explicit	κἀγὼ&ἀνέβλεψα εἰς αὐτόν	1	And … I looked up to him	Paul means implicitly that when he **looked up** at Ananias, he was able to see him clearly. You can include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “And … when I looked up at him, I could see him” or see next note for another possibility. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ACT	22	14	a485	figs-quotesinquotes	ὁ δὲ εἶπεν, ὁ Θεὸς τῶν πατέρων ἡμῶν προεχειρίσατό σε γνῶναι τὸ θέλημα αὐτοῦ καὶ ἰδεῖν τὸν Δίκαιον, καὶ ἀκοῦσαι φωνὴν ἐκ τοῦ στόματος αὐτοῦ	1	And he said, ‘The God of our fathers appointed you to know his will and to see the Righteous One and to hear the voice from his mouth	If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “And he told me that the God of our fathers had appointed me to know his will and to see the Righteous One and to hear the voice from his mouth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
ACT	22	14	a486	figs-metaphor	τῶν πατέρων	1	fathers	Paul is using the term **fathers** to mean “ancestors.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “our ancestors” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ACT	22	14	a487	figs-nominaladj	τὸν Δίκαιον	1	the Righteous One	Ananias is using the adjective **Righteous** as a noun to mean a particular person who is righteous. ULT adds the word **one** to show that. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “the One who is righteous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
ACT	22	14	a488	figs-metonymy	τὸν Δίκαιον	1	the Righteous One	Ananias is referring to the Messiah by association with the way the Messiah was **Righteous**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the Messiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ACT	22	14	dg8q	figs-explicitinfo	φωνὴν ἐκ τοῦ στόματος αὐτοῦ	1	the voice from his own mouth	It might seem that the expression **the voice from his own mouth** contains extra information that would be unnatural to express in your language. If so, you can shorten it. Alternate translation: “his own voice” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo]])
ACT	22	15	a489	figs-quotesinquotes	ὅτι ἔσῃ μάρτυς αὐτῷ πρὸς πάντας ἀνθρώπους, ὧν ἑώρακας καὶ ἤκουσας	1	for you will be a witness for him to all men of what you have seen and heard	If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation, continuing from the previous verse: “because I would be a witness for him to all men of what I had seen and heard” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
ACT	22	15	i5q8	figs-gendernotations	πρὸς πάντας ἀνθρώπους	1	to all men	Although the term **men** is masculine, Ananias was using the word in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could use a term in your language that is clearly inclusive of both men and women. Alternate translation: “to all people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
ACT	22	16	a490	figs-quotesinquotes	καὶ νῦν τί μέλλεις? ἀναστὰς, βάπτισαι καὶ ἀπόλουσαι τὰς ἁμαρτίας σου, ἐπικαλεσάμενος τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ	1	And now, why are you delaying? Arising, be baptized and wash away your sins, calling on his name.’	If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “He asked me why I was delaying, and he told me to arise and be baptized and wash away my sins, calling on the name of Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
ACT	22	16	bhg9		καὶ νῦν	1	And now	Here, **now** does not mean “at this moment”; Ananias is using the term to draw attention to the important point that follows. Alternate translation: “So listen”
ACT	22	16	a491	figs-idiom	ἀναστὰς	1	Arising	Here the term **arising** means that Ananias wanted Paul to take action, not that he wanted him to stand up from a sitting or lying position. Alternate translation: “Come on” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
ACT	22	16	lt2i	figs-activepassive	βάπτισαι	1	be baptized	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “receive baptism” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ACT	22	16	zr5p	figs-metaphor	καὶ ἀπόλουσαι τὰς ἁμαρτίας σου	1	and wash away your sins	Ananias is speaking as if Paul could literally **wash away** his **sins**. He is using a word picture to convey his meaning. He means that just as washing one’s body removes dirt, if Paul repents and asks Jesus for forgiveness, Jesus releases him from the guilt and power sin. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to show that you are asking Jesus to free you from sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ACT	22	16	g5dq	figs-metonymy	ἐπικαλεσάμενος τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ	1	calling on his name	Here, **name** represents a person by association with the way that each person has a name. Alternate translation: “calling on him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ACT	22	16	a492	figs-explicit	τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ	1	his name	By **his name**, Ananias implicitly means the name of Jesus. You can include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “the name of Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ACT	22	17	its2	writing-newevent	ἐγένετο δέ μοι	1	And it happened to me that	Paul is using this phrase to introduce a significant development in his story. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for introducing a new development. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
ACT	22	18	a493	figs-quotesinquotes	καὶ ἰδεῖν αὐτὸν λέγοντά μοι, σπεῦσον καὶ ἔξελθε ἐν τάχει ἐξ Ἰερουσαλήμ, διότι οὐ παραδέξονταί σου μαρτυρίαν περὶ ἐμοῦ	1	And I saw him saying to me, ‘Hurry and go away in haste from Jerusalem, because they will not accept your testimony about me’	If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “And I saw him telling me to hurry and go away in haste from Jerusalem because they would not accept my testimony about him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
ACT	22	18	jy2c	writing-pronouns	αὐτὸν	1	him	The pronoun **him** refers to Jesus. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: “the Lord Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
ACT	22	18	a494	figs-doublet	σπεῦσον καὶ ἔξελθε ἐν τάχει	1	Hurry and go away in haste	The expressions **Hurry** and **in haste** mean similar things. Jesus was using the two terms together for emphasis. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could express the emphasis with a single phrase. Alternate translation: “Go away as fast as you can” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
ACT	22	19	a495	figs-quotesinquotes	κἀγὼ εἶπον, Κύριε, αὐτοὶ ἐπίστανται ὅτι ἐγὼ ἤμην φυλακίζων καὶ δέρων κατὰ τὰς συναγωγὰς, τοὺς πιστεύοντας ἐπὶ σέ	1	And I said, ‘Lord, they themselves know that I was imprisoning and beating by synagogues those who believed in you	If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “And I told the Lord that they themselves knew that I was imprisoning and beating by synagogues those who believed in him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
ACT	22	19	q5cl	writing-pronouns	αὐτοὶ ἐπίστανται	1	they themselves know	The pronouns **they themselves** refers to the non-believing Jews in Jerusalem. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: “the Jews here in Jerusalem who do not believe in you know” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
ACT	22	19	im4n	figs-rpronouns	αὐτοὶ ἐπίστανται	1	they themselves know	Paul is adding the word **themselves** for emphasis. Use a way that is natural in your language to indicate this emphasis. Alternate translation: “they know very well” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
ACT	22	20	a496	figs-quotesinquotes	καὶ ὅτε ἐξεχύννετο τὸ αἷμα Στεφάνου τοῦ μάρτυρός σου, καὶ αὐτὸς ἤμην ἐφεστὼς, καὶ συνευδοκῶν, καὶ φυλάσσων τὰ ἱμάτια τῶν ἀναιρούντων αὐτόν	1	And when the blood of Stephen your witness was spilled, I myself was also standing by and agreeing and guarding the outer garments of the ones killing him’	If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “I told him that when the blood of Stephen his witness was spilled, I myself was also standing by and agreeing and guarding the outer garments of the ones killing him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
ACT	22	20	udrd	figs-activepassive	ἐξεχύννετο τὸ αἷμα Στεφάνου τοῦ μάρτυρός σου	1	the blood of Stephen your witness was spilled	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, recall from chapter 7 that it was the enemies of Stephen. Alternate translation: “the enemies of Stephen your witness spilled his blood” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ACT	22	20	y7t1	figs-metonymy	ἐξεχύννετο τὸ αἷμα Στεφάνου τοῦ μάρτυρός σου	1	the blood of Stephen your witness was spilled	Paul is referring to Stephen’s death by association with the way his **blood** was **spilled** when his enemies killed him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the enemies of Stephen your witness killed him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ACT	22	21	a497	figs-quotesinquotes	καὶ εἶπεν πρός με, πορεύου, ὅτι ἐγὼ εἰς ἔθνη μακρὰν ἐξαποστελῶ σε	1	But he said to me, ‘Go, because I will send you far away to the Gentiles’”	If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “But he told me to go because he would send me far away to the Gentiles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
ACT	22	22	a498	figs-metonymy	τούτου τοῦ λόγου	1	this word	This could mean: (1) that the crowd became upset when they heard the specific **word** “Gentiles.” Alternate translation: “they heard the word ‘Gentiles’” (2) that the term **word** means what Paul said by using words. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Paul says this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ACT	22	22	a499	figs-metaphor	ἐπῆραν τὴν φωνὴν αὐτῶν λέγοντες	1	they lifted up their voice, saying	Luke is speaking as if the crowd in Jerusalem literally **lifted up** its **voice**. He means that they spoke loudly. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “they shouted” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ACT	22	22	a500		τὴν φωνὴν αὐτῶν	1	their voice	If you would like to retain the metaphor in your translation of “lifting up a voice” but it would be unusual in your language to speak as if a whole group of people had one **voice**, you could make this plural. Alternate translation: “their voices”
ACT	22	22	ta8z	figs-metonymy	αἶρε ἀπὸ τῆς γῆς τὸν τοιοῦτον	1	Remove such a one from the earth	The crowd is referring to Paul’s death by association with the way they would **remove** him **from the earth** if they killed him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Kill such a one” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ACT	22	22	a501	figs-explicit	οὐ&καθῆκεν αὐτὸν ζῆν	1	it was not right for him to live	The crowd meant implicitly that it was **not right** for Paul to **live** even long enough to offer the explanation he was giving. You can indicate this in your translation if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “we should have killed him even before he spoke to us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ACT	22	23	b6a7	translate-symaction	ῥιπτούντων τὰ ἱμάτια	1	casting off their outer garments	When the people in the crowd removed their outer garments, this was at least a symbolic action indicating that they felt they should stone Paul to death. They took off their long robes as they would have done in order to throw stones at Paul more easily. But some of the people may actually have intended to try to stone Paul even though he was in the custody of the Roman soldiers. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate this in your translation. Alternate translation: “casting off their outer garments as if they were going to throw stones at Paul to kill him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
ACT	22	23	a502	translate-symaction	κονιορτὸν βαλλόντων εἰς τὸν ἀέρα	1	throwing dust into the air	This could mean: (1) that the people in the crowd were **throwing dust into the air** to symbolize how they wanted to throw stones at Paul, who was on the steps above them. Alternate translation: “throwing dust into the air as if they were throwing stones at Paul” (2) that the people in the crowd were doing this to demonstrate how angry they were. Alternate translation: “angrily throwing dust into the air” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
ACT	22	24	h6gp	figs-activepassive	ἐκέλευσεν&εἰσάγεσθαι αὐτὸν	1	ordered him to be brought	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “ordered his soldiers to bring him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ACT	22	24	sth6		τὴν παρεμβολήν	1	the fortress	This **fortress** was connected to the outer temple court. See how you translated this in [21:34](../21/34.md).
ACT	22	24	og3n	figs-activepassive	εἴπας μάστιξιν ἀνετάζεσθαι αὐτὸν	1	commanding him to be examined by scourges	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “commanding his soldiers to examine him by scourges” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ACT	22	24	pz47	figs-metonymy	εἴπας μάστιξιν ἀνετάζεσθαι αὐτὸν	1	commanding him to be examined by scourges	The commander did not want **scourges** to conduct this examination. Luke is referring to the act of whipping someone by association with the instruments, **scourges**, that the commander ordered his soldiers to use for whipping. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “commanding his soldiers to examine him by scourging him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ACT	22	24	a503	translate-unknown	μάστιξιν	1	by scourges	The term **scourges** describes leathern thongs that had small pieces of metal attached to them to inflict more damage. Your language may have a term for a similar item that you can use in your translation. Alternate translation: “by whips” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
ACT	22	25	ar63	writing-pronouns	προέτειναν	1	they stretched … out	The pronoun **they** refers to the soldiers who were going to whip Paul. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: “the soldiers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
ACT	22	25	a504	figs-quotations	εἶπεν πρὸς τὸν ἑστῶτα ἑκατόνταρχον ὁ Παῦλος, εἰ ἄνθρωπον Ῥωμαῖον καὶ ἀκατάκριτον, ἔξεστιν ὑμῖν μαστίζειν?	1	Paul said to the centurion standing by, “If it is lawful for you to scourge a man Roman and uncondemned?”	Luke is recording how Paul used the typical form in his language for asking questions. It may be more natural in your language to have an indirect quotation here. Alternate translation: “Paul asked the centurion who was standing by whether it was lawful for him and his soliders to scourge a man who was a Roman and had not been condemned.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
ACT	22	25	yjw3	figs-rquestion	εἰ ἄνθρωπον Ῥωμαῖον καὶ ἀκατάκριτον, ἔξεστιν ὑμῖν μαστίζειν?	1	If it is lawful for you to whip a man Roman and uncondemned?	Paul is using the question form to challenge the right of the centurion and his soldiers to whip him. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “It is not lawful for you to whip a man who is a Roman citizen and who is uncondemned!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
ACT	22	25	a505	figs-explicit	ἄνθρωπον Ῥωμαῖον καὶ ἀκατάκριτον	1	a man Roman and uncondemned	In this context, the term **Roman** implicitly indicates Roman citizenship. You can include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “a man who is a Roman citizen and who has not been condemned” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ACT	22	26	pca7	figs-rquestion	τί μέλλεις ποιεῖν?	1	What are you about to do?	The centurion is using the question form to warn the commander that he should not have Paul whipped. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “You should not be doing this!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
ACT	22	26	a506	figs-synecdoche	τί μέλλεις ποιεῖν?	1	What are you about to do?	The centurion is speaking of the commander, one person who was involved in having Paul whipped, to mean everyone who was involved. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “We should not be doing this!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
ACT	22	26	a507	figs-explicit	Ῥωμαῖός	1	a Roman	As in the previous verse, here the term **Roman** implicitly indicates Roman citizenship. Alternate translation: “a Roman citizen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ACT	22	27	pe31	writing-pronouns	αὐτῷ&ὁ	1	to him … he	The pronouns **them**, **him**, and **he** refer to Paul. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: “Paul … he” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
ACT	22	28	dr2w	figs-explicit	ἐγὼ πολλοῦ κεφαλαίου τὴν πολιτείαν ταύτην ἐκτησάμην	1	I bought this citizenship with a large amount of money	The commander is saying implicitly that he does not believe that Paul is a Roman citizen, because Paul does not appear to be wealthy enough to have purchased citizenship. You can include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “It requires a large sum of money to purchase citizenship, and you do not seem to be wealthy, so I do not believe that you are a citizen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ACT	22	28	r79c	figs-abstractnouns	ἐγὼ πολλοῦ κεφαλαίου τὴν πολιτείαν ταύτην ἐκτησάμην	1	I bought this citizenship with a large sum of money	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **citizenship**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “I became a citizen by paying a large sum of money” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ACT	22	28	a508	figs-ellipsis	ἐγὼ&καὶ γεγέννημαι	1	I indeed was born	Paul is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You can supply these words from the context if that would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “I indeed was born a citizen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
ACT	22	28	rly1	figs-activepassive	ἐγὼ&καὶ γεγέννημαι	1	I indeed was born	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “I indeed have been a citizen since birth” or “I indeed inherited citizenship from my father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ACT	22	29	a509	figs-explicit	ἐφοβήθη	1	was afraid	The implication is that the commander **was afraid** that the higher Roman authorities would punish him. You can include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “was afraid that the higher Roman authorities would punish him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ACT	22	30	a510	figs-nominaladj	τὸ ἀσφαλὲς	1	the certain	Luke is using the adjective **certain** as a noun to mean what was reliable or true about Paul. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “the truth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
ACT	22	30	kx58	figs-explicit	ἔλυσεν αὐτόν	1	he released him	This means implicitly not that the commander **released** Paul from custody but that he freed Paul from the chains that were binding him to one solider on each side of him. You can include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “he ordered his soldiers to unchain Paul” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ACT	23	intro	gbw5			0		# Acts 23 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and Formatting<br><br>Some translations set quotations from the Old Testament farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text. The ULT does this with the quoted material in 23:5.<br><br>## Special Concepts in this Chapter<br><br>### Resurrection of the dead<br><br>The Pharisees believed that after people died, they would become alive again and God would either reward them or punish them. The Sadducees believed that once people died, they stayed dead and would never become alive again. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/raise]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/reward]])<br><br>### “Called a curse”<br><br>Some Jews promised God that they would not eat or drink until they killed Paul, and they asked God to punish them if they did not do what they had promised to do.<br><br>### Roman citizenship<br><br>The Romans thought that they needed to treat only Roman citizens justly. They could do as they desired with people who were not Roman citizens, but they had to obey the law with other Romans. Some people were born Roman citizens, and others gave money to the Roman government so they could become Roman citizens. The “chief captain” could have been punished for treating a Roman citizen the same way he would treat a non-citizen.<br><br>## Important Figures of Speech in this Chapter<br><br>### Whitewash<br><br>This is a common metaphor in Scripture for appearing to be good or clean or righteous when one is evil or unclean or unrighteous. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ACT	23	1	lrs1	figs-idiom	ἀδελφοί	1	Men, brothers	This is an idiomatic form of address. Use a way that is natural in your language to refer to a particular group of people. Alternate translation: “brothers of mine” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
ACT	23	1	lrs5	figs-metaphor	ἄνδρες, ἀδελφοί	1	Men, brothers	Paul is using the word **brothers** to refer respectfully to his fellow Israelites. Alternate translation: “My fellow Israelites” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ACT	23	1	nn2q	figs-hyperbole	πάσῃ συνειδήσει ἀγαθῇ	1	in all good conscience	Paul says **all** here as a generalization for emphasis. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different way to express the emphasis. Alternate translation: “in careful obedience to the law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
ACT	23	2	yz4n	translate-names	Ἁνανίας	1	Ananias	**Ananias** is the name of a man. See how you translated the same name for two other men in [5:1](../05/01.md) and [9:10](../09/10.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
ACT	23	2	a565	translate-symaction	τύπτειν αὐτοῦ τὸ στόμα	1	to strike his mouth	Ananias ordered this as a symbolic action to show that he believed Paul had said something with his **mouth** that he should not have said. If this would not be clear to your readers, you can explain the significance of this action. Alternate translation: “to strike his mouth because he believed Paul had said something he should not have said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
ACT	23	3	igq4	figs-metaphor	τοῖχε κεκονιαμένε	1	you whitewashed wall	Paul is referring to the way a **wall** can be painted white to make it look clean. Paul was suggesting that, in the same way, Ananias appeared to look morally innocent, but he was really full of evil intent. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “you who pretend to be good” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ACT	23	3	un7g	figs-rquestion	καὶ σὺ κάθῃ κρίνων με κατὰ τὸν νόμον, καὶ παρανομῶν κελεύεις με τύπτεσθαι?	1	And do you sit judging me by the law and, acting contrary to the law, command me to be struck?	Paul is using the question form to challenge Ananias for what he has done. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “You should certainly not sit judging me by the law while acting contrary to the law by commanding me to be struck!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
ACT	23	3	m6nb	figs-activepassive	κελεύεις με τύπτεσθαι	1	command me to be struck	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “command someone to strike me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ACT	23	4	lkh8	figs-rquestion	τὸν ἀρχιερέα τοῦ Θεοῦ λοιδορεῖς?	1	Are you insulting the high priest of God?	The men standing by Paul are using the question form to rebuke him for saying what he said. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “You should not insult the high priest of God!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
ACT	23	5	a511	figs-metaphor	ἀδελφοί	1	brothers	Paul is using the term **brothers** to mean his fellow Jews. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “my kinsmen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ACT	23	5	a512	figs-quotesinquotes	γέγραπται γὰρ, ὅτι ἄρχοντα τοῦ λαοῦ σου, οὐκ ἐρεῖς κακῶς	1	For it is written, ‘You shall not speak evil of a ruler of your people.’”	If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “For it is written that we should not speak evil of a ruler of our people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
ACT	23	5	e8lg	figs-activepassive	γέγραπται γὰρ	1	For it is written	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “For Moses wrote in the law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ACT	23	5	a513	figs-declarative	ἄρχοντα τοῦ λαοῦ σου, οὐκ ἐρεῖς κακῶς	1	You shall not speak evil of a ruler of your people	Moses is using a future statement to give a command. Alternate translation: “You must not speak evil of a ruler of your people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]])
ACT	23	6	a514	figs-ellipsis	τὸ ἓν μέρος	1	one part	Luke is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You can supply these words from the context if that would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “one part of the council” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
ACT	23	6	a515	figs-idiom	ἄνδρες, ἀδελφοί	1	Men, brothers	This is an idiomatic form of address. Alternate translation: “My brothers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
ACT	23	6	pbe1	figs-metaphor	ἄνδρες, ἀδελφοί	1	Men, brothers	Paul is using the term **brothers** to mean his fellow Jews. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “My kinsmen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ACT	23	6	as3f	figs-metaphor	υἱὸς Φαρισαίων	1	a son of Pharisees	By **son**, Paul means both that he is the literal son of a Pharisee and that he is the descendant of a line of Pharisees. Alternate translation: “and my father and forefathers were Pharisees” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ACT	23	6	a516	figs-hendiadys	ἐλπίδος καὶ ἀναστάσεως	1	the hope and resurrection	This phrase expresses a single idea by using two words connected with **and**. The word **resurrection** describes what the Pharisees had **hope** for. If it would be more natural in your language, you could express this meaning with an equivalent phrase that does not use “and.” Alternate translation: “the hope of the resurrection” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
ACT	23	6	iz18	figs-abstractnouns	ἐλπίδος καὶ ἀναστάσεως νεκρῶν	1	the hope and resurrection of the dead	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **resurrection**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “the hope that God will make the dead alive again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ACT	23	6	dchr	figs-nominaladj	νεκρῶν	1	of the dead	Paul is using the adjective **dead** as a noun to mean people who have died. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “people who have died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
ACT	23	6	ys5k	figs-activepassive	ἐγὼ κρίνομαι	1	I am being judged	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “you are judging me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ACT	23	8	gl1s	writing-background	γὰρ	1	For	Luke uses the word **For** to introduce background information about the **Sadducees** and **Pharisees** that will help readers understand what happens next in the story. In your translation, introduce this information in a way that would be natural in your own language and culture. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
ACT	23	8	a517	figs-ellipsis	μὴ εἶναι ἀνάστασιν, μήτε ἄγγελον, μήτε πνεῦμα	1	there is no resurrection, nor angels or spirits	Luke is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You can supply these words from the context if that would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “there is no resurrection and that there are no angels and no spirits” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
ACT	23	8	lrs2	figs-explicit	τὰ ἀμφότερα	1	both	By **both**, Luke means implicitly that Pharisees believe in (1) the resurrection and (2) angels and spirits. You could indicate this explicitly if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “both that there is a resurrection and that there are angels and spirits” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ACT	23	9	a519	translate-symaction	ἀναστάντες	1	arising	By **arising** (that is, standing up), these Pharisees were indicating that they had something important to say. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could explain the significance of this action. Alternate translation: “standing up to show that they had something important to say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
ACT	23	9	ayr8	grammar-connect-condition-fact	εἰ δὲ πνεῦμα ἐλάλησεν αὐτῷ, ἢ ἄγγελος	1	And if a spirit spoke to him, or an angel	These Pharisees are speaking as if what they are saying is a hypothetical possibility, but they believe that it is actually true. If your language does not state something as a condition if the speaker believes that it is true, then you can translate these words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “And since a spirit must have spoken to him, or an angel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]])
ACT	23	9	a520	figs-explicit	εἰ δὲ πνεῦμα ἐλάλησεν αὐτῷ, ἢ ἄγγελος	1	And if a spirit spoke to him, or an angel	These Pharisees assume that the Sadducees will understand that they mean this spirit or angel **spoke** to Paul when he had the vision in the Jerusalem temple that he described in [22:17–21](../22/17.md). You can include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “And since a spirit must have spoken to him, or an angel, when he had his vision in Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ACT	23	9	a521	figs-ellipsis	εἰ δὲ πνεῦμα ἐλάλησεν αὐτῷ, ἢ ἄγγελος?	1	And if a spirit spoke to him, or an angel?	These Pharisees are making the first part of a conditional statement and leaving the second part for the Sadduccees to realize on their own. If this would be unclear to your readers, you could supply the second part of this conditional statement in your translation. Alternate translation: “And if a spirit spoke to him, or an angel, then you should find no evil in this man either.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
ACT	23	10	f568	figs-activepassive	διασπασθῇ ὁ Παῦλος ὑπ’ αὐτῶν	1	Paul be torn apart by them	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “they tear Paul apart” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ACT	23	10	tqhu	figs-hyperbole	μὴ διασπασθῇ ὁ Παῦλος ὑπ’ αὐτῶν	1	lest Paul be torn apart by them	Luke is making an overstatement here to emphasize the danger that Paul was in. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different way to express the emphasis. Alternate translation: “lest they cause Paul great physical harm” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
ACT	23	11	i9w5	figs-idiom	τῇ&ἐπιούσῃ νυκτὶ	1	on the following night	This expression indicates the **night** after the day Paul went before the council. In your translation, express this in the way your culture reckons time. Alternate translation: “during the night that followed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
ACT	23	11	a522	writing-politeness	ὁ Κύριος	1	the Lord	Luke is referring to Jesus by a respectful title. Use a form for addressing someone respectfully in your language. Alternate translation: “the Lord Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-politeness]])
ACT	23	11	r4q4	figs-explicit	εἰς Ῥώμην μαρτυρῆσαι	1	to testify in Rome	Jesus assumes that Paul will know that he means Paul will **testify** about him in Rome. You can include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “to testify about me in Rome” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ACT	23	12	a523	figs-synecdoche	οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι	1	the Jews	Luke is using the name of a whole group, **the Jews**, to refer to some members of that group. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “certain Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
ACT	23	12	g3sj	figs-explicit	ἀνεθεμάτισαν ἑαυτοὺς	1	cursed themselves	The implication is that the curse was, “May God do so to us if we eat or drink until we have killed Paul,” that is, “May God kill us.” You can include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “asked God to kill them if they did not do what they swore to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ACT	23	12	a524	figs-quotations	λέγοντες μήτε φαγεῖν μήτε πιεῖν, ἕως οὗ ἀποκτείνωσιν τὸν Παῦλον	1	saying neither to eat nor to drink until they had killed Paul	It may be more natural in your language to have a direct quotation here. Alternate translation: “saying, ‘We will neither eat or drink until we have killed Paul’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
ACT	23	14	a525	figs-explicitinfo	ἀναθέματι ἀνεθεματίσαμεν ἑαυτοὺς	1	We have cursed ourselves with a curse	It might seem that the expression **cursed ourselves with a curse** contains extra information that would be unnatural to express in your language. If so, you can shorten it. Alternate translation: “cursed ourselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo]])
ACT	23	14	a526	figs-synecdoche	μηδενὸς γεύσασθαι	1	to eat nothing	Since the men actually swore that they would **eat** or drink nothing, they are using one part of their oath to represent all of it. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to eat and drink nothing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
ACT	23	15	u8xm	figs-exclusive	ἡμεῖς	1	we	By **we**, the conspirators mean themselves but not chief priests and leaders to whom they are speaking, so use the exclusive form of that word in your translation if your language marks that distinction. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
ACT	23	15	a527	figs-imperative	ἐμφανίσατε	1	make it appear	This is an imperative, but it communicates a request rather than a command. Use a form in your language that communicates a request. Alternate translation: “we would like you to make it appear” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
ACT	23	16	a531	figs-metonymy	ἀκούσας&τὴν ἐνέδραν	1	hearing the ambush	Luke means that the son of Paul’s sister heard some of the conspirators talking about the **ambush**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “hearing people talk about the ambush” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ACT	23	16	w6fe	translate-kinship	ὁ υἱὸς τῆς ἀδελφῆς Παύλου	1	the son of the sister of Paul	Luke does not tell us whether this **sister** was older or younger than Paul, but describe this relationship in the way that would be most natural for your language and cuture. Alternate translation: “Paul’s nephew” or “the nephew of Paul” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship]])
ACT	23	17	a528	figs-imperative	ἄπαγε	1	take	This is an imperative, but it communicates a polite request rather than a command. Use a form in your language that communicates a polite request. It may be helpful to add an expression such as “please” to make this clear. Alternate translation: “Please take” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
ACT	23	18	abd0	writing-pronouns	ὁ&παραλαβὼν αὐτὸν, ἤγαγεν	1	taking him, he brought him	The pronoun **him** refers to Paul’s nephew, and the pronoun **he** refers to the centurion. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: “taking Paul’s nephew, the centurion brought him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
ACT	23	18	lrs3		φησίν	1	says	To call attention to a development in the story, here Luke uses the present tense in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “said”
ACT	23	19	a530	translate-symaction	ἐπιλαβόμενος δὲ τῆς χειρὸς αὐτοῦ	1	taking hold of his hand	The chiliarch **taking hold** of the **hand** of Paul’s nephew was more than was needed simply to lead the nephew to a **private** location. This was a symbolic action that assured the nephew that the chiliarch would protect him and that he could therefore speak safely and confidentially. If this would not be clear to your readers, you can explain the significance of this action. Alternate translation: “taking hold of his hand to reassure him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
ACT	23	20	uv6r	figs-synecdoche	οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι	1	The Jews	Paul’s nephew is using the name of a whole group, **The Jews**, to refer to some members of that group. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Certain Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
ACT	23	21	a532	figs-activepassive	σὺ&μὴ πεισθῇς αὐτοῖς	1	may you not be persuaded by them	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “may they not persuade you” or “do not let them persuade you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ACT	23	21	a533	figs-metonymy	τὴν ἀπὸ σοῦ ἐπαγγελίαν	1	the promise from you	By the word **promise**, Paul’s nephew is referring to the commander agreeing to bring Paul to the Sanhedrin the next day and actually bringing him. You can include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “you to bring Paul to the Sanhedrin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ACT	23	22	a534	figs-quotations	παραγγείλας, μηδενὶ ἐκλαλῆσαι ὅτι ταῦτα ἐνεφάνισας πρὸς ἐμέ	1	commanding him to tell no one that “you have reported these things to me”	Here Luke begins an indirect quotation but finishes it as a direct quotation. It may be more natural in your language for the entire quotation to be either indirect or direct. Alternate translation: “commanding him to tell no one that he had reported these things to him” or “commanding him, ‘Tell no one that you have reported these things to me’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
ACT	23	23	mgi9	translate-numbers	δεξιολάβους διακοσίους	1	200 spearmen	Alternate translation: “200 soldiers who are armed with spears” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
ACT	23	23	kg8s	figs-idiom	τρίτης ὥρας τῆς νυκτός	1	third hour of the night	In your translation, you may wish to express this in the way your own culture reckons time. Alternate translation: “nine o’clock this evening” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
ACT	23	24	a535	figs-quotations	κτήνη τε παραστῆσαι, ἵνα ἐπιβιβάσαντες τὸν Παῦλον, διασώσωσι πρὸς Φήλικα τὸν ἡγεμόνα,	1	and to provide animals so that, having set Paul on them, they may bring him safely to Felix the governor	Here Luke finishes as an indirect quotation the direct quotation that began in the previous verse. It may be more natural in your language to continue and finish the quotation as a direct quotation. Alternate translation: “and provide animals so that, having set Paul on them, they may bring him safely to Felix the governor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
ACT	23	24	a536	writing-pronouns	διασώσωσι	1	they may bring him safely	The pronoun **they** refers to the soldiers, horsemen, and spearmen described in the previous verse. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: “these troops may bring him safely” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
ACT	23	24	av3h	translate-names	Φήλικα	1	Felix	The word **Felix** is the name of the man who was the Roman **governor** of Judea at this time. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
ACT	23	25	a537	figs-explicit	γράψας ἐπιστολὴν	1	writing a letter	Luke means implicitly that the commander gave the instructions described in the previous two verses by “summoning” two centurions and **writing** the letter quoted in verses 26–30. It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “He also wrote a letter” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ACT	23	26	zf93	figs-123person	Κλαύδιος Λυσίας, τῷ κρατίστῳ ἡγεμόνι Φήλικι	1	Claudius Lysias to the most excellent Governor Felix	The commander begins this letter by speaking about himself and about the person to whom he is writing in the third person. That was the convention in this culture. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use the first and second persons to translate this. Alternate translation: “I, Claudius Lysias, to you, the most excellent Governor Felix” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
ACT	23	26	yk79	figs-ellipsis	Κλαύδιος Λυσίας, τῷ κρατίστῳ ἡγεμόνι Φήλικι, χαίρειν	1	Claudius Lysias to the most excellent Governor Felix	As was also the convention in this culture, the letter-writer leaves it unstated but understood that he is writing. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply those words. Alternate translation: “I, Claudius Lysias, am writing to you, the most excellent Governor Felix” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
ACT	23	26	vg8y	translate-names	Κλαύδιος Λυσίας	1	Claudius Lysias	The words **Claudius Lysias** are the name of the commander. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
ACT	23	26	u2ih	writing-politeness	τῷ κρατίστῳ ἡγεμόνι Φήλικι	1	to the most excellent Governor Felix	The expression **most excellent** was a formal title by which people addressed Roman officials. Your language and culture may have a comparable title that you can use in your translation. Alternate translation: “to the Honorable Governor Felix” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-politeness]])
ACT	23	27	yy0e	figs-activepassive	τὸν ἄνδρα τοῦτον συνλημφθέντα ὑπὸ τῶν Ἰουδαίων, καὶ μέλλοντα ἀναιρεῖσθαι ὑπ’ αὐτῶν&ἐξειλάμην	1	This man, having been seized by the Jews and about to be killed by them … I rescued	If your language does not use these passive forms, you could express these ideas in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Learning that the Jews had seized this man and that they were about to kill him … I rescued him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ACT	23	27	zr7l	figs-synecdoche	τῶν Ἰουδαίων	1	the Jews	The commander is using the name of a whole group, **the Jews**, to refer to some members of that group. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “certain Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
ACT	23	27	a538	figs-explicit	Ῥωμαῖός	1	a Roman	Here the term **Roman** implicitly indicates Roman citizenship. Alternate translation: “a Roman citizen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ACT	23	28	a539	figs-extrainfo	κατήγαγον	1	I took him down	The commander says that he took Paul ** down** to the Sanhedrin because he brought him down the steps from the Roman fortress to the temple courtyard. It may not be necessary to reproduce this detail in your translation. Alternate translation: “I brought him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
ACT	23	29	zt4f	figs-activepassive	ὃν εὗρον ἐνκαλούμενον περὶ ζητημάτων τοῦ νόμου αὐτῶν; μηδὲν δὲ ἄξιον θανάτου ἢ δεσμῶν ἔχοντα ἔγκλημα	1	whom I found being accused about questions of their law but having no accusation worthy of death or chains	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “I found that the Jews were accusing him about questions of their law, but they were not accusing him of anything worthy of death or chains” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ACT	23	29	wsh2	figs-metonymy	θανάτου ἢ δεσμῶν	1	death or chains	The commander is using the word **death** to mean a penalty of death. He is referring to imprisonment by association with the way that the Romans used **chains** to secure prisoners. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “execution or imprisonment” or “of being put to death or being put in prison” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ACT	23	30	i2ji	figs-activepassive	μηνυθείσης&μοι ἐπιβουλῆς εἰς τὸν ἄνδρα ἔσεσθαι	1	when a plot that was to be against the man was revealed to me	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “when someone revealed to me that there was going to be a plot against the man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ACT	23	31	ny4k	figs-activepassive	κατὰ τὸ διατεταγμένον αὐτοῖς	1	according to what had been commanded to them	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “according to what the chiliarch had commanded them to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ACT	23	31	ifs1	translate-names	τὴν Ἀντιπατρίδα	1	Antipatris	The word **Antipatris** is the name of a city. It was located about halfway between Jerusalem and Caesarea. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
ACT	23	32	abd1	writing-pronouns	αὐτῷ, ὑπέστρεψαν	1	they returned … him	The pronoun **they** refers to the soldiers, and the pronoun **him** refers to Paul. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: “Paul, the soldiers returned” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
ACT	23	33	abx1	writing-pronouns	οἵτινες εἰσελθόντες εἰς τὴν Καισάρειαν, καὶ ἀναδόντες τὴν ἐπιστολὴν τῷ ἡγεμόνι, παρέστησαν καὶ τὸν Παῦλον αὐτῷ	1	who, entering into Caesarea and delivering the letter to the governor, also presented Paul to him	The pronoun **who** refers to the horsemen who accompanied Paul all the way to Caesarea. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers, and it may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “When the horsemen reached Caesarea, they delivered the letter to the governor and also presented Paul to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
ACT	23	34	dtx1	figs-quotations	ἐπερωτήσας ἐκ ποίας ἐπαρχείας ἐστὶν	1	having asked what province he was from	It may be more natural in your language to have a direct quotation here. Alternate translation: “having asked Paul, ‘What province are you from?’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
ACT	23	35	mga2	figs-activepassive	κελεύσας&φυλάσσεσθαι αὐτόν	1	commanding him to be guarded	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “commanding his soldiers to guard him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ACT	24	intro	j74u			0		# Acts 24 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and Formatting<br><br>Paul told the governor that he had not done what the Jews were accusing him of doing and that the governor should not punish him for what he did do.<br><br>## Special Concepts in this Chapter<br><br>### Respect<br><br>Both the Jewish leaders ([Acts 24:2-4](./02.md)) and Paul ([Acts 24:10](../act/24/10.md)) began their speeches with words that show respect to the governor.<br><br>## Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter<br><br>### Governmental leaders<br><br>The words “governor,” “commander,” and “centurion” may be difficult to translate into some languages. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
ACT	24	1	a540	writing-participants	ῥήτορος Τερτύλλου τινός	1	a certain orator, Tertullus	Luke is using the phrase **a certain orator** to introduce **Tertullus** as a new participant in the story. If your language has its own way of introducing new participants, you can use it here in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
ACT	24	1	f3vx	translate-unknown	ῥήτορος	1	an orator	In this context, the term **orator** means a person who spoke well and who was well acquainted with Roman law. Either an accuser or a defendant might employ such a person to argue a case for them in court. In your translation, you can use a term for someone in a comparable role in your culture. Alternate translation: “a courtroom lawyer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
ACT	24	1	xm6c	translate-names	Τερτύλλου τινός	1	Tertullus	The word **Tertullus** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
ACT	24	1	a541	figs-idiom	κατέβη	1	came down	Luke says that these men **came down** to Caesarea because that was the customary way of speaking about traveling from Jerusalem, since that city is up on a mountain. Use a natural way of referring to traveling downward in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
ACT	24	2	a542	figs-activepassive	κληθέντος&αὐτοῦ	1	when he had been summoned	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “when the governor summoned Paul” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ACT	24	2	a543	writing-pronouns	κατηγορεῖν	1	to accuse him	The pronoun **him** refers to Paul. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: “to accuse Paul” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
ACT	24	2	e6zg	figs-exclusive	τυγχάνοντες	1	we are obtaining	By **we**, Tertullus means himself and his fellow Jews but not Governor Felix, to whom he is speaking, so use the exclusive form of that word in your translation if your language marks that distinction. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
ACT	24	2	qw1r	writing-pronouns	σοῦ&σῆς	1	you … your	Here the words **you** and **your** refer to Felix, the governor. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: “you, Governor Felix … your” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
ACT	24	2	a544	figs-explicit	τῷ ἔθνει τούτῳ	1	for this people	Tertullus assumes that Governor Felix will understand that by **this people** he means the Jewish people. You can include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “for the Jewish people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ACT	24	3	a545	figs-hyperbole	πάντῃ&πανταχοῦ&πάσης	1	every way … everywhere … all	Tertullus says these things as overstatements for emphasis. Since Luke is quoting directly from his speech, it would be appropriate to retain these overstatements in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
ACT	24	3	q3fj	writing-politeness	κράτιστε Φῆλιξ	1	most excellent Felix	The expression **most excellent** was a formal title by which people addressed Roman officials. Your language and culture may have a comparable title that you can use in your translation. See how you translated the similar expression in [Acts 23:26](../23/26.md). Alternate translation: “Your Excellency, Governor Felix” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-politeness]])
ACT	24	3	r5jl	figs-abstractnouns	μετὰ πάσης εὐχαριστίας	1	with all thankfulness	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **thankfulness**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “very gratefully” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ACT	24	4	tyq8	figs-exclusive	ἡμῶν	1	to us	By **us**, Tertullus means himself and the Jewish leaders on whose behalf he is speaking. He does not mean Governor Felix, to whom he is speaking. So use the exclusive form of “us” in your translation if your language marks that distinction. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
ACT	24	4	a546	figs-abstractnouns	συντόμως, τῇ σῇ ἐπιεικείᾳ	1	briefly, in your fairness	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **fairness**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “briefly, knowing that you will judge our case fairly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ACT	24	5	i1qs	figs-metaphor	λοιμὸν	1	a pest	Tertullus is speaking as if Paul was literally spreading disease. He means that Paul is causing trouble. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “a troublemaker” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ACT	24	5	k1v1	figs-hyperbole	πᾶσι τοῖς Ἰουδαίοις τοῖς κατὰ τὴν οἰκουμένην	1	among all the Jews are throughout the world	Tertullus says this as overstatements for emphasis. Since Luke is quoting directly from his speech, it would be appropriate to retain this overstatement in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
ACT	24	5	zg4a	translate-names	τῶν Ναζωραίων	1	the Nazarenes	In this context, the word **Nazarenes** is a name that people used at this time to describe believers in Jesus. Jesus himself was known as a Nazarene because he came from the town of Nazareth. See how you translated the same word in [2:22](../02/22.md), where it has that meaning. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
ACT	24	6	a547	figs-ellipsis	ὃν καὶ ἐκρατήσαμεν	1	whom also we arrested—	Tertullus is making the case that Paul is a criminal, but he is leaving it up to Felix to decide what Paul’s punishment should be, so he is deliberately breaking off this sentence here. If this might be unclear to your readers, you could indicate his meaning in your translation. Alternate translation: “whom we also arrested, and who deserves to be punished, but we will leave it to you to decide his punishment.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
ACT	24	6	a548	translate-textvariants		0		As the General Introduction to Acts explains, this second half of this verse, all of verse 7, and the first part of verse 8 are found in many traditional versions of the Bible, but they are not found in the most accurate ancient manuscripts of the Bible. ULT and UST indicate this by putting this material in brackets. If a translation of the Bible already exists in your area, you could consider including this material if that translation does. If there is not already a Bible translation in your area, we recommend that you indicate in some way that this material may not be original, such as by putting it in brackets or in a footnote. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
ACT	24	8	a549	writing-pronouns	παρ’ οὗ	1	from whom	The pronoun **whom** refers to Paul. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers, and it may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “From him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
ACT	24	9	rq5f	figs-synecdoche	οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι	1	the Jews	Luke is using the name of a whole group, **the Jews**, to refer to some members of that group. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the Jewish leaders who had come to Caesarea to accuse Paul” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
ACT	24	11	a550	figs-litotes	οὐ πλείους εἰσίν μοι ἡμέραι δώδεκα, ἀφ’ ἧς	1	it is not more than 12 days for me from when	Paul is using a figure of speech that expresses a positive meaning by using a negative word together with a word that is the opposite of the intended meaning. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “it was only 12 days ago that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
ACT	24	12	my1c	writing-pronouns	εὗρόν	1	they found	The pronoun **they** refers to the Jews who are accusing Paul. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: “these Jews who are accusing me found” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
ACT	24	14	k79p	translate-names	τὴν Ὁδὸν	1	the Way	As the General Notes to chapter 9 explain, **the Way** was one of the first names that people used to describe the community of believers in Jesus. If your language has a word for “way” or “path” that you can use as a name, it would be appropriate to use it in your translation. See what you did in [9:2](../09/02.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
ACT	24	14	a551	figs-activepassive	τοῖς ἐν τοῖς προφήταις γεγραμμένοις	1	the things written in the Prophets	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the things that the prophets wrote” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ACT	24	14	a552	translate-names	τοῖς προφήταις	1	the Prophets	The word **Prophets** is the name of a section of the Bible that contains the books in which the prophets recorded the messages that God gave them. Alternate translation: “the books that the prophets wrote” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
ACT	24	15	nv5a	writing-pronouns	οὗτοι	1	these	The pronoun **these** refers to the Jewish leaders who are accusing Paul. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: “my accusers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
ACT	24	15	qza8	figs-abstractnouns	ἀνάστασιν μέλλειν ἔσεσθαι, δικαίων τε καὶ ἀδίκων	1	that there is going to be a resurrection of both the righteous and the unrighteous	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **resurrection**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “that God will make both the righteous and the unrighteous alive again after they have died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ACT	24	15	x1yd	figs-nominaladj	δικαίων τε καὶ ἀδίκων	1	of both the righteous and the unrighteous	Paul is using the adjectives **righteous** and **unrighteous** as nouns to mean different groups of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate these words with equivalent phrases. Alternate translation: “of both people who have done what is right and people who have not done what is right” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
ACT	24	16	a553	writing-pronouns	ἐν τούτῳ	1	in this	The pronoun **this** refers to what Paul has just said in verses 14 and 15 about what he believes. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: “Because I believe these things,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
ACT	24	16	va3b	figs-metonymy	πρὸς τὸν Θεὸν	1	before God and men	Paul is using this phrase to refer to the opinion or judgment of God and men by association with the way that they would assess anything that came to their attention in front of them. Alternate translation: “in the perspective of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ACT	24	16	a554	figs-gendernotations	τοὺς ἀνθρώπους	1	men	Although the term **men** is masculine, Paul is using the word in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could use a term in your language that is clearly inclusive of both men and women. Alternate translation: “people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
ACT	24	17	p92m	writing-newevent	δὲ	1	Now	Paul is using the word translated **Now** to introduce a new phase of his defense. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that would be natural for this purpose. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
ACT	24	17	lrs4	figs-go	παρεγενόμην	1	I came	In a context such as this, your language might say “went” instead of **came**. Alternate translation: “went” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
ACT	24	17	ryk6	figs-metonymy	εἰς τὸ ἔθνος μου	1	to my nation	Paul is actually referring to the place where the people of the Jewish **nation** live. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the place where my Jewish people live” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ACT	24	17	a555	figs-explicit	ἐλεημοσύνας ποιήσων&καὶ προσφοράς	1	bringing alms and offerings	By **alms** Paul means gifts for the poor that the Gentile churches had collected and that he was delivering. By **offerings** he means the sacrifices that he and four other men offered at the end of a period of vows. You can include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “to bring gifts for the poor and to offer sacrifices at the end of a vow period” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ACT	24	18	a556	writing-pronouns	ἐν αἷς	1	in which	The pronoun **which** refers to the offerings that Paul described in the previous verse. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers, and it may be helpful to begin a new sentence here, ending verse 17 with a period. Alternate translation: “While I was making those offerings,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
ACT	24	19	a557	figs-ellipsis	τινὲς&ἀπὸ τῆς Ἀσίας Ἰουδαῖοι, οὓς ἔδει&παρεῖναι	1	certain Jews from Asia—who ought to be present	As Paul defends himself by telling what happened in Jerusalem, he suddenly realizes that his actual accusers are not present. So he breaks off his sentence to bring this fact to the attention of Governor Felix. If this might be unclear to your readers, in your translation you could finish this part of the story and begin a new sentence. Alternate translation: “certain Jews from Asia saw me in Jerusalem with a Gentile and they thought that I had brought him into the temple. Now they ought to be present” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
ACT	24	20	a558	figs-imperative3p	αὐτοὶ οὗτοι εἰπάτωσαν	1	let these themselves say	If your language does not use the third-person imperative in this way, you can state this in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “may these themselves say” or “these themselves should say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative3p]])
ACT	24	20	ag5d	writing-pronouns	αὐτοὶ οὗτοι	1	these themselves	These pronouns refer to the Jewish leaders who have come to Caesarea to accuse Paul. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: “these Jewish leaders who have come here” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
ACT	24	20	a559	figs-metonymy	στάντος μου ἐπὶ τοῦ Συνεδρίου	1	when I stood before the Sanhedrin	Paul is referring to what he said to the Sanhedrin to defend himself by association with the way he **stood** in front of the council as he said it. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “when I defended myself at a meeting of the Sanhedrin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ACT	24	21	a560	figs-quotesinquotes	ἢ περὶ μιᾶς ταύτης φωνῆς, ἧς ἐκέκραξα ἐν αὐτοῖς ἑστὼς, ὅτι περὶ ἀναστάσεως νεκρῶν ἐγὼ κρίνομαι σήμερον ἐφ’ ὑμῶν.	1	{other} than regarding this one utterance that I shouted out standing among them, ‘Concerning the resurrection of the dead I am being judged by you today!’”	If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “other than that when I was standing among them, I shouted that I was being judged by them that day concerning the resurrection of the dead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
ACT	24	21	ds1s	figs-abstractnouns	περὶ ἀναστάσεως νεκρῶν	1	concerning the resurrection of the dead	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **resurrection**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “Because I believe that God will make those who have died alive again,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ACT	24	21	d2lm	figs-activepassive	ἐγὼ κρίνομαι&ἐφ’ ὑμῶν	1	I am being judged by you	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “you are judging me today” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ACT	24	22	z5f9	figs-idiom	καταβῇ	1	may come down	Felix says **may come down** because that was the customary way of speaking about traveling from Jerusalem, since that city is up on a mountain. Use a natural way in your language of referring to traveling to a lower elevation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
ACT	24	23	a561	figs-doublenegatives	μηδένα κωλύειν	1	to forbid none	If it would be clearer in your language, you could use a positive expression to translate this double negative that consists of the negative particle **none** and the negative verb **forbid**. Alternate translation: “to allow all” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
ACT	24	23	a562	figs-explicit	τῶν ἰδίων αὐτοῦ	1	of his own	By **his own**, Luke implicitly means Paul’s **own** friends. You can indicate this in your translation if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “of his friends” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ACT	24	24	qy9y	translate-names	Δρουσίλλῃ	1	Drusilla	The word **Drusilla** is the name of a woman. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
ACT	24	24	xmq5	translate-names	οὔσῃ Ἰουδαίᾳ	1	being a Jewess	The word **Jewess** is the name for a woman who is Jewish. Alternate translation: “who was a Jewish woman” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
ACT	24	25	a563	writing-pronouns	αὐτοῦ	1	he	The pronoun **he** refers to Paul. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: “Paul” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
ACT	24	26	h4v7	figs-activepassive	χρήματα δοθήσεται αὐτῷ ὑπὸ τοῦ Παύλου	1	money would be given to him by Paul	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Paul would give him money” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ACT	24	27	a564	figs-idiom	διετίας&πληρωθείσης	1	two years being fulfilled	Luke is describing this time period in the way in which his culture and language spoke about time. The expression can refer to any period of time between one year and two years in length. Your language may have a comparable expression that you can use in your translation. Alternate translation: “after a couple of years” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
ACT	24	27	ur2y	translate-names	Πόρκιον Φῆστον	1	Porcius Festus	The words **Porcius Festus** are the names of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
ACT	24	27	p59c	figs-synecdoche	τοῖς Ἰουδαίοις	1	the Jews	Luke is using the name of a whole group, **the Jews**, to refer to some members of that group. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the Jews who were hostile to Paul” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
ACT	24	27	gln6	figs-activepassive	δεδεμένον	1	bound	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “in bonds” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ACT	24	27	a566	figs-synecdoche	δεδεμένον	1	bound	Luke is using one thing that the Romans did to keep Paul prisoner to represent all of what they did. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “as a prisoner” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
ACT	25	intro	b6uk			0		# Acts 25 General Notes<br><br>## Special Concepts in this Chapter<br><br>### Favor<br><br>This word is used in two different ways in this chapter. When the Jewish leaders asked Festus for a favor, they were asking him to do something special for them on that day. They wanted him to do for them something that he would not usually do. When Festus “wanted to gain the favor of the Jews,” he wanted them to like him and be willing to obey him in the months and years to come. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/favor]])<br><br>### Roman citizenship<br><br>The Romans thought that they needed to treat only Roman citizens justly. They could do as they desired with people who were not Roman citizens, but they had to obey the law with other Romans. Some people were born Roman citizens; others gave money to the Roman government so they could become Roman citizens. Roman officials could have been punished for treating a Roman citizen the same way they would treat a non-citizen.
ACT	25	1	w8h3	writing-newevent	οὖν	1	Now	Luke is using the word translated **Now** to introduce a new event in the story. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for introducing a new event. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
ACT	25	1	a567	figs-synecdoche	ἐπιβὰς	1	having set foot	Luke is using one part of Festus, his **foot**, to represent all of himself in the act of arriving in Judea. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “having arrived” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
ACT	25	1	a568	figs-explicit	τῇ ἐπαρχείᾳ	1	in the province	By **the province**, Luke implicitly means the province of Judea. You can provide this information in your translation if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “in Judea” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ACT	25	1	zz4l	figs-idiom	ἀνέβη εἰς Ἱεροσόλυμα ἀπὸ Καισαρείας	1	went up from Caesarea to Jerusalem	Luke says that Festus **went up** because that was the customary way of speaking about traveling to Jerusalem, since that city is up on a mountain. Use a natural way in your language of referring to traveling to a higher elevation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
ACT	25	2	a569	figs-nominaladj	οἱ πρῶτοι τῶν Ἰουδαίων	1	the first of the Jews	Luke is using the adjective **first** as a noun to mean a particular group of people. Here, **first** has the sense of most prominent. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “the most prominent of the Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
ACT	25	3	w8um	writing-pronouns	αὐτοῦ&αὐτὸν&αὐτὸν	1	him … him … him	The pronoun **him** refers to Paul in each of these instances. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: “Paul … him … Paul” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
ACT	25	3	pg8x	figs-explicit	ἐνέδραν ποιοῦντες ἀνελεῖν αὐτὸν κατὰ τὴν ὁδόν	1	making an ambush to kill him along the way	It was the Jewish leaders who were secretly **making an ambush**. This was not part of what they were **requesting** Festus to do. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers, and it may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “But the Jewish leaders were secretly preparing an ambush to kill Paul along the way” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ACT	25	4	v5f9	figs-quotations	ὁ&Φῆστος ἀπεκρίθη, τηρεῖσθαι τὸν Παῦλον εἰς Καισάρειαν, ἑαυτὸν δὲ μέλλειν ἐν τάχει ἐκπορεύεσθαι	1	Festus answered that Paul was being held at Caesarea but that he himself was about to depart soon	It may be more natural in your language to have a direct quotation here. Alternate translation: “Festus answered, ‘Paul is being held at Caesarea but I myself am about to depart soon’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
ACT	25	4	a570	figs-activepassive	τηρεῖσθαι τὸν Παῦλον	1	Paul was being held	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “he was holding Paul” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ACT	25	4	a571	figs-explicit	ἐκπορεύεσθαι	1	to depart	Festus means implicitly that he is **about to depart** from Jerusalem and travel to Caesarea. You can provide this information in your translation if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “to depart Jerusalem for Caesarea” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ACT	25	5	a54h	figs-nominaladj	οἱ&ἐν ὑμῖν&δυνατοὶ	1	the powerful among you	Festus is using the adjective **powerful** as a noun to mean a certain group of people. In this context, **powerful** means having the legal power to represent the Jewish nation. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “those of you who have legal standing in this matter” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
ACT	25	5	a572	figs-idiom	συνκαταβάντες	1	having come down together	As the General Notes to this chapter discuss, here Festus says **come down** because that was the customary way of speaking about traveling from Jerusalem, since that city is up on a mountain. Use a natural way in your language of referring to traveling to a lower elevation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
ACT	25	5	nei6	figs-imperative3p	κατηγορείτωσαν αὐτοῦ	1	let them accuse him	If your language does not use the third-person imperative in this way, you can state this in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “may they accuse him” or “they should accuse him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative3p]])
ACT	25	6	a573	figs-litotes	ἡμέρας, οὐ πλείους ὀκτὼ ἢ δέκα	1	not more than eight or ten days	Luke is using a figure of speech that expresses a positive meaning by using a negative word together with a word that is the opposite of the intended meaning. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “less than eight or ten days” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
ACT	25	6	qv24	translate-symaction	καθίσας ἐπὶ τοῦ βήματος	1	having sat in the judgment seat	Festus **sat in the judgment seat** as a symbolic action to show that he was ready to act as the judge in the case against Paul. If this would not be clear to your readers, you can explain the significance of this action. Alternate translation: “having sat in the judgment seat to show that he was ready to act as the judge in the case against Paul” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
ACT	25	6	j7c5	figs-activepassive	τὸν Παῦλον ἀχθῆναι	1	Paul to be brought to him	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “his soldiers to bring Paul to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ACT	25	7	v4v8	writing-pronouns	αὐτοῦ&αὐτὸν	1	he … him	The pronouns **he** and **him** refer to Paul. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: “Paul … him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
ACT	25	7	e7g2		πολλὰ καὶ βαρέα αἰτιώματα	1	many and serious charges	It may be more natural in your language not to use the word **and** between these adjectives. Alternate translation: “many serious charges” or “many charges that were all serious”
ACT	25	8	a574	figs-synecdoche	εἰς Καίσαρά	1	against Caesar	Paul is using the leader of the Roman government to represent that entire government. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “against the Roman government” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
ACT	25	9	b49x	figs-synecdoche	θέλων τοῖς Ἰουδαίοις χάριν καταθέσθαι	1	wanting to do a favor for the Jews	Luke is using the name of a whole group, **the Jews**, to refer to some members of that group. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the Jewish leaders who were opposing Paul” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
ACT	25	9	a575	figs-metaphor	τοῖς Ἰουδαίοις χάριν καταθέσθαι	1	to lay down a favor for the Jews	Luke is speaking as if the Festus wanted to **lay down** a favor physically for the Jewish leaders, as if they would pick it up and leave something else for him in its place. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to do a favor for the Jewish leaders that they would later return” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ACT	25	9	l560	figs-hendiadys	ἀποκριθεὶς τῷ Παύλῳ εἶπεν	1	answering Paul, said	Together the words **answering** and **said** mean that Festus responded to Paul. Alternate translation: “Festus responded to Paul” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
ACT	25	9	qe8h	figs-idiom	εἰς Ἱεροσόλυμα ἀναβὰς	1	having gone up to Jerusalem	Festus says **gone up** because that was the customary way of speaking about traveling to Jerusalem, since that city is up on a mountain. Use a natural way in your language of referring to traveling to a higher elevation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
ACT	25	9	wi2d	figs-activepassive	εἰς Ἱεροσόλυμα&ἐκεῖ περὶ τούτων κριθῆναι ἐπ’ ἐμοῦ	1	to Jerusalem, to be judged there before me about these things	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “to Jerusalem and have me judge you there about these things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ACT	25	10	u1ef	figs-metonymy	ἐπὶ τοῦ βήματος Καίσαρος ἑστώς εἰμι	1	I stand before the judgment seat of Caesar	Paul is referring to Caesar’s authority to judge him by association with the **judgment seat** where Caesar sat when he judged cases. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “I am being judged by Caesar” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ACT	25	10	a576	figs-synecdoche	ἐπὶ τοῦ βήματος Καίσαρος ἑστώς εἰμι	1	I stand before the judgment seat of Caesar	Paul is using **Caesar**, the leader of the Roman government, to represent that entire government. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “I am being judged by the Roman government” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
ACT	25	10	p78y	figs-activepassive	οὗ με δεῖ κρίνεσθαι	1	where it is necessary for me to be judged	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “where it is necessary for someone to judge me”; or, if you translated the previous phrase as “I am being judged by the Roman government”: “which is the authority that ought to judge me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ACT	25	11	l561	figs-doublenegatives	οὐ παραιτοῦμαι τὸ ἀποθανεῖν	1	I do not refuse to die	If it would be clearer in your language, you could use a positive expression to translate this double negative that consists of the negative particle **not** and the negative verb **refuse**. Alternate translation: “I am willing to die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
ACT	25	12	t96z	figs-explicit	τοῦ συμβουλίου	1	the council	Luke assumes that his readers will understand that by **council** here, he does not mean the Jewish Sanhedrin. He means the group of officials who advised Festus. You can include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “with his own government advisors” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ACT	25	12	a577	figs-declarative	ἐπὶ Καίσαρα πορεύσῃ	1	to Caesar you will go	Festus is using a future statement to give a ruling in Paul’s case. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a more natural form for giving a ruling. Alternate translation: “so I grant your appeal and I am going to send you to Caesar for judgment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]])
ACT	25	13	c3gc	writing-newevent	δὲ	1	Now	Luke is using the word translated **Now** to introduce a new event in the story. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for introducing a new event. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
ACT	25	13	q0sv	translate-names	Ἀγρίππας ὁ βασιλεὺς καὶ Βερνίκη	1	King Agrippa and Bernice	The word **Agrippa** is the name of a man. He ruled a few territories in the area where Festus was the Roman governor. The word **Bernice** is the name a woman. She was the sister of King Agrippa. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
ACT	25	13	a578	figs-idiom	κατήντησαν εἰς Καισάρειαν	1	having come down to Caesarea	Luke speaks of Agrippa and Bernice **having come down** to Caesarea because that city is lower in elevation than Jerusalem, where they lived. Use a natural way in your language of referring to traveling to a lower elevation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
ACT	25	14	x8jf	figs-activepassive	ἀνήρ τὶς ἐστιν καταλελειμμένος ὑπὸ Φήλικος δέσμιος	1	A certain man has been left a prisoner by Felix	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Felix has left a certain man a prisoner” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ACT	25	14	a579	writing-participants	ἀνήρ τὶς ἐστιν καταλελειμμένος ὑπὸ Φήλικος δέσμιος	1	A certain man has been left a prisoner by Felix	Festus is using the phrase **A certain man** to introduce **Paul** to Agrippa and Bernice. If your language has its own way of introducing people and their stories, you can use it here in your translation. Alternate translation: “There is a man named Paul whom Felix left as a prisoner” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
ACT	25	15	hyp5	figs-abstractnouns	αἰτούμενοι κατ’ αὐτοῦ καταδίκην	1	requesting a judgment against him	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of a **judgment**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “requesting that I judge him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ACT	25	16	l562	figs-activepassive	ὁ κατηγορούμενος	1	the one being accused	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the one against whom people are making accusations” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ACT	25	16	xjb4	figs-metonymy	κατὰ πρόσωπον ἔχοι τοὺς κατηγόρους	1	may have his accusers by face	Here, the word **face** represents the presence of a person by association with the way people can see the face of someone who is present. Your language may have a similar expression that you can use in your translation. Alternate translation: “may meet face to face with the accusers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ACT	25	17	rm5z	writing-pronouns	συνελθόντων	1	when they had come together	The pronoun **they** refers to the chief priests and the elders of the Jews, whom Festus mentioned in verse 15. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: “when the chief priests and the elders of the Jews had come together” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
ACT	25	17	efe2	translate-symaction	καθίσας ἐπὶ τοῦ βήματος	1	having sat in the judgment seat	Festus **sat in the judgment seat** as a symbolic action to show that he was ready to act as the judge in the case against Paul. If this would not be clear to your readers, you can explain the significance of this action. Alternate translation: “having sat in the judgment seat to show that I was ready to act as the judge in this case” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
ACT	25	17	hm6g	figs-activepassive	ἐκέλευσα ἀχθῆναι τὸν ἄνδρα	1	I commanded the man to be brought	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “I commanded soldiers to bring the man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ACT	25	19	d1qm	figs-abstractnouns	τῆς ἰδίας δεισιδαιμονίας	1	their own religion	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **religion**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “their religious beliefs” or “their beliefs about God and spiritual things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ACT	25	20	l564	figs-quotations	ἔλεγον εἰ βούλοιτο πορεύεσθαι εἰς Ἱεροσόλυμα, κἀκεῖ κρίνεσθαι περὶ τούτων	1	asked if he might be willing to go to Jerusalem and be judged there about these things	It may be more natural in your language to have a direct quotation here. Alternate translation: “asked, ‘Might you be willing to go to Jerusalem and be judged there about these things?’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
ACT	25	20	y9bv	figs-activepassive	κρίνεσθαι	1	and be judged	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “and have me judge him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ACT	25	21	ie7x	figs-activepassive	τοῦ&Παύλου ἐπικαλεσαμένου τηρηθῆναι αὐτὸν	1	appealed that he be kept	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “when Paul asked that I keep him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ACT	25	21	l570	writing-politeness	τοῦ Σεβαστοῦ	1	of the August one	Festus is referring to the Roman emperor by a respectful title. Your language and culture may have a similar title that you can use in your translation. Alternate translation: “of His Majesty the Emperor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-politeness]])
ACT	25	21	ceq2	figs-activepassive	ἐκέλευσα τηρεῖσθαι αὐτὸν	1	I commanded him to be kept	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “I commanded the guards to keep him in custody” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ACT	25	22	l565	figs-rpronouns	ἐβουλόμην καὶ αὐτὸς τοῦ ἀνθρώπου ἀκοῦσαι	1	I myself was also wanting to hear this man	Agrippa is using the reflexive pronoun **myself** for emphasis. It may be more natural in your language to express this emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “I too would certainly want to hear this man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
ACT	25	22	l566		φησίν	1	he says	To call attention to a development in the story, here Luke uses the present tense in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. It may be helpful to start a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “he said”
ACT	25	23	at4t	figs-activepassive	ἤχθη ὁ Παῦλος	1	Paul was brought	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the soldiers brought Paul” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ACT	25	24	l567	figs-gendernotations	πάντες οἱ&ἄνδρες	1	all the men	Although the term **men** is masculine, Festus is using the word in a generic sense that includes both men and women. (It is clear that women as well as men are **present**, since Luke notes in verse 23 that Bernice entered with Agrippa.) If it would be helpful to your readers, you could use a term in your language that is clearly inclusive of both men and women. Alternate translation: “all of you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
ACT	25	24	l571	figs-exclusive	ἡμῖν	1	with us	By **us**, Festus means himself and King Agrippa but not the rest of the crowd to whom he is speaking, so use the exclusive form of that word in your translation if your language marks that distinction. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
ACT	25	24	n8qj	figs-hyperbole	ἅπαν τὸ πλῆθος τῶν Ἰουδαίων ἐνέτυχόν μοι	1	the whole multitude of the Jews petitioned me	Festus says **the whole** here as a generalization for emphasis. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different way to express the emphasis. Alternate translation: “the multitude of the Jews petitioned me urgently” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
ACT	25	24	l568	figs-quotations	βοῶντες μὴ δεῖν αὐτὸν ζῆν μηκέτι	1	shouting that he ought not to live any longer	It may be more natural in your language to have a direct quotation here. Alternate translation: “shouting, ‘He ought not to live any longer!’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
ACT	25	24	yv2q	figs-doublenegatives	μὴ δεῖν αὐτὸν ζῆν μηκέτι	1	he ought not to live any longer	In Greek this is a double negative for emphasis, “he ought not to live no longer.” In Greek, the second negative creates a positive meaning by canceling the first negative. If for emphasis your language uses double negatives that do not cancel one another, it would be appropriate to use that construction here. You could also state the meaning positively. Alternate translation: “he should die immediately” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
ACT	25	25	g856	writing-politeness	τὸν Σεβαστὸν	1	to the August one	Festus is referring to the Roman emperor by a respectful title. Your language and culture may have a similar title that you can use in your translation. Alternate translation: “to His Majesty The Empeor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-politeness]])
ACT	25	26	l569	writing-politeness	τῷ κυρίῳ	1	to the lord	Festus is referring to the emperor by a respectful title. Use a form for addressing someone respectfully in your language. Alternate translation: “to our lord the emperor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-politeness]])
ACT	25	26	fe2n	figs-yousingular	ὑμῶν&σοῦ	1	of you … you	Here the first instance of **you** is plural and refers to everyone assembled in the hall. The second **you** is singular and is directed only to Agrippa. Use the plural and singular forms in your translation if your language marks that distinction. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])
ACT	25	27	txs6	figs-doublenegatives	ἄλογον&μοι δοκεῖ πέμποντα δέσμιον, μὴ καὶ&σημᾶναι	1	it seems unreasonable to me, sending a prisoner and not to state	If it would be clearer in your language, you could use a positive expression to translate this double negative that consists of the negative particle **not** and the negative adjective **unreasonable**. Alternate translation: “it seems reasonable to me, sending a prisoner, that I should state” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
ACT	26	intro	e2q6			0		# Acts 26 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and Formatting<br><br>This is the third account of Paul’s conversion in the book of Acts. Because this is such an important event in the early church, there are three accounts of Paul’s conversion. (See: [Acts 9](../09/01.md) and [Acts 22](../22/01.md))<br><br>Paul told King Agrippa why he had done what he had done and said that the governor should not punish him for that.<br><br>## Special Concepts in this Chapter<br><br>### Light and darkness<br><br>The Bible often speaks of unrighteous people, people who do not do what pleases God, as if they were walking around in darkness. It speaks of light as if it were what enables those sinful people to become righteous, to understand what they are doing wrong and begin to obey God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])
ACT	26	1	l573	figs-activepassive	ἐπιτρέπεταί σοι	1	it is permitted to you	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “I permit you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ACT	26	1	wme6	translate-symaction	ἐκτείνας τὴν χεῖρα	1	stretching out {his} hand	This could mean: (1) that Paul waved his hand to get the attention of the audience and signal that he was about to speak. Alternate translation: “waving his hand to signal that he was about to speak” (2) that as Paul spoke, he used hand gestures to emphasize the points he was making. Alternate translation: “gesturing with his hand as he spoke” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
ACT	26	2	mdq2	figs-activepassive	ὧν ἐνκαλοῦμαι ὑπὸ Ἰουδαίων	1	of which I am accused by the Jews	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “that the Jews accuse me of doing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ACT	26	2	cbr3	figs-synecdoche	Ἰουδαίων	1	the Jews	Paul is using the name of a whole group, **the Jews**, to refer to some members of that group. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “many of the Jewish leaders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
ACT	26	3	kns2	figs-hyperbole	πάντων τῶν κατὰ Ἰουδαίους, ἐθῶν τε καὶ ζητημάτων	1	in all the customs and controversies among the Jews	Paul says **all** here as a generalization for emphasis. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different way to express the emphasis. Alternate translation: “in a wide range of customs and controversies among the Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
ACT	26	4	t8bg	figs-hyperbole	ἴσασι πάντες οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι	1	all the Jews know	Paul says **all** here as a generalization for emphasis. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different way to express the emphasis. Alternate translation: “the Jews know very well” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
ACT	26	4	x96h	figs-metonymy	ἐν τῷ ἔθνει μου ἔν τε Ἱεροσολύμοις	1	in my nation and in Jerusalem	By **nation**, Paul most likely means by association the people of his nation, that is, the Jews. Alternate translation: “among the Jews, especially in the city of Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ACT	26	5	y9a1	figs-exclusive	τῆς ἡμετέρας θρησκείας	1	of our religion	By **our**, Paul means himself and his fellow Jews but not Agrippa to whom he is speaking, so use the exclusive form of that word in your translation if your language marks that distinction. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
ACT	26	6	s9kr	writing-newevent	νῦν	1	Now	Paul is using the word translated **Now** to introduce a new phase of his defense. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that would be natural for this purpose. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
ACT	26	6	i9y5	figs-activepassive	ἕστηκα κρινόμενος	1	I stand here being judged	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “you are judging me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ACT	26	6	r42g	figs-abstractnouns	ἐπ’ ἐλπίδι τῆς εἰς τοὺς πατέρας ἡμῶν ἐπαγγελίας, γενομένης ὑπὸ τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	because of hope of the promise made to our fathers by God	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **hope**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “because I hope in the promise made to our fathers by God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ACT	26	6	l574	figs-activepassive	τῆς εἰς τοὺς πατέρας ἡμῶν ἐπαγγελίας, γενομένης ὑπὸ τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	of the promise made to our fathers by God	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “of the promise that God made to our fathers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ACT	26	6	l575	figs-extrainfo	τῆς εἰς τοὺς πατέρας ἡμῶν ἐπαγγελίας, γενομένης ὑπὸ τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	of the promise made to our fathers by God	Since Paul explains in verse 8 that the **promise** for which he has **hope** is the resurrection from the dead, here you do not need to explain further what Paul means. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
ACT	26	6	l576	figs-metaphor	τοὺς πατέρας ἡμῶν	1	our fathers	Paul is using the term **fathers** to mean “ancestors.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “our ancestors” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ACT	26	6	l577	figs-exclusive	τοὺς πατέρας ἡμῶν	1	our fathers	By **our**, Paul means himself and his fellow Jews but not Agrippa to whom he is speaking, so use the exclusive form of that word in your translation if your language marks that distinction. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
ACT	26	7	hnf1	figs-metonymy	τὸ δωδεκάφυλον ἡμῶν	1	our 12 tribes	Paul is referring to the people of Israel by association with the way that nation was historically composed of 12 tribes. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “our Jewish people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ACT	26	7	l578	figs-exclusive	τὸ δωδεκάφυλον ἡμῶν	1	our 12 tribes	By **our**, Paul means himself and his fellow Jews but not Agrippa to whom he is speaking, so use the exclusive form of that word in your translation if your language marks that distinction. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
ACT	26	7	l579	figs-abstractnouns	ἐν ἐκτενείᾳ&λατρεῦον	1	serving in earnestness	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **earnestness**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “serving earnestly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ACT	26	7	kzg4	figs-merism	νύκτα καὶ ἡμέραν	1	night and day	Paul is using the two parts of a full day, **night** and **day**, to refer to continuous activity throughout a full day. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “continually” or, if you translated **serving in earnestness** as “serving earnestly”: “and continually” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
ACT	26	7	a580	figs-activepassive	ἐνκαλοῦμαι ὑπὸ Ἰουδαίων	1	I am being accused by the Jews	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the Jews are accusing me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ACT	26	7	c4lm	figs-synecdoche	ὑπὸ Ἰουδαίων	1	by the Jews	Paul is using the name of a whole group, **the Jews**, to refer to some members of that group. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “by these Jewish leaders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
ACT	26	8	de83	figs-rquestion	τί ἄπιστον κρίνεται παρ’ ὑμῖν, εἰ ὁ Θεὸς νεκροὺς ἐγείρει?	1	Why is it judged unbelievable among you that God raises the dead?	Paul is using the question form to challenge the Jewish leaders who are accusing him. Many of them are Pharisees who believe that God does raise the dead, and yet they do not believe that God raised Jesus from the dead. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “By accusing me, you are acting as if you do not believe that God raises the dead!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
ACT	26	8	l581	figs-yousingular	παρ’ ὑμῖν	1	among you	While to this point Paul has used the word **you** in the singular to refer to Agrippa, here he uses it in the plural to refer to the Jewish leaders who are present. So use the plural form in your translation if your language marks that distinction. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])
ACT	26	8	a599	grammar-connect-condition-fact	εἰ ὁ Θεὸς νεκροὺς ἐγείρει	1	if God raises the dead	Paul is speaking as if what he is saying is a hypothetical possibility, but he believes that it is actually true. If your language does not state something as a condition if the speaker believes that it is true, then you can translate these words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “that God raises the dead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]])
ACT	26	8	ukk6	figs-idiom	νεκροὺς ἐγείρει	1	raises the dead	Here, **raises the dead** is an idiom that refers to making someone who has died alive again. Alternate translation: “God makes the dead alive again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
ACT	26	8	l582	figs-nominaladj	νεκροὺς	1	the dead	Paul is using the adjective **dead** as a noun to mean people who have died. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “people who have died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
ACT	26	9	r4df	figs-metonymy	τὸ ὄνομα Ἰησοῦ	1	the name of Jesus	While in such contexts the word **name** often represents the person who has that name, Paul is describing a time when he did not believe that Jesus was still alive. So here the word **name** seems to represent the reputation and influence of Jesus. Alternate translation: “the reputation and influence of Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ACT	26	10	b581	figs-metonymy	τῶν ἁγίων	1	of the saints	Paul is using the term **saints** by association to mean believers in Jesus. See how you translated the term in [9:33](../09/33.md). Alternate translation: “of the believers in Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ACT	26	10	b582	figs-synecdoche	ἀναιρουμένων&αὐτῶν	1	when they were being executed	Paul is using one part of the process of putting someone on trial for a capital offense and punishing that person if he is found guilty to represent the entire process. Since he speaks of casting his **vote** in favor of execution, here he means specifically the trial part of the process. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “when they were being put on trial for crimes with a penalty of death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
ACT	26	10	nys7	figs-activepassive	ἀναιρουμένων&αὐτῶν	1	when they were being executed	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “when the Sanhedrin was considering whether to execute them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ACT	26	10	l584	figs-explicit	κατήνεγκα ψῆφον	1	I cast my vote against them	The implication is that Paul **cast his vote** as a member of the Sanhedrin. You can provide this information in your translation if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “as a member of the Sanhedrin, I cast my vote against them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ACT	26	11	b584	figs-hyperbole	κατὰ πάσας τὰς συναγωγὰς&τιμωρῶν αὐτοὺς	1	punishing them in all the synagogues	Paul says **all** here as a generalization for emphasis. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different way to express the emphasis. Alternate translation: “going from one synagogue to another to punish them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
ACT	26	12	ajp6	figs-hendiadys	μετ’ ἐξουσίας καὶ ἐπιτροπῆς	1	with authority and a commission	This phrase expresses a single idea by using two words connected with **and**. The word **authority** tells what kind of **commission** the **chief priests** gave Paul. If it would be more natural in your language, you could express this meaning with an equivalent phrase that does not use “and.” Alternate translation: “with an authoritative commission” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
ACT	26	14	l585	figs-quotesinquotes	ἤκουσα φωνὴν, λέγουσαν πρός με τῇ Ἑβραΐδι διαλέκτῳ, Σαοὺλ, Σαούλ, τί με διώκεις? σκληρόν σοι πρὸς κέντρα λακτίζειν	1	I heard a voice speaking to me in the Hebrew language, ‘Saul, Saul, why are you persecuting me? It is hard for you to kick against a goad.’	If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “I heard a voice speaking to me in the Hebrew language, calling me twice by name, asking me why I was persecuting him, and telling me it was hard for me to kick against a goad.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
ACT	26	14	sip5	figs-personification	ἤκουσα φωνὴν, λέγουσαν πρός με	1	I heard a voice speaking to me	Paul is speaking of this **voice** as if it were a living thing that could speak on its own. Alternate translation: “I heard someone saying to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
ACT	26	14	du3t	figs-rquestion	τί με διώκεις?	1	why are you persecuting me?	The voice is using the question form to rebuke Saul. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate its words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the rebuke in another way. Alternate translation: “you should not be persecuting me!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
ACT	26	14	zsi2	figs-metaphor	σκληρόν σοι πρὸς κέντρα λακτίζειν	1	It is hard for you to kick against a goad	The voice is speaking as if Paul were literally kicking against a **goad**, that is, a sharp object that people use to prod an animal. The voice means that by opposing Jesus and persecuting believers, Paul is hurting himself. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “You are hurting yourself by what you are doing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ACT	26	15	l586	figs-quotesinquotes	ἐγὼ δὲ εἶπα, τίς εἶ, κύριε? ὁ δὲ Κύριος εἶπεν, ἐγώ εἰμι Ἰησοῦς, ὃν σὺ διώκεις	1	And I said, ‘Who are you, Lord?’ And the Lord said, ‘I am Jesus, whom you are persecuting	If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “And I asked the Lord who he was, and the Lord said that he was Jesus, whom I was persecuting” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
ACT	26	15	l587	writing-politeness	τίς εἶ, κύριε	1	Who are you, Lord	When Paul replied to the voice, he was not yet acknowledging that Jesus was **Lord**. He used that respectful title because he recognized that he was speaking to someone of divine power. If this might be confusing for your readers, in your translation you could use a similar term of respect. Alternate translation: “Who are you, Sir” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-politeness]])
ACT	26	15	l588	writing-politeness	ὁ&Κύριος εἶπεν	1	the Lord said	In this case Paul is referring to Jesus by a respectful title. Use a form for addressing someone respectfully in your language. Alternate translation: “the Lord Jesus said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-politeness]])
ACT	26	16	l589	figs-quotesinquotes	ἀλλὰ ἀνάστηθι, καὶ στῆθι ἐπὶ τοὺς πόδας σου; εἰς τοῦτο γὰρ ὤφθην σοι, προχειρίσασθαί σε ὑπηρέτην καὶ μάρτυρα, ὧν τε εἶδές με ὧν τε ὀφθήσομαί σοι	1	But get up and stand on your feet, because for this I have appeared to you, to appoint you a servant and a witness both of the things in which you have seen me and of the things in which I will be shown to you	If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “He told me to get up and stand on my feet, because for this he had appeared to me, to appoint me a servant and a witness both of the things in which I had seen him and of the things in which he would be shown to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
ACT	26	16	a590	figs-explicitinfo	ἀνάστηθι, καὶ στῆθι ἐπὶ τοὺς πόδας σου	1	get up and stand on your feet	It might seem that the expression **get up and stand on your feet** contains extra information that would be unnatural to express in your language. If so, you can shorten it. Alternate translation: “stand up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo]])
ACT	26	16	a591	figs-activepassive	ὀφθήσομαί σοι	1	I will be shown to you	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “I will show myself to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ACT	26	17	a592	figs-quotesinquotes	ἐξαιρούμενός σε ἐκ τοῦ λαοῦ καὶ ἐκ τῶν ἐθνῶν, εἰς οὓς ἐγὼ ἀποστέλλω σε,	1	rescuing you from the people and from the Gentiles, to whom I am sending you,	If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “He told me that he would rescue me from the peoples and from the Gentiles, to whom he was sending me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
ACT	26	17	a593	figs-explicit	τοῦ λαοῦ	1	the people	By **the people**, Jesus means specifically the Jewish people. Alternate translation: “the Jewish people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ACT	26	18	a594	figs-quotesinquotes	ἀνοῖξαι ὀφθαλμοὺς αὐτῶν, τοῦ ἐπιστρέψαι ἀπὸ σκότους εἰς φῶς, καὶ τῆς ἐξουσίας τοῦ Σατανᾶ ἐπὶ τὸν Θεόν, τοῦ λαβεῖν αὐτοὺς ἄφεσιν ἁμαρτιῶν καὶ κλῆρον ἐν τοῖς ἡγιασμένοις πίστει τῇ εἰς ἐμέ	1	to open their eyes to turn from darkness to light and from the authority of Satan to God, for them to receive forgiveness of sins and an inheritance among the ones having been sanctified by faith in me.’	If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “to open their eyes to turn from darkness to light and from the authority of Satan to God, for them to receive forgiveness of sins and an inheritance among the ones having been sanctified by faith in him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
ACT	26	18	fk1k	figs-metaphor	ἀνοῖξαι ὀφθαλμοὺς αὐτῶν, τοῦ ἐπιστρέψαι	1	to open their eyes to turn	Jesus is speaking of Paul helping people to understand the truth about him as if Paul would literally **open** the **eyes** of these people. Alternate translation: “to help them understand the truth about me so that they will turn” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ACT	26	18	gw8f	figs-metaphor	ἐπιστρέψαι ἀπὸ σκότους εἰς φῶς	1	to turn from darkness to light	Jesus is speaking of Paul helping people to stop doing what is wrong and to start obeying God as if the Paul would be literally helping these people stop directing their attention to **darkness** and start directing it to **light**. Alternate translation: “so that they will stop doing what is wrong and start obeying God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ACT	26	18	q3h8	figs-explicit	καὶ τῆς ἐξουσίας τοῦ Σατανᾶ ἐπὶ τὸν Θεόν	1	and from the authority of Satan to God	By **authority**, Jesus implicitly means the control that **Satan** has over people who are under his authority. You can provide this information in your translation if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “and no longer have Satan control them but have God control them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ACT	26	18	m65i	figs-abstractnouns	τοῦ λαβεῖν αὐτοὺς ἄφεσιν ἁμαρτιῶν καὶ	1	for them to receive forgiveness of sins and	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **forgiveness**, you could express the same idea with the verb “forgive.” Alternate translation: “so that God may forgive their sins and give them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ACT	26	18	m9ve	figs-metaphor	κλῆρον ἐν	1	an inheritance among	Jesus is speaking of the blessings that he gives to those who believe in him as if they were an **inheritance** such as children receive from their parents. Alternate translation: “the blessings that I give to” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ACT	26	18	c5ij	figs-activepassive	τοῖς ἡγιασμένοις πίστει τῇ εἰς ἐμέ	1	the ones having been sanctified by faith in me	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the ones whom I sanctify because they have faith in me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ACT	26	19	zv2u	figs-doublenegatives	οὐκ ἐγενόμην ἀπειθὴς	1	I was not disobedient	If it would be clearer in your language, you could use a positive expression to translate this double negative that consists of the negative particle **not** and the negative adjective **disobedient**. Alternate translation: “I was obedient” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
ACT	26	19	sn4h	figs-metonymy	τῇ οὐρανίῳ ὀπτασίᾳ	1	to the heavenly vision	Paul is referring to Jesus by association with the way Jesus spoke to him in this **vision**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to Jesus, who spoke to me from heaven in this vision” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ACT	26	20	fei4	figs-metaphor	ἐπιστρέφειν ἐπὶ τὸν Θεόν	1	turn to God	Paul is speaking as if he declared that people should physically **turn** to God. He means that he proclaimed they should stop living in one way and begin to live in another way. Alternate translation: “start obeying God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ACT	26	20	h1v2	figs-abstractnouns	ἄξια τῆς μετανοίας ἔργα πράσσοντας	1	doing deeds worthy of repentance	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **repentance**, you could express the same idea with the verb “repent.” Alternate translation: “doing deeds that showed that they had truly repented” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ACT	26	21	tl6t	figs-synecdoche	Ἰουδαῖοι	1	the Jews	Paul is using the name of a whole group, **the Jews**, to refer to some members of that group. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the Jews who opposed me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
ACT	26	22	t8f4	figs-merism	μικρῷ τε καὶ μεγάλῳ	1	to both small and great	Paul is referring to people of every kind by naming two extremes. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to people of every kind” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
ACT	26	22	f6py	grammar-connect-exceptions	οὐδὲν ἐκτὸς&ὧν	1	nothing except the things	If it would appear in your language that Paul was contradicting himself by saying that he spoke **nothing** and then describing what he spoke, you could reword this to avoid using an exception clause. Alternate translation: “the same things that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions]])
ACT	26	23	pe9h	figs-explicit	εἰ παθητὸς ὁ Χριστός; εἰ πρῶτος ἐξ ἀναστάσεως νεκρῶν, φῶς μέλλει καταγγέλλειν	1	if the Christ would be a sufferer, if he, the first from the resurrection of the dead, was going to proclaim	Paul could be saying that this is what Moses and the prophets said about the Messiah. You can provide this information in your translation if that would be helpful to your readers. It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “They addressed the question as to whether the Christ would be a sufferer, as to whether he, the first from the resurrection of the dead, was going to proclaim” or see next note for another possibility. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ACT	26	23	l597	grammar-connect-condition-fact	εἰ παθητὸς ὁ Χριστός; εἰ πρῶτος ἐξ ἀναστάσεως νεκρῶν, φῶς μέλλει καταγγέλλειν	1	if the Christ would be a sufferer, if he, the first from the resurrection of the dead, was going to proclaim	Paul could be speaking as if what he is saying is a hypothetical possibility even though he believes that it is actually true. If your language does not state something as a condition if the speaker believes that it is true, then you can translate these words as an affirmative statement. It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “Now since the Christ was a sufferer, since he was the first from the resurrection of the dead, then he was going to proclaim light” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]])
ACT	26	23	p9t8	figs-abstractnouns	πρῶτος ἐξ ἀναστάσεως νεκρῶν	1	the first from the resurrection of the dead	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **resurrection**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “the first person whom God made alive again after he died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ACT	26	23	sc5f	figs-nominaladj	νεκρῶν	1	of the dead	Paul is using the adjective **dead** as a noun to mean people who have died. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “of people who have died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
ACT	26	23	z2ms	figs-metaphor	φῶς μέλλει καταγγέλλειν	1	was going to proclaim light	Paul is saying that the truth that Jesus proclaimed about God was like a **light** that allowed people to see. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “was going to proclaim the truth about God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ACT	26	23	a595	figs-explicit	τῷ&λαῷ	1	to the people	By **the people**, Paul means specifically the Jewish people. Alternate translation: “to the Jewish people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ACT	26	24	a596		ὁ Φῆστος&φησιν	1	Festus says	To call attention to a development in the story, here Luke uses the present tense in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “Festus said”
ACT	26	24	tk27	figs-personification	τὰ πολλά σε γράμματα εἰς μανίαν περιτρέπει	1	Great learning is turning you to insanity	Festus is speaking of **learning** as if it were a living thing that was **turning** Paul from sanity to insanity. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “You have become insane from learning so much” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
ACT	26	25	dur9	figs-doublenegatives	οὐ μαίνομαι	1	I am not insane	If it would be clearer in your language, you could use a positive expression to translate this double negative that consists of the negative particle **not** and the negative adjective **insane**. Alternate translation: “I am completely sane” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
ACT	26	25	a6pb	writing-politeness	κράτιστε Φῆστε	1	most excellent Festus	The expression **most excellent** was a formal title by which people addressed Roman officials. Your language and culture may have a comparable title that you can use in your translation. See how you translated the similar expression in [Acts 23:26](../23/26.md). Alternate translation: “Honorable Governor Festus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-politeness]])
ACT	26	25	a597	figs-possession	ἀληθείας καὶ σωφροσύνης ῥήματα	1	words of truth and of sanity	Paul is using the possessive form to describe the character of the **words** he is **speaking**. Alternate translation: “words that are true and sane” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
ACT	26	26	cs7b	writing-politeness	πρὸς ὃν καὶ παρρησιαζόμενος λαλῶ	1	to whom indeed, speaking boldly, I am talking	Paul recognizes that he is being very outspoken in response to King Agrippa’s invitation to speak for himself, so he implicitly apologizes. In your translation, you can use a comparable expression from your language and culture. Alternate translation: “and I hope that he will pardon me for speaking so boldly as I talk to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-politeness]])
ACT	26	26	tta8	figs-doublenegatives	λανθάνειν&αὐτὸν τι τούτων οὐ πείθομαι οὐθέν	1	I am not persuaded that any of these things at all eludes him	In Greek this is a double negative for emphasis, “I am not persuaded that not any of these things eludes him.” In Greek, the second negative creates a positive meaning by canceling the first negative. If for emphasis your language uses double negatives that do not cancel one another, it would be appropriate to use that construction here. You could also state the meaning positively. Alternate translation: “I am persuaded that not one of these things at all eludes him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
ACT	26	26	v1uu	figs-activepassive	οὐ&ἐστιν ἐν γωνίᾳ πεπραγμένον τοῦτο	1	this has not been done in a corner	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “this did not happen in a corner” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ACT	26	26	xqr1	figs-litotes	οὐ&ἐστιν ἐν γωνίᾳ πεπραγμένον τοῦτο	1	this has not been done in a corner	Paul is using a figure of speech that expresses a positive meaning by using a negative word together with a word that is the opposite of the intended meaning. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “this has been done openly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
ACT	26	26	i5wg	figs-metaphor	ἐν γωνίᾳ	1	in a corner	Paul is speaking as if Jesus might have done things secretly, as if he had done them **in a corner** of a room where no one could see him. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “secretly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ACT	26	27	a4a2	figs-rquestion	πιστεύεις, Βασιλεῦ Ἀγρίππα, τοῖς προφήταις?	1	Do you believe the prophets, King Agrippa?	Paul asks this question to challenge **King Agrippa** to recognize that if he believes what the prophets wrote, then he should believe that Jesus rose from the dead. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this question as a statement. Alternate translation: “You should believe what I am saying about Jesus since you believe the prophets, King Agrippa.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
ACT	26	28	y8qq	figs-rquestion	ἐν ὀλίγῳ με πείθεις Χριστιανὸν ποιῆσαι?	1	In little are you persuading me to make me a Christian?	Agrippa is using the question form to challenge Paul. He is asserting that what Paul has said so far is not sufficiently persuasive. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. The term **little** could mean: (1) little proof. Alternate translation: “You cannot persuade me to become a Christian with so little proof.” (2) little time. Alternate translation: “You cannot persuade me to become a Christian in such a short time.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
ACT	26	29	a598		καὶ ἐν ὀλίγῳ καὶ ἐν μεγάλῳ	1	either in little or in much	The term **little** could mean: (1) little proof. Alternate translation: “whether what I have said is enough or whether you need more proof” (2) little time. Alternate translation: “whether it takes a short time or a long time”
ACT	26	29	k7kq	figs-synecdoche	παρεκτὸς τῶν δεσμῶν τούτων	1	without these chains	Paul is using one aspect of imprisonment, the **chains** that bound prisoners at this time, to mean the entire state of being imprisoned. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “without being imprisoned” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
ACT	26	31	blz8	figs-metonymy	οὐδὲν θανάτου ἢ δεσμῶν ἄξιον τι πράσσει ὁ ἄνθρωπος οὗτος	1	This man is not doing anything worthy of death or of chains	The king and governor are referring to a penalty of death by association with **death** itself. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “This man does not deserve to receive the death penalty or to be kept in chains” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ACT	26	31	dwyb	figs-synecdoche	δεσμῶν	1	of chains	These people who heard Paul speak are using one aspect of imprisonment, the **chains** that bound prisoners at this time, to mean the entire state of being imprisoned. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “of being imprisoned” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
ACT	26	32	n293	figs-activepassive	ἀπολελύσθαι ἐδύνατο ὁ ἄνθρωπος οὗτος	1	This man was able to have been released	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “You could have released this man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ACT	27	intro	r82x			0		# Acts 27 General Notes<br><br>## Special Concepts in this Chapter<br><br>### Sailing<br><br>People who lived near the sea traveled by boats powered by the wind. During some months of the year, the wind would blow in the wrong direction or so hard that sailing was impossible.<br><br>### Trust<br><br>Paul trusted God to bring him safely to land. He told the sailors and soldiers to trust that God would also keep them alive. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]])<br><br>### Paul breaks bread<br><br>Luke uses almost the same words here to describe Paul taking bread, thanking God, breaking it, and eating it that he used to describe the last supper Jesus ate with his disciples. However, your translation should not make your reader think that Paul was leading a religious celebration here.
ACT	27	1	b2yz	figs-activepassive	ἐκρίθη τοῦ ἀποπλεῖν ἡμᾶς	1	it was decided for us to sail	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the Roman authorities decided that we should sail” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ACT	27	1	l604	figs-explicit	ἐκρίθη τοῦ ἀποπλεῖν ἡμᾶς	1	it was decided for us to sail	Luke assumes that his readers will understand that he says **us** because he joined Paul at this point in the story. You can include this information if your readers need it to understand what is happening. UST models a way to do this. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ACT	27	1	a600	figs-exclusive	ἡμᾶς	1	us	As the General Notes to this chapter explain, here and in several other places Luke says “we,” **us**, and “our” to mean himself and others who were traveling with him, but not his readers. So use the exclusive form of those words if your language marks that distinction. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
ACT	27	1	s6ny	writing-participants	ἑκατοντάρχῃ ὀνόματι Ἰουλίῳ	1	a centurion, Julius by name	Luke is using the phrase **a centurion** to introduce **Julius** as a new participant in the story. If your language has its own way of introducing new participants, you can use it here in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
ACT	27	1	un2s	translate-names	Ἰουλίῳ	1	Julius	The word **Julius** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
ACT	27	1	d22f	translate-names	σπείρης Σεβαστῆς	1	of the Augustan regiment	The **Augustan regiment** was the name of the military unit from which this centurion came. Some versions translate this as the “Imperial regiment.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
ACT	27	2	efe4	translate-names	Ἀδραμυντηνῷ	1	Adramyttium	The word ** Adramyttium ** is the name of a city. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
ACT	27	2	dnr9	figs-metonymy	πλοίῳ&μέλλοντι πλεῖν	1	a ship … being about to sail	Luke is referring to what the crew of this ship was about to do by association with the ship itself. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “a ship whose crew was about to sail it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ACT	27	2	h3uy	translate-names	Ἀριστάρχου	1	Aristarchus	The word **Aristarchus** is the name of a man who came from Macedonia but who had been working with Paul in Ephesus. See how you translated his name in [19:29](../19/29.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
ACT	27	2	a601	translate-names	Μακεδόνος Θεσσαλονικέως	1	a Macedonian, a Thessalonian	The word **Macedonian** is the name for a person from the province of Macedonia. See how you translated it in [19:29](../19/29.md). The word **Thessalonian** is the name for a person from the city of Thessalonica. See how you translated it in [20:4](../20/04.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
ACT	27	3	a602	figs-idiom	κατήχθημεν εἰς Σιδῶνα	1	we came down to Sidon	As the General Notes to this chapter explain, Luke says that he and the other travelers **came down** to Sidon because that was the customary way in this culture of describing people arriving somewhere after traveling by sea. Your language may have its own way of describing that. Alternate translation: “we landed at Sidon” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
ACT	27	3	rp73	figs-abstractnouns	ἐπιμελείας τυχεῖν	1	to receive their care	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **care**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “so that they could care for him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ACT	27	4	mjt8	figs-idiom	ὑπεπλεύσαμεν τὴν Κύπρον	1	we sailed under Cyprus	The expression **sailed under** does not mean that the travelers sailed south of the island of Cyprus, such as Luke describes in [21:3](../21/03.md), even though that would have been the shortest route. Rather, **sailed under** means that the ship kept close to the northern shore of the island, which loomed above the ship and blocked the wind. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express that meaning plainly. However, if the people of your culture are familiar with sea travel, you could use the corresponding expression that is most natural in your language. Alternate translation: “we stayed close to the northern shore of Cyprus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
ACT	27	5	y6m6	figs-explicit	κατήλθαμεν εἰς Μύρρα τῆς Λυκίας	1	we came down to Myra of Lycia	Luke assumes that his readers will understand that the travelers got off the ship at **Myra**. You can include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “we came down to Myra of Lycia, where we got off the ship” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ACT	27	5	ni2x	translate-names	Μύρρα τῆς Λυκίας	1	Myra of Lycia	The word **Myra** is the name of a city, and the word **Lycia** is the name of the province in which that city was located. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
ACT	27	6	j4cf	figs-metonymy	πλοῖον Ἀλεξανδρῖνον, πλέον εἰς τὴν Ἰταλίαν	1	an Alexandrian ship sailing to Italy	Luke is referring to what the crew of this ship was doing by association with the ship itself. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “a ship whose crew was sailing it to Italy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ACT	27	6	fdq2	translate-names	Ἀλεξανδρῖνον	1	from Alexandria	The word **Alexandrian** is the name for someone or something that comes from the city of Alexandria. See how you translated it in [18:24](../18/24.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
ACT	27	7	zzw1	figs-explicit	ἐν ἱκαναῖς δὲ ἡμέραις, βραδυπλοοῦντες καὶ μόλις, γενόμενοι κατὰ τὴν Κνίδον	1	sailing slowly for many days and having arrived with difficulty near Cnidus	Luke assumes that his readers will understand that the ship was **sailing slowly** and **with difficulty** because it was sailing into the wind. You can include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “sailing slowly for many days and having arrived with difficulty near Cnidus because we were sailing into the wind” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ACT	27	7	pye5	translate-names	τὴν Κνίδον	1	Cnidus	The word **Cnidus** is the name of a city. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
ACT	27	7	mq4n	translate-names	τὴν Κρήτην&Σαλμώνην	1	Crete … Salmone	The word **Crete** is the name of an island. See how you translated the word “Cretans” in [2:11](../02/11.md). The word **Salmone** is the name of a cape on the east end of the island of Crete. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
ACT	27	8	b604	writing-pronouns	παραλεγόμενοι αὐτὴν	1	sailing along it	The pronoun **it** refers the island of Crete. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: “sailing along the island of Crete” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
ACT	27	8	p4ri	figs-explicit	μόλις	1	with difficulty	The implication is that even under the shelter of the island of Crete, the winds were still so strong as to make sailing to the west difficult. You can provide this information in your translation if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “with difficulty because the winds from the west were strong even there” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ACT	27	8	a64y	translate-names	Καλοὺς Λιμένας	1	Fair Havens	The word **Fair Havens** is the name of a port on the south coast of the island of Crete. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
ACT	27	8	n7re	translate-names	πόλις ἦν Λασαία	1	the city of Lasea	The word **Lasea** is the name of a city on the coast of the island of Crete. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
ACT	27	9	a605	figs-explicit	τὸ καὶ τὴν νηστείαν ἤδη παρεληλυθέναι	1	even the fast had already passed	Luke assumes that his readers will understand that after this **fast**, which came in the last part of September or the first part of October according to Western calendars, there was a higher risk of seasonal storms. You can include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “even the fast had already passed and so there was a higher risk of seasonal storms” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ACT	27	9	u6x5	figs-metonymy	τὴν νηστείαν	1	the fast	Luke is referring to the Day of Atonement by association with the way that Jews observed a **fast** in connection with that sacred day. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the Day of Atonement” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ACT	27	9	a606	writing-pronouns	παρῄνει ὁ Παῦλος	1	Paul was warning them	The pronoun **them** refers to the centurion and to the pilot and owner of the ship, as verse 11 makes clear. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: “Paul was warning Julius and the pilot and the owner of the ship” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
ACT	27	10	p29v	figs-metaphor	θεωρῶ	1	I see	Paul is speaking as if he could literally **see** the things he describes. He means that God has revealed them to him. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “God has revealed to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ACT	27	10	nx9c	figs-abstractnouns	μετὰ ὕβρεως καὶ πολλῆς ζημίας, οὐ μόνον τοῦ φορτίου καὶ τοῦ πλοίου, ἀλλὰ καὶ τῶν ψυχῶν ἡμῶν, μέλλειν ἔσεσθαι τὸν πλοῦν	1	the voyage is about to be with injury and much loss, not only of the cargo and the ship, but also of our lives	If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **injury** and **loss**, you could express the same ideas in other ways. It may be helpful to make this two sentences. Alternate translation: “on this voyage, many of us will be injured and we will lose many valuable things. We will not only lose the cargo and the ship, we will lose our lives” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ACT	27	11	b1kz	figs-activepassive	ὁ&ἑκατοντάρχης τῷ κυβερνήτῃ καὶ τῷ ναυκλήρῳ μᾶλλον ἐπείθετο, ἢ τοῖς ὑπὸ Παύλου λεγομένοις	1	the centurion was being persuaded more by the pilot and by the captain than by the things being spoken by Paul	If your language does not use these passive forms, you could express the ideas in active form or in other ways that are natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the pilot and the captain were persuading the centurion more by what they were saying than Paul was persuading him by what he was saying” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ACT	27	11	a607	figs-explicit	τῷ ναυκλήρῳ	1	by the captain	Here the word **captain** could mean: (1) someone who was in command of the ship. Alternate translation: “the ship’s commander” (2) someone who owned the ship and was in command of it. However, while this is a common meaning of the word, it is unlikely in this context. We learn from the story that this ship was carrying grain from Egypt to Italy and so it would have belonged to the emperor’s own fleet. Alternate translation: “the shipowner” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ACT	27	12	jmi3	translate-unknown	λιμένος	1	harbor	A **harbor** is a place on the coast whose location and shape allow ships to come safely close to the land. If your language does not have a term for such a place, you can use a general description in your translation. Alternate translation: “place of access to the shore” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
ACT	27	12	z1lf	translate-unknown	παραχειμασίαν&παραχειμάσαι	1	wintering … to winter there	The terms **wintering** and **to winter** mean to stay in a place that is safe during the winter, which is a cold and stormy season in this location. If the seasons do not vary much in your location or if there is not a cold and stormy season, you could explain this with a general expression. Alternate translation: “staying during a cold and stormy season … to stay there during the cold and stormy season” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
ACT	27	12	k2ti	translate-names	Φοίνικα	1	Phoenix	The word **Phoenix** is the name of a port city on the south coast of Crete. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
ACT	27	12	a608	figs-idiom	βλέποντα κατὰ λίβα καὶ κατὰ χῶρον	1	looking according to the southwest wind and according to the northwest wind	This expression means that the Phoenix harbor provided access for ships to sail out in the directions that the winds coming from the **southwest** and the **northwest** blew. That is, ships would sail out to the northeast and southeast from the harbor, and they would enter the harbor from the northeast or southeast. Your language and culture may have a comparable expression of its own that you can use in your translation. Otherwise, you could describe this in general terms. Alternate translation: “looking down the northwest wind and down the southwest wind” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
ACT	27	12	x6vl	figs-metaphor	βλέποντα κατὰ λίβα καὶ κατὰ χῶρον	1	looking according to the southwest wind and according to the northwest wind	Luke is speaking as if the harbor of Phoenix was literally **looking** in these directions. He means that it gave access for ships to sail in those directions. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “giving access for sailing to the northeast or to the southeast” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ACT	27	12	gyd2	translate-unknown	λίβα&χῶρον	1	the southwest … the northwest	These directions are based on the rising and setting of the sun. The **southwest** is somewhat to the left of the setting sun, and the **northwest** is somewhat to the right of the setting sun. If you decide to use the terms “northeast” and “southeast” instead, based on the two previous notes, the northeast is somewhat to the left of the rising sun and the southeast is somewhat to the right of the rising sun. Your language and culture may have their own terms for these directions. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
ACT	27	13	xx67	translate-unknown	ἄραντες	1	having raised {the anchor}	An **anchor** is a heavy object that is attached to a rope that is tied to a ship. The ship’s crew tosses the anchor into the water and it sinks to the bottom of the sea, keeping the ship from drifting about. The crew raises the anchor out of the water when it is time for the ship to travel. Your language may have a specific expression for this action. Alternate translation: “having weighed anchor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
ACT	27	13	a603	writing-pronouns	παρελέγοντο	1	they were sailing	The pronoun **they** refers to the crew of the ship. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: “the crew was sailing the ship” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
ACT	27	14	m2xe	figs-litotes	μετ’ οὐ πολὺ	1	not long after	Luke is using a figure of speech that expresses a positive meaning by using a negative word together with a word that is the opposite of the intended meaning. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “after a short time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
ACT	27	14	g1ek	translate-transliterate	ὁ καλούμενος Εὐρακύλων	1	called Eurakylon	The term **Euraklyon** is a combination of the Greek word for the east wind and the Latin word for the north wind. Luke spells out the term using Greek letters so that his readers will know how it sounds. This seems to be the name that Luke heard the sailors give to this wind. In your translation, you could spell it the way it sounds in your language. You could also say what it means. Alternate translation: “called the Northeaster” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]])
ACT	27	14	lrs7	figs-activepassive	ὁ καλούμενος	1	called	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “that the sailors called” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ACT	27	14	tz2k	writing-pronouns	αὐτῆς	1	it	The pronoun **it** refers to the island of Crete. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: “the island of Crete” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
ACT	27	15	a609	figs-activepassive	συναρπασθέντος δὲ τοῦ πλοίου, καὶ μὴ δυναμένου ἀντοφθαλμεῖν τῷ ἀνέμῳ	1	the ship having been seized and not being able to face into the wind	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “when the wind seized the ship, so that we were not able to face into the wind” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ACT	27	15	a610	figs-personification	συναρπασθέντος&τοῦ πλοίου, καὶ μὴ δυναμένου ἀντοφθαλμεῖν τῷ ἀνέμῳ	1	the ship having been seized and not being able to face into the wind	Luke is speaking of the **wind** as if it were a living thing that **seized** the **ship**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “with the wind blowing with such force that it kept the ship from sailing in the direction from which it was coming” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
ACT	27	15	a611	figs-metaphor	ἀντοφθαλμεῖν τῷ ἀνέμῳ	1	to face into the wind	Luke is speaking as if the ship literally had a **face** that it could turn towards the wind. Your language may have an expression that suits this context and that you can use in your translation. Alternate translation: “to bear up against the wind” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ACT	27	15	w1hl	figs-activepassive	ἐφερόμεθα	1	we were driven along	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the wind drove us along” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ACT	27	16	c4cg	figs-idiom	νησίον&τι ὑποδραμόντες, καλούμενον Καῦδα	1	running under a certain island called Cauda	The expression **running under** is a sailing term that means to go along a specific side of some land in order to block the wind. Your language may have a specific expression for this action. If not, you could explain the meaning generally. Alternate translation: “sailing under the lee of a certain island called Cauda” or “sailing on the side of an island called Cauda where the wind was not so strong” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
ACT	27	16	a612	figs-activepassive	νησίον&τι&καλούμενον Καῦδα	1	a certain island called Cauda	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “a certain island that people called Cauda” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ACT	27	16	aq56	translate-names	Καῦδα	1	Cauda	The word **Cauda** is the name of a small island located off the south coast of Crete. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
ACT	27	16	h9z2	translate-unknown	τῆς σκάφης	1	of the lifeboat	A **lifeboat** is a smaller boat that crews sometimes tow behind their larger ship and sometimes bring up onto the ship and tie down. They use the smaller boat for various reasons, including escaping from the larger ship if it is sinking. If your language does not have a term for a smaller boat like this, you can use a general expression in your translation. Alternate translation: “of the smaller utility boat that the ship was towing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
ACT	27	17	tx1f	figs-idiom	βοηθείαις ἐχρῶντο, ὑποζωννύντες τὸ πλοῖον	1	they were using helps, undergirding the ship	The word **helps** is a nautical term that means ropes or cables. The word **undergirding** describes the process of running ropes or cables around the bottom of a ship so that the ship will not come apart during a storm. If your language does not have comparable nautical terms, you can state the meaning plainly in your translation. Alternate translation: “they were tying ropes around the bottom of the ship so that it would not come apart during the storm” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
ACT	27	17	a613	writing-pronouns	ἐχρῶντο	1	they were using	Here and in the next two verses, the pronoun **they** refers to the sailors of the ship. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: “the sailors were using” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
ACT	27	17	a614	figs-idiom	μὴ εἰς τὴν Σύρτιν ἐκπέσωσιν	1	they might fall into the Syrtis	The expression **fall into** is a nautical term that in this context describes a ship becoming stuck in quicksand. If your language does not have a comparable nautical term, you can state the meaning plainly in your translation. Alternate translation: “they might run aground on the Syrtis” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
ACT	27	17	dvv4	translate-names	τὴν Σύρτιν	1	the Syrtis	The word **Syrtis** is the name of a large mass of quicksand near the north coast of Africa. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
ACT	27	17	l615	translate-unknown	τὴν Σύρτιν	1	the Syrtis	Quicksand, which the word **Syrtis** describes, is sand that is saturated with water. It does not support the weight of a person, so sailors cannot get out of a ship to free it if the ship gets stuck in quicksand. If your readers would not be familiar with quicksand, you could describe it generally in your translation. Alternate translation: “the large mass of waterlogged sand off the north coast of Africa” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
ACT	27	17	l8kl	translate-unknown	χαλάσαντες τὸ σκεῦος	1	lowering the gear	The term **gear** could mean: (1) the sails of the ship and the rigging that the sailors uses to raise and lower the sails. If this is the meaning, then Luke is saying that without sails, the sailors could not steer the ship and it had to go wherever the wind drove it. Alternate translation: “taking down the sails” (2) a sea anchor, that is, some object that the sailors would drag along in the water behind the ship in order to slow the ship down. If this is the meaning, then the sailors lowered this sea anchor in the hopes that the storm would end before they reached the quicksand. Alternate translation: “putting a sea anchor into the water” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
ACT	27	17	g7rw	figs-activepassive	ἐφέροντο	1	they were being driven along	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the wind was driving them along” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ACT	27	18	fx4m	figs-activepassive	σφοδρῶς&χειμαζομένων ἡμῶν	1	we being exceedingly storm-tossed	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “as the storm was tossing us exceedingly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ACT	27	18	nd5h	figs-idiom	ἐκβολὴν ἐποιοῦντο	1	they were doing a jettison	The word **jettison** is a nautical term that describes sailors throwing the cargo of a ship (the goods that the ship is transporting) into the sea to lighten the weight of the ship in an effort to prevent it from sinking. If your language does not have a comparable nautical term, you can state the meaning plainly in your translation. Alternate translation: “they were throwing the cargo of the ship into the sea to make the ship lighter to try to keep it from sinking” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
ACT	27	19	l617	figs-idiom	τῇ τρίτῃ	1	on the third day	In the idiom of this culture, today was the “first day,” tomorrow was the “second day,” and the day after tomorrow was the “third day.” So here, **the third day** means two days after the sailors tied ropes around the ship and one day after the sailors threw the cargo overboard. You may wish to express this in your translation in the way your own culture reckons time. Alternate translation: “on the day after that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
ACT	27	19	a641	translate-ordinal	τῇ τρίτῃ	1	on the third day	If you retain this idiom but your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use a cardinal number here or an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “on day three” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
ACT	27	19	vm2k	figs-explicit	τὴν σκευὴν τοῦ πλοίου ἔριψαν	1	they threw the equipment of the ship {overboard}	Luke assumes that his readers will understand that the sailors **threw the equipment … overboard** in a desperate effort to make the ship even lighter. In this context, **equipment** refers to everything the sailors needed to sail the ship: tackle, hoists, beams of wood, block and tackle, ropes, lines, sails, and the like. This indicates that they had given up on sailing the ship and were hoping just to survive. You can include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “they became so desperate that they threw overboard everything they needed to sail the ship, hoping just to survive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ACT	27	19	l616	figs-synecdoche	αὐτόχειρες	1	with their own hands	Luke is using one part of the sailors, their **hands**, to represent all of them in the act of throwing the cargo overboard. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “themselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
ACT	27	20	if7a	figs-explicit	μήτε&ἡλίου μήτε ἄστρων ἐπιφαινόντων ἐπὶ πλείονας ἡμέρας	1	neither sun nor stars appearing for many days	Luke assumes that his readers will understand that the **sun** and **stars** did not appear because the dark storm clouds obscured them. Luke also assumes that his readers will understand that sailors needed to see the sun and stars in order to know where they were and in what direction they were headed. So this is a further indication of how desperate the situation was. You can include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “since the sailors could not determine their position or nagivate the ship because the dark storm clouds prevented the sun and stars from appearing for many days” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ACT	27	20	p2wd	figs-litotes	χειμῶνός&οὐκ ὀλίγου	1	no small storm	Luke is using a figure of speech that expresses a positive meaning by using a negative word together with a word that is the opposite of the intended meaning. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “a great storm” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
ACT	27	20	lrs6	figs-personification	ἐπικειμένου	1	lying upon us	Luke is speaking of the storm as if they were a living thing that was **lying upon** the ship. He means that the storm continued to buffet the ship without ever letting up. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “continually buffeting the ship” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
ACT	27	20	mnj5	figs-activepassive	λοιπὸν περιῃρεῖτο ἐλπὶς πᾶσα, τοῦ σῴζεσθαι ἡμᾶς	1	all hope for us to be saved was finally being taken away	If your language does not use these passive forms, you could express the same ideas in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “we finally lost all hope that we could save ourselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ACT	27	20	l618	figs-abstractnouns	λοιπὸν περιῃρεῖτο ἐλπὶς πᾶσα, τοῦ σῴζεσθαι ἡμᾶς	1	all hope for us to be saved was finally being taken away	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **hope**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “we finally stopped hoping that we could save ourselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ACT	27	20	l619	figs-hyperbole	λοιπὸν περιῃρεῖτο ἐλπὶς πᾶσα, τοῦ σῴζεσθαι ἡμᾶς	1	all hope for us to be saved was finally being taken away	Luke says **all** here as a generalization for emphasis. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different way to express the emphasis. Alternate translation: “it finally became very difficult to hope that we could save ourselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
ACT	27	21	d1le	figs-abstractnouns	πολλῆς&ἀσιτίας ὑπαρχούσης	1	as there had been much abstinence	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **abstinence**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “as we had gone a long time without eating food” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ACT	27	21	zns2	translate-symaction	σταθεὶς&ἐν μέσῳ αὐτῶν	1	having stood up in the midst of them	Paul **stood up** to indicate that he had something important to say. Alternate translation: “having stood up in the midst of them to show that he had something important to say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
ACT	27	21	bc1x	figs-doublet	τὴν ὕβριν ταύτην, καὶ τὴν ζημίαν	1	this injury and loss	The terms **injury** and **loss** mean similar things. Paul is using the two terms together for emphasis. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could express the emphasis with a single phrase. Alternate translation: “such a great loss” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
ACT	27	22	djh4	figs-ellipsis	ἀποβολὴ&ψυχῆς οὐδεμία ἔσται ἐξ ὑμῶν, πλὴν τοῦ πλοίου	1	there will be no loss of life among you, only of the ship	Paul is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You can supply these words from the context if that would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “there will be no loss of life among you, there will only be loss of the ship” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
ACT	27	23	a620	figs-parallelism	τοῦ Θεοῦ, οὗ εἰμι, ᾧ καὶ λατρεύω	1	of the God whose I am and whom I serve	The phrases **whose I am** and **whom I serve** mean similar things. Paul is using repetition for emphasis. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could combine these phrases in your translation. Alternate translation: “of the God I worship” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
ACT	27	24	a621	figs-quotesinquotes	λέγων, μὴ φοβοῦ, Παῦλε; Καίσαρί σε δεῖ παραστῆναι, καὶ ἰδοὺ, κεχάρισταί σοι ὁ Θεὸς πάντας τοὺς πλέοντας μετὰ σοῦ	1	saying, ‘Do not be afraid, Paul. It is necessary for you to stand before Caesar, and behold, God has graciously granted to you all the ones sailing with you.’	If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “The angel told me that I should not be afraid, because it was necessary for me to stand before Caesar, and behold, God had graciously granted to me all the ones sailing with me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
ACT	27	24	a622	figs-metaphor	ἰδοὺ	1	behold	The angel is using the term **behold** to focus Paul’s attention on what he is about to say. Your language may have a comparable expression that you can use in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ACT	27	24	z1j8	figs-synecdoche	Καίσαρί σε δεῖ παραστῆναι	1	You must stand before Caesar	The angel is using one aspect of the trial process, the fact that an accused person would **stand before** a judge, to represent the entire process. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “You must appear in Caesar’s court so that he can judge you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
ACT	27	25	r9t8	figs-activepassive	καθ’ ὃν τρόπον λελάληταί μοι	1	according to the way it was told to me	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “according to the way the angel told me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ACT	27	26	vmp6	figs-idiom	εἰς νῆσον&τινα&ἐκπεσεῖν	1	to fall upon some island	The expression **fall upon** is a nautical term that in this context describes a ship running aground on the shore of an island. If your language does not have a comparable nautical term, you can state the meaning plainly in your translation. Alternate translation: “to run aground on some island” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
ACT	27	27	rrm5	translate-ordinal	τεσσαρεσκαιδεκάτη νὺξ	1	the fourteenth night	If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use a cardinal number here or an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “night 14” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
ACT	27	27	la7u	figs-activepassive	διαφερομένων ἡμῶν	1	as we were being driven about	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “as the storm was driving us about” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ACT	27	27	afs6	translate-names	τῷ Ἀδρίᾳ	1	the Hadria	The word **Hadria** is the term that people of this culture used to describe the open Mediterranean Sea between Italy and Malta on the west and Greece and Crete on the east. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
ACT	27	27	a623	figs-personification	προσάγειν τινὰ αὐτοῖς χώραν	1	some land to be approaching them	Luke is speaking of this **land** as if it were a living thing that was **approaching** the sailors on the ship. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “that they were approaching some land” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
ACT	27	28	ruj1	figs-idiom	βολίσαντες	1	taking soundings	The expression **taking soundings** is a nautical term that describes sailors determining the depth of the water. Sailors measure this by dropping a marked line with a weight tied to the end of it into the water. If your language does not have a comparable nautical term, you can state the meaning plainly in your translation. Alternate translation: “measuring the depth of the sea water” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
ACT	27	28	tq53	translate-numbers	ὀργυιὰς εἴκοσι&ὀργυιὰς δεκαπέντε	1	20 fathoms&15 fathoms	A **fathom** is a unit of measurement of the depth of water. One fathom is equal to about two meters or about six feet. Alternate translation: “40 meters … 30 meters” or “120 feet … 90 feet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
ACT	27	29	a624	figs-idiom	κατὰ&ἐκπέσωμεν	1	we might fall upon a rugged place	The expression **fall upon** is a nautical term that in this context describes a ship running aground on **some rugged place**. If your language does not have a comparable nautical term, you can state the meaning plainly in your translation. Alternate translation: “we might run aground on” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
ACT	27	29	q4am	figs-idiom	πρύμνης	1	the stern	The word **stern** is a nautical term that means the back of a ship. If your language does not have a comparable nautical term, you can state the meaning plainly in your translation. Alternate translation: “the back of the ship” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
ACT	27	30	rr89	figs-idiom	πρῴρης	1	the bow	The word **bow** is a nautical term that means the front of a ship. If your language does not have a comparable nautical term, you can state the meaning plainly in your translation. Alternate translation: “the front of the ship” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
ACT	27	31	sz8y	figs-activepassive	ὑμεῖς σωθῆναι οὐ δύνασθε	1	you are not able to be saved	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “you will not be able to save yourselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ACT	27	32	a625	figs-idiom	ἐκπεσεῖν	1	fall away	The expression **fall away** is a nautical term that in this context could mean: (1) that the soldiers let the lifeboat fall into the water where none of the sailors could get into it, because it was no longer tied to the ship. Alternate translation: “fall into the water” (2) that the soldiers let the lifeboat, which was already in the water, drift away where none of the sailors could get into it. Alternate translation: “drift away” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
ACT	27	33	j5yg	translate-ordinal	τεσσαρεσκαιδεκάτην σήμερον ἡμέραν, προσδοκῶντες&διατελεῖτε	1	Anxiously waiting for a fourteenth day today, you are continuing	If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use a cardinal number here or an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “This is now day 14 that you have been anxiously waiting, and you are continuing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
ACT	27	33	a626	figs-doublet	ἄσιτοι&μηθὲν προσλαβόμενοι	1	fasting, having eaten nothing	The expressions **fasting** and **having eaten nothing** mean similar things. Paul is using the two expressions together for emphasis. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could express this emphasis with a single phrase. Alternate translation: “to eat nothing at all” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
ACT	27	34	a627	figs-abstractnouns	τοῦτο&πρὸς τῆς ὑμετέρας σωτηρίας ὑπάρχει	1	this is for your salvation	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **salvation**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “this will save you” or “this will keep you alive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ACT	27	34	j3qx	figs-synecdoche	οὐδενὸς&ὑμῶν θρὶξ ἀπὸ τῆς κεφαλῆς ἀπολεῖται	1	a hair from the head of none of you will perish	Paul is using one part of each of his listeners, a **hair** from his **head**, to represent all of that listener. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “each of you will survive without suffering harm” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
ACT	27	36	zt9q	figs-activepassive	εὔθυμοι&γενόμενοι πάντες	1	they were all encouraged	The phrase **were … encouraged** is not actually a passive form in Greek. The word translated **encouraged** is an adjective. However, this phrase might sound like a passive verbal form in other langauges. If your language does not use passive forms, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “this encouraged them all” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ACT	27	37	ynq3	writing-background	ἤμεθα&αἱ πᾶσαι ψυχαὶ ἐν τῷ πλοίῳ, διακόσιαι ἑβδομήκοντα ἕξ	1	we, all the souls in the ship, were 276	This is background information about the number of people on the ship. In your translation, introduce this information in a way that would be natural in your own language and culture. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
ACT	27	37	a628	figs-synecdoche	αἱ&ψυχαὶ	1	the souls	Luke is using one part of the people on the ship, their **souls**, to represent their entire selves. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
ACT	27	38	a629	figs-activepassive	κορεσθέντες&τροφῆς	1	having been satisfied with food	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “having eaten enough food to satisfy them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ACT	27	39	a643	writing-pronouns	οὐκ ἐπεγίνωσκον	1	they were not recognizing	Here and in the rest of this verse and in the next verse, the pronoun **they** refers to the sailors. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: “the sailors were not recognizing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
ACT	27	39	vdk2	translate-unknown	κόλπον&τινα	1	a certain bay	A **bay** is a large area of water that partly surrounded by land but open to a larger body of water. Your language may have a specific expression for this kind of area. If not, you could explain the meaning generally. Alternate translation: “a certain area of water sheltered by the land” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
ACT	27	40	ntr9	figs-idiom	τὰς ζευκτηρίας τῶν πηδαλίων	1	the bands of the rudders	The words **bands** and **rudders** are nautical terms. The **rudders** were large pieces of wood at the back of the ship that the sailors used for steering the ship. The **bands** were ropes or cords that held the rudders out of the water while anchors were holding the ship in one place. If your language does not have comparable nautical terms, you can state the meaning plainly in your translation. Alternate translation: “the ropes that held out of the water the pieces of wood that the sailors used to steer the ship” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
ACT	27	40	cn2w	translate-unknown	τὸν ἀρτέμωνα	1	the topsail	A sail is a large piece of cloth that catches the wind in order to propel a ship through the water. A **topsail** is a sail that sailors place at the top of a mast on a ship. A mast is a vertical pole with cross-poles that hold sails. Alternate translation: “the sail that sailors put at the top of a pole, high above the ship” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
ACT	27	40	pa1k	figs-idiom	κατεῖχον εἰς τὸν αἰγιαλόν	1	they were heading to the beach	In this context, the expression **they were heading** is a nautical term that describes a ship moving in a specific direction. If your language does not have a comparable nautical term, you can state the meaning plainly in your translation. Alternate translation: “they were steering the ship toward the beach” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
ACT	27	41	a630	figs-idiom	περιπεσόντες&εἰς	1	having fallen into	The expression **having fallen into** is a nautical term that in this context describes a ship striking land. If your language does not have a comparable nautical term, you can state the meaning plainly in your translation. Alternate translation: “striking” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
ACT	27	41	y22n	figs-idiom	τόπον διθάλασσον	1	a place between two seas	The expression **a place between two seas** is a nautical term that describes a sandbar that extends out from the land. A sandbar forms when a sea current coming from one direction flows across a sea current coming from another direction. This causes the sand under the water to pile up, making the water shallow and dangerous for ships. If your language does not have a comparable nautical term, you can state the meaning plainly in your translation. Alternate translation: “a sandbar extending out from the land” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
ACT	27	41	a631	figs-activepassive	ἡ δὲ πρύμνα ἐλύετο ὑπὸ τῆς βίας	1	the stern was being loosed by the violence	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “but the violence was breaking up the stern” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ACT	27	41	a632	figs-explicit	ὑπὸ τῆς βίας	1	the violence	Luke assumes that his readers will understand that he is referring to the **violence** of the waves that were hitting the **stern** of the ship. You can include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “by the violence of the waves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ACT	27	41	a634	figs-abstractnouns	ὑπὸ τῆς βίας	1	by the violence	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **violence**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “because the waves that were hitting it were so strong” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ACT	27	44	a644	figs-ellipsis	καὶ τοὺς λοιποὺς	1	and the rest	Luke is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You can supply these words from the previous verse if that would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “and the rest to depart” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
ACT	28	intro	w8yn			0		# Acts 28 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and Formatting<br><br>No one knows for sure why Luke ends his history without telling what happened to Paul after he had been in Rome for two years.<br><br>## Special Concepts in this Chapter<br><br>### “Letters” and “brothers”<br><br>The Jewish leaders were surprised that Paul wanted to speak with them, because they had received no letters from the high priest in Jerusalem telling them that Paul was coming.<br><br>When the Jewish leaders spoke of “brothers,” they were referring to fellow Jews, not to Christians.<br><br>## Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter<br><br>### “He was a god”<br><br>The native people believed that Paul was a god, but they did not believe that he was the one true God. We do not know why Paul did not tell the native people that he was not a god.
ACT	28	1	j1yf	figs-activepassive	διασωθέντες	1	having been brought safely through	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, it seems that Luke means to say that it was God. Alternate translation: “after God had brought us safely through” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ACT	28	1	a635	figs-activepassive	Μελίτη ἡ νῆσος καλεῖται	1	the island was called Malta	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “people called the island Malta” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ACT	28	1	f8y4	translate-names	Μελίτη	1	Malta	The word **Malta** is the name of an island located south of the island of Sicily. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
ACT	28	2	e7w6	figs-idiom	οἵ&βάρβαροι	1	the barbarians	Luke is using the word **barbarians** in the specific sense that it had in his culture. He means people who did not speak Greek or Latin. From his perspective and the perspective of the others with him, they were “foreigners,” but from their own perspectives, they were “natives” of the island. It may be appropriate to describe them that way in your translation. Alternate translation: “the natives” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
ACT	28	2	r7jy	figs-litotes	οὐ τὴν τυχοῦσαν φιλανθρωπίαν	1	no ordinary benevolence	Luke is using a figure of speech that expresses a positive meaning by using a negative word together with a word that is the opposite of the intended meaning. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “extraordinary benevolence” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
ACT	28	3	g4ad	translate-unknown	ἔχιδνα	1	a viper	A **viper** is a dangerous poisonous snake. If your readers would not recognize this name, you could use the name of another poisonous snake they might recognize or you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “a snake whose venom was poisonous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
ACT	28	4	ma1b	translate-names	ἡ δίκη	1	Justice	The word **Justice** is the name of a false god who the people of this time believed would avenge crimes. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
ACT	28	6	m11i	figs-activepassive	αὐτὸν μέλλειν πίμπρασθαι, ἢ καταπίπτειν ἄφνω νεκρόν	1	him to begin to be inflamed or suddenly to fall down dead	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “that the effects of the venom would begin to inflame him or that he would suddenly fall down dead” or “that the effects of the venom would make his body start to swell or that he would suddenly fall down dead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ACT	28	6	i6i6	figs-doublenegatives	μηδὲν ἄτοπον εἰς αὐτὸν γινόμενον	1	nothing unusual happening to him	If it would be clearer in your language, you could use a positive expression to translate this double negative that consists of the negative particle **nothing** and the negative adjective **unusual**. Alternate translation: “everything happening to him as usual” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
ACT	28	6	u81u	figs-metaphor	μεταβαλόμενοι	1	turning themselves around	Luke is speaking as if the natives of Malta were literally **turning themselves around**. He means that they came to a different opinion about who Paul was. If it would be clearer in your language, you could use an expression from your own language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “changing their minds” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ACT	28	6	cfe9	figs-quotations	ἔλεγον αὐτὸν εἶναι θεόν	1	they said that he was a god	It may be more natural in your language to have a direct quotation here. Alternate translation: “they said, ‘He is a god!’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
ACT	28	7	r95r	writing-background	δὲ	1	Now	Luke is using the word **Now** to introduce background information about **Publius** that will help readers understand what happens next in the story. In your translation, introduce this information in a way that would be natural in your own language and culture. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
ACT	28	7	wx6t	figs-nominaladj	τῷ πρώτῳ	1	of the first	Luke is using the adjective **first** as a noun to mean a particular kind of person. In this context, **first** has the sense of most prominent. Since **Publius** is a Roman name, this man was probably the Roman governor of the island. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “of the most prominent man” or “of the Roman governor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
ACT	28	7	wh2d	translate-names	Ποπλίῳ	1	Publius	The word **Publius** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
ACT	28	8	m154	figs-activepassive	πυρετοῖς καὶ δυσεντερίῳ συνεχόμενον	1	being afflicted with fevers and dysentery	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “whom fevers and dysentery were afflicting” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ACT	28	8	fr46	translate-unknown	δυσεντερίῳ	1	dysentery	The word **dysentery** describes an infectious intestinal disease. In your translation, you can use a term a similar disease, or you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “intestinal disease” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
ACT	28	9	yk6u	figs-activepassive	ἐθεραπεύοντο	1	being healed	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Paul was healing them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ACT	28	10	ydg4	figs-explicit	πολλαῖς τιμαῖς ἐτίμησαν ἡμᾶς	1	honored us with many honors	Luke assumes that his readers will understand that these **honors** probably included gifts. You can include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “gave us many gifts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ACT	28	11	jc5t	translate-names	παρασήμῳ Διοσκούροι	1	with a Dioscouri figurehead	The word **Dioscouri** is the name of two false gods, Castor and Pollux, whom some sailors considered to be their patron gods. The name means “Sons of Zeus” in Greek. Alternate translation: “with Castor and Pollux as their figurehead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
ACT	28	11	a636	translate-unknown	παρασήμῳ Διοσκούροι	1	with a Dioscouri figurehead	A **figurehead** was an image of a god, human being, animal, or object that was painted or sculpted on the prow (front) of a ship as a good luck token. If your readers would not be familiar with this, you could use a general expression in your translation. Alternate translation: “with images of Castor and Pollux sculpted on the prow” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
ACT	28	12	a637	figs-idiom	καταχθέντες εἰς Συρακούσας	1	having come down to Syracuse	Luke says that he and the others traveling with him had **come down** to Syracuse because that was the customary way in this culture of describing a person arriving somewhere after traveling by sea. Your language may have its own way of describing that. Alternate translation: “having landed at Syracuse” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
ACT	28	12	w5c6	translate-names	Συρακούσας	1	Syracuse	The word **Syracuse** is the name of a city on the southeast coast of the island of Sicily, just southwest of Italy. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
ACT	28	13	a638	figs-idiom	κατηντήσαμεν εἰς Ῥήγιον	1	we came down to Rhegium	Luke says that he and those traveling with him **came down to Rhegium** because that was the customary way in this culture of describing a person arriving somewhere after traveling by sea. Your language may have its own way of describing that. Alternate translation: “we landed at Rhegium” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
ACT	28	13	z2u4	translate-names	Ῥήγιον	1	Rhegium	The word **Rhegium** is the name of a port city that was located at the southwestern tip of Italy. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
ACT	28	13	tz4h	translate-names	Ποτιόλους	1	Puteoli	The word **Puteoli** is the name of a city that was located on the west coast of Italy. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
ACT	28	14	m1is	figs-metaphor	ἀδελφοὺς	1	brothers	Luke is using the term **brothers** figuratively to mean people who share the same faith. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “some believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ACT	28	14	a2c5	figs-activepassive	παρεκλήθημεν	1	we were begged	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “they begged us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ACT	28	14	bc3j	figs-go	οὕτως εἰς τὴν Ῥώμην ἤλθαμεν	1	thus we went towards Rome	Since Luke describes in the next verse how believers from Rome came some distance to meet Paul and his companions on their way to Rome, by **thus** he means that after staying with the believers in Puetoli for seven days, they continued on their way to Rome. In a context such as this, your language might say “came” instead of **went**. Alternate translation: “we came near Rome” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
ACT	28	15	a639	figs-explicit	κἀκεῖθεν	1	From there	By **there**, Luke implicitly means Rome. You can provide this information in your translation if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “From Rome” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ACT	28	15	a640	figs-metaphor	οἱ ἀδελφοὶ	1	the brothers	Luke is using the term **brothers** figuratively to mean people who share the same faith. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “some believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ACT	28	15	k754	figs-explicit	ἀκούσαντες, τὰ περὶ ἡμῶν	1	having heard the things about us	The implication is that these believers had heard from the believers in Puteoli while Paul and his companions were staying with them that they were on their way to Rome. You can provide this information in your translation if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “having learned from the believers in Puteoli that we were coming” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ACT	28	15	m9tz	figs-metaphor	ἔλαβε θάρσος	1	took courage	Here, **courage** is spoken of as if it were an object that a person could **take**. Alternate translation: “became encouraged” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ACT	28	15	se8v	translate-names	Ἀππίου Φόρου&Τριῶν Ταβερνῶν	1	the Forum of Appius … Three Taverns	The phrase **the Forum of Appius** is the name of a popular market on the main highway to Rome that was called the Appian Way. The Forum of Appius was about 40 miles or about 60 kilometers south of Rome. The phrase **Three Taverns** is the name of an inn on that same highway about 30 miles or about 45 kilometers south of Rome. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
ACT	28	16	te8v	figs-activepassive	ἐπετράπη τῷ Παύλῳ	1	Paul was allowed	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the Roman officials allowed Paul” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ACT	28	16	a642	figs-explicit	καθ’ ἑαυτὸν	1	by himself	Since there was a **soldier** with Paul who was **guarding him**, Luke does not mean that Paul stayed all **by himself**. Rather, he means that the Roman authorities allowed Paul to live in a rented house (as verse 30 indicates) rather than putting him in prison. You can provide this information in your translation if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “in a rented house” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ACT	28	17	vf7r	writing-newevent	ἐγένετο δὲ	1	And it happened that	Luke is using this phrase to introduce a new event in the story. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for introducing a new event. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
ACT	28	17	d77z	figs-nominaladj	τῶν Ἰουδαίων πρώτους	1	first among the Jews	Luke is using the adjective **first** as a noun to mean a particular group of people. Here, **first** has the sense of most prominent. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “most prominent among the Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
ACT	28	17	e1dd	figs-idiom	ἄνδρες, ἀδελφοί	1	Men, brothers	This is an idiomatic form of address. Use a way that is natural in your language to refer to a particular group of people. Alternate translation: “My brothers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
ACT	28	17	a615	figs-idiom	ἄνδρες, ἀδελφοί	1	Men, brothers	Paul is using the term **brothers** to mean people who share the same faith. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “My fellow Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
ACT	28	17	a664	figs-metaphor	τοῖς ἔθεσι τοῖς πατρῴοις	1	to the fathers’ customs	Paul is using the term **fathers’** to describe customs that have been passed down among the Jews through the generations. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to the ancestral customs” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ACT	28	17	g55i	figs-explicit	τῷ λαῷ	1	the people	By **the people**, Paul means specifically the Jewish people. Alternate translation: “to the Jewish people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ACT	28	17	hgk4	figs-activepassive	ἐγώ&δέσμιος ἐξ Ἱεροσολύμων παρεδόθην	1	I was delivered as a prisoner from Jerusalem	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the Jewish leaders in Jerusalem delivered me as a prisoner” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ACT	28	17	x3r2	figs-metonymy	τὰς χεῖρας	1	the hands	Here, **hands** represents the power of someone, in this case the power of an authority to hold an accused person in custody. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the custody” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ACT	28	18	fed7	figs-metonymy	τὸ μηδεμίαν αἰτίαν θανάτου ὑπάρχειν ἐν ἐμοί	1	there was no reason in me for death	Paul is referring to a penalty of death by association with **death** itself. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “I had done nothing to deserve the death penalty” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ACT	28	19	lr96	figs-synecdoche	τῶν Ἰουδαίων	1	the Jews	Paul is using the name of a whole group, **the Jews**, to refer to some members of that group. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the Jewish leaders in Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
ACT	28	19	n6vf	figs-activepassive	ἠναγκάσθην	1	I was forced	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “my concern for my safety forced me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ACT	28	19	e7gr	figs-metonymy	τοῦ ἔθνους μου	1	my nation	Paul is referring by association to the people of the Jewish **nation**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the Jewish people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ACT	28	20	a616	figs-abstractnouns	τῆς ἐλπίδος τοῦ Ἰσραὴλ	1	the hope of Israel	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **hope**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “what Israel is hoping for” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ACT	28	20	b1fd	figs-metonymy	εἵνεκεν&τῆς ἐλπίδος τοῦ Ἰσραὴλ	1	on account of the hope of Israel	Paul is referring by association to something that the people of Israel had **hope** for. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or express the meaning plainly. This could mean: (1) the hope that God would send the Messiah. Alternate translation: “because I believe God has sent the Messiah” (2) the hope that God would make people who had died alive again. Alternate translation: “because I believe that God will make people who have died alive again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ACT	28	20	n3s7	figs-personification	τοῦ Ἰσραὴλ	1	of Israel	Paul is referring to all of the people of Israel as if they were a single person, their ancestor, **Israel**. Alternate translation: “of the people of Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
ACT	28	20	a617	figs-activepassive	τὴν ἅλυσιν ταύτην περίκειμαι	1	I am bound with this chain	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “this chain is binding me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ACT	28	20	pgr8	figs-synecdoche	τὴν ἅλυσιν ταύτην περίκειμαι	1	I am bound with this chain	Paul is using one aspect of imprisonment, the **chain** with which he is bound, to mean the entire state of being imprisoned. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the Romans are keeping me as a prisoner” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
ACT	28	21	x5d5	figs-exclusive	ἡμεῖς	1	We	By **We**, these Jewish leaders mean themselves but not Paul, to whom they are speaking, so use the exclusive form of that word in your translation if your language marks that distinction. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
ACT	28	21	y4bx	figs-metaphor	τῶν ἀδελφῶν	1	of the brothers	These Jewish leaders are using the term **brothers** to mean people who share the same faith. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “of our fellow Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ACT	28	21	a618	figs-doublet	οὔτε παραγενόμενός τις τῶν ἀδελφῶν ἀπήγγειλεν ἢ ἐλάλησέν τι	1	reported or said anything	The terms **reported** and **said** mean similar things. The Jewish leaders are using the two terms together for emphasis. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could express the emphasis with a single phrase. Alternate translation: “nor have any of the brothers, coming, told us anything at all” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
ACT	28	22	gy8t	figs-activepassive	γνωστὸν ἡμῖν ἐστιν	1	it is known to us	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “we know” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ACT	28	22	j12v	figs-activepassive	ἀντιλέγεται	1	it is spoken against	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “people speak against it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ACT	28	22	a619	figs-hyperbole	πανταχοῦ	1	everywhere	The Jewish leaders say **everywhere** here as a generalization for emphasis. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different way to express the emphasis. Alternate translation: “in places throughout the empire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
ACT	28	23	a645	figs-nominaladj	πλείονες	1	more	Luke is using the adjective **more** as a noun to mean the larger number of people who came to hear Paul speak. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “more people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
ACT	28	23	dg5f	figs-abstractnouns	διαμαρτυρόμενος τὴν Βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	testifying about the kingdom of God	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of a **kingdom**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “testifying about how God had begun to rule as king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ACT	28	23	peu1	figs-merism	ἀπό τε τοῦ νόμου Μωϋσέως, καὶ τῶν προφητῶν	1	both from the Law of Moses and the Prophets	Luke is referring to all of the Hebrew Scriptures by naming two of their major parts. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “from passages throughout the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
ACT	28	24	pmd6	figs-activepassive	οἱ&ἐπείθοντο τοῖς λεγομένοις	1	some were convinced by the things being said	If your language does not use these passive forms, you could express the ideas in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the things that Paul was saying convinced some” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ACT	28	25	n7pm	figs-metonymy	εἰπόντος&ῥῆμα ἓν	1	having spoken one word	Luke is using the term **word** to mean a statement that Paul made by using words. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “having made this last statement” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ACT	28	25	a646	figs-metaphor	τοὺς πατέρας ὑμῶν	1	your fathers	Paul is using the term **fathers** to mean “ancestors.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “your ancestors” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ACT	28	26	qj7q	figs-quotesinquotes	λέγων, πορεύθητι πρὸς τὸν λαὸν τοῦτον, καὶ εἰπόν, ἀκοῇ ἀκούσετε, καὶ οὐ μὴ συνῆτε; καὶ βλέποντες βλέψετε, καὶ οὐ μὴ ἴδητε	1	saying, ‘Go to this people and say, “By hearing you will hear but you will not understand at all, and seeing you will see but you will not perceive at all.”	If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation and then another quotation inside the first one. It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “The Holy Spirit told Isaiah to go to the people of Israel and tell them that by hearing they would hear but they would not understand at all and that seeing they would see but they would not perceive at all” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
ACT	28	26	a647	figs-quotemarks	λέγων, πορεύθητι	1	saying, ‘Go	This is the beginning of a quotation within a quotation. You may be able to indicate that with an opening second-level quotation mark or with some other punctuation or convention that your language could use to indicate the start of a second-level quotation. You may also be able to use special formatting to set off the quotation, as ULT does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
ACT	28	26	a648	figs-quotemarks	εἰπόν, ἀκοῇ	1	say, “By hearing	This is the beginning of a quotation within a quotation within a quotation. You may be able to indicate that with an opening third-level quotation mark or with some other punctuation or convention that your language could use to indicate the start of a third-level quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
ACT	28	26	pax8	figs-idiom	ἀκοῇ ἀκούσετε&βλέποντες βλέψετε	1	By hearing you will hear … by seeing you will see	Isaiah is using a Hebrew idiom, the repetition of a verb to express the intensity of an action. It may not be possible to translate this Hebrew practice of verb repetition directly into many languages. Use a natural form of strengthening a verb in your language. Alternate translation: “You will try very hard to hear … you will try very hard to see” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
ACT	28	26	a649	figs-parallelism	ἀκοῇ ἀκούσετε, καὶ οὐ μὴ συνῆτε; καὶ βλέποντες βλέψετε, καὶ οὐ μὴ ἴδητε	1	By hearing you will hear but you will not understand at all, and seeing you will see but you will not perceive at all	These two phrases mean similar things. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could combine them. Alternate translation: “You will become aware of what is happening around you but you will not understand the significance of what is happening” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
ACT	28	26	s1ti	figs-parallelism	καὶ οὐ μὴ συνῆτε&καὶ οὐ μὴ ἴδητε	1	but you will not understand at all … but you will not perceive at all	Both of these phrases mean basically the same thing. They emphasize that the Jewish people will not understand God’s plan. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
ACT	28	26	a650	figs-quotemarks	οὐ μὴ ἴδητε	1	you will not perceive at all.”	This is the end of a quotation within a quotation within a quotation. You may be able to indicate that with a closing third-level quotation mark or with some other punctuation or convention that your language could use to indicate the end of a third-level quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
ACT	28	27	fz42	figs-quotesinquotes	ἐπαχύνθη γὰρ ἡ καρδία τοῦ λαοῦ τούτου, καὶ τοῖς ὠσὶν βαρέως ἤκουσαν, καὶ τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς αὐτῶν ἐκάμμυσαν, μήποτε ἴδωσιν τοῖς ὀφθαλμοῖς, καὶ τοῖς ὠσὶν ἀκούσωσιν, καὶ τῇ καρδίᾳ συνῶσιν, καὶ ἐπιστρέψωσιν, καὶ ἰάσομαι αὐτούς	1	For the heart of this people has been thickened, and with {their} ears they have hardly heard, and they have shut their eyes, lest they might see with {their} eyes, and they might hear with {their} ears, and they might understand with {their} heart and turn back, and I would heal them	If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. It may be helpful to make this two sentences. Alternate translation: “The Holy Spirit told Isaiah to say that because the heart of that people had been thickened, and with their ears they had hardly heard, and they had shut their eyes. Otherwise they might have seen with their eyes, and they might have heard with their ears, and they might have understood with their heart and turned back, and God would have healed them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
ACT	28	27	a651	figs-parallelism	ἐπαχύνθη γὰρ ἡ καρδία τοῦ λαοῦ τούτου, καὶ τοῖς ὠσὶν βαρέως ἤκουσαν, καὶ τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς αὐτῶν ἐκάμμυσαν	1	For the heart of this people has been thickened, and with {their} ears they have hardly heard, and they have shut their eyes	These three phrases mean similar things. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could combine them. Alternate translation: “For this people is stubbornly refusing to use its senses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
ACT	28	27	ts5a	figs-metaphor	ἐπαχύνθη&ἡ καρδία τοῦ λαοῦ τούτου	1	the heart of this people has been thickened	Isaiah is speaking as if the **heart** of the people of Israel has literally been **thickened**. He means that they are resisting God stubbornly. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “this people has become stubborn” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ACT	28	27	a652	figs-metaphor	ἡ καρδία	1	the heart	Isaiah is speaking as if the **heart** of the people of Israel has literally been **thickened**. He means that they are resisting God stubbornly. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “this people has become stubborn” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ACT	28	27	a653		ἡ καρδία τοῦ λαοῦ τούτου	1	the heart of this people	If it would not be natural in your language to speak as if a group of people had only one **heart**, you could use the plural form of that word in your translation. Alternate translation: “the hearts of these people”
ACT	28	27	ngve	figs-metaphor	ἡ καρδία&τῇ καρδίᾳ	1	the heart … with {their} heart	Here, the **heart** figuratively represents the thoughts of people. Alternate translation: “the thinking … with their thinking” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ACT	28	27	a654	figs-activepassive	ἐπαχύνθη	1	has been thickened	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “has become thick” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ACT	28	27	f5m4	figs-metaphor	καὶ τοῖς ὠσὶν βαρέως ἤκουσαν, καὶ τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς αὐτῶν ἐκάμμυσαν	1	and with their ears they have hardly heard, and they have shut their eyes	Isaiah is speaking as if the people of Israel have become unable to hear and have **shut their eyes** so that they will not see. He means that they are refusing to consider what God wants to tell them. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and they are refusing to consider what God wants to tell them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ACT	28	27	a655	figs-explicitinfo	τοῖς ὠσὶν βαρέως ἤκουσαν&ἴδωσιν τοῖς ὀφθαλμοῖς&τοῖς ὠσὶν ἀκούσωσιν	1	with their ears they have hardly heard … they might see with their eyes … they might hear with their ears	It might seem that these expressions contains extra information that would be unnatural to express in your language. If so, you can shorten them. Alternate translation: “they have hardly heard anything … they might see clearly … they might hear clearly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo]])
ACT	28	27	a656	figs-parallelism	ἴδωσιν τοῖς ὀφθαλμοῖς, καὶ τοῖς ὠσὶν ἀκούσωσιν	1	they might see with {their} eyes, and they might hear with {their} ears	These two phrases mean similar things. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could combine them. Alternate translation: “they might use their senses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
ACT	28	27	q8c2	figs-metaphor	ἐπιστρέψωσιν	1	turn back	Isaiah is speaking of the people of Israel as if they had been traveling somewhere and had taken the wrong way and needed to **turn back** onto the right way. Alternate translation: “start obeying the Lord again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ACT	28	27	vb9f	figs-metaphor	ἰάσομαι αὐτούς	1	I would heal them	This does not mean God would only **heal** the people physically. He would also heal them spiritually by forgiving their sins. Alternate translation: “I would heal them and forgive them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ACT	28	27	a657	figs-quotemarks	ἰάσομαι αὐτούς	1	I would heal them.’”	This is the end of a quotation within a quotation. You may be able to indicate that with closing second-level quotation marks or with some other punctuation or convention that your language could use to indicate the end of a second-level quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
ACT	28	28	a658	figs-imperative3p	γνωστὸν&ἔστω	1	let it be known to you	If your language does not use the third-person imperative in this way, you can state this in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “may it be known to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative3p]])
ACT	28	28	e8hb	figs-activepassive	τοῖς ἔθνεσιν ἀπεστάλη τοῦτο τὸ σωτήριον τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	this salvation of God has been sent to the Gentiles	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who has done the action, it is clear from the context that it was God. Alternate translation: “God has sent me to proclaim this salvation of his to the Gentiles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ACT	28	28	b2za	figs-abstractnouns	τοῦτο τὸ σωτήριον τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	this salvation of God	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **salvation**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “this message about how God saves people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ACT	28	28	d18n	figs-idiom	αὐτοὶ&ἀκούσονται	1	they will hear	In this context the word **hear** likely means “understand and obey,” since Paul is drawing a contrast with the stubborn response of many of the Jews. You may wish to make this clear in your translation. Alternate translation: “they will understand the message and obey it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
ACT	28	29	a659	translate-textvariants		0		As the General Introduction to Acts explains, this verse is found in many traditional versions of the Bible, but it is not found in the most accurate ancient manuscripts of the Bible. ULT and UST indicate this by putting the verse in brackets. If a translation of the Bible already exists in your area, you could consider including this verse if that translation does. If there is not already a Bible translation in your area, we recommend that you indicate in some way that this verse may not be original, such as by putting it in brackets or in a footnote. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
ACT	28	30	c56e	writing-endofstory	ἐνέμεινεν δὲ διετίαν ὅλην ἐν ἰδίῳ μισθώματι	1	And he stayed for two whole years in his own rented house	This is the beginning of information that Luke presents to bring the story of the book of Acts to a close. Your language may have its own way of presenting such information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-endofstory]])
ACT	28	30	a660	writing-pronouns	ἐνέμεινεν	1	he stayed	The pronoun **he** refers to Paul. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: “Paul stayed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
ACT	28	31	wv1l	figs-abstractnouns	τὴν Βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	the kingdom of God	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of a **kingdom**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “how God had begun to rule as king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ACT	28	31	a661	figs-abstractnouns	μετὰ πάσης παρρησίας ἀκωλύτως	1	with all boldness, without hindrance	If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **boldness** and **hindrance**, you could express the same ideas in other ways. Alternate translation: “very boldly, with no one hindering him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ACT	28	31	a662	figs-hyperbole	μετὰ πάσης παρρησίας	1	with all boldness	Luke says **all** here as a generalization for emphasis. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different way to express the emphasis. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])